• Welcome to Thousand Roads! You're welcome to view discussions or read our stories without registering, but you'll need an account to join in our events, interact with other members, or post one of your own fics. Why not become a member of our community? We'd love to have you!

    Join now!

2~Eight - The Calm and The Storm
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark

    Chapter19PartOneArtNew.png
    BREAKING: Government ship disappears off the coast of Grass

    The government ship Demetrius was last heard from en route to Noe Town harbor while travelling across the Coast of Grass. Transmission contact with the ship has since been lost, and has not yet been recovered. HAPPI officials declined to comment on the matter.

    This is a developing story. Please check in with the Cloud Nine News Network for updates as they come.




    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER EIGHT: THE CALM AND THE STORM

    ~\({O})/~

    A Month Ago

    Open Waters ~ Nighttime

    There was a storm building out on the churning seas that evening. It had been building for a few weeks now, and it would continue to build tonight. There was nothing to keep it in check now. Nothing to stop it from growing out of control. Nothing to stop it from being controlled. From being shaped into something more malleable. An unnatural disaster. A weapon.

    A cocoon.

    Something writhed in the Storm. Something that was blacker than the night and the clouds around It. It controlled the wind and the sea now. The very storms acted at Its whim. And act they would.

    Grow.

    The rumbling of thunder boomed through the night sky, and purple lightning lit up the center of the storm like a brilliant display of silent fireworks. The clouds of the storm began to swirl down, down, towards the earth, towards the ocean…

    And when the clouds and sea met, the storm wasn’t just a storm anymore.


    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Plaza ~ Air Continent

    Last Day of Spring

    "Picture this."

    Several wagons encrusted with the multi-ringed sigil of HAPPI were parked right outside the courtyard of Pokemon Plaza. Many pokemon were working in and out of the wagons, taking diagnostics of the environment and performing various other tasks. An elgyem was intently scanning the ground with the lights on its arms and muttering, while an impidimp hastily scribbled down everything they said. A togademaru had a camera with a connection orb slotted through the lense, taking generous pictures of everything around her as other ‘mon gave orders in the distance. Each pokemon wore a bright purple scarf, with a picture of HAPPI’s badge sewn onto the front.

    Simisage walked through the unkempt ruins of the town, stepping around debris and sharp shards of stone. Directly behind him, Vaporeon followed. The square was littered not with statues but with small shards of stone that covered almost every surface in the town. Both Simisage and Vaporeon had to be careful to step around the sharp pieces so they didn't cut their paws on them as they walked.

    "Pokemon Plaza goes dark," Simisage began, stepping over some rubble. "HAPPI teams can't leave Mist 'cause of the blizzard that formed over the continent, so the Expedition Society is drafted in their place. They arrive. They claim to have done their job. The mayor of Baram Town vouches for them. And yet, that very day, stone lapras statue; missing lapras. Cloud Nine receives no photos nor word from the Expedition Society concerning the mission for two. Whole. Weeks. And then, after the fact, stone pelipper washes ashore up on Mist. Am I the only one seeing something funny going on here?"

    "I see something funny going on," Vaporeon said, looking put-out. She wore a purple scarf of her own. "You aren't wearing your scarf."

    Simisage shrugged. "I forgot," he said. "Everyone does it. Now, where was I…"

    Vaporeon took a deep breath, but when Simisage started rambling, it was usually easier to let him ramble than to get him to stop.

    "It's simple," Simisage drawled sagely. "This was all a plot from the very beginning. Think about it. The Expedition Society has been scoffed at and put down by the other guilds for too long. They want fame and glory, and they want revenge. And so–if I may be allowed to insinuate further–a plot begins to form in their tiny little reviser-seed-sized brains. They shoot down the pelipper post employees coming in and out of the plaza, and get their little electric pet to jam the transmissions. Pokemon Plaza goes dark; blizzard happens over Mist just. As. Planned. Boom shapow bang—" Simisage clapped his hands for effect "—Expedition Society is now drafted for convenience. Now two of them have a mission. They sail into Baram Town and travel up into Pokemon Plaza. And once they get there, they turn the whole square to stone.

    "But see, now they're at risk," Simipour continued. "They have photos of the carnage, but they were the last ones to go into that square, and there. Are. Witnesses. They need to be seen doing something that will clear them of all charges; dismiss them as suspects entirely! Now cue the lapras. The lapras isn't important to them, so they kill the lapras too. They write the note; they stick it on the raft, and they let it float into the harbor, conveniently being in just the right spot to get there in time and look innocent. Now the blame is off them but they can't rest yet. They gotta lie low for a couple of weeks, let the heat die down before they submit their findings. They gotta plot their next move first, 'cause if they don't than this was all for naught. They gotta be ready. And once they are… I assure you, something's gonna happen. Something we've gotta prevent."

    Simisage stopped once they reached the other end of the plaza, where one of the white, metal-encrusted wagons sat. Out of his exploration bag he pulled a leather envelope of documents, showing it to Vaporeon. "Luckily, I have taken the necessary precautions to make this line of intervention possible."

    Vaporeon puffed out her cheeks in frustration.

    "That sounds great!" she said, her tone dripping with sarcasm. "There's just one problem: How are you going to prove they turned all these pokemon to stone? That doesn’t just happen. There’s no power that does that."

    Simisage waved a hand around the square.

    “Clearly some power did this.”

    “But we don’t know it’s connected to them,” said Vaporeon. “Just because they were in the same place doesn’t mean they’re culprits. There’s no solid connection here.”

    “These papers say otherwise,” Simisage grinned, waving the folder. “Now how they did it… is TBD. But the point is, they’re guilty. And we’re gonna prove it.”


    ~\({O})/~

    One Week Later

    Expedition Society Headquarters ~ Lively Town

    ~Mawile~

    It was nighttime, and for once the halls of the Expedition Society were quiet. Mawile quietly slunk down the hallway, making sure not to cause any noise and wake the others up. She stopped outside the large open archway that led to the kitchen, looking down the hall both ways before entering.

    Any other member would have been harshly disciplined by Swirlix for this. The chef kept an iron grip on the Society's food supplies, tight enough that there were separate stocks for travelling supplies and normal food. The last time somemon had tried to sneak something from the kitchen had been when Bunnelby had nicked a head of lettuce for a midnight snack, and while Mawile did not know exactly what Swirlix had done when she had found out, the entire Expedition Society had seen the effects—Bunnelby never ate lettuce again.

    Swirlix currently lay sprawled out on one of the counters, conveniently stationed near the food cupboards. Fast asleep. She began to sniff the air once Mawile entered—even asleep, she was still on guard. Mawile reached into her bag and pulled out a pawful of grimy food she had dug out of the dumpster. She set it on the floor in front of the entrance. That would overpower her own scent.

    Slowly, Mawile crept across the kitchen, opening the cupboards one by one as she searched for the medicinal berry stock. Swirlix suddenly stirred in her sleep, reaching out for something that existed only in her dreams.

    "Nnghh… Apple…" Swirlix muttered, nearly rolling off the counter as she grasped for thin air. Mawile acted fast—she handed what little remnants of the grimy food that she had in her bag to Swirlix. Swirlix took it without question, grimaced at the smell, and then sleep-consumed it in a single bite. Mawile tried–and barely managed–to stomach the sight. Swirlix snored loudly, and Mawile grit her teeth and continued.

    She found the medicinal berries in the cupboard to Swirlix's left. Mawile quickly rooted through it until she found the chesto berries, all picked and sitting in a small wooden crate. Mawile took three or four and stuffed them into her bag. She quietly shook up the berries in the crate so that Swirlix wouldn't notice they were gone, and slipped away from where Swirlix was sleeping. She picked up the grimy food and deposited it in one of the wastebins in the hall on her way out.

    The glow of a miniature luminous moss orb lit Mawile's office an ethereal blue. A torch would have been more convenient light-wise, but Mawile refused to pose a risk to all her books that way, and the room had never been built with electrical lighting in mind. She sat down in one of the stools in the office, taking a bite of a chesto berry and opening a history tome of the Sand Continent. There were almost five times as many books on the Sand Continent as there were books on the other four, and Mawile had yet to pour through it all. Nights were the most convenient time to do this, and Mawile spent hours looking through every possible path that might lead her towards answers.

    It had been nearly two weeks since they had returned from the Air Continent, and Mawile was still at a loss as to whatever had attacked them in Pokemon Plaza. The photo of the anomaly was pinned at the top of the wall, separate from the rest of the intertwined strings on the board. A couple others, various shots of the stone lapras they had encountered a few days after, were pinned near the original photo, but Mawile had not found a way to connect them yet. She relished the day that she would be able to pin them all together. Maybe tonight… Mawile turned the page in the book, reading up on an entire new section of Sand Continent lore. Maybe tonight.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Ampharos~

    Early mornings were always a pleasure for Ampharos. He awoke every day at the crack of dawn before anymon else in the Expedition Society rose, then ate a quick breakfast outside while he could still feel the morning breeze flowing through his fur. Lively Town never really went to sleep, but dawn was one of the few times of day the town was truly quiet. Most days, Ampharos would go for a stroll through the market and observe the morning going-ons around town, until eight-o-clock came and Dedenne rose to sort the morning paperwork. The Expedition Society briefing was at nine, because nine-o-clock was the earliest Ampharos could convince the Society to collectively rise and shine.

    He grabbed an apple from the larder in the kitchen, making sure not to disturb Swirlix on his way out. Special privileges of being Chief. As he walked into the lobby, he caught sight of Mawile loitering around aimlessly near a window. Ampharos walked up to join her.

    "Morning," she said without even looking back at him. She didn't have to glance back at him to know that he was there.

    "Likewise." Ampharos took a bite of his apple, chewing noisily.

    "Did you find anything?" he asked a moment later. Mawile knew what he was talking about. They went through this exchange every morning, to the point where it may as well have been scripted.

    "Nothing," Mawile replied. "If Sand Continent history doesn't pan out I'll comb pokemon moves and energy next. Perhaps there's something we've missed."

    Ampharos nodded silently, taking another bite of his apple. They stood there in silence for a few minutes, watching the sun rise from the east.

    Around eight-o-clock, the large double doors clacked open and Dedenne walked through to begin her shift. At eight-thirty the process of waking everymon up began. Some were already awake, like Nickit, who liked to sneak off to the vault in the mornings and Buizel, who hated wasting time. Others, like Jirachi and Bunnelby, were asleep as usual. But through the combined efforts of Buizel, Dedenne, and Bunnelby once he was awake, all fourteen members of the Expedition Society stood in front of Ampharos, ready for the morning briefing.

    Ampharos cleared his throat, preparing to read the first line of the paper Dedenne had given him aloud, but suddenly he was interrupted by a loud bang from outside. Everymon turned their heads towards the large double doors at once. Sure enough, it came again, a loud knocking that sent echoes all through the hall. The Expedition Society exchanged looks.

    "Somemon couldn't wait five minutes for us to open?" Bunnelby asked, half-annoyed. He was met with silence.

    When the knocking loudly came again, Ampharos put down the paper and stepped forward. Dedenne grabbed it in his wake. He walked through the row of Expedition Society members that parted for him, letting one of the large doors creak inwards and peeking out.

    A simisage and a vaporeon stood outside, the latter of which wore a purple scarf with a badge on it. A very familiar badge. Ampharos took one look back at the rest of the members and signaled for silence, and then slipped out the door completely. Seeing that he now had Ampharos' attention, Simisage stuck out his paw for Ampharos to shake.

    "Morning," he said. "I understand you're the chief of the Expedition Society?"

    Ampharos noticed the glint in his eyes, a glint of distrust, hidden beneath a gleam of sharpness. Behind Simisage stood Vaporeon, the same suspicious look flickering through her eyes for a second. Along with the scarf… something was up. Ampharos decided to put on a cheerful face anyway.

    "Correct you are!" he said, shaking Simisage's paw. "We aren't open for another five minutes, I'm afraid. Can I ask you to come back later or set up an appointment?"

    Simisage cleared his throat. "I'm afraid you don't understand," he said. His voice had a grating drawl, like he was the smartest person in the room and very keen on broadcasting it. "I'm Simisage, leader of Team Cobalt, and this is my partner, Vaporeon." He gestured to Vaporeon, who nodded quietly in Ampharos' direction. Vaporeon frowned. Ampharos caught it but didn’t know why.

    "Myself and Vaporeon work in a very specific line of profession," Simisage continued. "In other words, it's our job to find things. Or find out who might be responsible for things. And this—" Simisage dug in his bag, producing a leather folder and handing it Ampharos "—Is a warrant issued by Cloud Nine on behalf of HAPPI."

    Ampharos would be lying if he claimed he wasn't shocked. But he kept his cheerful face up anyway.

    "May I ask what this is for?" he asked politely, keeping the act up. He was pretty sure he knew what it was for.

    "All will be explained in due time," Simisage drawled. "Now gather your flunkies for me. We need to have a talk."

    "They're… already gathered," Ampharos said, for once at a loss for words. "Just in there."

    He could have sworn Simisage's grin had teeth sharper than they should have been for a second.

    "Splendid."


    ~\({O})/~

    "Alright, here's the deal." Simisage stood at the front of the lobby’s grand stairs, where Ampharos usually stood for the daily morning briefing. Now, he was lined up with all the other Society members. Near the back, Vaporeon stood right before the front doors as if guarding them.

    Simisage pulled out the leather folder, showing it to everymon in the room.

    "This warrant here authorizes a twenty-four-hour lockdown of the property, effective immediately," he said. "No-one is allowed to leave the premises until this time tomorrow."

    Much of the Expedition Society suddenly looked quite disturbed.

    "On what charges?" Bunnelby asked.

    "Yeah. Where's this coming from?" Buizel added.

    "The Expedition Society is suspected of 'monslaughter on a mass scale, fraud, and breach of contract," Simisage said. "Team Cobalt has been granted the authority to determine if there is any evidence of your guilt, which will be done through a series of investigations performed by myself, my partner–" Simisage gestured to Vaporeon "–and other, optional personnel, should it prove necessary."

    The lobby was suddenly filled with several loud, angry pokemon all shouting over each other.

    "'Monslaughter?" Bunnelby cried out. "That's crazy!"

    "But what if we need to go shopping for food!?" Swirlix cried out. "I'll go mad from hunger, I will!"

    "Somemon was murdered!?" Archen shouted in terror.

    "You can't confine us here all day!" said Buizel. “We just got over one of those!”

    "Actually," said Simisage, "I think y'all will find I can." He shook the contents of the folder.

    Then the lobby exploded into racket again.

    "What's the matter?' Nickit loudly asked over the noise. "It's a leisure day. Are you really complaining about a leisure day?"

    "It's not a leisure day if we’re being accused of… whatever green monkey guy said, Nickit!" Holly chided.

    Jirachi just yawned.

    "But no-mon here is guilty of that," Nickit said offhandedly. “This is a wash-up.”

    "I'll be the judge of that," Simipour replied. And then he clapped his hands together.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Ampharos~

    It was 10:00, and Simisage had derailed the entire day. He and Vaporeon had contained the Expedition Society to a single bedroom in the left wing, while the lobby had become a 'sacred place of investigation'—as Simisage put it. In reality, he had set up a few chairs and a couple of connection orbs that belonged to Vaporeon. Ampharos distinctly remembered Vaporeon asking him why he hadn't brought his own.

    "Is the connection orb recording?" Simisage asked, leaning to the side in the chair with a back support. He had a clipboard in his paw, also Vaporeon's.

    Vaporeon double-checked, then clumsily tapped the orb with her nose. It began to glow.

    "Now recording," she said, sitting down behind it.

    "Alright." Simipour leaned back in the chair, clasping his hands. "Interview the first: Expedition Society, Chief Ampharos. Tell us about yourself."

    "What do you want to know?" asked Ampharos, who cheerfully sat opposite of Simisage and Vaporeon.

    Simisage leaned forward. "Everything."

    "Well," said Ampharos. "Everything might take quite a while! And I understand you only have twenty-four hours. I suggest you lower your scope."

    Simisage frowned flatly. "Start at the beginning, then."

    Ampharos shrugged. "If you insist…" he leaned back against thin air, acting as if there were back support behind him.

    "It was dark inside the egg."

    Vaporeon barely held in a groan of frustration.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Mawile~

    "Interview the second: Expedition Society, Vice Chief Mawile." Simipour leaned forward in his seat. "I trust you'll be more co-operative than our last subject."

    "To be fair," Vaporeon grumbled, "You didn't have to let him go on for four hours either."

    "Ah-ah-ah! Quiet! Quiet! You're messing up the tapes!" Simisage snapped. He readjusted the way he was sitting in his seat. "Now. Mawile. I understand you migrated over from the Grass Continent before you joined the Expedition Society?"

    "Yes. Yes, I did."

    "And how do you feel about that?”

    "I'm not sure I understand this line of questioning."

    "Answer it anyway."

    Mawile took an annoyed breath through gritted teeth before answering.

    “No particular feelings.”

    "Hmm." Simipour marked something down. "And do these feelin's that don't exist sometimes influence the way you do your job?"

    Mawile rose from her seat.

    "This interview is over," she said firmly, beginning to walk off.

    "It isn't over 'till I say it's over–" Simisage began.

    "It's over," her back maw snarled at them.

    Simisage sat back in his seat after she had left, an oddly satisfied look coming over his face. "Yeah. It's over," he said. "Roll next!"


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Jirachi~

    "Interview the third: Expedition Society, Engineer Jirachi. Are we rolling?"

    "We're rolling," said Vaporeon.

    "Jirachi," Simisage clapped his paws together. He licked his lips. Delicious. "Complimentary question: How does it feel to be the only Legend currently working for a HAPPI-endorsed guild?"

    "Why," Jirachi yawned. "It feels great.

    "Sorry," he said, a minute later after he had finished yawning. "I'm not really awake until I have my remedy."

    "Stay awake enough to answer these questions and you can be asleep for all I care," said Simisage.

    Jirachi took him up on the second part.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Archen~

    "Interview the fourth: Expedition Society, Off-Continent Explorer Archen." Simisage set down the clipboard he had been writing on, and then he leaned forwards. "Now I'm gonna ask you as a confidant," he said. "I understand you were one of two 'mon to lead the expedition to the Air Continent a week ago?"

    "Unfortunately," Archen said, ruffling his feathers stiffly at the memory. "Who's asking?"

    "I want the rundown of how that mission went. Leave no details out."

    Archen rubbed his wings together nervously. "Well," he said. "It all began when we had to take a lapras all the way to Baram Town without sleeping for the night…"


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Jirachi~

    "Interview the fifth: Expedition Society, Engineer Jirachi, continued. I assume you won't fall asleep on us this time?" Simisage asked.

    "Nah," said Jirachi, doing a lazy cartwheel where he floated. "I've had my remedy now. That'll keep me going through the night."

    "Amazing," said Simisage. "Now tell me. What's the Expedition Society's process for makin' copies of photos?"


    ~\({O})/~

    Residential Wing

    A single scarf sat on the windowsill, all on its lonesome.

    "That is what it took. To get rid of the stench." Holly enunciated slowly, her voice dangerously calm. "A scarf infused with Sweet Scent. You would not believe. The things we had to sniff to get this. So kindly do not touch or smell it, please."

    "Wasn't dreaming of it," said Nickit. The rest of the Expedition Society lounged about in the room, where Simisage had told them to wait while they weren't being interviewed.

    "My belly hurts…" Swirlix groaned. Everymon collectively ignored her.

    "I wonder why we haven't gotten interviewed yet," Bunnelby pondered to himself.


    ~\({O})/~

    Lobby

    "And that's break time!" Simisage clapped his paws twice, hopping down from the chair and collecting the connection orb. He gestured for Vaporeon to follow him out the doors as he went. The large doors closed behind them, leaving them in the Society's empty outdoor square.

    "Alright, so what do we know?" Simisage asked in a hushed voice. "We know that their chief likes to dodge things. We know that the vice-chief is hiding something. We know their mission to the Air Continent gets fantastical once they reach Pokemon Plaza, and we know that it should only take half a week to print those photos. Somethin' we aren't getting' here."

    "And we also know that they checked in with Mayor Honchkrow of Baram Town, and were picked up by the Water Continent's Ambassador on the way back," Vaporeon added. "Isn't a more prudent question what the Ambassador was doing here? Or perhaps a more prudent action to interview the mayor? I'm surprised you didn't try to follow up on either of those."

    "But see, that's where you're behind," said Simisage. "I already know what the Ambassador was doing here."

    "And what's that?" Vaporeon asked skeptically.

    "He's in on it. A better guild gets better votes; the continent gets in better standing with HAPPI. He remains in power. It's all one big conspiracy."

    "It's all one big conspiracy in your head!" Vaporeon barked. "All of this—this entire investigation—it's all been based on guesswork you came up with! You wouldn't have done this a week ago! How did we even get this warrant? And–" her eyes veered to his chest "–And you're not wearing your scarf again!"

    Simipour glossed over the last part of the accusation. "Regardless," he said. "We're here. Let's find out what we can while we still can. I believe the Vice Chief has a personal office? We might find something there she’s not telling us."

    Vaporeon wasn't sure how he knew that.


    ~\({O})/~

    Dining Hall

    "I'd like to request on behalf of our members that Chef Swirlix be allowed to use the kitchen," Mawile stated calmly to Simisage.

    "Denied," said Simisage. "We haven't interviewed her yet."

    "Approved," said Vaporeon. "She isn't relevant to our investigation right now." She turned to Mawile. "We don't want to inconvenience you beyond what’s necessary. My partner has just forgotten that for a little while." She sent Simisage a quick glare to get her point across.

    "I'm afraid you wouldn't be able to interview her anyway in her current state anyway," said Mawile.

    "And what state is that?" Simisage asked, raising an eyebrow.

    "FOOOOD!"

    Mawile quickly stepped back seconds after the loud voice blasted down the hallway stronger than an Uproar, and Simisage and Vaporeon backed off just in time to not get crushed by the white puffball that charged down the hallway with the ferocity of a dragon.

    "FoodfoodfoodfoodfoodGimmegimmenow—" Swirlix snarled as she ran. Her tongue hanging out, she uttered a few unintelligible syllables out at Mawile, Simisage, and Vaporeon, then dashed through the kitchen doors. She left a trail of slobber on the floor in her wake.

    Both Simisage and Vaporeon looked rather shocked.

    "I could fine your guild for that on three fronts alone," said Vaporeon.

    "You won't after you taste her cooking," Mawile replied.


    ~\({O})/~

    Mawile's Office

    ~Vaporeon~

    The door to Mawile's office opened, but Mawile was not the pokemon who stepped in. Vaporeon sneezed at all the dust circulating in the air from her entry, making sure to close the door behind her with the fin of her tail. Vaporeon’s short coat of fur didn’t shed easy like the other evolutions of her species did, which made it perfect for sneaking about without leaving evidence behind. Which was what she was planning on doing. If there was one thing Simisage was right about, it was that Mawile was the true head of intelligence in this guild–if there was anything here substantial to know, Mawile would know it. And she'd probably keep that information in her office. Vaporeon looked around for a light switch, but it seemed like this room didn't have an emera light in the first place—even though the rest of the building was lit that way. Curious.

    Once Vaporeon’s eyes adjusted to the dark, she caught sight of something faintly glowing under a tarp. Vaporeon pulled the cover off with her mouth, flooding the room with a blue glow. She smirked in triumph: light!

    Now for the investigation. It seemed Mawile had a fixation on history, particularly Sand Continent history. Several books on the subject lay around on the desk, open to various places. There were footnotes written in bluk berry ink onto a piece of paper, all leading to obscure legends that didn't seem to be linked in any way, shape, or form.

    Vaporeon lowered her head under the desk, trying not to bump her tail into the bookshelves behind her or the cot that lay between them. This was the last place somemon would bother to search. Perhaps something was hidden here.

    Vaporeon didn’t find a big secret under the desk, but there was certainly a lot of dust under there–She had a brief sneezing fit after inhaling a bunch of it. Once she was able to stop coughing, Vaporeon stuck her head back underneath, holding her breath this time. Something caught her eye near the corner of the room, where it could be easily missed. Something that glinted.

    Vaporeon took a closer look, as soon as she could adjust herself so that she didn't topple a stack of books by accident—Seriously, this place was too small, how did Mawile live like this? On closer inspection, the glimmering looked to be the shattered remains of a connection orb.

    "We were all given a presentation by Mawile," Archen explained, sitting in his interrogation seat. "I remember specifically that all the photos were saved to a connection orb, but it disappeared the day after Primarina left. If you want my opinion, I think somemon stole it. Or wanted it hidden. Somemon didn't want pokemon to see those photos."

    One couldn't jump to conclusions. There was no proof that it was the same connection orb. Perhaps Mawile had dropped it at an earlier time and simply neglected to clean it up.

    Or perhaps she had broken it and hidden it here so that it wouldn't be found in the waste.

    Vaporeon raised her head, preparing to leave, but then she saw the photos on the wall. There were three, pinned next to one another. One of a house in Pokemon Plaza, two of what looked like a stone lapras floating in on a raft, and another of a note stuck to the lapras’ chest. It was written in thick loopy handwriting that seemed very familiar to her… she just couldn’t remember where she’d seen it.

    Vaporeon sat, looking at the photos. There was no proof that the connection orb was the same one she was thinking of, but that along with the photos were grounds for suspicion at least. It proved one thing: Whatever the Expedition Society was up to, they knew more than they were letting on. They were keeping these photos locked up, photos they weren’t authorized to have. What else were they hiding?

    Maybe Simisage was right. Maybe he really was onto something. Putting everything back just right so that it looked undisturbed, Vaporeon made her way out of the office. She couldn’t remove the photos, but she could report what she found.


    ~\({O})/~

    "Feels weird to be eating without doing anything all day," Holly said, lying on her bed of straw. They could smell the aroma of whatever Swirlix was cooking in the kitchen from half the building away, but none of them could leave the room without Simisage's say-so.

    As if on cue, Simisage stepped into the room, reading off a list.

    "Ampharos," he said.

    "Right here!" Ampharos raised his paw, even though he was the tallest pokemon in the room and could clearly be seen by anymon present.

    "Great," Simisage drawled. "Follow me."


    ~\({O})/~

    “Are we rolling?” Simisage asked, leaning back in his seat. There was no answer. Simisage frowned.

    “Are we rolling?” Simisage asked. There was no answer. Simisage frowned.

    “Are we rolling?” Simisage asked. There was no answer. Simisage frowned.

    “Are we rolling?” Simisage asked. There was no answer. Simisage frowned.

    “Are we rolling?” Simisage asked. There was no answer. Simisage frowned.

    “Are we rolling?” Simisage asked. There was no answer. Simisage frowned.

    “Are we rolling?” Simisage asked. There was no answer. Simisage frowned.

    Simisage’s frown faltered. For a second he was still, as if his entire being had just frozen. Then he looked at the pair of connection orbs that sat next to him, noticing Vaporeon’s absence.

    “That no-good partner…” he muttered. “Always disappearin’ off to who-knows-where…”

    Simisage returned his attention to Ampharos, pressing the record button on the connection orb.

    “Interview the Sixth: Expedition Society, Chief Ampharos, continued. Hopin’ you’ll be a bit more co-operative than last time,” Simisage said. He prepped the clipboard Vaporeon had given him.

    “And I sure hope you’ll be a bit more specific this time,” Ampharos said. “Why, it’s hard to answer questions when you barely give me anything to go off of!”

    “Oh, I certainly will,” said Simisage with a level of relish that Ampharos considered quite inappropriate for the matter at hand. Regardless, Ampharos reclined into thin air, appearing relaxed.

    “Fire away.”

    “Tell me why the ambassador of the Water Continent spent three days at your establishment before leaving,” Simisage began.

    Ampharos considered his next answer carefully. Now that he thought about it, he realized he still didn’t have a good idea as to why the Ambassador had shown up for the photos in the first place. But another question presented itself in its wake…

    “What makes you think the Ambassador was here?” Ampharos asked.

    “Others’ testimony stands against you,” Simisage snapped. “Don’t be coy.”

    “As I understand it,” Ampharos said, “the Ambassador arrived claiming authority to collect the photos on Cloud Nine’s behalf. He stayed three days while they were prepared, then collected them and left that same night. I think you’ll find the others’ testimony will line up with mine.”

    Ampharos purposefully left out the part about Zoroark and the photos being destroyed. Things no-mon had witnessed but him.

    “And yet you attempted to keep this secret,” Simisage said.

    “I didn’t feel the need to complicate things further,” Ampharos said. “Your investigation was directed towards accusations of monslaughter, as I recall.”

    Simisage cleared his throat.

    “Next question,” he continued, switching fronts, “Your Vice-Chief was the ‘mon who handled the making and distribution of the photos?”

    “Yes, along with Engineer Jirachi, that’s correct,” said Ampharos.

    “And you made no backup copies?” Simisage questioned.

    “We put our trust in our superiors,” Ampharos said. “As long as the photos were safe in Primarina’s flippers we didn’t feel the need to make backup copies.”

    Not a single word in that statement was true. But Ampharos trusted that no-mon had said otherwise to Simisage. Perhaps it was just the way the light shone on him, but Ampharos was almost certain there was a satisfied look on Simisage’s face, a sinister glint to his normal smugness.

    “One last thing,” he said, chewing the words. “Tell me your opinion of your vice-chief. Specifically the fact that she came from the Grass Continent.”

    Ampharos tilted his head, immediately suspicious. He sat forward. “bit of a weird question to ask, don’t you think?”

    “Without the proper context, sure,” said Simisage. “It would be very weird. Answer it anyway.”

    “I would ask in return why such a thing would be important to your investigation.”

    Simisage muttered something. He sat forward, switching the connection orb off.

    “It would be relevant to my investigation because I think that your vice chief is a saboteur,” he said. “Working for the Grass Continent in order to destabilize HAPPI from the inside. And what would benefit Grass more than the fall of the most powerful guild under their control?”

    “Allow me to settle your concerns,” said Ampharos icily. “I can assure you nothing like that has ever happened under my or her supervision.”

    “Is that so,” Simisage muttered back. He sat forward, switching the connection orb off. “What if I told you that just this morning, she proved the opposite to me?”

    It was a moment before Ampharos had the clarity to answer. “I’m sure she wouldn’t do that,” he said.

    Simisage played something on the connection orb.

    “This interview is over,” Mawile’s voice blared through the orb.

    “It’s not over until I say it is—“

    It’s
    over.” A snarl from her back maw, and Simisage shut off the recording. He sat back in his seat.

    “What do you say to that?” he said.

    “I would say that doesn’t prove anything,” Ampharos said.

    “I would say it proves everything,” Simisage said. “Or it will when I bring it before the Quorum of Cloud Nine.” Ampharos looked at the orb, noticing it was turned off.

    “Your Vice Chief was found to be housing copies of the photos you took at Pokemon Plaza in her office,” Simisage continued. “I trust this was not known to you at the time? If so, that would be… disappointing.”

    Ampharos remained silent. If Simisage knew about the photos all along… That meant he had been waiting for Ampharos to slip up. And combined with the way Simisage was now acting, that could only mean one thing…

    “Keeping copies of sensitive information would be a breach of confidentiality between you and HAPPI. If you are found guilty, then it could result in a criminal trial on Cloud Nine, and the dissolving of this organization.”

    Getting up from his seat, Simisage began to pace around the lobby, slowly orbiting Ampharos.

    “Of course, I don’t believe the Society at large is guilty of this. You put your trust in your superiors, correct? Well. Put your trust in me when I say your second in command is a spy.”

    Abandoning all tact completely, he stopped in front of Ampharos and folded his arms behind his back. “So here’s how this is gonna go. You testify against your vice-chief, allow us to perform the arrest, and I let the rest of y’all off with a slap on the wrist. You don’t, and I end your Expedition Society. Crystal?”

    “This is unbecoming conduct from a bastion of the law, wouldn’t you say?” Ampharos said. His tone had lost all its airiness for iciness—truly, this was the hardest it had ever been for him to maintain a poker face in years.

    Simisage just shrugged. “Who will tell them? I have the arrest warrant ready in my folder, if you’ll just testify.”

    Ampharos sat up, eyeing Simisage levelly.

    “Do you consider me the type of pokemon who bends to such evil demands?” he asked gravely, dropping all pretenses.

    “I consider you the type of pokemon to make the right decision,” Simisage said.

    The sound of somemon padding down the hallway cut the tension in the air cleanly. Ampharos and Simisage looked over in the same direction to see Vaporeon padding in from the right-hand wing.

    “I thought I would tell the both of you that the chef called dinner,” she said.

    Ampharos had always been shrewd and eagle-eyed; even through her professional demeanor, he could tell she looked shaken—the look of fear in her eyes, the position of her tail between her legs, the formal tone her words took. Though she didn’t speak much, she seemed much more reasonable than Simisage. Had she overheard and… ?

    “We’ll settle this later,” said Simisage, jarring Ampharos out of his thoughts and muses. “Go enjoy your meal.”

    “Indeed,” Ampharos responded calmly, his best attempt to remain calm. He was anything but calm.


    ~\({O})/~

    Dining Hall

    Swirlix's dinner that night was nothing fancy—Swirlix had only had half the time to cook today that she usually had, something she made very clear with much annoyance when dinner had bee served. But to the starving Expedition Society, who had been through the most stressful day they’d had in a while, it was better than nothing. Mawile walked into the dining room after everymon else, where Swirlix had just set the table full of food and rang the dinner bell. As she entered, Vaporeon fell into stride alongside her.

    "I'd like to conduct an interview of my own with you after dinner," said Vaporeon to Mawile.

    Mawile took a deep breath in and out before she answered. "That's fine," she breathed.

    "I'll be as tactful as I can," Vaporeon assured. "I only need to confirm a few things Simisage left out."

    "Agreeable."

    And with that, Mawile curtly took a seat. Simisage sat near them, wedging himself between Archen and Nickit and keeping a suspiciously close eye on Ampharos.

    As Ampharos bit into a piece of bread, his mind wandered. He was presented with a rather gruesome ultimatum, a choice between bad or worse. Both were out of the question, and so the question became different: was there a way out?

    Ampharos began to organize his thoughts. This ‘detective’ wasn’t on the level; that much he could tell. And even worse, his mission wasn’t to find a true crime. It was to make one. To betray facts for fraud so callously… Ampharos was disgusted at the very notion. But the end result was the same: Simisage claimed he had the power to tear the Expedition Society apart, and Ampharos wasn’t willing to call a bluff.

    The only thing Ampharos knew for sure was that Simisage was powerless without evidence. If he could somehow get the photos, get the interviews; delete them or otherwise do away with them… then Simisage would have no proof against them. Nothing to show for all his investigating. It was a low tactic, but Simisage had set the board at this level, and Ampharos had no choice but to play. And so, he made it a plan.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Vaporeon~

    Night had fallen, but the doors of the Expedition Society remained the same way they had been all day: closed. And Vaporeon didn’t know what to think.

    She didn’t mention to Simisage that she had heard their entire talk from the hall. She wasn’t sure what had changed, but after this… she knew something had. She couldn’t trust him anymore. She didn’t mention anything to Ampharos either. He wasn’t a part of the investigation team, and despite whatever was going on with Simisage, she knew that the Expedition Society wasn’t being completely candid. They were tiptoeing around something, covering something up with omissions and half-truths. And whatever it was, Vaporeon intended to find out.

    So she approached the one member of the Expedition Society who was sure to know everything: Mawile.

    The interview didn’t happen in the lobby. Vaporeon wanted somewhere more secluded, somewhere off the record. The bottom floor of the Society Building had an old bedroom near the end that Mawile said was hers. She clearly hadn’t used it in a while; it had become a makeshift storage room from the looks of all the crates neatly stacked up against the far side of the wall. Mawile sat down on the dusty cot near the window, and Vaporeon took a seat on the floor. That left them eye level with each other.

    “Interview the seventh,” said Vaporeon, reciting for a recording connection orb. “Vice Chief Mawile, continued. Previous testimony from Off-continent Explorer Archen indicates that at one point, you had the photos taken at Pokemon Plaza saved onto a singular connection orb. Additionally, testimony from Chief Ampharos claims that the only physical copies of the photos remain with the Water Continent Ambassador. In your office, photos from Pokemon Plaza are pinned to your wall, and the remains of a connection orb lie on the floor. Can you explain to me why these testimonies were inconsistent?”

    Mawile looked annoyed at the notion of her office having been disturbed. It took a moment before she responded. Just enough of a pause to pass it off as somemon gathering their thoughts, but Vaporeon was sharper than that. She could see the cogs turning in Mawile’s head.

    “The Expedition Society suspected foul play on the part of the Water Continent Ambassador, who arrived claiming authority to pick up the photos,” Mawile answered. “We deduced that the Ambassador was not in contact with Cloud Nine for this mission, and therefore must have had other motives. To avoid entering conflict with our superiors, we sent Ambassador Primarina off with copies of the photos and waited to see what happened.”

    Vaporeon listened, making

    “As for the connection orb,” Mawile continued, “it was the orb that the files were originally saved on, but the files were not saved properly onto the orb itself. It was useless, so I left it on my desk. At some point it must have fallen off and broken."

    "I assume you are also aware that the Ambassador has not been seen for almost a week since leaving port in Lively Town?"

    "I have recently been made aware of that fact," Mawile answered.

    "Very well." Vaporeon took a deep breath. The story held together, but… something was still fishy. She needed to pry deeper. Discreetly pressing a paw to the connection orb, she switched the recording off.

    “One last thing,” she said. “You gave some smart answers for the recording. Now tell me the truth. All of it.”

    “Are you implying I was being dishonest during the interview?” Mawile asked coolly. There was a calmness to it that managed to unnerve Vaporeon somehow.

    “Yes, actually,” she pulled herself together to say. “Yes I am.”

    “Explain yourself.”

    The answer was curt, to the point, and said with enough authority that it held a power over Vaporeon that it shouldn’t have. But she saw through it, saw what Mawile was doing. She was trying to flip the dynamic of the interview, put Vaporeon in the interrogation seat. And Vaporeon wasn’t going to let that happen.

    “I am the one asking the questions,” Vaporeon said loudly. “There is nothing I have to explain to you.”

    “Then ask your questions and be done with it.”

    “Not before I am finished.”

    Mawile was silent, staring at her levelly. Vaporeon cleared her throat and continued. “I’ve stopped the recording, because everything after this is off the record. In twelve hours’ time, my partner will have created enough evidence to have your organization be held guilty in front of Cloud Nine for espionage and by extension, mass murder of everymon in the Rescuer’s Guild. Do I believe that’s true? No, there’s no evidence in support of that. But you and the Expedition Society are tiptoeing around something, and I need you to tell me what, so I can help you. So I will ask again: What’s the truth?”

    “So you mean to solicit my help in stopping foul play, even if it breaks the rules of your investigation?” Mawile asked.

    “I wouldn’t say I’m the first one to break rules here,” Vaporeon said. “But only if you can give me reason enough to trust you first.”

    “I was not being dishonest in the interview,” Mawile said after a pause. Vaporeon’s heart skipped. Had she gotten through? “I did, however, omit some crucial details. The Expedition Society believes a fourth great calamity may be upon us. The fate of Pokemon Plaza and the Rescuer’s Guild would only be the beginning of what is coming, at the claws of an anomaly I have yet to find a reference of in any source or textbook. And we have reason to believe that our superiors may be against this information becoming public. The same superiors that issued a warrant not for failure to deliver confidential information on time, but for monslaughter and espionage. Somemon wants the Expedition Society out of the way, and it seems your partner is one of them. Is this summary to your satisfaction?”

    As loony as it sounded… it fit. Mawile’s words made an uncanny sort of sense, one that made the gears in Vaporeon’s head turn even though she didn’t want them to. There were points—why was that warrant issued? And how, when there wasn’t even a case to preclude it? When Simisage was…

    “Let’s say I believe you,” Vaporeon said, swallowing down her fears of confronting her partner, of learning if he really had been involved in this from the beginning. “What then?”

    “Then…” Mawile said. “We would begin planning.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Hallway

    ~Mawile~

    It was late, and everymon was already in bed.

    Mawile rarely ever used her allotted bedroom. It had become something of a storage room in the recent years, where she would lop things that had no use or place in her study so it didn't clutter up space elsewhere. They all lay in wooden crates, stacked neatly on top of each other with a piece of paper attached to each one, informing pokemon on where everything went. As it all should be. Mawile headed to her bed, reluctantly tucking herself into the pile of straw. Team Cobalt had fenced off the upper floor for the night, and that meant all the Expedition Society 'mon were sleeping on the lower floor. Mawile laid to her side, and attempted to drift off…

    But she couldn't. She wasn't used to sleeping at this hour. Even when she didn't take her chesto berry, she always slept during the day and worked at night, when there was no-mon else to bug her. Sleeping at this hour felt wrong. So wrong, that Mawile couldn't even stay in bed any longe.r She sat up, pulling the covers off herself. She might be able to lobby permission to use her study with Vaporeon. Assuming Vaporeon was still awake.

    And if she was asleep, then Mawile saw no conflict of interest.

    She walked out of her room, slinking down the hallway until she reached the lobby. Crime scene tape had been slung over the entrance to the second floor, but it was nothing somemon couldn't easily pass if they wanted to.

    She entered the second floor, approaching the large room where the Pokemon Nexus was hidden. Her study was just a room away…

    Mawile suddenly hid as a door opened. Peeking out, she saw that it was the door to Ampharos' Office. The lights clicked off, and Simsiage stepped out, empty handed. He looked annoyed. Mawile stayed hidden, watching him as he went. He was up to something. Mawile watched him slip through the room, and disappear into her study.

    That was the last line crossed. Mawile was not endorsing that a second time. She slowly crept forward, catching the door before it could close and peeking in.

    Inside, Simisage rifled through the study, searching for something. Mawile kept herself hidden, watching him silently. He pulled a camera out of the sack he was holding, a small, rectangular device with a connection orb slotted through the center. Flash. Snapshots were taken of the office.

    Soon Simisage found what he was looking for: the broken connection orb under the desk. He picked the shards up, stuffing them into his bag. Then he looked up. He saw the photos. Mawile just stopped herself from yelling out for him to stop.

    Simisage reached up, and pressed a button. Flash. A photos was taken. He plucked the photos one-by-one off the wall. He began to stuff them in his bag as well, but then stopped at the last second. Instead, he brought the photos up to his face. Mawile had to adjust her position to see around the back of his head.

    Then Simisage tore. He tore the photos in half. And then into fourths. And then eights. And then into several pieces so small Mawile couldn't even count them anymore.

    Mawile was horrified. She had an inclination to yell out to him right now, but that would just get her caught. And then Simisage turned back towards the door. He didn't see anything, because Mawile had disappeared.

    Mawile hid behind the second-floor trash can as Simisage exited the office. He looked around just to make sure he hadn't been seen, then continued on his way. Mawile wasn't noticed as he walked downstairs, leaving his bag in an obvious spot at the front of the stairwell. Mawile silently followed.

    Simisage dropped the photos in the wastebin outside the kitchen, then left in the opposite direction. Mawile quickly hid so that she wouldn't be found. As soon as he was gone, she slunk over to the bin and pulled out what remained of the photos: they were in so many pieces that she couldn't even hope to glue them back together.

    She heard the sound of somemon creeping back up the stairs. Mawile decided to cut her losses and leave. As saddening as that loss of information would be… it wasn't worth getting caught by Simisage over. It wasn’t worth ruining the contingency she and Vaporeon had so carefully constructed.

    Soon after Mawile had crept back to her bedroom, Ampharos snuck into the hallway. He took a look all over the room, just to make sure he wasn't being watched. There were no pokemon that he could see.

    Good.

    Silently, Ampharos crept through the hall, doing the best to keep the glow of his tail dim. It glowed brightly anyway, as he couldn't stay calm long enough to dim it. Ampharos just decided to move along and pretend like the orb glowing at the end of his tail wasn't a large giveaway.

    Simisage's bag was sitting at the edge of the staircase. Ampharos considered for a minute that its placement was just a little too convenient, but he didn't have much choice in the matter. If it was a trap, he'd just have to spring it. And so he reached the bag, opened, it, and began to rifle through its contents.

    Up at the top of the stairwell where a pokemon on the first floor wouldn't be able to see, a connection orb started recording.

    There were only a few things inside the bag, and Ampharos had no trouble finding the connection orb he was looking for amongst the ledgers of documents. He pulled it out, and then activated it with his Expedition Gadget. Ampharos went into the menu. He pulled up the list of recordings, and went all the way down until he found the one detailing his second interview with Simisage. He opened it, then swiped right.

    Large red words appeared upon the connection orb's projection: "Would you like to delete this file? [Yes/No]"

    Ampharos thought for a minute. If he did this and was caught… all the better to do it quickly, then. He pressed 'yes'. The file disappeared from the menu, and then Ampharos deleted all of Mawile's interviews as well. He removed the connection orb from his expedition gadget, putting the connection orb back in the bag and then zipping it back up. The mechanical camera of the connection orb caught him slinking back into the Society's residential wing.


    ~\({O})/~

    Baram Town ~ Spinda's Café

    ~Vaporeon~

    It was nighttime. Vaporeon was dizzy, and she was only 25% sure the food served in Spinda's made you that dizzy. Although she couldn't be sure, because she was dizzy and she thought a few other patrons looked slightly dizzy too.

    "Hope that hit to the head didn' do ya any harm," Simisage said, sipping from his drink neatly. He wore his scarf, an ornament he took pride in and made sure to carry around with him everywhere.

    "It was only an emboar," Vaporeon said. "I had the type advantage; I'll be fine. Thanks for asking, though."

    "Alice." Simisage said sternly. "A physical hit to the head ain't a type advantage; that's just a physical hit to the head. If it gets worse I want you to get it checked out. Deal?"

    "Fine." Vaporeon wouldn't lie – she was feeling a bit out of it ever since that hit. Maybe so medical care would be a good thing.

    They sat in silence, eating their food for a few minute. Then Simisage got up and stretched.

    "I'll be back," he said. "I'll only be a minute. Hold my seat for me, will ya?"

    Vaporeon silently curled her tail fin onto his seat in response. Simisage smiled in gratitude, then ran off.

    It was quite a few minutes before Simisage came back, and in that time Vaporeon had been cussed out by more than one pokemon who had their eyes set on Simisage's seat (Spinda's was a popular place). He looked a bit more distant than he normally did, looking at Vaporeon dully. "What happened ta you?"

    Even through her dizziness, Vaporeon noticed a change like that.

    "Are you okay?" she asked.

    "I'm fine. I'm askin' about you. Just answer the question"

    Maybe he'd slipped in a puddle or something and had a mood. It was a terrible excuse in hindsight, but Vaporeon just wanted to rationalize any problems away and make her evening go right. She'd deal with the consequences tomorrow—


    But she hadn't dealt with them tomorrow. Not even when he'd paid the check in that weirdly loopy handwriting he never used before. She hadn't dealt with the consequences in over a week, and Simisage had never been the same. He never wore his police badge around, never talked to her the same way he did before, and his handwriting…

    …His handwriting. His handwriting.

    Vaporeon awoke, sitting up in the straw bed in shock and breathing intensely. She knew. She knew. She knew she knew she knew she knew she knew.

    But that couldn't be right. Because if it was that meant

    That meant

    That

    It

    No

    She couldn't

    She can't

    He

    He

    But

    But

    It was.

    Vaporeon retched in horror. And then she puked. And then she cried.


    ~\({O})/~

    “Then let me change the question,” Vaporeon said. “What’s going on? What are you hiding that you won’t tell me?”

    “You aren’t recording this,” Mawile said coolly,

    “You’re right,” Vaporeon said. “I’m not. Anything you say in this room, I can’t prove it. I hoped respecting your privacy would open you up more.”

    “This investigation has been a fundamental breach of privacy,” said Mawile.

    “Let me make this easy for you,” said Vaporeon. “Come tomorrow morning, Simisage will have created all the evidence he needs to incriminate the entire Expedition Society. I don’t know why. Maybe you do. But what I do know is that I can’t help you unless you help me understand why you have these photos.”

    “You believe your own partner is conspiring to falsify evidence?” Mawile asked.

    “Yes,” Vaporeon said. “More than believe. I heard him threaten it.




    ~\({O})/~

    Lobby

    It was eight-forty-five. The lobby was once again filled with all the pokemon in the Expedition Society, who all stood lined up in a neat row like they usually did for morning briefings. Vaporeon and Simisage stood at the front of the stairs. Simisage held a connection orb discreetly in his paw.

    "I'm sure you're wondering why I've called you all here, with only fifteen minutes until the lockdown lifts, Vaporeon said, discreetly wiping away a tear on her cheek with her tail. "It isn't in vain: I've solved the case. And rest assured…" her eyes flicked over the room. "One of you in here is guilty."

    "There really is a guilty party?" Bunnelby asked, eyeing everymon else in the room nervously.

    "They know who they are," Vaporeon said. "Now allow me to explain to the rest of you. The guilty party, the one pokemon in this room who has unquestionably committed a crime, is my own partner."

    At her side, Simisage looked at her in shock.

    "You…" he stammered in disbelief. "You're accusing me? Wha? Explain. Now."

    "Gladly," said Vaporeon, her tone hardening. She looked back towards the rest of the Expedition Society. "I first noticed something was off about Simisage when he began to routinely not wear his scarf. True to my deductions, he has not worn one for the last week and a half, and he isn't wearing one now."

    Simisage looked down at his scarfless chest.

    "That's no pretense to accuse someone of crimes over," he said angrily. "I just forgot it!"

    "You didn't bring it," said Vaporeon. She turned to Mawile. "Mawile, if you please, Simisage's luggage?"

    "Over here." Mawile strode over and grabbed Simisage's bag out from the storage room outside the hallway. She opened it, revealing its completely empty insides – save for a thick leather envelope.

    "Open the envelope, please."

    Mawile opened the envelope and pulled out the papers contained within. They were blank. Vaporeon turned back towards Simisage.

    "You faked a warrant. This case never had any pretense or authorization from HAPPI. You broke the law in order to incriminate the Expedition Society. The only question left to answer is why."

    "I- I…" Simisage stammered.

    “Luckily,” Vaporeon said, addressing the entire room. “I have that answer. I held a seventh interview before nightfall, between myself and Vice Chief Mawile. There, I found the last pieces of the puzzle.

    "Picture this," she continued, addressing the entire room. "There are monsters in this world. Monsters that stay hidden until they see fit to strike from the shadows. And on the Air Continent, that is exactly what happens. Two monsters are responsible for the destruction of Pokemon Plaza. Two monsters with two missions. One heads to Pokemon Plaza to kill everymon there. The other—" she took a moment for a deep breath "—the other kills and replaces my partner, Simisage, in Baram Town."


    ~\({O})/~

    Baram Town ~ Outside Spinda's

    Simisage walked around the back of the restaurant, looking for a restroom that wasn't bird-suited. Damn birds, only thinking of themselves and no-mon else…

    The creature slunk into the alleyway behind him. Simisage spun around at the sound, looking at the creature. It stood out against the alleyway's darkness; so dark that he wouldn't be able to see any of it if not for the fact that it was darker than everything else.

    "Who's that'?" he asked. The creature didn't answer. Simisage took a step forward.

    "You ain't scarin' me," he said. "I just dealt with an emboar today and won; wanna bet on if I can take you—"

    The creature lunged. Simisage never even got the chance to scream.


    ~\({O})/~

    Lobby

    "You can't prove that!" Simisage cried out angrily. "You're crazy, that's what you are!"

    "Maybe I am, Vaporeon said. "But, to quote something you once told me: if I may be allowed to insinuate further, I think I'll begin to sound a lot more sane.

    "See, the monsters are crafty," Vaporeon continued. "If they reveal their presence to the world, they know that they will be wiped out. They need to disappear. They need somemon else to be seen doing something that will remove suspicion off them entirely; dismiss the barest notion that they even exist! And so a plan begins to form in their heads. When the Expedition Society is drafted to investigate Pokemon Plaza, they make their move. One monster sneaks back to Pokemon Plaza the night after you arrive, murdering and posing as Simisage. It then attacks their lapras escort, pins a note to it, and sends it floating into the harbor on a raft—pretenses for a future plot. Now cue the Ambassador. The Ambassador's role is simple—he needs to stop all of you from delivering the photos to HAPPI, because if HAPPI catches wind of what has happened in Pokemon Plaza that soon, the monster's plan is down the drain. I can only assume the Ambassador has been replaced or otherwise manipulated as well, explaining his disappearance. The Ambassador sabotages your mission efforts. His plan initially fails, but there is a failsafe, and that’s where Simisage comes in. With all evidence of Pokemon Plaza's massacre erased forever and the Expedition Society behind bars, the monsters are free to plot their next move.”

    Vaporeon turned to Simisage. "And that's why you came here, isn't it?" she accused. “With a fake warrant and a pocket of lies. The Expedition Society is your scapegoat, a debacle to keep the authorities in the dark while you go about your plans, isn't it?"

    "Perhaps you're forgettin' somethin'," Simisage said. "I'm not a monster! I'm not! I'm not I'm not i'M nOt!"

    "Prove it to me," said Vaporeon. "What were we doing in Baram Town?"

    There was a delayed pause before Simisage answered. "Vacationin'," he finally said.

    "Wrong." Vaporeon said. "We were solving a theft, and celebrating the successful completion of that mission. Try again. What's my name?"

    "…Vaporeon?" Simisage guessed.

    "Wrong. It's Elizabeth. Try again."

    "…Elizabeth?" Simisage guessed one last time.

    "Wrong again," Vaporeon said sternly. "My name is Alice, and you are not my partner."

    Simisage was silent for a minute. Ampharos tensed up in case a fight was about to break out, and the rest of the Expedition Society quickly followed his example.

    Simisage breathed hard. Then he suddenly bolted for the door. He threw it open with a thrust, running for the outdoors as fast as he could.

    "Don't let him get away!" Alice yelled, and everymon began to run after it. Simisage ran out the front door with the connection orb in his hand, then ran through the square. It stopped at the sewer monhole. As Alice and Expedition Society dashed out the front door after it, Simisage turned around to look back at them. It grinned, and then slowly began to dissolve and sink in…

    A sudden water gun from Buizel jolted the monster away from the monhole, and then Bunnelby charged forward while Simisage was still recovering. On the other side, Jirachi flew around and cut the Simisage off. It looked both ways at all the pokemon surrounding it, then lunged past Jirachi for the entrance to Lively Town. Jirachi was sent flying to the side, but Ampharos quickly let off a dragon rage that hit the creature directly. Simisage hit the ground hard. The connection orb hit the ground and rolled to a stop near the sidewalk. It was cracked but still intact.

    Now crippled, Simisage began to crawl for the connection orb. Racing forward, Bunnelby saw that his legs were regenerating.

    "Everymon get over here!" he yelled. "It's growing back!"

    Simisage hissed at Bunnelby – unnaturally, gutturally – and then fired a large shadowy ball at Bunnelby. Bunnelby ducked and barely leaped out of the way. He saw it catch the end of a chimney, leaving it stone grey.

    The rest of the Expedition Society ran up, joining Bunnelby as they watched whatever had pretended to be Simisage crawl over to the orb. Its legs had nearly grown back, but instead of Simisage’s legs they were jet black, twisted in unnatural ways and with the consistency of goo. Everymon watched as he suddenly spasmed, his form exploding and then reforming for split seconds into other pokemon: An elgyem, an impidimp, a togedemaru, all wearing purple HAPPI scarves.

    Ampharos didn’t waste time. He quickly charged another dragon rage up, but ‘Simisage’ clutched its hand around the orb first. It looked back at him, grinning evilly with a mouth full of more jet-black teeth than any simisage should have.

    "Just… have… to send… this… video…" it hissed, performing the motions as it spoke. Ampharos blasted Simisage with the dragon rage, and then the rest of the Expedition Society followed suit with their own attacks.

    It was too much for the monster to bear: it began to disintegrate, evaporating up into the air and convulsing like it was in agony as it did. And then slowly, it was gone.


    ~\({O})/~

    Lively Town Docks

    "So what are you going to tell HAPPI?"

    The ferry Vaporeon and 'Simisage' had used to travel to Lively Town floated in the docks. The ferrymon would be waiting for them, but not for much longer. Dedenne had followed to see Vaporeon off, even helping carry Vaporeon's bag for her (which was no easy feat when the bag was bigger than you were).

    "I don't know," Vaporeon said, lowering her head. "I guess I'll tell them nothing of consequence was discovered. And…" she went silent for a minute. "I'll have to find a new partner. I'll be keeping an eye out. If I find something, I'll go to you first."

    She took her bag off of Dedenne and tossed it over her shoulder. Dedenne waved at her as she climbed onto the ferry. Vaporeon waved back the best she could.

    Slowly, the ferry sailed away towards the setting sun. And soon, it was gone.


    ~\({O})/~

    Baram Town

    ~Zoroark~

    Zoroark-as-Braixen sat in the seat closest to the door of the mayor’s office. The large vane of the windmill slowly descended over the windows, casting the entire room briefly into darkness for the umpteenth time. He had been waiting out there for hours, thinking about what Honchkrow and Primarina were talking about. In fact, if he leaned close enough to the door…

    Zoroark-as-Braixen leaned over in his seat, trying to get a good idea of what was being said.

    “Do I have your word that no-mon hears anything about these photos?” Primarina asked.

    “Your secret is safe with me.”

    “Good. And remember, there’s a good mention for you for the Rescue Guildmaster position if you keep that secret. If not…” Primarina lowered his voice, and Zoroark-as-Braixen had to strain his ears to hear the last part: “I know yours.”

    There was something that sounded like Honchkrow reluctantly trilling in confirmation, and then the door opened and Primarina slithered out.

    “Come on,” he said to Zoroark. "Let’s go."

    The walk through Baram Town was quiet and somber. The sun had nearly set over the horizon, and the sky was a quickly darkening blue. It set over trash-ridden streets, buildings covered in paintings that stretched all the way up to the second floor, houses with their windows smashed in, and pokemon hanging in quiet, huddled gangs on the streets. Some of them wore the customary scarves of the Rescuer’s Guild, others didn’t. They all regarded Primarina and Braixen quietly as the two of them walked towards the harbor, their faces painting shades of orange from the small fires they were huddling around.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen just turned his head away, kept it down, kept walking. The harbor wasn’t too far from here.


    ~\({O})/~

    The Exeggutor ~ Nighttime

    Primarina did not seem in the best of straights. He hadn’t been for almost a week. He was slouched over, tired, and responded to few of Zoroark’s prompts. Once or twice, Zoroark throught he had seen what looked like a black spark or two zipping out of the corner of his eye. He was beginning to get worried. And now Primarina had been piloting the Exeggutor to an unknown location out at sea after leaving Baram Town. There was a storm brewing in the distance, and that only amplified Zoroark’s worry.

    Soon, the boat stopped all together. Zoroark had been playing a game of checkers lazily with himself on the front deck when the boat bumped to a stop and knocked over his board all together. He looked around, his eyes settling on the ship’s cabin. He cast another look towards the storm in the distance, which was only growing closer. The rumble of thunder a few seconds later punctuated its near arrival. What was Primarina doing?

    And with that thought motivating him, Zoroark got up and headed over to the captain’s cabin.

    Zoroark burst into, looking around. The steering wheel was near the front, and Primarina was slouched over it, asleep. He must have collapsed! Zoroark quickly attempted to wake him.

    “Hey,” he hissed. “Primarina. You awake?” Primarina didn’t stir. “Are you okay??” Zoroark shook him. Primarina was completely unresponsive. Slowly, he slid off and onto the floor, spinning the wheel as he fell. The ship suddenly made a violent bank to the right, and Zoroark was barely able to grab onto something as the cabin tilted. He grabbed onto the steering wheel, stopping it from spinning uncontrolled. Slowly, the ship began to stabilize itself.

    Zoroark took a second to catch his breath, then paced around the cabin for a few seconds. What had happened? Was Primarina dead? This was bad. And trapped out here all alone too?

    Okay. He had to calm down. He could get out of this. He just had to figure out the first step – getting to land. He just had to steer the ship back there! That could work.

    …If only he knew how to work a ship as big as this.

    And he didn’t.

    Zoroark tried pulling on the steering wheel, but either because the ship’s violent bank had broken something or other powers were stopping the boat, it wouldn’t budge. Eventually, Zoroark gave up. What was another good way to reach land?

    The transmission machine. That was a good fallback. But there would be a six-hour delay between transmissions, and Zoroark wasn’t sure they would make it. He looked at the storm outside through the window. It was getting uncomfortably close.

    And then he noticed from outside the window that the water was glowing.

    Zoroark exited the captain’s cabin and marched up to the starboard railing, looking over the side at the glowing water. There was something under there. Something large.

    Something moving…

    And then it attacked.

    The captain’s cabin – easily half the ship – was suddenly gone. The large crimson head of a massive gyarados crashed back into the ocean. The ship splintered. Zoroark fell. The game of checkers fell off the deck and was lost to sea forever.

    Zoroark acted quickly. He looked at all the debris floating away – there was a good large plank, easily a makeshift raft. Large enough to hold him. Zoroark didn’t see his fake wand anywhere – it must have been caught up in the wreckage. Oh well. He didn’t need it anyway. He jumped onto the plank, and none too soon: the water began to glow again, and just a second later the other half of the ship was snatched up in the gyarados’ mouth.

    Zoroark watched as the gyarados’ massive head slowly retreated back into the ocean. Then there was nothing but the wrecked remains of the Exeggutor in a state, which he stared at in a state of distant shock. Shivering, Zoroark crawled onto the plank completely. The water had lost its glow; it seemed like the red gyarados wasn’t concerned with small prey like him.

    And then all was silent, and Zoroark only had the storm he was floating away from for company.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the week!

    Blanc's Tale, Part II - Nathan Johnson


     
    Last edited:
    2~Nine - And I Bring Nightmares
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter20Art.png
    Breaking: Pokemon Plaza found deserted, Air Continent economy takes a major hit

    After weeks of mystery surrounding the cutoff in communications with the Rescuer's Guild, authorities have finally revealed the truth behind the incident. The guild and city was found completely deserted by responders who arrived on the scene, and everyone within a mile radius of the city has been classified as missing.

    "It's honestly baffling," said Vaporeon Alice, one of HAPPI's investigators. "An entire city, some of the most accomplished explorers in the world, gone missing. None of us have ever seen anything like it."

    In the wake of the Guild's shutdown, the Air Continent has been sent reeling. HAPPI officials are expected to move in to stabilize the economy and choose a new guildmaster within the coming weeks.

    ~ The Lively Town Times


    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER NINE: AND I BRING NIGHTMARES

    ~\({O})/~

    ~Espurr~

    …Hello.

    Espurr fell back on her behind in startlement, landing on solid blackness. The rest of the bedroom behind her had crumbled away—it hadn’t ever been real in the first place. She trained all her mind’s strength on the cyclone of voices towering above her, aiming it like a cannon yet to be fired. She felt the heart of the vortex hesitate. They both knew: It could get hurt in here.

    “Who are you?” Espurr questioned loudly to the swirling vortex of blackness and whispers.

    Me?

    The voice boomed down, a culmination of a thousand weaker whispers that crept into her ears. Some were children. Some were adults. Some were male. Some were female. All were one.

    I am the voice that lives in everyone’s head.

    Espurr didn’t know what that meant, but there were more important things to ask.

    “Alright… Where are we?” she asked next, keeping her mind’s eye trained on the voice. It was waiting for her to slip up, to lower her guard.

    This is the In-Between. the subconscious of a mind, where memories go to die and be found. Few pokemon can access it.

    “Then why are we here?” Espurr asked.

    Because I have willed it to be.

    The vortex swirled around Espurr, then disintegrated into nothing right before her eyes. Espurr quickly looked around to see where it went, but it was gone.

    This world is rotting. It is a withered corpse of what it once was. Soon by my hand it shall cease to exist. But… you do not need to die with it.

    The voice boomed out of nowhere, resounding all around her. The darkness was its home, and it was blending in perfectly. Espurr turned around in the blackness, looking around to see where it was coming from. But she could see nothing.

    You have come from a different world; A different time. your captor, the one who brought you here, has robbed you of everything you once knew. You were not given the chance to decide whether you would like to go; you were taken. I ask of you: would you like to go back?

    Espurr breathed heavily, looking around in vain. She didn’t like what this voice was saying. And yet…

    “What does that mean?” she asked the blackness firmly, over the whispering chorus of voices that had grown in volume.

    I could undo it all. Return you to where you came. Let you discover who you were before you were stolen. Bless you with your old life. Just like I blessed you with the knowledge of this world’s language.

    That made Espurr pause for a minute.

    "That was you?"

    For just a minute, she was actually listening to what the voice had to say.

    Indeed. Do you now see the mercy of your captor? To take from you so heartlessly? To not even leave you with that one simple thing? you deserve better. You are not deserving of your fate as a pawn. Allow me to restore what your captor has taken.

    It tempted Espurr. To know all the secrets she had been dying for ever since she had woken up in that mystery dungeon three weeks ago…

    She almost said yes.

    She almost let the words enrapture her.

    But she knew better.

    “What’s the catch?!” she yelled up at the blackness over the chorus of voices. They were chanting something; she could barely make out the words among the incessant whispering-

    —human—

    —threat—

    —rip—

    —Tear—

    KILL

    —Not yet—

    cease…

    Catch? You will abandon this world as you know it and return to your old life.


    Espurr spun around; the voice had come from behind her. The void was rematerializing, a thousand whispers filtering into the distance once she had noticed.

    The answer should be no, Espurr’s first gut instinct told her. But then other parts of her began to think. Was it really that bad a choice? She had been here three weeks. That was barely enough time to grow attached to anything here. And she had a whole life to go back to, one where there weren’t creepy voices in her dreams and beheeyem stalking her every move. Maybe she should leave. Maybe there were others who missed her.

    But then she thought of Tricky. What would Tricky do if she up and vanished one day?

    And that was what ultimately swayed Espurr’s mind.

    “No,” said Espurr. “I think I want to stay here. I’ve made up my mind.”

    The wrong answer. But do not saY I didn’t gIVE you a CHANCE…

    The voices all around Espurr suddenly began to rise in intensity, getting louder and louder until Espurr could hear clearly what they had to say—

    Rip

    Tear

    Maul

    Kill

    Kill her kill her NOW


    “Get out!” Espurr screamed over the chorus, now terrified. “Get out of my head!”

    The voices only got louder. And then the vortex began to form right above Espurr again. It was angry. It began to reach out for her from above, winds and whispers swirling with all the intensity of a hurricane…

    Espurr lashed back. She wanted to explode, to blow the vortex apart like she’d blown up the classroom, if only she could find the right mental snag…

    And then she did. The dream BOOMED, and Espurr blacked out—


    ~\({O})/~

    What lived in the Ancient Barrow awoke from Its slumber. It clawed its way through the Barrow’s decrypit doors, Its limbs meeting the cool night. Its claws driving into the porch’s wood. For the seal was now broken, and It could roam free once more.

    Hunt.

    Find.

    Kill
    .


    ~\({O})/~

    Audino’s House

    —Espurr hit the floor of her bedroom.

    Her real bedroom. Espurr scrabbled her paws along the very solid, very rugged, very visible floorboards in joy—she had escaped!

    At the cost of a slight headache. Espurr rubbed her forehead in pain. Exploding, even in her dream, still took a lot out of her. She sat back against the straw bed she had fallen out of, staring up at light from the window tiredly. It was sunny. At the very least, that meant she wouldn’t have to go to bed again.


    ~\({O})/~

    Village Square

    The Pelipper Post visited Serenity Village that day. There hadn’t been any word from the Pelipper Post in weeks, so when a lone pelipper flew over Serenity Village and dropped a single copy of the Lively Town Times smack in the middle of the Village Square, the entire village went out to investigate. It was Simipour who took the newspaper in his hands, uncurling it and reading the news headline:

    “Breaking News: Pokemon Plaza on Air Continent found deserted; Air Continent economy takes a major hit,” Simipour read aloud. He and the other adults all traded concerned looks.

    “Pokemon Plaza?” Tricky asked, her tail drooping. Simipour nodded. “But that means…”

    Tricky began to breathe hard, at a loss for words. She turned away from everymon else, and was silent for a while. Everymon’s attention—Espurr included—returned to Simipour.

    Simipour folded the newspaper. “Run along,” he said, waving off the children. “This isn’t a matter for children.”

    Espurr was about to combat that with her own counterargument, but then saw many of the adults in the square, from Sawsbuck to Hippopotas to Lotad, nodding their heads in agreement. It seemed their minds were made up. It was a lost cause. Espurr said nothing.

    Ursaring did a fist pump.

    “Yes,” she said in a hushed declaration of excitement. “Not a child anymore!”

    Uncle swatted her on the ear.

    The adults all convened at Kangaskhan’s Café (aside from Kangaskhan, who had capitalized on the few ‘mon who weren’t interested in the weekly news and had headed off for an easy breakfast instead), leaving all six of the children all on their lonesome in the square.

    To everymon’s surprise, Deerling was the first one among them to talk.

    “…So,” she said awkwardly. “You guys… wanna give chess a go?”

    The air suddenly became laced with an awkwardness thick enough that a knife couldn’t cut it.

    “Eh,” Pancham shrugged. “Better than doing nothing.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Deerling had gone back to her house to quickly retrieve the chess kit and the manual, and then the six of them had set it up in the square to play. There was only room for two players at a time, so they took turns playing and watching each other play. After reading the manual, Goomy and Deerling went first. Goomy’s slimy paws weren’t made for pushing all the pieces around, but he managed to beat Deerling by just a hairline. Or perhaps Deerling had let him win. Espurr couldn’t tell.

    Tricky—reluctantly—went up against Shelmet next. By the end of their game, Espurr silently concluded that Tricky had no tact or strategy whatsoever, and Shelmet was a closet chess genius. Their game had lasted all of five minutes.

    Then Espurr faced Pancham. She knew it wouldn’t be easy; Pancham was sharp when he wasn’t being mean. Their game lasted longer than the last two combined had, but when Pancham finally knocked over Espurr’s nidoqueen the others clapped and rejoiced. The three games combined lasted them until the end of the adults’ conference.

    It was late afternoon when the adults all streamed out of the Café Connection, all walking around or herding their child off home. Even Kecleon’s was setting up shop rather late.

    Carracosta cleared his throat, standing over Espurr, Tricky, and Deerling (The rest had had to leave early).

    “Oh! Right.” Tricky stood up, shaking herself off obliviously. “I’m helping make dinner tonight. I gotta go. Bye!” She waved at Espurr, and then followed Carracosta eastwards. Then it was just Espurr and Deerling. Espurr quickly put the pieces of the chess kit back in the box. She and Deerling both stood up.

    “So… good game today,” Deerling said. She held out her hoof to shake, and Espurr shook it.

    It had been such a lackadaisical afternoon that Espurr had forgotten all about telling Tricky about the Beheeyem.


    ~\({O})/~

    Audino’s House

    “What was in the newspaper?” Espurr asked over dinner. She had forgotten about it over the course of the afternoon, but after everymon had gone home and the sky had gotten dark it had slowly come back to her. She didn’t know where Pokemon Plaza was, much less what had happened to it, but now she wanted to know.

    “We’re not talking about it,” said Audino.

    “But I want to talk about it,” Espurr replied matter-of-factly. Audino was silent for a minute.

    “Children shouldn’t have to deal with things like this so soon,” she finally said. “Cherish your youth while you still have it. You’ll thank me later.”

    “Why can’t I know?” Espurr pressed.

    “Because you’re thirteen!” Audino said. “You’re too young to be worrying over things like this. You should grow up and evolve before you have to worry like that!”

    Espurr had the urge to tell Audino she already had a thousand things to worry about aside from whatever had happened in Pokemon Plaza, but that probably wouldn’t do her any favors. Reluctantly, she dropped the topic, and both pokemon went back to eating their dinners.


    ~\({O})/~

    School Grounds ~ Nighttime

    ~Watchog~

    Watchog guarded the school every Thursday and Sunday. All through the day, and then all through the night too. It was getting more than a little grating. He honestly was starting to think he was beginning to hallucinate. He’d see things, lurking just around corners and flitting through windows. Sometimes, they’d take the shape of a blue flame. Other times, he’d see nothing but the faintest outline of something standing in the distance. One time, something had whooshed through him, knocking him back on the ground and leaving him very winded. All of these incidents combined had thoroughly spooked Watchog, but tepig would evolve into pelipper before he’d admit he was too scared for this job. After all, any ‘mon who could handle the demon of mischief that was Tricky could certainly handle a little guard duty.

    Watchog made a round of the school, jumping at the sudden trill of a cricket as he looped back around. He wasn’t scared! Just… alert. It was time to make his routine detour up to the school buildings. He was paying double attention to that ever since somemon—At least, he thought it was somemon—had broken into the library a couple of weeks back. And then again just a day ago. He wasn’t going to be bested like that again.

    As Watchog marched up the hill towards the School Clinic, he saw that the door to the library was open. Watchog’s heart almost stopped. The thief had come back!

    Alright. Well, they weren’t going to escape this time. Not if Vice Principal Watchog had anything to say about it. He slowly crept towards the building, making sure to stay as silent as possible. The library was as dark as all the other buildings. Watchog couldn’t hear anymon in there either. He slowly crept in the door, looking around. The library looked empty. But Watchog knew it wasn’t.

    He stalked through the bookshelves, looking around. There was nothing that he could see. Maybe they were near the back, then—

    —A book fell. Near the back. It hit the floor with a loud thump, drawing Watchog’s attention immediately. He’d be a liar if he said he hadn’t jumped then.

    Aha! So they were in the back! Watchog sneered. Distance wasn’t going to do them much good now. Abandoning stealth, he began to walk towards the back of the library quickly. The intruding ‘mon dove behind the shelf to the right. Watchog sped up, grabbing the side of the bookcase and looking around it. There was nothing there. Whatever was in this library with him had already travelled around the other side.

    Then Watchog heard a footstep. A big, slimy, heavy footstep. Then another. And then a third one. And only then did Watchog realize that maybe, just maybe, he was in over his head here. He began to quickly edge around the bookcase, heading for the other side before whatever was stomping this way could reach him—

    —Watchog reached the other side of the bookcase just as the other 'mon in the room lunged around the back. He heard it stomp forward onto the floor, and then it stood in place. Watchog took a deep breath. It was time to figure out what he was dealing with here. Then he took another deep breath. And another. Berry crackers, was he really doing this?

    But it had to be done. He was the school guard. Watchog took one last deep breath, then carefully peeked around the other side of the bookcase.

    Something stood, Cloaked in shadows. Completely still. Watchog forced himself to face it.

    “Alright, you’re busted!” he called out. “Come out here and face me like a true ‘mon!”

    The creature tilted its head rigidly. It was silent. Eyeless. Countless spines protruded from its back.

    Then it lunged—


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Espurr~

    Slowly coming to. Espurr brought herself to her feet amongst the dry, cracked ground. Another dream. She kept her wits about here, not sure what to expect. She stood in the middle of the village square, but it was completely leveled—no building stood taller than a foot off the ground. Rubble lay everywhere. The sky was red. And everything was quiet.

    Espurr looked around cautiously. What was this?

    I see you...

    And then Espurr lurched forward without her consent. She began to run out of the village square and down southwards, away from the voice.

    There is no escape.

    Whatever was controlling Espurr ran faster, and she didn’t think she wanted to stop anymore. She looked up, and then she saw it: a lone mountain, wreathed in flame—

    —And then everything went dark, and Espurr had control of her body again. She stood up in the blackness of the In Between, waiting for whatever was about to happen next—

    —She was on a path. At the bottom of the hill. At the top of the hill, the abandoned School Grounds sat. Above them, a storm brewed and rumbled ominously in the blood red sky.

    She was in the library. Her head twisted to the side without her consent, and she saw the dark blue sky.

    Thump. A book fell.

    She was spying on Watchog from behind a bookshelf. Slowly, she crept around Watchog as he walked closer.

    She was Watchog again. She watched, as something lurched from the shadows towards her—

    —Espurr was suddenly pulled straight into the ground, and landed on the hard, wet, wooden boards of a bridge. The rickety old bridge. In the distance, the Crooked House sat, glowing much like the mountain had. It was the only thing that glowed, and it glowed blood red. And there was nowhere to go but near it. And so—slowly—Espurr went. She crept across the bridge, avoiding all the spots she knew were rotting. But this bridge wasn’t real. If she said so, there no rotting spots.

    Suddenly, as if in response to that one stray thought, the entire bridge began to crumble away behind her. Espurr looked back at the sound, noticing the decay.

    “Come on.”

    With that, Espurr quickly made haste as the bridge continued to fall apart. But the rate of decay was faster than she could run and she wasn’t going to make it—

    —Espurr jumped, and landed on the island just seconds before the entire bridge crumbled away into nothingness. Thankfully, the decay did not continue onto the island. Espurr looked at her paws, which she had just realized were muddy. And suddenly, just like that, her belly was covered in mud. Great. Espurr wiped the mud on her paws off on the mud of the island, and stood up. The Barrow stood before her, glowing just like it had from a distance. Espurr stomped towards it. It wasn’t real. None of this was real—

    —the Barrow’s doors slammed open wide, showing Espurr more of that blood-red sky. Espurr took a few involuntary steps back. Alright. It not being real didn’t mean she wasn’t just a little scared of it.

    A wind emerged from the Barrow’s doors, slowly pulling everything around it in through its entrance. And that included Espurr. As soon as she thought to get away the wind suddenly became too strong for her to resist and she was pulled in towards the doorway and then—

    She was falling. Falling through that blood-red sky and everything around her was red red and more red and then she was back in blackness and she hit the ground.

    Espurr got up, panting out of desperation. When was this going to end?

    Something stepped out of the shadows. Espurr spun to look at it. She could barely make out the fuzzy outline of something walking towards her…

    …As it walked, it changed. It became larger. It sprouted grotesque claws. Its footsteps became heavy and slimy. Spines flexed and rose on its back.

    And then it lunged for her—


    ~\({O})/~

    Audino’s House

    Espurr awoke with a gasp just short of a scream. She glanced around her bedroom, still trying to see whatever had attacked her in her dreams. But it was long gone.

    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village

    It was still rather early in the morning. Espurr walked out of Audino’s house and into the Village Square, the exploration bag slung over her shoulder. She adjusted the scarf Tricky had gifted her with; the one she had barely taken off since she’d been given it. There weren’t many ‘mon currently out in the square, so she was able to make her way to the west exit easily.

    She headed to the west side of town, leisurely strolling through rows of houses that were either still dark or just waking up. Until she reached Tricky’s house. Espurr shouldered the bag and was just about to knock on the door—

    But it suddenly opened for her, revealing a disheveled and still-sleepy Tricky. Her face immediately brightened upon seeing Espurr. Then she yawned.

    “Did you have trouble sleeping too?” she asked.

    “Do you want to go on a mission today?” Espurr asked without hesitation.

    “Yep!”


    ~\({O})/~

    Glittering Mountain ~ Afternoon

    Glittering Cave was a smaller dungeon that wasn’t too far off from Serenity Village itself. Espurr was putting off telling Tricky about the Beheeyem, but her recent nightmares had shaken her enough that it wasn’t at the forefront of her mind anymore. She’d remember to tell her sometime during the mission. When she and Tricky booted up the expedition gadget once again, they saw a mission posting to rescue a butterfree that had gotten stuck at the bottom of the dungeon and couldn’t find their way out. That had seemed easy enough, and it was only one star, so Espurr and Tricky had taken it.

    Glittering Mountain itself was more like a sunlit cave than a mountain. Espurr and Tricky wandered the maze of cave passages further and further downwards, but sunlight never stopped filtering in through the moss-covered walls no matter where they turned or how deep they went. The dungeon ferals here (and occasionally, the plain old animals) were incredibly weak and were easily bested by Espurr and Tricky at every turn.

    In other words, a walk in the park. And a suitable distraction for the day.

    “I had this nightmare last night,” Tricky said as she and Espurr walked down one of the mystery dungeon’s fifth-floor corridors. For a second, Espurr was reminded of her own traumatizing nightmares, but she shook it off quickly. This mission was supposed to be an escape from all that.

    “Bird!” Tricky suddenly cried.

    A crow dove for them, letting out a feral shriek. Espurr blasted it to the ground with her mind and Tricky quickly roasted it with an Ember. Its tail feathers scorched, the crow quickly took flight and high-tailed it out of there. Espurr looked at Tricky as they began walking like normal again.

    “What were you saying?” she asked.

    “It was really weird,” Tricky continued. “I was in the school with Watchog, but then I was Watchog. And then something took him away and I saw the School but the sky was red and there was this big storm above it! And then everything went dark and the thing that took Watchog attacked me and then I woke up.”

    Espurr stopped. She looked straight at Tricky.

    “How do you know what I dreamed about last night?”

    “Wait. You had the same dream??” Tricky asked a bit too loudly for their own good. A cacophony of screeches erupted in the corner far ahead of them, and both Espurr and Tricky decided to high-tail it into the left-hand passage they were rapidly approaching. They pressed themselves against the walls just in time to watch an entire flock of crows zoom past where they were hiding, hoots and caws and all. Espurr slumped back against the wall they’d been pressed into in relief once they were gone, and then both she and Tricky lowered their voices into a hush.

    “Come to think of it, has anymon in town seen Vice Principal Watchog in the last couple of days?” Espurr asked.

    “He wasn’t there when everymon gathered yesterday,” Tricky whispered back.

    “The last time I saw him was on Saturday in Kangaskhan’s Cafe,” Espurr said. “He was complaining about ghosts.”

    “And it’s Monday today…” Tricky added.

    “…We should ask around town,” said Espurr. She pulled out the expedition gadget, projecting it on the wall. “The dungeon’s only six floors. That butterfree has to be around here somewhere.”


    ~\({O})/~

    They found Butterfree cowering in a small nook that had a stream of water running near it. Luckily, the dungeon wasn’t the type to fog over and start lashing out at intruders yet, but Butterfree had been overwhelmed by all the feral animals in the dungeon. Between the two of them with Butterfree in tow, they managed to find their way out of the dungeon in no time. It was the last floor, after all. Butterfree didn’t have copious amounts of anything as a mission reward, but offered Espurr and Tricky some odds and ends that she had scraped together.

    It was late afternoon by the time that Espurr and Tricky entered Serenity Village once again. There were noticeably fewer ‘mon out and about today, Espurr noted. They both stopped in the village square. Espurr shifted the exploration bag from one shoulder to another.

    “I’ll start on the south side of town; you start on the west. Which one of us wants to go up to the school?”

    “Shouldn’t we do that first?” Tricky asked. “he’s guarding it or something.”

    That was fair.


    ~\({O})/~

    School Grounds

    The school grounds were just as deserted as they had been all summer long. Espurr and Tricky walked into the empty space where they classroom had been, glancing around for any glimpse of Watchog. They saw none.

    In the woods, something watched them.

    “I don’t see him,” Espurr said, looking around. “If he was here, then he would have started yelling at us already.”

    “Maybe he’s up in the library,” Tricky replied. “That’s where I saw him in my dream.”

    They continued up the hill towards the school clinic, then took a hard right for the library. Espurr peeked in through the door that was ajar, looking around. She saw nothing but dusty musty books. Tricky peeked in next to her.

    “The place looks empty…” Tricky said in disappointment.

    “He definitely would have found us by now. He’s not here,” Espurr said. “We’re wasting our time.”

    Tricky just pouted.


    ~\({O})/~

    Audino’s House

    Espurr stepped in the door and set Gabite's old exploration bag on the floor next to all the others. Audino was at the table, reading a book. She briefly glanced at Espurr as she walked in, then flipped the page and returned to reading.

    “Have you seen Vice Principal Watchog?” Espurr asked.

    “No, I haven’t.” Audino closed her book. “I think he’s up guarding the school. Did you check there?”

    Espurr shook her head no. That was a lie. But would Audino really let her leave the house if she thought that Watchog had gone missing?

    “I haven’t yet,” Espurr said smoothly. “I’ll go do that now. Thank you.” She picked up the exploration bag, and began to head for the door--

    “Is there something you need from him?” Audino asked. Espurr froze.

    “Just… wanted some library books,” Espurr quickly improvised. And then she was out the door before Audino could say another thing to stop her.


    ~\({O})/~

    Simipour’s House

    “I put Watchog in charge of guarding the school this summer,” Principal Simipour said, mixing himself a cup of lum berry tea in the kitchen. “But if he isn’t there, I’m afraid I can’t tell you where he is.”

    “Have you seen him at all over the past couple of days?” Espurr asked, following him into the parlor.

    Simipour yawned, quickly setting his drink down in order not to spill it. “The last time we talked was on Friday. He was turning in his weekly report on occurrences at the school. ‘Strange things are happening’, he said.” He quickly downed the lum berry tea, then glanced inside the cup.

    “This stuff isn’t working…” Espurr heard him mutter under his breath. Then he turned back to her, that dopey smile once again plastered on his face.

    “Well!” he exclaimed. “Is there anything else I can assist you with?”

    “No thanks,” said Espurr.


    ~\({O})/~

    Cafe Connection

    “I’m looking for Vice Principal Watchog.”

    Espurr sat at the Café Connection’s counter, talking to Kangaskhan. The café was moderately crowded, but it rarely wasn’t like that.

    “Just a minute.” Kangaskhan nodded Espurr’s way, before tending to the order of a magby. Espurr turned around in her seat and stared out the window until Kangaskhan got back to her.

    “What were you saying?” she asked, turning to Espurr.

    “I was wondering if you’d seen Vice Principal Watchog,” Espurr said. “I know he comes here a lot.”

    “Not since Saturday,” Kangaskhan said. “Sorry.”

    Espurr glanced out the window, where she caught sight of Tricky running back into the square.

    “Thanks anyway,” she said, and then she was out the door.


    ~\({O})/~

    Village Square

    “Did you find anything?” Espurr asked as she met up with Tricky in the village square. ‘Mon passed all around them, completely oblivious to the concerns of two children.

    Tricky shook her head. “Nothing! I went to Farfetch’d’s, Watchog’s house, the Principal… but he told me you already asked him.”

    “So no-mon’s seen him since Saturday,” Espurr laid out. “And then you and I both had the exact same dream about him getting kidnapped. And then there’s the things I’ve been seeing in my bedroom…”

    “Wait wha—“ Tricky began.

    “Something’s been appearing in my bedroom at night,” Espurr explained. “I think whatever it is is the same thing that took Watchog.”

    “Wait-wait-wait,” Tricky said. “You’ve been seeing ghosts in your bedroom and you didn’t tell me?”

    “I… I didn’t think it’d be safe.”

    “Safe? Why? What, do you think the ghosts are going to beat us up?” Tricky tilted her head, almost like she was considering the possibility. “I don’t think we have many ghost-types in this town…”

    “No, that’s…” this was getting harder to explain by the minute. Espurr shook her head. “That’s not it.”

    “Then what is it?”

    Espurr took a quick look around the square to make sure that no-mon was listening in.

    “I’m being hunted,” she said, her voice hushed. “Remember those pokemon that attacked us outside the treehouse on Thursday?”

    Tricky nodded. She suddenly looked uneasy.

    “Wait, you’re saying—”

    “Beheeyem,” Espurr continued. “They’ve been on my case ever since I woke up in the forest two weeks ago. The nightmares started a few days after that, and I started seeing things in my room after I moved houses. There’s no way both of us having the same exact dream is a coincidence. Watchog’s disappearance and the ghosts must be connected.”

    Tricky pawed the ground for a moment. “You mean those beheeyem took Watchog?”

    “I don’t think so,” Espurr said. “We’d have seen the beheeyem if they entered the village. This has to be something else.”

    “Then, what?” Tricky asked.

    “I don’t know,” Espurr said. And she didn’t. She didn’t know nearly enough where it counted, and that was beginning to worry her.

    “Can we tell an adult?” Tricky asked.

    “Would any adults believe us?” Espurr pointed out. “There’s no point going to one unless we can prove something. And right now all we know is that Watchog’s missing.”

    “Right…”

    “Hey.” A graveller nudged Espurr aside as he passed. “Mind getting out of the way? You’re blocking the entrance.” Espurr stood right outside the entrance of the Café Connection.

    “Sorry,” Espurr said, moving aside. The graveller entered the café without a second thought.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Watchog~

    Watchog coughed. His eyes flew open.

    He was laying sideways on the ground. There was a small stream of swamp water flowing through, which was running straight into his…

    Watchog quickly sat up, coughing and sputtering wildly. There was swamp water in his mouth! He rubbed his paws on his tongue, trying to clean it of the troublesome taste. The thief had knocked him out! Knocked him out with fire! He almost couldn’t believe it. Fire! In a library! He would be reporting this to Principal Simipour for sure, just as soon as he—

    —And then Watchog realized that he wasn’t in the library anymore. He stood up, beginning to hyperventilate in fear. He stood in a narrow, crooked hallway, and the ground was mud with swamp water. The walls all around looked were coated in some viscous black… goo, and some of it came off on Watchog’s paw when he tentatively reached out to touch it. And then Watchog began to freak out.

    Splash.

    It came from down the hallway to his right. Watchog snapped his head in that direction. He let out a squeak of fear. It was the thief. The thief was back. It had dragged him down to… wherever this was and now it was going to kill him! Watchog was certain of it. Without thinking, he took off in the other direction, not caring about the noise he made on the way. He was not going to die today!

    The hall twisted into another corridor that turned left into a passage that led to a dead end. Watchog bumped into the wall in panic, taking a second to react in disgust at all the goop that now covered his body. And then he scrabbled along the wall, looking—hoping—for some way out of this.

    Squelch. The creature appeared just outside of the hallway as he rounded the corner. It looked like it had melted out of the wall. Watchog turned around, then backed up against the wall. Where he had come from was a dead end… There was nowhere to run. Nowhere to hide. Unless…

    Watchog suddenly let out a battle cry that could barely be heard from the end of the hallway. He began to charge for the beast with his head lowered. The beast didn’t move, not even when Watchog got close enough to fully see it—

    —Watchog hit a tree root and his face suddenly ate swamp water. He lifted his head up out of the mud to see the creature slowly walking towards him. Its movements were eerily stiff, yet fluid in a stilted way. Watchog slowly edged back.

    “No, no no,” he mumbled softly, pleading in vain. “Not me. Not me. Somemon else. I won’t tell anymon what you were doing in that school, I- I- I won’t. I promise. I promise. Please—“

    The creature paid no attention to his pleas. It reached a clawed hand out for him—

    —And then, just like clockwork, it suddenly froze up. Once Watchog noticed, he took the opportunity to get a good distance back from the creature.

    The creature’s head twisted all the way around; the rest of its body stayed still. Then its body turned around to match. And then it took off, down the hall and away from Watchog. Watchog shakily got to his feet. Was that it? Had he scared it off?

    But it didn’t look like it was running off. It was running towards something.

    Watchog was glad it wasn’t him.


    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village

    It stormed the next day. Sheets of rain fell over the village square, and the only ‘mon out and about at the time were the Water types. Espurr watched it from the window (which had the rain curtains drawn over it), scowling A little rain wasn’t going to stop her.

    She’d previously had the expedition gadget set up against the wall, idly scrolling through the missions they wouldn’t be taking today because of all the rain. To her dismay, she saw that the salamance mission was still up—had that letter even gotten through?

    Espurr grabbed the exploration bag and quietly slipped out the door. The rain hung off her fur and soaked her down to the bone, but she pressed on anyway, heading for the west side of town. There were more important matters to attend to than keeping dry.

    She found Pancham and Shelmet having a mud fight in a ditch near the west side of town. It was a ways off the beaten path, so Espurr course-corrected to meet up with them.

    “I see you’re having fun,” she called out through the rain as she approached them. Both Pancham and Shelmet paused their game, looking at Espurr. Pancham quickly brushed the mud on his hands off near a wall.

    “Heh… pretend like you didn’t see that.” He brushed off his hands once more, and then turned to face Espurr, whose fur was soaked and limp. Pancham looked almost too amused by it. “Whatcha doing out in the rain?” he asked. “You look like crap, I’m just gonna tell ya.”

    “What are you two doing out in the rain?” Espurr asked flatly, staring at Pancham’s muddy paws for effect.

    Pancham’s face lost its amused look. “I said ignore that,” he said.

    “Having a mud fight,” Shelmet answered for him, ignoring Pancham’s look of horror directed straight at him.

    “I’m looking for a missing pokemon,” Espurr said matter-of-factly. “Interested?”

    Pancham thought for a minute. “…Which pokemon is it?” he finally asked.

    “Vice-Principal Watchog.”

    “Wait, what??” Pancham and Shelmet both exclaimed at the same time.

    “You heard me,” Espurr replied. “He hasn’t been seen by anymon since Saturday. I’m launching a search mission.”

    Pancham and Shelmet slowly traded looks.

    “…I mean, let’s think about this,” said Pancham innocently. “Do we wanna save Vice-Principal Watchog? School would be much easier if he wasn’t on our tails all the time.”

    “But then you won’t have dungeon class,” said Espurr.

    “Good point. We’re in.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village Outskirts

    It wasn’t raining as hard as it had been this morning, but it was still raining nonetheless. Luckily, the shingles were doing their job, and the interior of the treehouse was dry. Espurr, Tricky, Deerling, Shelmet, and all the others sat around in a circle inside the building.

    “What do you mean he’s missing?” Deerling asked. “How does a pokemon just go missing like that?”

    “No-mon’s seen him since Saturday, apparently,” Pancham said, arms folded.

    “It’s true,” Tricky added, nodding for effect. “Me and Espurr searched everywhere.”

    “Evidence suggests Watchog was kidnapped,” Espurr said, unfurling a paw-drawn map of the village, with scribbles that only really covered the paths and school. “And that whatever took him might appear at the school again.”

    “And… where is this going?” Deerling asked.

    “We set a trap,” Espurr responded. “If we all work together, I think we can catch it off-guard.”

    “Or get kidnapped ourselves!” Deerling exclaimed. “we should tell an adult.”

    Espurr shook her head. “The adults won’t believe us.”

    “How do you know that?” Deerling asked angrily.

    “Ghosts,” Espurr said. “Watchog was kidnapped by ghosts.”

    “Cool…” Pancham and Shelmet both whispered at the same time.

    “…Wow,” Deerling said in mock amazement. “You’re right. I don’t think any of the adults will believe that. In fact, I’m having trouble believing it. You know why? Because ghosts aren’t real, Espurr! This is crazy!”

    “Watchog was seeing them up at the school,” Espurr said. “I overheard him talking about it in the Café Connection last Saturday.”

    Deerling still looked skeptical. She stared at Espurr promptingly. “And all of this just proves that he was kidnapped by ghosts?”

    “I’ve been seeing them too,” Espurr admitted. “In my bedroom at night. Have you got a better suggestion as to what happened to him?”

    Silently, Deerling puffed out her mouth and admitted defeat.

    “I’m going to the school after dark,” Espurr said. “I’m going to find out what happened to him. Anymon who wants to join me is free to. After all, ghosts aren’t real… right?”

    And then she pointedly rolled up the map.


    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village ~ Nighttime

    ~Tricky~

    It was nighttime, and many of the clouds in the sky had cleared up. It had certainly stopped raining. Tricky popped her head out of the bedcovers, yawning. She looked out the window.

    ‘Meet me in the village square after the lights go out,’ Espurr had said. And the village looked pretty dark to Tricky. Slowly, quietly, she slipped out of her bed, put on her scarf, moved the empty scarf case over to the window, and used it as a platform to squirm out through the windowpanes.

    Tricky landed on the grass outside her bedroom, taking a deep breath of the fresh air. She could still smell the rain scents from the storm earlier. Tricky looked east, then hopped over the bush by the front porch as she scurried off that way.

    “Evening.”

    Espurr turned around and adjusted the exploration bag as Tricky came trotting into the village square. Tricky looked around. She saw Espurr, Goomy, Pancham, Shelmet…

    “Are we going to get this over with or not?” Deerling asked.

    Tricky tilted her head. “Why’d you come along?” she asked, half in excitement and half in confusion.

    “Because Goomy wanted to go,” said Deerling. “Can we get this over with? I don’t want my mom to catch wind of this.”

    “Because…” Shelmet prompted.

    “She’ll encourage it.”

    Everymon was silent for a moment as they tried to digest that.

    “Deerling’s right,” Espurr finally broke the silence. “It’s best not to waste time.” She started walking up towards the school, and everymon else followed.

    The school sat up on the hill, its buildings imposingly dark as ever. The clouds of the storm brewed ominously above it, almost like they were gathering there. They walked up the hill and through the gates, entering the empty space where the classroom had once been.

    “So now what?” Pancham asked, folding his arms. “What’s your big plan?”

    “We scour the place,” Espurr answered. “Until we find out what took Watchog and where it went. We’ll go in groups of two, so no-mon’s left alone. If anymon sees anything, yell. Loudly. We’ll come help.”

    “We aren’t just going to sit at the desks and wait for it to come for us?” Shelmet asked.

    “Of course not,” Espurr said. “That would be stupid.”

    She reached into the exploration bag and grabbed three dry non-wand sticks she had collected on the way. She held them out for Tricky to set aflame. “For light.”

    They broke off into three groups, each group with a torch. Deerling and Goomy went to the School Clinic, Shelmet and Pancham went to check out the Library, and Espurr and Tricky went to investigate the Principal’s Office. Espurr waved the torch around to make sure that no-mon was waiting in there for them before stepping in.

    “Do you think Watchog ever comes in here?” Tricky followed Espurr in, looking around the place (She never got to be in here).

    “I don’t know what Watchog does,” Espurr said, waving the torch around for light.

    “Then why are we here?” Tricky asked. “Shouldn’t we go to the library?”

    “We’re just snooping around until the ghost shows up again,” Espurr said. “Whatever kidnapped Watchog must have kidnapped him because they crossed paths. That means it’s probably going to come back. Until then, we’re just looking around.”

    She approached the principal’s desk, waking around the side where the bin of maps lay. There was a large collection of papers on the desk. Espurr momentarily handed Tricky the torch so she could sort through them. There were a collection of wanted posters on the desk – which included, for some reason, the salamence they had fought in Lush Forest. Espurr rooted through them. She poured through papers of wanted Water Continent outlaws, until she reached the bottom. There was a poster that caught her eye.

    MISSING POKEMON: Beheeyem x3

    Last seen 6/5/11133 on their way through the Lively Mountain Basin. If found, please contact the Guild of Merchants in Treasure Town by Pelipper Post.


    “We don’t need another disappearance on our paws…”

    Espurr stared at the paper for a minute. No. That wasn’t the missing pokemon. There had to be a mistake. And why did Simipour have this… ?

    “What is it?” Tricky asked through the torch in her mouth.

    “Just a minute and I’ll tell you,” Espurr said. She held out her paw. “May I have that torch?”

    Tricky let Espurr remove the torch from her mouth. She opened the cabinets under the desk. More papers, hundreds, all in a neat stack. Had Principal Simipour been collecting these?

    Espurr took one of the posters in her left paw and stuffed it in her bag.

    “Help!!”

    The cry came from outside the building. Both Espurr and Tricky’s heads snapped in that direction. It was Deerling!

    Espurr and Tricky ran out of the School Clinic to see Goomy quickly sliming out of the library, followed by Deerling. Deerling was panting hard as she galloped up to them.

    “We found it,” she breathed out, and then she spun around.

    It appeared right in front of them in its full glory—blacker than a void. Large and hunkering. Clawed. Spined. It slowly lifted a single claw, pointing straight at Espurr.

    You.

    “What is that?!?!” Tricky screamed in terror.

    “Hey!”

    A pebble whizzed through the air and hit the back of the monster’s head. It turned around, looking for whoever had just done that. Pancham marched forwards, slingshot in hand.

    “Yeah, that’s right,” he said, reloading his slingshot. “Get a piece of me.”

    He let the pebble fly. The monster wasn’t even fazed. It galloped over to where Pancham was, snatching him by the throat and pulling him up—

    “NO!” shouted Deerling. She charged and gave it a large headbutt. The Monster grabbed her in its other set of claws.

    “Let them go!” Tricky yelled. She charged for the monster, but a kick with the power of a bouffalant sent her flying to the side.

    Espurr clutched her head, which suddenly throbbed with all the force of a headache. She just needed to think.

    There is no escape.

    There was no time to think. The monster lifted both Pancham and Deerling up in its claws, and Espurr’s headache became splitting.

    Kill.

    The monster’s head snapped straight towards her. Pancham and Deerling were dropped to the ground, and the monster suddenly phased over towards Espurr—

    —Espurr fought off the headache just in time. She got to her feet and produced a psychic blast that momentarily blew the creature back. But it kept advancing anyway. There was nothing to do but run. And so Espurr ran. She made it all the way into the principal’s office before the monster caught up with her. It grabbed her foot and tripped her on the ground. Espurr tried to reach for something—anything—eventually grabbing the doorframe as the monster tried to pull her away. Tricky let loose with a flamethrower from behind, which caught the monster’s attention for a minute and allowed Espurr to escape.

    The monster looked between them for a minute, torn. Then it chose Espurr. Espurr backed up all the way behind the principal’s desk; the monster advanced. She cast a look at the window to her right, then scrambled for that. Espurr slipped through the panes just as the monster grabbed for her—

    —She tumbled back onto the grassy ground outside the hut, rolling to a stop and getting back on her feet. The monster dissolved through the wall of the hut, looking around for Espurr, but Espurr was long gone by that point.

    “Run!” Espurr fled down to the classroom, and everymon else gladly followed her. The monster galloped to the top of the hill, then to the bottom, and then all of the sudden it was blocking their entry out of the school. Everymon stopped, gaping at it in silent horror. The monster began to walk towards them, not even concerned with phasing anymore.

    “Run the other way!” Deerling yelled.

    Everymon turned to run the other way, but the monster was faster. It leapt behind them before they could even start.

    But then the monster was suddenly knocked to the side by something invisible. It snarled, its attention off the children and on whatever had just attacked it. Espurr’s heart leapt as she saw what had hit the monster—it was a shadow. The ghost from her bedroom!

    It leapt up into the air, and then collided into the monster with all its might. It wasn’t a match for the spined figure, but it was keeping it distracted.

    Espurr did some last-minute quick thinking – she opened her bag and pulled out the pouch of blast seeds. Right before the monster could strike back against the figure, Espurr pulled one out, and threw it. It blew a hole right through the monster, and then blew it apart. Black good exploded all over the grass and the path, wisps of smoke curled up in the air from where they lay, and it was motionless for a moment.

    “This is our chance!” Tricky yelled. “Everymon run through!!”

    The gap was only open for half a minute, but by that time the monster’s trap had already long failed. Espurr cast one short look back at the school as she ran, and then fled down the hill with the rest of the group and away from the monster.

    She could see the shadow staring at them from a distance, almost as if it saw them.


    ~\({O})/~

    Village Square

    “This isn’t over.”

    Espurr caught her breath against the wall of Audino’s house. All the other children were also panting in the square, terrified out of their wits.

    “What do you mean it’s not over?” Pancham asked. “I ain’t going back to school after this.”

    “What if it comes back?” Espurr asked. “We have to do something about it now—“

    “No,” said Deerling. “This is over. I’m not playing along with this anymore. We have to tell the adults.”

    “Tell them what?” Espurr asked.

    “Tell them something!” Deerling yelled back. “What makes you think a bunch of grade schoolers stand a chance risking their lives against a big spiny monster?!”

    “And when have the adults ever stood up and done something right?” asked Espurr. “Were they right to call Tricky a troublemaker and write her off when she needed help? Were they right when they just let all his bullying—”

    She pointed to Pancham, who looked offended. He couldn’t refute it.

    “—Slide because of his parents? What about your parents?” she addressed that last line at Deerling. “Do they even listen to you? If they weren’t right then, what makes you think they’ll be right now? Going to the adults will end up with Watchog and maybe several others dead.”

    The rest of them were silent. From the look on Deerling’s face she wasn’t convinced, but even she couldn’t figure out a comeback.

    “I know where it went and I’m going now,” said Espurr. She picked up her exploration bag, slinging it over her shoulder. “Anymon who’s coming, come now. Otherwise I’m going alone.”

    Tricky stared down at the ground for a minute.

    “Well…” she said, barely struggling to contain her fear. “You need help, Espurr. I’m coming.”

    “I-I’ll go too.”

    Everymon turned to Goomy in shock.

    “What are you talking about?” Deerling asked flatly. “You’re going home. You need sleep.”

    “I-I’m not g-gonna sleep knowing t-that’s out there,” Goomy said, his voice trembling just as much as he was. “I-I have to k-know i-it’s gone.”

    “You’re marching back to your house and you are going to bed. Now.” Deerling’s eyes were pure fire, but Goomy didn’t submit to them.

    “N-no,” he said. “Y-you’re not the boss of me!”

    Deerling scoffed in shock.

    “No. No no no no no,” she said. “I’m gonna- I’m gonna- I’m-“

    Deerling stuttered, realizing that she didn’t have anything to threaten Goomy with. Instead she looked straight at Espurr.

    “You’re not taking him with you.”

    “I’ll go where I want!!” Goomy yelled loudly. All of the children cringed at how loud it was, then looked at the windows of the houses to make sure no-mon had been awoken. Goomy glared daggers at Deerling.

    For a moment, Deerling glared back. Her legs trembled. Then she finally gave up.

    “…Fine…” she grumbled. “You’re right. I can’t stop you from going. But you can’t go alone. I’m not letting that happen.” Reluctantly, Deerling stepped up to join Espurr’s group. Espurr looked at Pancham and Shelmet.

    “…Yeah, we’re in,” said Pancham. “Lemme just get some more stones.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the week!

    Lovely Rendez-vous A La Montagne
    - Sonya Belousova, Giona Ostinelli
     
    Last edited:
    2~Ten - The Crooked House
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    There once was a crooked man

    Who walked a crooked mile


    He found a crooked sixpence

    Against a crooked stile

    He bought a crooked cat

    Which caught a crooked mouse

    And they all lived together underneath

    Chapter21ArtNew.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER TEN: THE CROOKED HOUSE

    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village Outskirts

    ~Espurr~

    The Crooked House stood on its island of evil, pointing up out of the ground like a pillar of darkness. It was obscured near completely by fog now, a silhouette in the moonlight. Espurr ran down the pathway, sliding to a stop right outside the entrance to the bridge. She saw that the previously sealed doors now lay wide open.

    Something had changed. And she was right.

    By now, the rest of the children had arrived, panting in exhaustion as they caught up with Espurr. They all eyed the Barrow with a sense of apprehension. They were never supposed to come here.

    “We have to go… in there?” Tricky squeaked in fear, looking at the house. She never went here, and for good reason.

    “This is where it went,” Espurr said, slowly but firmly. “If we want to rescue Vice Principal Watchog, then we have to go in.”

    She stepped forward onto the bridge, which creaked under her, then looked back at the rest of the children. The looks on their faces ranged from doubtful to fearful, but no-mon voiced any objections. Espurr took another step, then hurried across the bridge, making sure to avoid all the rotting spots.

    The island was muddy, as always. Espurr trudged across it without complaint, even though the mud felt gross stuck to her fur. As she approached the Barrow, she caught wind of a familiar scent—one that had often danced around her nose, and was never more pleasant to smell no matter how many times she smelled it—this was the scent of a mystery dungeon. And it was stronger than ever.

    Espurr stepped onto the Barrow’s porch, then looked back at the rest of the children who had just crossed over the bridge and were now uncomfortably trudging through the mud. She shouldered her bag.

    “It’s a mystery dungeon,” she said loudly from the porch. “Heads up.”

    “Are you sure about this?” Pancham asked, looking up at her warily.

    “Positive.” Espurr nodded.

    “T-the place smells evil,” Goomy said in fear.

    “All mystery dungeons smell like that,” Tricky added in a hushed voice.

    “Are we going or not?” Shelmet asked, perhaps the only one of them that wasn’t openly frightened out of his wits.

    “Yeah,” Pancham said, rolling his shoulders and stretching his slingshot. “Let’s do this.”

    “All at once,” Espurr said, turning towards the entrance. “Otherwise we’ll get separated.”

    Soon they were all gathered on the porch, standing in a row.

    “On three,” Deerling said, unable to keep the waver out of her voice. “One… Two…” Espurr could feel Pancham trembling.

    “Three!”

    They all stepped in through the doors at once, and slowly, the mystery dungeon closed up behind them.


    ~\({O})/~

    The Ancient Barrow

    Just like all the mystery dungeons she had entered, Espurr felt all drafts dissipate upon entry. This dungeon was windless like all the others, but evil reverberated in the air.

    “What is this place…” Tricky whimpered.

    The halls were narrow and cramped, and sticky black goo covered them from top to bottom. The floors were a stream of swamp water, and the roof extended into crooked black arches above. It wasn’t an earthly place. And yet, there was nothing to do but press onwards. And so, without a word exchanged between them, the six of them silently continued through the waterlogged halls.

    The dungeon was devoid of any ferals; Espurr, Tricky, and the rest of them were left well alone. But there was no sign of Watchog either.

    “How long is this dungeon?” Deerling asked after a while. “You’d think we’d be on the third floor by now.”

    But they hadn’t even crossed the first stairway yet. They’d gone a while without seeing anything but gooey black walls and trudging through nasty swamp water, and still there was no hint of the stairs. The areas were getting more and more mazelike as they continued, and they’d gone down several dead ends at this point. Espurr was beginning to get doubtful they’d make it out before dawn. And that wasn’t good.

    It was after the fifth dead end that something changed. It had just been for a second, but Espurr, Goomy, and everymon else had caught the shape of something quietly slinking around the corridor ahead.

    “W-what w-w-was t-that?” Goomy asked, terrified. Espurr quietly shushed everymon. Slowly, they continued down the corridor, heading for the corner. Espurr carefully peeked around the edge, but she saw nothing.

    “There’s nothing there,” she whispered to the rest of them. “It must have been a trick of the light.”

    No-mon looked particularly convinced, but it was the least scary option, so everymon went with that for the time being.

    Espurr lead them further down the hallways, in search of the stairs. The lack of anything around unnerved her quite a bit. Why was there nothing here?

    The only warning they had was a distant whoosh from up ahead. But that was enough for Espurr.

    Tricky’s ears twitched. “Everymon duck!” she yelled, and they all ducked just in time to avoid the sight of a large, shadowy ball flying directly over their heads. It flew straight past them and exploded distantly at the other end of the corridor.

    Just like that, the monster was already in front of them. Espurr wasn’t having it. She unleashed her raw mental power upon it and blew it back across the corridor. She was sure a fair few ‘mon screamed around that point.

    “Run the other way!” Tricky yelled, and everymon made to do that—

    “Wait!” Espurr yelled. “Don’t!”

    “What do you mean ‘don’t’?” Deerling yelled, stopping for one brief moment. She was the only one.

    Espurr quickly checked to make sure the monster was still down.

    “I have a plan,” she quickly hissed. “The monster’s fast, but it can’t be in two places at once. If we split up into groups, it’ll have to choose. And then we attack it.”

    “Great. You can be a group,” Deerling said. “I’m going the other way.”

    And with that she galloped off, following the rest of them. Espurr was left all alone in the corridor. She steeled herself, even though it was taking every ounce of her bravery to remain in place.

    “Hey! I found the stairs! Everymon this way!” Shelmet’s voice echoed across the corridor and caught Espurr’s ears. She looked at the creature, which was silently pulling itself up from the ground. She watched in horror as instead of attacking her, it stepped towards the wall and slowly began to sink into it.

    That was the last straw. Espurr turned around and ran for her life.

    The monster was fast. A pair of clawed arms suddenly shot out of the wall goo to grab Espurr—

    Espurr rolled to the ground, barely avoiding being snatched up by them. The clawed hands receded back into the wall in her wake.

    “Where’s Espurr?” Tricky’s voice echoed through the hallway from up ahead. Espurr pulled herself out of the swamp, choking and sputtering from all the swamp water she had gotten in her mouth. They were up ahead! She just needed to…

    The monster was behind her. Then in front of her. It exploded out of the wall, then grabbed her and lifted her up into the air. Espurr tried to repel the creature with her mind once more, but that previous blast had taken a lot out of her—she felt a headache coming on just from trying to start.

    “Help!” she rasped, fighting against the monster as it pushed her towards its belly. A gaping hole opened up within the creature itself, and inside there was nothing but blackness, and Espurr was being forced towards it. She tried to push and escape, but the monster was just too strong this was the end wasn’t it she should have listened to Deerling and told somemon—

    A brilliant burst of fire arched through the hallway and slammed against the creature’s back. It let out a loud, droning screech, dropping Espurr back down into the water as it writhed in pain. She’d take it. Espurr wasted no time getting to her feet and running past the creature before it could recover, closing the gap between herself and the rest of them.

    Tricky had darted out of a small, left-hand passage just after where they had first caught sight of the monster. No wonder they hadn’t seen it. Espurr glanced back at the monster as she ran. The shrieking had stopped, but it wasn’t coming after her. She caught the last of it slowly absorbing itself into the goo on the wall. The monster’s black slime still covered Espurr’s fur where it had grabbed her. Was this where all that goo was from? She felt suddenly and oddly jittery.

    Espurr slid to a stop, then splashed through the water and into the dead end. Everymon else stood by the stairs, glancing at her worriedly. Espurr took a moment to catch her breath, then quickly got to the rest of them as fast as possible. They led downwards, but the bottom was enveloped completely by darkness.

    “All together,” Espurr panted, holding out her arms for the others to grab.

    A gurgling noise suddenly erupted from right behind them. Everymon turned around to see that a black, gooey arm had erupted from the wall, and the rest of the monster was quickly following.

    “GO!” Deerling yelled, and everymon dashed for the stairway. The monster hissed, and Espurr heard several ‘mon scream. The monster lunged—

    —But it was too late. Deerling hit the stairway first, followed by Pancham and Shelmet, then Tricky. Goomy barely avoided the monster’s lunge, but he was too slow and wasn’t going to make it! The stairs were already closing up by the time that Espurr reached the stairway. She quickly grabbed ahold of Goomy, but the stairs separated them just before the monster lunged again and they closed up.

    Everything immediately went black.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Goomy~

    Goomy slowly opened his eyes, and his body solidified back into its usual shape once more. Everything was quiet, and so was he. He looked around, trying to figure out where he was. The scenery around him was…

    Grassy and green. Goomy looked down at the roots he was currently on top of. This looked like…

    This was the School Forest.

    Goomy slowly slimed backwards in fear. But it couldn’t be the School Forest. They had just been in the Ancient Barrow!

    He looked around once more, taking in the gnarled root walls of the dungeon that were still sealing over. Sure enough, it was unmistakably the School Forest. But how had he gotten here? Had the Barrow somehow transported him here?

    But there was no time to worry about that. If this was the School Forest, then soon there would be dungeon ‘mon. And Goomy knew he wasn’t fast enough to avoid them. He had to get somewhere safe, find the others, get back to the village!

    Goomy slimed down the hallway as fast as he could. Could he find the stairs? He glanced at each of the walls from left to right, but there were no openings between the gnarled roots of the labyrinth. There was nowhere to hide. So after looking behind him to make sure that he wasn’t being tailed by anything, Goomy continued into the next hallway.

    The hallway led into split corridors that branched off in opposite directions. Goomy went down the right-hand one without question. Only then did he realize that he had not looked the other way before entering like he should have. A loud roar suddenly erupted behind Goomy, ricocheting down the hallway and battering him as it passed. It smelled of something rancid, even worse than Tricky’s breath!

    And the worst part was when Goomy turned around, he saw the fog. It crept down the hallway towards him, its tendrils snaking out almost as if it were grabbing out for him. Goomy didn’t waste any more time gawking at it. He immediately began to slime down the hallway as fast as he could in the other direction.

    Goomy was going as fast as he could, but the fog was faster. And even at Goomy’s top speeds he couldn’t outrun it. He frantically glanced around for a place to hide, a chance to get away, and then all of the sudden he saw it: the entrance to another corridor, not that far off! It was perfect! Filled with re-invigorated hope, Goomy quickly changed his course.

    Goomy slimed around the corridor, evading the fog at the last minute. He watched as its tendrils spread out like a living being, feeling the ground and roots of the hallway around it before moving on. It did not spread into the hallway Goomy was in at all. Goomy stared at in in confusion. Fog wasn’t supposed to work like that…

    Another—softer—gust spread through the hallway, invading Goomy’s nose with that rancid smell again. He quickly looked around, then behind him. He saw more of the fog, engulfing the corridor behind him as well. And this time, there was no way out.

    Another loud roar suddenly emerged from the fog. Goomy looked back to the previous corridor. That roar had come from inside the fog. There was something in there! Maybe it was a large feral. Maybe it was the mystery dungeon. Maybe it was the Dungeon Wraith… just its name was already sending chills down Goomy’s spine. He really hoped it wasn’t the Dungeon Wraith.

    Goomy decided to focus on the situation at hand. He wasn’t going back down the corridor he’d come. Not after what he had heard. But soon he would be enveloped by the fog anyway…

    Goomy took a deep breath and steadied his quivering goo. Then he bravely slimed into the encroaching fog ahead.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Deerling~

    Deerling slowly pulled herself to her feet amongst the swamp. All she saw were the cramped halls of the Barrow, but she was alone. She looked all around, trying to catch a glimpse of anymon, but no-mon was there. She was all alone.

    “Guys?” Deerling called out. “Can anymon hear me?”

    Deerling got no answer. She clip-clopped further from where she was standing, looking around in vain. “Is anymon out there?”

    There was no answer.

    Deerling suddenly heard the sound of somemon sniffling behind her. She turned around, and noticed a ‘mon all curled up in a pile—it was Tricky. Tricky was far from Deerling’s favorite person, but right now she was happy to see anymon. She quickly galloped up to Tricky, slowing down once she reached her. Only then did she notice that Tricky was crying. Deering sat down next to her.

    “Are you… okay?” she asked. Just a week and a half ago she would never had dreamed of asking Tricky that. The words felt weird on her tongue.

    Tricky didn’t answer with anything coherent. She just let out something that sounded in between a sob and a snort, and continued to silently bury her face in her tail. Deerling adjusted her position to become more comfortable.

    “Well… talk to me when you’re ready. It’s not like we’re in a life or death situation or anything.”

    Tricky wasn’t ready for a while. When she finally did speak, it was through a cracked and hoarse voice: “We lost him.”

    “…What? What does that mean?” Deerling asked. She didn’t want to think about what that could mean.

    “We lost him,” Tricky said louder.

    “Who’s ‘him’?” Deerling pressed.

    “Goomy.”

    Deerling went cold.

    “…What are you talking about?” she asked, barely able to muster up more than a whisper. Her

    “He’s gone,” Tricky whined. “The Barrow separated all of us. It put us on different floors. There was fog on Goomy’s. He walked in, and… by the time we got to him, he…”

    Tricky broke down into sobs after that, burying her face into her tail once more.

    “It happened again,” she moaned. “I lost another friend…”

    Deerling stood up in the swamp, suddenly feeling woozy. No. This wasn’t happening. Goomy wasn’t dead. Not him. Not him too. It all had to be some sort of trick, right?

    But the facts didn’t lie. There was Tricky, right in front of her, and Goomy was nowhere to be found. And it was all because of…

    Deerling ground her hooves into the mud under the swamp, trying not to collapse into tears like Tricky was. Her breath caught in her chest. She couldn’t cry now. They had to get out of here before another ‘mon died.

    “Tricky,” she said, doing her absolute best to keep her not-sobs under control. “W-where are the others?”

    “I… I don’t know,” Tricky sniffled. “I couldn’t find them.”

    “Well, we need to,” said Deerling. She took a few deep breaths to keep herself steady before answering again: “We can’t let anymon else get k-killed.”

    It was a minute, but Tricky slowly lifted herself off the ground to face Deerling. She drooped all over in sadness, but followed Deerling regardless.

    Deerling sadness stewed and turned to rage as she walked. Her grief boiled and festered and turned into hate. Pure, unfiltered hate. Hate for that one pokemon who had been ultimately responsible for Goomy’s death. Hate for the one pokemon who had gotten them all into this mess into the first place.

    Hate for Espurr.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Pancham~

    Pancham slowly picked himself up off the ground. He looked around, but couldn’t find his slingshot. Somehow he was back in the Village Square in broad daylight, but something felt off. Everymon was passing around him without even noticing. Pancham was confused.

    “Hey,” he said to a passing swadloon. “The swadloon tromped off dully, not even paying him a glance. Pancham tilted his head. Okay. Well, swadloon were dewott-downers. Maybe somemon else. Instead he set his sights on a mudkip instead.

    “Oy,” he said, attempting to get the mudkip’s attention. The mudkip didn’t notice him either. Pancham was left with his jaw hanging open. He couldn’t believe this! Why was no-mon paying attention to him? And why was he here in the first place? Wasn’t he supposed to be—

    Pancham was suddenly kicked to the side by a passing ursaring, who also didn’t notice him. He was now beginning to get scared. He dashed from villager to villager, attempting to get some sort of reaction, but none reacted. None even noticed he was there. Pancham was actively freaking out now. He was a ghost!

    “Hey! Anymon? Is anymon out there? Somemon answer me!”

    Pancham turned at the sound of somemon yelling through the crowd. That was… Shelmet’s voice. Shelmet was here too! That was just what he needed. Shelmet would listen to him. Shelmet always listened, no matter what. Pancham began to charge towards the voice, pushing aside villagers who paid him no mind at all.

    He found Shelmet in the area outside Hawlucha’s tent, which was deserted as always.

    “Shelmet!” he cried, waving his arm. “I’m over here!”

    There was no answer. Shelmet continued to mill around, looking for somemon who would hear his cries.

    “It’s—it’s me!” Pancham cried. “Your friend Pancham! Answer me!!”

    Shelmet didn’t even hear him.

    “Answer me…” Pancham pleaded, on the verge of tears.

    “He can’t hear you.”

    “Augh!” Pancham spun around, coming face to face with Espurr. She was missing her scarf and her bag, but stared at him with the same emotionless, slightly creepy stare she gave everymon else. He took the time to calm down for a minute before speaking.

    ‘What do you mean?” he asked once his jitters had faded enough for him to properly form words.

    “He can’t hear you. No-mon can. I’ve tried talking to all of them,” Espurr said, taking a cursory look around at all the villagers. “It’s a miracle we can even speak to each other.”

    Pancham spent a minute trying to wrap his head around that. It lined up with what he had seen, sure, but still…

    “How did we get here?” he asked, asking the question he should have asked a while back.

    “I don’t know,” Espurr replied noncholantly. “Something about the stairs… We didn’t all enter at the same time. That must have blown us all to different floors of the dungeon. I imagine this is a lower floor. And these…” Espurr nonchalantly tripped a passing pikachu, which fell face-first in to the ground, then picked itself up and continued walking like nothing had happened. “These aren’t real either. They’re just tricks of the house.”

    But… Pancham looked at Shelmet, who was still looking around helplessly. “What about Shelmet?”

    “He’s a trick too,” Espurr said firmly. She grabbed his paw. “We have to find our way out of here so we can find the others. Like the real Shelmet.”

    “Agh! Auggh!!” Shelmet cried, falling on his side. “They’re all over me! They’re—They’re—Somemon help me!!”

    Pancham was torn, but he couldn’t take his eyes off Shelmet. Espurr tugged him by the arm.

    “We’re on a clock,” she said. “You know what happens when pokemon stay in mystery dungeons too long.” She tugged on Pancham, and slowly—reluctantly—Pancham let himself get pulled away.

    “No—Stop!! Help me!!” Pancham heard Shelmet cry one last time before Espurr briskly led him into the Café Connection.


    ~\({O})/~

    The inside of the Café Connection looked like a dream. Everything after the entrance doors looked like it was trapped behind a mirage, and even as Pancham bumped up against one of the counter seats as Espurr pulled him along, it didn’t feel like anything was there. He never saw this many pokemon go in and out of the café anyway. All the patrons were scooping picturesque food out of the table and into thin air, and though their mouths opened to speak, Pancham heard nothing.

    Espurr walked around the counter, where Kangaskhan was robotically arranging dishes and seashells in intricate, flowing, nonsensical patterns on the countertop, then pulled Pancham into the kitchens.

    Pancham had never known what the chef looked like, and he didn’t even see a chef in the kitchen. In fact, he didn’t even see half the kitchen. It tapered off into nothingness halfway through the room, seeping into the blackness like tendrils of reality reaching out into nothingness. And beyond its barriers, Pancham could see nothing. Espurr pulled him towards it anyway.

    “Hey, where are you taking me?” Pancham asked, a bit agitated now. He tried to separate his paw from Espurr’s, but her grip was unnaturally strong. Too strong for him to pull out of.

    “Beyond,” Espurr answered.

    She pulled him into the blackness, and slowly they walked on. Pancham couldn’t see what was under him, but it was completely smooth. Espurr pulled him along like he was just a stray feather floating in the wind, and soon he could barely see the Café Connection behind him. Maybe it wasn’t there anymore.

    It was about five minutes of walking before Espurr said something.

    “Look,” she said emotionlessly. “The stairs.”

    Sure enough, there were the stairs, right ahead of them. Espurr dragged him over to them, then stopped. They led down into darkness; Pancham couldn’t see the bottom.

    “You first.” Espurr pushed him forward to the foot of the stairs.

    Pancham looked back. “Aren’t we all supposed to go at the same time?”

    “Maybe that doesn’t apply here,” Espurr answered coldly. Her voice had a sudden chill Pancham hadn’t detected before.

    “Wasn’t that what got us into this mess in the first place?” Pancham asked.

    Espurr pushed him.

    Pancham had no time to react. He fell down the stairs, letting out a scream of surprise as he rolled and tumbled down the stairs—

    —And he kept tumbling. Down, down and further, until he landed on the cold, hard stone ground that lay at the bottom of the stairs. Pancham picked himself up, coughing. He looked around. The place looked like a prison cell, just without the bars. It was a perfect box made completely of cobbled stone, and the only openings were for two sets of stairs—one on each side of the room. Pancham looked at the one that led further downward. What that led to, he didn’t know. And he was loath to find out. A more dangerous dungeon? Something worse? Nothing at all? The decision wasn’t hard to make. Pancham turned around, and headed all the way back up.

    The stairs kept stretching onwards, and Pancham felt like he’d been climbing for a while. He was beginning to get tuckered out.

    “Espurr?” he called out, his voice echoing up the stairs. It sounded scared, pitiful. He tried to sound stronger. “Shelmet!? Anymon??”

    No-mon answered his calls, except for his own echoes that reverberated through what sounded… and looked, like a chamber ahead. He was getting somewhere! Filled with new hope, Pancham continued to climb. Soon he emerged into a room. It was the same room that he had been trying to escape from in the first place. Pancham blanched. No, That didn’t make sense. Stairways didn’t work like that. Maybe if he... Pancham ran over to the other entrance, gazing up at the same staircase that he had just climbed. They were both the same. This place was a loop! He couldn’t leave. He couldn’t leave.

    Pancham returned to the center of the room. He began to pace uneasily, his arms shaking n fear. Oh, how he wished he’d just stayed home…


    ~\({O})/~

    ~?~

    ‘Espurr’ didn’t see the point in being Espurr much longer. It shed its false form, and the distant visage of the village square crumbled to nothingness behind it. It could hear the cries of that pancham’s friend as he succumbed to his own fears, but that had never been important, because he had never been important. He was insignificant, just like all the rest of them were. The mystery dungeon had spread them out far and wide, but It would find them all soon. One at a time. They never stood for long when they didn’t have others to stand with. And one by one, It would end them, just like Its creator had wished It to.

    But these insignificant toddlers were not Its true enemy. Two others came first. Finding and eliminating them was Its top priority.

    The stairs—the real stairs— were just up ahead. Transitioning between forms, It didn’t currently have a mouth to grin with, so instead It just marched towards them on legs shedding lilac fur, and descended. It felt the stairs warp into nothingness behind it, and a new scent invaded Its nose: There was another on this floor, all on their own and so, so weak, so, so malleable, so, so delicious. Another sniff: This was the one they called “Deerling”.

    A grin spread wide across Its face. Too many black, sharp, needle-like teeth met the air, before they began to shrink down into vulpine incisors. So be it.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Tricky~

    Tricky coughed herself awake, slowly pulling herself to her paws amongst all the swamp water and marsh. What had happened? The last thing she remembered was going down the stairs, and then… A sudden wave of dizziness hit her, causing her to stumble back a bit in the marsh. And only then, after the dizziness had left her, did Tricky fully realize where she was.

    Cramped, gnarled trees hung over her like twisted arms, vines hanging down from their branches like nooses. And the marsh was nearly up to her belly. Tricky looked around in fear. This couldn’t be possible. That place was gone. She had seen it collapse, right in front of her. So how was she here now? Was this where mystery dungeons went after they died?

    But if there was anything Tricky knew, it was that dead or alive, a place like Poliwrath River was never safe to stand still in. She removed one of her forelegs from the mud with a loud squelch, then slowly pressed onwards through the muck. It was just like all the other dungeons. Find the stairs, find your friends, get out alive. Find the stairs, find your friends, get out alive. Find the stairs, find your friends, get out alive. Tricky repeated that mantra over and over in her head as she marched through the swamp.

    Tingles suddenly ran up and down her spine, and she saw hints of a single light shining through the trees. It wasn’t large, but it was enough to illuminate Tricky’s surroundings. And it was getting farther away. Any light was precious light; she tried to dash after it, but the muck of the marsh slowed her down, and soon it became clear she was fighting a losing battle. Before long she couldn’t even see the light anymore, and she was left all alone to handle the horrors of Poliwrath River in the dark.

    Silence greeted her ears as she travelled across the glade. The marsh was sticky and pulled her paws back into itself with every step she took, and aside from the occasional splash in the distance there wasn’t a sound to be heard. Tricky could barely even see anything as she walked.

    Until she suddenly could. Between the trees ahead of her, something glowed. The light slowly floated out from behind the trees, and Tricky could almost see it clearly—

    And then it was snuffed out, just like that.

    “Heeeeelp!!”

    A voice called out distantly in the woods. Tricky recognized it, a voice she hadn’t heard for almost a year.

    “Budew?” Tricky cried out hopefully. If this was where mystery dungeons went to die, then… maybe pokemon who died in mystery dungeons came here!

    “Heeeelp!!”

    “Budew!”

    The sound of Budew’s pleas were more distant this time, as if he were being dragged further and further away by something. Tricky began to slog through the marsh once more with renewed vigor. She could catch up! She could catch up. She was going to catch up.

    But soon, Tricky was faced with the situation that had been tugging at the back of her mind all along: the marsh had gotten too deep. Tricky—whose belly was half-submerged at this point—was loath to go any further on foot, and both paths around the marsh were blocked by the gnarled tree trunks of dying trees. Tricky’s ears lowered. How was she going to find Budew now?

    And just like that, she could see again.

    A single lilypad floated in the middle of the lake, a mysterious air surrounding it. It illuminated everything around it with an ethereal glow, and the light quickly caught Tricky’s eyes. She watched as slowly, it began to drift towards her as if guided by an unearthly force. Soon it was at the very bank of the lake, and it stopped right in front of Tricky. The glow was almost hurting Tricky’s eyes at this point. Even so, her heart leapt in joy—Budew was trying to help her! She didn’t want to go on the river… but there was no other way. Out of options, Tricky took a deep breath, stepped on the pad, laid down, and began to paddle with her paws.

    The lilypad floated back out onto the lake with Tricky on top of it. Despite all her efforts to make the paddling go faster, it went stressfully slow. Tricky could barely see the other end of the lake, and in a place like Poliwrath River that was too scary. She attempted in vain to make the lilypad go faster.

    It wasn’t long before she began to notice small ripples silently coursing through the water ahead of her, like something coasting just under the water’s surface. Tricky barely caught the movement over the lilypad’s glow, but it was there and she saw it. She watched it coast out further into the lake with bated breath, hoping that it wouldn’t notice her floating along. The water quieted down a moment after, and then Tricky saw fit to continue paddling.

    The lilypad had continued floating by in the absence of her paddling, but now it seemed that no matter how much or how hard she paddled it was slowly coming to a stop. And soon it came to a standstill in the middle of the lake. Tricky paddled almost violently in the water, looking down at her futile efforts in fear. This was bad. She was as far out from either side of the lake as she could get! And this stupid lilypad—

    There. She caught it again. Something rippled through the water in the dark distance, coasting right through. And it was heading right for her lilypad. Tricky watched it with horror. This was the end, wasn’t it…

    As it approached the ripples disappeared, and for a split second, Tricky wondered if it had lost interest and was leaving. Then the bottom of her glowing lilypad suddenly tore open—

    —A mottled blue hand shot out and pulled Tricky into the water.

    Underwater she couldn’t breathe. Tricky had just enough time to take a breath before she went under, and then she was in the grasp of a skeletal poliwrath. The glow of the lilypad illuminated it from above, and she saw that half its skin was missing, seared off by flame. Its eyes were dead, rotting, and focused straight on her. Tricky just stopped herself from screaming underwater and releasing all her air, but she did her best to get away anyway. The zombified poliwrath wouldn’t let her go. It violently grabbed her and began to pull her apart. Tricky felt it she felt all the pain and it was horrible. She couldn’t stop herself from screaming, and she released all her air.

    But it wasn’t water that flowed into her mouth. Air didn’t flow in either and Tricky felt like she was suffocating, but she knew what water felt like in her mouth and there wasn’t any. And even through all the pain she was experiencing, that one thought stayed in Tricky’s mind: No water…

    She took a breath, and air flowed in. And even though all her other senses were telling her that was underwater and she couldn’t breathe, she was breathing. And if she could breathe she could—

    Tricky snapped her head forward, took a deep breath of air underwater, and then blasted the poliwrath in the face with fire. It dropped her, and Tricky fell to the bottom of the lake like a deadweight. The poliwrath screeched loudly as it covered its face in pain, and all around her Tricky saw the Poliwrath River begin to crumble away.

    The trees dissolved upwards, taking the vines with them Tricky couldn’t see the lilypads or the mud of the marsh anymore, and within minutes even the lake itself had become nothingness. The poliwrath had disappeared long ago. And all that was left was blackness. Blackness all around, and Tricky was once more alone. And then, the blackness began to take shape…

    —Tricky violently snapped awake. She saw the narrow, goo-covered hallways of the Ancient Barrow once more, and Tricky realized she was laying against one. Half her face was covered in the goo! She sat up like a shot, quickly trying her best to rub it off her in disgust. Gross!

    It was about a minute before full clarity returned to Tricky again. It must have all been a dream! But if it was all a dream, then… Budew… Tricky’s ears lowered ever so slightly. What a mean thing to do.

    A sudden glow caught her eyes. At the end of the hallway, that same ghostly glow that the lilypad had shone from around the corner. Tricky glanced at it, first in confusion and then in hope. Maybe, just maybe…

    She got up and followed.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Pancham~

    Pancham had been stuck underground for a while. Actually, was this underground? The answer eluded Pancham, but it didn’t matter—he was trapped nonetheless. There had to be some way out—he’d gotten in, after all—but no matter how many times he had rushed up or down the two stairways that led in and out of the room, they all led back to the same stone chamber that Pancham had been stuck in forever. He had tried everything: he’d searched for secret passages, went back up and down the stairs in patterns, and even tried pleading with the stairs at one point, which was a secret he would take to his grave no matter what. Nothing had worked. Somehow, he had been thrown in here, and there was no way out.

    He’d taken to just leaning against a wall, staring at nothing in particular. This was his nightmare come to life, being trapped all alone. All alone with only his thoughts to keep him company. He didn’t like the thoughts. He liked to ignore those, act tough and cool, shoot a few pebbles from his slingshot. His slingshot was gone. He missed his slingshot. There wasn’t a single sound in this room, and somehow that was deafening.

    Somewhere beyond his hearing but in his head, whispers flitted through his mind. They told him many things. They told him this was his punishment, that he deserved to be in here. To be locked up in a room, away from all the attention he so badly craved. To be locked up here, where he couldn’t hurt anymon else. Where he could look at them and see how happy they all were, but know that he couldn’t have any of that. Except this time, he couldn’t make them pay attention to him. Even if he had to be the villain, even if making their lives worse was the only thing that made him feel better, he just wanted somemon to pay attention. Somemon who didn’t just follow him mindlessly like Shelmet. Now he had what he deserved. He folded his arms, leaning further and further down against the wall until he was sitting like that.

    Maybe it was just the way that the dim light in the cavern reflected off the stone walls, but Pancham could have sworn that the cavern was slowly getting smaller—no, it was definitely getting smaller. The amount of wall between the stairway and the roof had decreased by quite a bit. Pancham sat up quickly. He didn’t know whether to be worried by the fact that the room was shrinking, or happy that he had something to distract him from the thoughts now.

    The roof kept descending, and Pancham soon began to realize that it wasn’t going to stop. He could be crushed! He looked over to the stairways, to see if he could escape onto those, but found that there was no way through—the stairs were shifting inwards, becoming narrower and narrower as the roof grew closer and closer.

    And somehow, the smaller the room became, the heavier the clouds over his head grew. Soon Pancham couldn’t even think straight enough to make an escape for himself; he just huddled in a ball on the ground, hoping he could ignore it and it would go away, just like the thoughts. Soon, the cold embrace of hard stone touched his head, and it didn’t give way even though he feebly pushed against it. The air in here felt downright oppressive, enough that he’d do anything to get away. Maybe it wasn’t so bad to let it happen. Maybe it wasn’t so bad to just give up. Maybe he could just stop fighting it and let your thoughts crush you.

    But there was one thought that broke through all of that. It was one of the ones he liked to push away, because if he looked at this thought he had to look at all the other thoughts. But it tumbled out with everything else, and flitted through his mind just like the others. It was a saying, something his mother liked to recite: Your demons will devour you if you give them the chance. They feed and grow stronger on your pain, your fears, your bad deeds, and most of all your own ignorance of them. So let them in, let them see you, face them with all your bravery. And only then can you kill them.”

    And then, just for a second, the cloud lifted. It was enough for Pancham

    Even though the stone was rock solid and there was no way he could make his way through, he began to punch at it. And to his surprise, his fists found purchase.

    No

    Pancham’s heart leapt. He continued to punch, creating greater and greater cracks in the stone with each pummeling.

    No

    The more he hit, the greater the dent became. The roof was close enough to the ground now that he was laying on the ground and it was still pushing against his head, tighter, tighter—

    The seventh, desparate punch went through. Pancham saw light.

    DIE

    The roof seemed to all of the sudden pummel down further, the pressure on Pancham increasing tenfold. He could barely breath, everything was being squeezed and he couldn’t take this much longer… still, he kept going.

    FOOL

    One last, desperate, weak hit, and the roof that was crushing him broke apart—

    I’LL STILL KILL YOU

    The room was flooded by light, and then collapsed into nothingness.

    Pancham awoke, breath heaving… but perfectly intact. He tried to move, but something seemed to be stuck to him. He looked down, seeing that nearly his whole body was stuck to the black goo that decorated the halls of this dungeon. He was halfway inside the wall! Quickly, he yanked at the coating of goo with all his might, trying to unstick himself from the wall. After a bit, he came free, falling into the dirty water with a splash.

    Now that he was free again, he took in more of his surroundings. The cramped halls of the Ancient Barrow were around him once more, and what was worse—he didn’t see the others around. Pancham picked himself up, brushing a copious amount of black goo from his arm and the right side of his face as he did. He slowly stood up, marveling at the fact that he was still alive. Had it all been a trick?

    He glanced over. On the other side of the hallway, Shelmet lay against the wall, stuck to it as well, fast asleep. He was writhing in apparent pain, murmuring unintelligible gibberish to himself. Pancham wasted no time. He crawled through the swamp over to Shelmet, shaking his shell violently.

    “Shelmet! Wake up!” he yelled, his cry echoing through the dungeon’s halls. Shelmet stirred once more, and then his eyes opened.

    “…Pancham?” Shelmet asked wearily. Pancham wrapped him up in a large bear hug.

    “Ugh… save it,” Shelmet struggled to say through Pancham’s embrace. “We don’t even know where we are yet…”

    “There you guys are!”

    Pancham quickly looked behind his shoulder, noticing Deerling and Tricky running up behind him. Shelmet took the opportunity to squirm out of Pancham’s arms while he was distracted.

    Pancham quickly got up, just noticing that he had gotten his legs completely covered in swamp water. He grimaced.

    Deerling silently counted them.

    “That’s four of us,” she muttered. “Where’s Espurr?”

    “She pushed me down the stairs,” Pancham said, standing up once again.

    “...Wha?” Shelmet asked, still trying to regain his bearings.

    “Somehow, that doesn’t surprise me,” Deerling said, and then she marched past Pancham. Pancham quickly ran to catch up.

    “Wait! Shouldn’t we be focusing on getting out of here? I’ve seen a lot of weird stuff!”

    “We’ve all seen weird stuff today,” Deerling said. She gave Pancham the cold shoulder. Pancham stopped walking with her, allowing her to continue on. Tricky gave him an oddly smug look as she passed him. It was like she was taking him in, smirking condescendingly.

    I’LL STILL KILL YOU.

    A few splashes from behind Pancham, and Shelmet quickly hopped up.

    “Did you think something was off about that?” he asked. Pancham could only nod hurriedly.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Goomy~

    The fog closed around Goomy, and then he was lost in endless blankets of white mist. Unsure of what to do, he continued to slime through it in a straight line, keeping an eye out for anything he could see in the fog.

    The mist was thick and invasive, and it was impossible to see anything until Goomy was almost close enough to touch it. He had almost slimed into a wall more than once. But what he heard in the mist was more unnerving by far. Every so often in the distance Goomy would catch wind of a growl or a screech, and he’d course correct to avoid it. But they only got closer, no matter which direction he slimed in. Goomy had taken to the walls, checking for places to hide as he continued. But there was nowhere to hide. No holes were large enough for him to hide in.

    The sound of several screeches behind him caught Goomy’s attention. He quickly turned around the best he could, glancing down the long, long hallway he had just crossed.

    Dungeon ‘mon.

    Goomy could hear them rioting just around the corridor—and there were more than Goomy could count. There was nowhere to hide.

    Goomy began to panic. Where was he going to go what was he going to do how would he get out of this??

    He saw them as shadows in the fog first. Shadows that quickly grew in size and intensity, until a pair of furfrou broke the mist—

    The furfrou were not okay. They were half-decomposed all over, and Goomy could even see the bones in some places. And then they attacked. Goomy, who had never had to fend for himself, had no line of defense—he was snapped up and mauled like a chew toy. One of the furfrou shook him in its mouth and then threw him against the wall. Goomy slowly splatted to the floor, then weakly reformed himself. Thankfully, his body wasn’t solid enough to be mortally damaged by mauling, but it had still hurt him.

    Hoots and hollers and screeches abounded in the distant fog. Goomy began to tremble. He was going to die, wasn’t he?

    No. There had to be a way out of this! There just had to be! If he just tried hard enough….

    With determination, Goomy slimed back out into the middle of the corridor. He was going to fight this time, not run and hide like a scared rattata.

    The next pokemon that dashed out of the fog was a zebstrika. It was mottled and rotting in all the same places the furfrou had been, but Goomy held his ground this time. He tackled the zebstrika to the ground just as it reached him. As scary as it looked, the pokemon was frail, and Goomy watched in awe as it degraded into dust.

    He looked at the fog ahead of him. He could see the outlines of many more pokemon advancing through the mist.

    Goomy braced himself. That was too many to deal with all at once. He looked around. There was no way out; he wasn’t fast enough. There was nowhere to hide; he was too large. And if he tried to run now he’d be cornered. There was only one option. Fight.

    Before Goomy even knew what had hit him, he was swarmed by dungeon ferals galore. They piled on top of him, all snapping at him with their rotting mouths and skeletal claws. Their claws hurt, but Goomy continued to fight back as best he could. He wasn’t taking it lying down anymore! He was going to fight until he couldn’t fight anymore!

    With that thought, Goomy suddenly began to glow. He saw his body light up with a bright flash, and the bright flash was the last thing he saw, before his surroundings went black.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Pancham~

    Led by Deerling, the four of them travelled through the Barrow’s cramped halls silently. The floor was long and expansive, and perhaps more like a labyrinth than any of the floors above it. Pancham would never admit it, but all the silence was beginning to put him on edge more than everything that had happened tonight did. No-mon was talking to each other, instead just stewing in their own thoughts. Pancham didn’t know how, but he could feel it. Something about the dungeon made him able to feel it, and maybe everymon else felt it too.

    The only ‘mon who seemed perky was Tricky. Tricky, who had the greatest negative energy of them all. It almost repelled Pancham with how strong it was.

    But worst of all was that feeling of something being wrong. Something that neither he or Shelmet or even Deerling knew about. And Pancham couldn’t keep it in much longer.

    “We should talk to each other.”

    “What?” Deerling turned her head back at him, and Pancham saw that she’d been silently crying the whole way.

    “I said we should talk to each other,” Pancham repeated. “There just… can’t you feel all that negativity in the air?”

    They could. They all could. It hung over them like a cloud, oppressive in a way it had never been before.

    He waved his paw around just to make a point. “That’s us. And the longer we’re walking here in silence the worse it’s gonna get.”

    “You’re gonna stop us from finding the path,” Tricky suddenly butted in. “If we’re talking all the time, we’re not looking!”

    “I agree with Tricky,” Deerling said. “We should be focusing on getting out, not talking.”

    Tricky sent Pancham another smug look, before continuing with her nose in the air. And slowly, the group returned to silence.

    Every so often Pancham would look at Tricky, who was prancing along gleefully without a seeming care in the world. It infuriated Pancham. How could she be so happy in their dire situation! The first thing he knew about Tricky was that she was a total wuss about this place.. how could she be so carefree about it now? It was like she genuinely didn’t care if they got out or not. Not as long as she had her fun.

    Slowly, Tricky began to fall slightly behind. Soon she fell behind Shelmet, and trotted right next to Pancham, humming a cheerful tune and eyeing him almost tauntingly. And then, Pancham came to realization: Maybe it was in the way she moved, or the fact that she wasn’t wearing the scarf she had come in with, but Pancham realized all the same. This wasn’t Tricky.

    He acted quickly, grabbing ‘Tricky’ by the throat and pinning her to the side of the wall.

    “Who are you??” he yelled in the creature’s face.

    “Pancham!!” Deerling and Shelmet quickly turned around and ran back to where Pancham was. “What are you doing?!?” Deerling cried out in horror.

    “That’s not Tricky!” Pancham yelled.

    “What are you talking about?” Tricky feigned, squirming in Pancham’s grip. “I- I’m Tricky! Your best friend!!”

    Even Deerling was caught off by that. She kept her attack position, but stayed still. Shelmet relaxed as well once he saw Deerling.

    “What happened to your scarf?” Pancham asked.

    “I… lost it,” Tricky said. “In the dungeon. But that’s not what’s important now, right?”

    Pancham wasn’t satisfied.

    “Then tell me your name,” he said. “Everymon knows that one.”

    “Duh.” Tricky rolled her eyes. “It’s Tricky.

    Deerling couldn’t take it anymore.

    “Pancham, just let her go,” she said loudly.

    “That’s not the real Tricky!” Pancham yelled back, saying it in a panic as if on repeat. “It’s not real! It’s not real!”

    “Pancham! Stop this!” Deerling yelled louder.

    “Guys!” Shelmet tried to interject. He was ignored.

    “I won’t! That’s not the real Tricky!” Pancham continued to yell.

    Unnoticed, Tricky grinned with a mouth full of fangs. This was exactly what It had wanted, and that panda bear was dumb enough to fall for all Its traps. They had broken free of the nightmares, but the negative energy from this argument alone was giving It all the energy It needed to finally finish them off. Slowly, It sank into the goo-covered wall when no-mon was paying attention.

    “Guys!” Shelmet loudly yelled, cutting both Pancham and Deerling off. They both looked at him with the same annoyed face: “What??”

    “Tricky’s gone!”

    Shelmet gestured to the wall where Tricky had been. Sure enough, there was nothing but black goo in her place. Both Pancham and Deerling went silent.

    A sudden splashing from around the corridor caught the attention of all three pokemon.

    “There!” Deerling yelled. “Follow it!”

    Pancham, Deerling, and Shelmet all ran down the corridor and towards the noise.

    Deerling was faster than Pancham and Shelmet combined. She rounded the corridor first, followed by Pancham and soon after Shelmet. Deerling froze. Her legs trembled for a minute. Then she quickly bolted forward.

    “Goomy!” she called out as she ran. Sure enough, once Pancham looked, he saw Goomy slumped against the black goo of one of the walls. He was half-consumed by the wall, the pink goo of his body mixing in with the black goo of the walls.

    A sudden gurgling stopped Deerling in her tracks. She watched in horror as slowly, the monster pulled itself out of the wall. It stood over the sleeping Goomy, reaching down for him menacingly…

    “NO,” Deerling roared. She ran forward, her head down. At the last minute, she came to a screeching halt, opened her mouth, and shot a beam of green energy directly at the monster.

    “Hey—wait!” Pancham called out as he and Shelmet tried to catch up. “Wait for us!”

    The monster was barely fazed. Ignoring Goomy, it began to step forwards, focused on Deerling instead. All her bravado suddenly lost, Deerling began to back away.

    “Hey!”

    A voice echoed down the hall, drawing the attention of both Deerling and the monster. Pancham dashed forward, his fist glowing with black energy. “You stay away from her!” he cried out valiantly, dashing forward and striking the monster in the chest.

    The monster reeled back a bit, and Deerling took the opportunity to blast the monster with another energy ball. That sent the monster careening backwards.

    Pancham, Shelmet, and Deerling stood together as it got up, ready to attack once again. But the monster didn’t attack. Instead, it studied them as if it were slightly wary of their power.

    Then, without warning, it suddenly scooped up Goomy in its claws, and dove into the wall, taking Goomy with it. Deerling’s cry of horror was lost as the last of Goomy’s lavender goo disappeared into the wall along with the monster.

    And then all was quiet.

    Deerling’s legs trembled. Once. Then twice. Then, she collapsed to the ground. Pancham didn’t hear her say anything. He walked over.

    “We’re gonna find it,” he said.

    “It took Goomy!” Deerling suddenly snapped at him. She turned around; Pancham saw the devastated look on her face. “W-what do you think there’s going to be to find?”

    “Didn’t you see?” Pancham asked. “We scared it off! It’s running from us! It took a hostage.”

    “What does that matter?” asked Deerling forlornly.

    “If we’re fast enough, we can still get Goomy back!” said Pancham. “Espurr and Tricky too.”

    “You don’t know that,” Deerling muttered.

    “No, I don’t.” He began to trudge forward in the muck, looking back at Deerling and Shelmet. “But don’t you at least want to try?”


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Tricky~

    Tricky ran through the hallway, carelessly splashing through the muck. The glow was disappearing. She had to keep up with it! Tricky rounded one corridor, then the next. In the distance, she heard what sounded like a large gurgle, and only then did the glow begin to stay in one place.

    She slowed down as she approached it. Carefully turning the last corridor, Tricky finally laid eyes on what had been casting that ghostly glow all this time: in the middle of the hallway floated Budew. He looked just like she remembered, all the way down the blue scarf she’d given him to wear all that time ago.

    Tricky didn’t know whether to laugh or to cry. So she did the first thing she could think of – she bolted forward and hugged him tightly.

    “Budew…” she half laughed, half sobbed. “It’s really you…”

    “All I remember is… dying,” Budew said, in a small, cracked voice. “And then I ended up here. I’ve been here for years… wandering around all in the dark… I had to drink swamp water!”

    “I know…” Tricky still hadn’t released him from her hug. A single tear slid down her cheek. “I’m sorry I got you killed.”

    Budew was the one who eventually parted them. He looked at her with big, pleading eyes. “Have you come to take me out of here?”

    Tricky’s face lit up with what was perhaps the most joyful expression she’d ever had. “Of course! Of course you can come back! You can come back to school, and meet Espurr and Goomy and see Deerling again and…”

    “Does that mean you’re going to take me out of here?” Budew asked, louder and more firm this time.

    “I… can’t yet,” Tricky said. She took a deep breath, steadying herself to say what she didn’t want to. All she wanted to do was go back to town with Budew, she wanted it so badly, just to find the exit and skip back to her house and tell the whole village that he was alive, that she wasn’t a murderer after all. But she couldn’t. Not yet.

    “There are friends in here with me,” she said. “I can’t just leave, I have to find them. We have to find them. So they don’t end up down here like you were.”

    “B-but the exit’s right there,” Budew said. “It’s right around the corner. We could leave, you could come with me. Please, I’ve been so lonely down here…”

    Tricky saw what she didn’t before, a light around the corner, the light of daytime. Her heart fluttered, her ears rose. The light looked so magical, the way out so easy, the exit and Budew’s life again only a corridor away. And then doubts began to fill her mind. Espurr was good at crawling dungeons, as good as her. M-maybe they’d find the way out, the other five of them. Or maybe she could just go now, and then come back for the rest of them later! It all seemed so easy, so obvious. She just had to not think about it.

    But she couldn’t not think about it. She couldn’t go. She wanted to go, but she knew she couldn’t. All her friends, her classmates, they were still down there. And she valued Espurr and Goomy and Deerling just as much as Budew. She couldn’t leave them! She had to go back. She had to.

    “G-go without me,” she said. It took too much willpower to say. “I’m the explorer. I’m going back for my other friends, and I’m not leaving until everymon gets out of here safely. But… you could go. I’ll find the exit again, I promise! And then I’ll introduce you to everymon else! You just need to go.”

    “But I can’t,” Budew said. “I can’t go unless somemon else goes with me. You could save me, please. Please.”

    It was too much for Tricky to take. She grit her teeth and kept her mouth shut and trembled, because she knew if she opened it she would say yes, she wanted to go with him. But then her eyes locked on something beyond Budew that wasn’t the light of the outside. Tricky’s head tilted, and she looked behind him to see the form of something lying against the wall. Something that looked pinkish.

    “…Hey,” she said. “Is that Goomy?”

    “What?” Budew looked behind himself as well. “Who’s Goomy? I don’t see anymon.”

    “But he’s right there,” Tricky said, beginning to pad around Budew. Budew quickly made to stop her, flying in front of her.

    “There’s no-mon there, Tricky,” Budew said sternly. “Please go with me. Just forget about everymon else. Do what your heart says! It’s telling you what you should do, right?”

    Tricky was silent. Slowly, her ears drooped, and a few tears fell from her eyes silently. But she didn’t cry.

    “You’re right,” she said. “It is. Lead the way.”

    Budew happily veered off in the opposite direction, heading down the hallway she had come from. But Tricky didn’t follow. Budew looked back in confusion once he had reached the corridor’s entrance. He wavered, floating back over once he’d noticed.

    “Are you coming with me?” he asked. Tricky shook her head.

    “You’re not the real Budew,” she said.

    “But I am the real Budew!” Budew yelled. “I am! I am! i Am!”

    Tricky just hung her head and shook it.

    “I’m really sorry,” she said. And then she took a deep breath, and blew a stream of fire directly at Budew.

    The fire was hungry, and soon Budew was completely alight. Tricky tried to drown out his screams by covering her ears, and soon with her own. But they didn’t last long. The familiar voice of Budew droned on longer than it should have, increasing in pitch until it was a loud, demonic screech. And then it cut out entirely, and Budew was gone.

    Tricky sniffled, then blinked the tears from her eyes. And when they settled, the light around the corner had disappeared. Her eyes focused on the floppy pink pile lying by the wall down the corridor.

    “Goomy!” she yelled, running over to his sleeping form. She quickly nudged him with her paw, then her nose. “Wake up!”

    It was a minute, but Goomy stirred. He blinked his eyes open wearily, looking at Tricky.

    “…T-Tricky?” he asked hopefully. Tricky nodded ecstatically.

    “Come on—get up!” she hissed, barely able to sit still. “We’ve gotta find the others!”

    “Hey!! Over here!”

    Both Tricky and Goomy turned to see a welcome face: Pancham ran around the corner, followed by Deerling and Shelmet. Everymon was there, except for…

    Except for…

    …But Espurr was smart. The smartest of all of them. Tricky was sure she was fine. She had to be fine. Tricky quickly ran to join the other three ‘mon, looking back to make sure that Goomy was keeping up.

    “How’d you guys find us?” she asked.

    “We heard the screeches,” Pancham said. “We just followed the sound. What were those, anyway—”

    “GOOMY!!” Deerling cried out, galloping over to meet Goomy in the middle. She quickly checked him over to make sure he was fine. “Are you alright? Did that monster do anything to you??”

    “I-I’m fine,” Goomy said, shrugging off the attention. He didn’t like it when Deering fawned over him like that. He was big enough to care for himself!

    A sudden gurgling from the wall stopped everymon in their tracks. They all watched in horror as a clawed arm erupted out of the wall, followed by another. And then a leg. And then the monster stood before them in Its full glory. Enraged.

    DIE.

    Pancham, Deerling, and Shelmet took attack positions.

    “Behind me, Goomy,” Deerling said urgently. Goomy was going to object, but then saw the monster and did exactly as Deerling asked.

    “Now what?” Shelmet asked, as Tricky charged up and ember too.

    “On three, we all attack,” Pancham said. “One… Two… Three!”

    Tricky fired an ember. Deerling fired an energy beam. Pancham grabbed ahold of Shelmet, and ran straight for the beast with the pointy end of Shelmet’s shell. The energy ball and ember combined sent the monster reeling back, but it was quick. It grabbed Shelmet, stopping Pancham in his tracks.

    “Hey—stop!” the monster lifted both Pancham and Shelmet up into the air. Deerling lost it. She put her head down, and charged for the monster once more, intending to headbutt it. Her head became stuck in the goo.

    Tricky fired another ember at the monster, but it blocked the attack with Shelmet’s shell. Tricky growled and charged forward, , biting the creature in the leg, But her muzzle went all the way through, and Tricky found she couldn’t remove it. Muffled, she screamed in horror as she tried to pull her nose and muzzle out. She was suffocating!

    Goomy watched in terror as the monster dealt with all his friends. He couldn’t… he couldn’t take this anymore! If no-mon was going to help his friends, then somemon had to step up!

    The same spark Goomy had felt in the nightmare resounded within him. There was a sudden flash, and for a few seconds Goomy felt nothing. And then everything went black. Goomy could feel his eyes, and he could hear his friends scream, but he couldn’t see them!

    And then his antennae twitched, and suddenly he saw everything. He looked around, his antennae focusing on the monster. Somehow, he knew what to do. He opened his mouth, and he felt a newfound energy build up within. And once it became too much for his mouth to bear, he spat it out. The ground suddenly boomed, and the creature was thrown back to the end of the hallway. All of Goomy’s friends fell back into the muck, catching their breath from the harrowing encounter. They all saw Goomy and gazed in awe, but their attention quickly returned to the creature at the end of the hallway.

    With just a squelch and the shifting of the wall, it was gone.


    ~\({O})/~

    The In-Between

    ~Espurr~

    Slowly coming to. Espurr blinked her eyes open. She sat up in the blackness, looking around. The all-too-familiar blackness of the In-Between met her eyes. She stood up. If she was here, then that meant…

    Foolish girl.

    A wind began to howl in the distance, and suddenly Espurr was knocked backwards, falling on her behind. She glanced up at the howling wind above her, staring up in wordless horror.

    Oh so foolish… you make my job too easy. All it took was one dream, and you came skittering into my lair without another thought to pay.

    The void was suddenly all around her. Espurr stayed quiet as she looked for a way out. Just the thought of pulling another psychic trick made her head want to explode, but there had to be another way out!

    “Wake up…”

    A new voice reverberated in her head. Espurr quickly stared up at the sky in hope. “It’s coming…”

    The winds suddenly picked up, the howling drowning out whatever she could hear of the voice.

    Now your friends will die… and you will die with them. My shadow will consume you ALL.

    “…Wake up! Wake up wake up wake up—"

    Espurr felt something violently shake her, and all of the sudden she was in—


    ~\({O})/~

    The Ancient Barrow

    The cramped halls of the Ancient Barrow greeted her eyes once again. Espurr was lying against the black goo that coated the walls, and a good amount of her fur was covered in it. Over her stood a riolu. Espurr was startled; she almost yelped in surprise. But the riolu frantically gestured for silence with his paws.

    “Quiet! It’s coming,” he hissed.

    Sure enough, Espurr’s ears caught the sound of something gurgling in the distance, and then a large splash echoed through the hallway. Riolu began to panic—he looked this way and that, his eyes finally settling on a dead-end corridor nearby.

    “This way!” he quietly hissed, and then he quickly led Espurr towards it. Still addled from her sleep, Espurr could only stumble after him, their feet making splashes in the swamp water as they ran.

    They both sat down in the swamp muck, hiding themselves from sight. Riolu motioned for silence, and Espurr stayed as quiet as she could. They quietly listened as outside the passage, something large tromped by.

    Slowly, it passed, and only after it had been gone for a good minute did Riolu uncup his paw from over his mouth

    “Who are you?” Espurr asked in a whisper, once she was sure that the monster wouldn’t be coming back for them.

    “I’m Riolu,“ he said, puffing out his chest. “And I’m the fourth Human Savior.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of The Week!

    All Together Now - Marco Beltrami



    Void Shadow.png
     
    Last edited:
    2~Eleven - The Other Side
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Oh, you’re up now.

    Salutations from the other side, dear traveler! Sorry for putting you under. Trust me, you’d have gone crazy if you were awake.

    Hmm? Who am I? Well… I’m a friend. Your friend, in fact. And there’s an entire world out there that needs your help. In fact, you’re their last hope.

    You want what?

    I’ll have to erase your memories of this conversation, so you won’t keep any of it. But we have a little time. Sit down— oh. Wait. You don’t have a body yet. Silly me! Just float there, then.

    It all started very long, long ago…


    Chapter22ArtNew.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER ELEVEN: THE OTHER SIDE

    ~\({O})/~

    School Forest ~ Four Weeks Ago

    ~Riolu~

    Riolu opened his mouth, and his tongue flopped out. Everything felt weird. He could smell the forest around him in much more detail than he was used to, and he was sure his tongue wasn’t supposed to be hanging out of his mouth like that. It was only when he heard the rushing of the lake that Riolu thought to open his eyes.

    He couldn’t see as well, that was for sure. But his smell and hearing more than made up for it. He could hear the lake, and he could smell the lake, and his nose and ears together painted a picture from scent and sound. That would take some getting used to. His feet, however…

    Riolu took a long, hard look at his hind paws, realizing that he didn’t have the faintest idea of how to walk on those. How was he even supposed to move them? The joints all felt wrong, and everything felt out of place when he moved it into a comfortable resting position. All the while his tongue had been flopped out of his mouth, and it was beginning to drip slobber onto him. Riolu did his best to pull his tongue back into his mouth, but it took a few tries to get it right. With his tongue rolled back up into his mouth, he noticed: he was parched.

    Luckily, that was what the lake was for.

    Riolu crawled over to it on his paws and knees, and after casting a look around and realizing there wouldn’t be any ready-made cups waiting around for him in the middle of a forest, he gave up and stuck his tongue into the water to drink. Having a longue tongue made drinking his fill very easy, although the water flowed too fast for Riolu to see his reflection.

    Swish.

    The sound of something approaching from behind him jarred him out of his stupor. Riolu quickly turned over, looking in the direction of the noise. In the distance (although he couldn’t tell for sure, the distance was a bit blurry), there stood what looked like a trio of cone-headed creatures with softly-flickering lights on their arms. The flickers made it hard to see. Riolu tilted his head for a minute. Were these natives? Maybe they could help him!

    “Hey!” Riolu called out cheerfully, waving at them. “Hullo! Over here! Anyone think they can give me some directions?”

    They didn’t answer. Riolu’s waving faltered, then stopped. He was beginning to get a little unnerved. Maybe they couldn’t hear him or something. He’d just wave harder.

    “I’m a bit lost!” he called out, wagging his tail behind him. “Can you help me?”

    The trio of pokemon turned to each other, and Riolu saw for sure the flickering lights on their hands. Red yellow green yellow red and then yellow again…

    And then, just like that, they all turned back to face Riolu. Riolu gave them another wave. Just in case they hadn’t seen the others. Maybe…

    All thoughts and hopes of friendliness were suddenly chased from Riolu’s mind. The creatures raised their arms, and then a large shadowy ball materialized out of nowhere and flew straight at Riolu—

    —Riolu barely dived out of the way as it flew over the bush he was next to and exploded against something on the other side of the lake.

    “Hey! Not cool!” he barked back at them. If the strange pokemon heard him, they didn’t acknowledge it. They started to move towards him, and as the bushes pushed apart Riolu saw that they had no legs. They floated.

    Riolu quickly glanced down at his own legs. He didn’t know how these even worked, much less how to walk on them! But then one of the strange pokemon’s lights flickered bright yellow again and blinked him in the face, and he figured now was as good a time as any to learn. He hopped to his feet—tripped–then stumbled off into the woods as fast as he could.

    He didn’t get far. He was sure he was moving wrong, which was slowing him down and sending him into a painful limping stagger, but he couldn’t stop and there were just too many joints for this leg to work like a leg. It felt like they’d been glued on backwards! In his stagger he tripped over a large tree root, and felt a sickening lurch as he fell forward and towards a downhill slope—

    He yelped in terror as he fell, painfully tumbling this way and that over plants and rocks and dirt until he reached the bottom. It was a long fall.

    After half a minute of lying there, Riolu groaned. His leg hurt. It wasn’t broken, but it was hurting. There was no time for this! Maybe—maybe he could—

    Riolu looked down at his paws, then at all the mud under him. He didn’t know how, but he knew: His hands were made for digging. And he was in a ditch. He could dig his way out.

    Above him, the strange pokemon passed over the hill, still searching for him. Riolu held his breath until they had disappeared, or at least he couldn’t hear them anymore. Then he sat up. His leg wasn’t throbbing in pain as much anymore. It was time to get to work.

    Riolu spent the next few hours digging a hidey-hole for himself. At several points, he had to stop whenever he heard the swish of ferns being pushed aside, or the tell-tale beeping that came with the strange pokemon’s presence. But Riolu was a diligent worker, and by the time that night fell Riolu had dug himself a large tunnel.

    Before long, he felt hungry. He lay in the small, underground passage he had dug that was just big enough for him, clutching his belly in pain. He’d been working hard all day, not to mention that he’d been doing it with arms and legs he could barely even operate. It was double the work! Above him, he heard distant beeps in the distance. He couldn’t just go out and forage for things, because then he would be caught and he didn’t have the skills to fight or evade those strange pokemon yet.

    Riolu decided to keep digging. He needed food sooner or later, but staying in this tunnel forever and waiting for the relentless pokemon to leave would just mean starving to death in here. Riolu was going to try and dig to somewhere where they weren’t going to look, and hope they didn’t discover the tunnel in the ditch before he did.

    And so he dug. For hours, until dirt piles littered the passage behind him and Riolu was sure it was sunrise again. Now he was really hungry, and he was almost ready to collapse. He looked back at the tunnel entrance, which he could still vaguely see from far away. He hadn’t dug as long a distance as he had thought. Riolu leaned against the cavern wall in exhaustion. He was so tired, and so hungry, and so thirsty… Perhaps he’d just dig up here. This must be outside the strange pokemons’ boundaries. And if not, maybe they were sleeping. Or maybe they’d moved on, thinking he was long gone at this point. Either way, this couldn’t go on for much longer. Riolu needed out, and he needed out now.

    Riolu dug up. It was hard at first, but he soon found that he was able to cling to the walls with his claws and bat the dirt down. Soon the entire ground above fell onto the floor of the cavern below and Riolu saw daylight, beautiful daylight! He gasped in joy, climbing out of the hole.

    Swish.

    In the distance. Riolu’s head snapped back towards that sound. Did those pokemon never quit? He didn’t think beyond that—he got to his strange, backwards legs, and tried to run away. The three strange pokemon emerged from the treeline behind him, almost like they’d been waiting for him. And as Riolu glanced back, his legs got all tangled up with each other, and he tripped.

    He hit the ground hard and whacked his head. Riolu groaned, feeling all the aches and pains of his body come back to hit him full-force with that one collision against the ground. The strange pokemon didn’t wait for him to recover. One of them raised its arms in his direction, and before Riolu had a chance to react a large shadowy ball flew out of nowhere and collided with him.

    Riolu’s body was pain, then stiff, and then everything went black.

    ~\({O})/~

    It was a while before Riolu could move again. His throat still screamed for water, and his tummy really hurt, but he could at least move. As he segued back into consciousness, he noticed everything felt hotter. Much hotter. He opened his eyes, and saw the dim, reddish sky above him.

    That wasn’t right.

    Riolu sat up, looking around. All around him was a forest of dead trees, thousands of twisted trees painted black against the sky. No leaves were anywhere to be seen, and the bark was pitch black. It rotted off the trees and curled up on the ground.

    He slowly got to his feet, trying to ignore how everything about his poor body ached. Nothing about this was right. And he needed something to eat. And drink.

    Something caught the corner of Riolu’s eye. Among all the violet and the dim red, something bright blue glittered. Riolu turned to see a blue flame dancing deeper in the forest. It flickered weakly, almost half-gone. Riolu could even see through it.

    It danced around in the air gracefully, then zipped off in a different direction as if bidding Riolu to follow. He stopped for a minute. Was this really the best option? The last pokemon he had tried to trust had brought him… here.

    But where was ‘here’? Riolu looked around at the dead trees and the red sky. He needed any help he could get. He’d just have to be on the lookout for a trap. And so Riolu reluctantly decided to follow it. There wasn’t another good choice, in hindsight.

    As Riolu walked, he noticed that the flame was beginning to get stronger. He couldn’t deny that he was scared right now, and maybe that was making him see things, but it looked like the flame was slightly more solid. Less see-through. Maybe even the flame was a hallucination.

    Riolu’s stomach growled. He clutched it in hunger as he went. Boy, he hoped he could find something to eat soon.

    The flame entered a large clearing in the middle of the dead woods, and then it stopped. Riolu followed it into the clearing, but no further. The flame was completely stationary, dancing and flickering brightly in place. It looked a lot more energetic than when Riolu had first seen it. A wave of fear came over Riolu suddenly. Had he just walked into some kind of trap?

    Slowly, Riolu peeked his head out into the clearing, both ways. He didn’t see anything but the trunks of more dead trees. And that flame, which had not moved an inch. Slowly, Riolu sighed in defeat. If this was a trap, he’d just have to spring it. He was too hungry to come up with a better solution right now.

    Riolu took a single step out into the clearing, then quickly pulled his foot back. Nothing happened. Arrows didn’t fly from the trees, and no monster emerged from the forest to devour him. Riolu mustered up all his courage, and then put his foot out again. And this time, it stayed there.

    Riolu took another step. Then another. And another. Soon he was all the way out of the tree-line, and nothing had changed. Riolu let out a quiet sigh of relief. Then he quickly scampered up to the flame like the ground behind him was lava.

    It stood still in the air, same as it had since he’d seen it. Riolu tentatively reached out a paw to touch it, but his paw went through completely. Riolu pulled it out then looked down at it, noticing how it was completely unharmed.

    “BOO!!”

    “Aaauggh!” Riolu fell backwards onto the ground, edging away towards the treeline in fear. Slowly, he watched as the blue flame materialized completely, a candle forming at its base. A candle with a face.

    “Oh, tasty, tasty beautiful fear!” the candle cried out in joy, seemingly devouring something that Riolu couldn’t see. “For a moment…” the candle gasped between slurps. “…I thought I was going to disappear…”

    “Fear?” Another voice piped up from a distance.

    “Fear?”

    “Where is it?”

    “We can eat??”

    “We can eat!”

    “We’re saved!”

    Several more voices whistled through the bare treetops, and Riolu could only watch as more of the blue flames arrived to feast upon an invisible luncheon. And Riolu was terrified. He curled up in a ball on the ground, waiting for it all to be over, for this all to be just a dream—

    “You can get up now. We’ve had our fill.”

    Riolu slowly peeked out from the ball he was currently curled up in. The candle that had led him here—he could tell because the flame on top was larger than the others—floated over him, a friendly expression upon its face.

    “Yeah!” another candle piped up from amongst the horde of candles that were now all watching him. “You saved us!”

    “I… what?” Riolu asked. His voice was raspy from lack of water, and it felt weird just talking. Never mind the fact that he was talking to floating ghost candles. With so many eyes on him, he couldn’t help but feel a little nervous.

    His stomach suddenly grumbled, and Riolu clutched it in pain. The candles all exchanged looks.

    “Well, he fed us,” said one. “’s only fair.”

    ~\({O})/~

    “So what are you guys all about?” Riolu asked, happily gnawing on a few carrot-like roots that the candle-things had picked for him. They barely had any taste and they smelled awful, but Riolu was just happy to eat something at this point.

    “What do you mean?” one of the candles asked, lazily floating in the air.

    “Like,” Riolu said after biting off a large piece of the root. “What are you?”

    All the candles exchanged weird looks at that line.

    “Well…” one candle started. “We’re Litwick. The former and forever occupants of the Ancient Barrow!”

    “Until recently,” said another.

    “What’s that mean?” Riolu asked.

    “It’s an unfortunate misconception,” said the litwick who had led him here. “Most pokemon think we’re soul eaters, and that we have to kill somemon every time we want to eat. Really, we just feed on negative auras. But all the superstition got troublesome to deal with, so we locked ourselves away in the Ancient Barrow and posed as ghosts. A little ‘boo’ here, some dishes re-arranged there, and we ate well. We were eating well. And then…” the litwick shuddered, too scared to go on.

    “And then we were attacked,” another, braver litwick continued in his place. “All this icky black goo came down the wall! None of us saw what it was. We were just hit by this strange black ball, and the next thing we knew we were all here.”

    “There’s nothing for us to eat here,” a smaller litwick piped up. “We almost disappeared from starvation!”

    “But then you showed up,” said a fourth, quieter litwick. “A lot of us owe you our lives.”

    Riolu set down what was left of his roots.

    “So there’s really nothing for you guys to eat here?” he asked.

    One of the litwick shook their heads. “No living pokemon,” they said. “Nothing to feed off of.”

    Riolu stared at the ground. “And if I leave you…” he began. “…You’ll just starve again?”

    There was silence, but everymon knew the answer to that question.

    “How about we make a deal?” asked one of the litwick. “You just woke up here, right? You must think this place is pretty strange. We’ll protect you! We can give you food, water, and shelter! And all you have to do is feed us!”

    “Yeah!” the smaller litwick piped up. “The only pokemon you still have to meet is Solosis! And she’ll be back soon!”

    “Who’s Solosis?” Riolu asked.

    “Our leader,” the first litwick said. “You’ll meet her tonight, after she gets back from There.”

    “Where?”

    The litwick pointed directly behind Riolu with his flame. “There.”

    Riolu looked behind himself, to where Litwick was pointing. And then he saw it: A large mountain, wreathed in flame. He quickly stood up and looked up at it. And then he didn’t want to look at it. Riolu shut his eyes and turned away, but the image of the demonic mountain was burned into his brain now. Slowly, he opened them, making sure to look in the other direction.

    “W-what is that?” he stammered.

    “We call it the Bad Place,” said one of the litwick. “Solosis has another name for it.”

    “Another name for what?”

    The voice echoed through Riolu’s head. It came from everywhere and nowhere at once, but Riolu only had to glance where all the other litwick were glancing to find out who was speaking.

    It looked like nothing he had ever seen before, a small ball with eyes encased in a larger coating of thick green slime. And it floated.

    The large green ball of slime looked around, its eyes settling on Riolu.

    “You’re new,” she ‘said’. It was more like the words were broadcasted directly into his head. Despite the distance, Riolu heard it as if she was standing right in front of him.

    “Uh… hi.” Riolu offered a half-hearted wave in greeting.

    Solosis sighed in exhaustion, then floated over.

    “Did you find anything?” one of the litwick asked.

    “Not yet,” Solosis broadcasted. “I haven’t been able to get close.”

    Noticing the falling look upon the litwick’s face, Solosis quickly floated over.

    “Cheer up! We’ll figure it out soon enough. Maybe I’ll bring some of you with me next time, see if we can make it up that cliff easier.”

    There were various murmurs of disappointment and interest from the litwick, but they soon dissipated. Nothing had changed, after all. Solosis herself soon fluttered over to Riolu, then lowered herself to his height.

    “So what brings you here?” she asked. “Wait—don’t tell me. You got zapped here too.”

    Unsure of what to say, Riolu nodded silently.

    ~\({O})/~

    “We haven’t got much, but… we’re the only pokemon for miles out. Trust me. I’ve searched.”

    Solosis floated next to Riolu on one end of the clearing, where he sat against the trunk of a dead tree. Out in the middle of the clearing, the litwick fluttered from here to there in a large flurry of floating candles and blue flames, flying around and chattering with each other at speeds Riolu couldn’t even possibly imagine.

    “I’ve been feeding them as much as I can, but I’m only one pokemon when it comes down to it,” Solosis said. “And litwick can’t eat their own negative auras, or we’d never have to worry about this. They were all starving to death until you showed up.”

    Riolu connected the dots quickly.

    “And…” he said. “You want me to help out?”

    Solosis sent him a pleading look he wouldn’t have thought was possible with those beady black eyes.

    “Would you?” she asked.

    Riolu was silent for a minute. That should have had an easy answer. He didn’t have anywhere else to go. And… they’d fed him. He’d probably die on his own. But at the same time… did he want to be stuck here for the rest of his life? He looked up at the blood-red sky.

    “Is the sky always like that?” he asked. “It doesn’t feel right.”

    “It’s been like that ever since we’ve been here. And wouldn’t you believe it, this is the daytime.”

    “Really? What’s it like at night?” Riolu asked.

    “Black,” Solosis answered. “Even this place can’t take that away.”

    Riolu snickered through his nose. It sounded more like a snort.

    “So, what do you think?” Solosis asked, giving him that pleading look once more. “Will you stay with us? Just until we all find a way out of here?”

    Riolu shrugged. “I guess.”

    “Great!” Solosis suddenly sounded much more energetic.

    “Oh, and one more thing you should know,” she quickly said before Riolu could open his mouth in response. “You might hear things in the distance at night. Howls, screeches, pokemon crying out for help… whatever you do, don’t leave the clearing. No matter what you hear. Got it?”

    Riolu’s ears flopped down in confusion. Something wasn’t adding up. “I thought you said we were the only living things here for miles out.”

    “I said we were the only pokemon for miles out,” Solosis said. “You’ll steer clear of those, yes?”

    Riolu nodded, suddenly looking a lot more fearful.

    “Good!” Solosis broadcasted into his head cheerfully, leading him through the clearing. “I’ll show you where you’ll sleep.”

    ~\({O})/~

    Riolu slept in a pile of dirt near the far side of the clearing that had been bunched up to look like a bed. He felt his stomach grumble a little, but clutched it in silence. The roots had filled him for a bit, but now he was hungry again. He gritted his teeth and endured it in silence. It could wait until morning.

    And yet, as the hours ran on, Riolu found himself unable to sleep. He shouldn't have been this wide awake—he should have been exhausted from everything that had just happened in the past day—but it felt like his body didn’t want to loosen up. He was still tense, like something was going to spring at him any moment and he had to be ready.

    Maybe it was this place that was making him feel like that. Everything was deathly silent. At least, back in the other place, he could hear things chirping as he dug. Here, there was… nothing. It was dead. Everything here was dead. He felt like the silence was driving him crazy.

    “Heeeeeeeelp!”

    Riolu immediately sat up in his bed of dirt, staring directly at where the voice had come from. It sounded like… he couldn’t really tell what it sounded like, but it had come from very deep in the woods.

    You might hear things in the distance at night.

    Riolu stared at the trees intently, trying to see anything that might be in the distance. He could only see the absolute darkness that crept out from the treeline.

    Whatever you do, don’t leave the clearing. Got it?

    That was suddenly a much harder set of instructions to follow. Riolu was scared out of his wits, sure. But if there was somemon that needed help out there…

    Riolu slowly rose from his spot, taking care not to upset the ghostly forms of the sleeping litwick all around him. Slowly, he tiptoed towards the treeline, trying to get a better idea of what might be out there. His ears pricked up, able to hear the cracking of sticks as something prowled in the distance far off. Another living creature?

    He sniffed the air, remembering his heightened sense of smell. He smelled… eww, that was rancid. A disgusting scent wafted in through the trees, making Riolu wrinkle his nose. He covered his snout with a paw and stepped back. It smelled like somemon had died long ago, and the stench was now floating in on the wind. Riolu stood where he was, not sure what to do. Maybe he should go wake Solosis—

    A loud roar echoed through the trees, biting Riolu’s ears with the force of a hammer. It heightened in pitch until it was the screech of a demon, and then he heard whatever had been prowling through the woods suddenly romp off.

    Without thinking, Riolu quickly got back to his bed of dirt and laid down upon it, wide awake and scared witless.

    He stayed awake the whole night.

    ~\({O})/~

    “Rise and shine.”

    Slowly coming to. Riolu blinked himself awake, staring up at Solosis. He looked up at her briefly, yawned, then let his head fall back down against the dirt again. He felt tired. What had happened last night?

    Slowly, it all came back to him. All the memories of his frightening encounter last night. What was that thin—

    “BOO!!”

    Riolu jolted awake with a yelp, and the litwick feasted.

    That was how it went for the next few days. The litwick, experienced and ever-creative in the art of frightening pokemon, found new ways to scare Riolu each day. In return, Riolu got roots to eat from them twice a day and water to drink, and so his belly stayed relatively not-empty and his throat wasn’t scratchy. He quickly made friends with a few of them, having nothing else to do all day as they waited for Solosis. The one who had led him here was called Tall-Flame, and the other three litwick in Tall-Flame’s gang were Small-Light, Flicker-Stem, and Violet-Fire. Small-Light had haunted a library for a while, and read a lot of things in books when he wasn’t busy scaring the weasel pokemon who guarded the place. Violet-Fire would scare him the worst but ate very little herself, while Flicker-Stem was very young and had known little else but this place. Tall-Flame was adventurous, but also reckless. The other three constantly had to talk him down from pulling several reckless stunts, and it soon became obvious to Riolu that Tall-Flame had found him completely by accident.

    This wasn’t meant to be permanent. Every day, Solosis would wake Riolu and then leave early, and she would come back an hour before darkness fell, because it wasn’t safe to go out at dark. Riolu had questioned her about it on several occasions, but Solosis was always very cryptic about the answers she gave.

    “What are those noises?” Riolu asked one day, just after Solosis had come back from wherever she went all day. “I hear them every night. You said they aren’t pokemon. But if everyone can hear those things, then that means there has to be some other sign of life out there, right?”

    Solosis sighed, like she wasn’t prepared to answer that question.

    “Promise me you’ll never go after those voices,” she said, just to him. “They aren’t what they pretend to be.”

    “What does that mean?” Riolu pressed, but Solosis refused to communicate with him beyond that. After a while, he figured she didn’t know either.

    “So,” Riolu asked as he bit into a root. His nose scrunched up as he did. They smelled more and more awful with each day, but they were the only thing he had to eat at this point. “What’s up with Solosis? You guys know why she goes to that mountain every day?”

    Flicker-Stem floated next to him, staring at the same thing he was: the flame-wreathed mountain in the distance. It was colored the dark shade of rust that everything in this place was colored, and from a distance it seemed almost peaceful. Almost.

    “Solosis calls it Reverse Mountain,” Flicker-Stem said. “She said that in the world—the real world, not this place—there’s a mountain just like it standing right there. And on top of Reverse Mountain is the way back to the real world.”

    Riolu chewed his roots silently as he gazed up at it.

    “…Then why haven’t we left already?” he asked.

    “Because there’s no way up the mountain,” Flicker-Stem said. "It's too hot.

    “Then…” Riolu said, with a mouth full of awful-smelling root. “...We’re stuck here forever?”

    Flicker-Stem just shrugged with his flame somehow. “We were already stuck here,” he said. “Every day Solosis goes out to the mountain and looks for a way out.”

    “But she hasn’t found one yet,” Riolu finished.

    “You’re getting it,” Thin-Stem said.

    “Then how does she know that there’s a way out on top of the mountain?” Riolu asked.

    “I don’t think she does,” Flicker-Stem replied. Riolu could hear the doubt beginning to creep into the edges of his voice.

    It was a week before anything happened.

    ~\({O})/~

    My paws are now tied. I cannot bring any more saviors from beyond. You are the last.

    You won’t remember anything I say, but I know you are up to the task. I’ve made you into exactly what the world needs from you. You’ll be the one to save us all, you have to be. There’s no-one else.

    Go calmly and bravely, dear Espurr, into the new world…


    ~\({O})/~

    Litwick Campground

    ~Riolu~

    Riolu lay on his bed of dirt, with his eyes squeezed shut. He still heard the voices, but it had been a week, and he’d almost learned to ignore them at this point. Or at least sleep while he heard the howling and screeches that reverberated through the woods. He didn’t think Solosis knew what they were. Maybe she had spent too many nights listening to those voices as they kept her up at night.

    Riolu would understand. A few nights of hearing them, and the only way to cope was to shut them out. He rolled away from the woods in front of him, gazing at the sleeping pile of litwick that cast a soft blue glow over the campsite. He was beginning to feel sleepy, and finally the woods had gone silent around him. Perhaps he could get a good night’s worth of sleep this time—

    A low rumbling caught Riolu’s ears, and then the sharp noise of something blasting up into the sky like thunder made them lower in shock. Riolu quickly sat up, looking around in confusion. His eyes settled in on the new direction: It was due south.

    Opening his eyes, Riolu was met with the image of a thin pillar of light streaking up into the sky. That was… using the mountain as a landmark, Riolu quickly checked. That was to the southeast.

    ~\({O})/~

    Somemon very, very far away glanced out from his tent to watch the large pillar of light brightening up the sky to the southwest.

    “Interesting…” Wartortle muttered to himself.

    ~\({O})/~

    ~Riolu~

    Riolu looked one way, then the other. Then back at the stream of light again. It didn’t look that far off, but… Could he safely leave the clearing to go looking for it? Riolu was torn.

    It was a few minutes before he decided. Quietly, Riolu crept off his bed of dirt, and took a few hesitant steps towards the treeline. It would just be there and back again. It didn’t look too far away. No sweat. And if he found something, then it was even better! That made up Riolu’s mind. He took a few more confident steps, and then sprinted for the treeline.

    He ran through the woods, heading due south. He'd grown good enough at using his feet now that he could run without looking at the ground. Looking up, he could still see the stream flaring up in the sky. It looked no larger than it had before.

    Before long, the forest ended. Riolu found himself stumbling to a stop in a second large clearing. He looked around curiously.

    He stood in the middle of what looked like a village, but it was almost completely leveled—no building still had its roof intact, and many of the houses had been leveled from the top half up. The shorter walls didn’t even extend a foot off the ground. Which was half as tall as he was, but several feet short of a complete building.

    The light had slowly died down by now. Riolu looked upwards towards the sky to see that the large flare of light was thinning. It threatened to leave Riolu in complete darkness, but the stray remnants of the beam still lit up the area just enough for him to see well.

    In the distance behind him, a stick snapped. Riolu glanced back towards the woods he’d come from anxiously. Was something there?

    Quickly, Riolu hid behind one of the building’s walls, crouching down to avoid being seen. Something was out there, he could hear it moving around, and he knew there was only one thing it could have been.

    Slowly, he heard it stomp around. The footsteps were heavy, like the creature they belonged to was bulky. Riolu barely dared to breathe.

    He stayed like that for a minute, breathing silently as he could, his paws clenching the rust-red dust on the ground. He heard the monster stomp around a bit more, almost like it was looking around for something. It sniffed the air, large, heavy breaths. It smelled him.

    Riolu decided to take a peek. If he was going to figure out what to do, he needed to know what he was dealing with first. Ever-so-slowly, he twisted his head around the stone wall he was hiding behind, trying to get a good look at what was in the middle of the village square.

    The only reason he could see it was because it was blacker than anything else. It was big, powerful-looking, spines protruded from its back in all directions. It had an eyeless, ovular head, and an unnaturally long mouth with countless needle-sharp teeth. It was pitch-black from top to bottom, and Riolu saw it dripping gooey fluid onto the ground as it walked. He took a heavy breath, trying to stomach what he was seeing. His teeth began to chatter, and he realized his whole body was trembling.

    The monster suddenly snapped its head towards where Riolu was hiding, and Riolu quickly pulled his head back behind the wall. He heard the monster begin to stomp again, and each stomp was getting louder and louder…

    It knew where he was. Riolu had to act. He sprung up from where he was sitting, dashing down the beaten path southwards once more. He heard its horrible screech from behind him as he ran.

    So panicked and focused on getting away, Riolu didn’t see much of where he went. It was the ruins of a town, that much he knew—a destroyed house here, the ruins of a bridge there—but he was more focused upon outrunning the thing that had taken chase after him. He could hear it galloping after him as he went. And it was gaining ground. If Riolu didn’t do something fast to throw it off, he was going to get caught.

    A sudden scent invaded his nostrils, the same one that he’d smelled in varying quantities as far back as he could remember. But this time, it was incredibly strong. Maybe… Riolu quickly took a hard right, heading southeast into the forest, and then dived behind the trunk of a dead oak. He remained completely quiet. The monster galloped past, not even sparing a look towards the forest as it passed. Riolu waited half a minute to uncup his paw from over his nose. Then, once he was sure it was safe—or about as safe as it was going to be in a place like this—he continued onward.

    Riolu walked now. He stepped through the woods carefully, too afraid to do anything that could lead to making noise and setting the monster back on his trail. As he walked, he followed the smell of slow decay, which was only getting stronger as he headed southwest. And soon, he came upon the source of the smell: What looked like a strange amalgamation of a tree and a beating heart. Riolu watched it perplexedly as it slowly thumped, and his eyes followed it downwards to all the roots snaking out from under it.

    Most of the roots had been chopped and severed off somewhere, and when Riolu leaned over to investigate, he realized the smell was coming from there. He quickly sat up, trying not to gag. These were the same roots he’d been eating since he got here. Was this where they all came from? He looked up at the beating heart once more, noticing how it was beginning to shrivel up at the bottom from lack of nutrients. Riolu tilted his head, perplexed.

    As disgusting as the roots smelled and looked, they were there, so, as much as he didn’t want to, Riolu ate. And once he was sure that the monster wouldn’t be coming back for him, he slept.

    ~\({O})/~

    ~?~

    For so long It had gone without any other creatures within its domain. For over 10,000 years It had traversed the cursed lands It inhabited all alone. It had been over 10,000 years since It and Its brethren had last feasted. And now they would feast again.

    Living beings were returning to the Voidlands, a sign of much greater things to come. It salivated at the prospect of even more creatures to devour. It prowled through the woods, tracking the scent of the one It had chased. The scent reached a dead end once the smell of a distortion hub nearby became too strong, so It followed the track leading the other way. It travelled up through the remains of the wrecked village, and over the hill, up towards the direction of the burning mountain. The creature’s stench led a clear path back to where he had come from. It grinned as it grew eyes and saw light, and then it was Riolu.

    Solosis was roused by the sound of somemon pattering around the camp. She blinked her eyes open sleepily, her gaze settling on Riolu.

    “Ugh..” she groaned, still trying to get her mind into a state aware enough to deal with the matter at hand. “What are you doing up? It’s not like you to be awake this early—”

    Riolu suddenly sprouted a large black gooey clawed arm, and Solosis barely had any time to react before it slammed down upon her.

    Psychic power glowed from under Its arm, and then It was blown back by Solosis, who rose up into the air.

    “It’s going to take a bit more than that to get rid of me,” she broadcasted. “Everymon awake! We’ve been found!!”

    It growled, Solosis' psychic jerk sending a searing pain into Its head for a second. All of the litwick were jolted awake by the sudden sharp signal, and once they saw It the situation was clear. They all quickly began to flee through the woods as fast as they could. The clearing was empty of litwick within seconds.

    It snarled through a muzzle that was now only barely riolu. Its feast was escaping! Not if It had anything to say about it. But a sudden psybeam sent It reeling backwards, and It realized perhaps an appetizer was in order instead.

    Solosis shone with light, and then suddenly in her place stood a mighty giratina.

    “Have at you!!” the giratina yelled. Then she charged forward.

    ~\({O})/~

    The Ancient Barrow ~ Present Day

    ~Espurr~

    While Riolu told his story, Espurr took a moment to catch her breath and let her brain catch up with the rest of her body. This was obviously a deeper floor of the dungeon, but none of her friends had caught up with her yet. She briefly wondered if they were all oka—

    A gurgling noise came from the wall right above Espurr. Riolu glanced at the noise, and Espurr turned around. Not a second too soon. A massive, black, clawed arm suddenly erupted from the wall and grabbed for Espurr’s head. Jarred and terrified, Espurr barely scooted back enough for it to miss, then stumbled to her feet.

    “Run!” she cried out, pulling Riolu to his feet and fleeing the hall. She heard the monster exit the wall completely as they both sprinted into the main hallway and took a hard left, but it soon went silent. Espurr heard the echoes of a silent pop echo through the hallway, the sound of the monster slipping back into the wall.

    “Keep clear of the walls,” Espurr said once she could no longer hear it. She kept closely towards the center of the hall. “It’s not gone. It’s just waiting for a moment to grab us.”

    Riolu nodded, still breathing heavily.

    They continued down the hall silently; the attack left them both a bit too jarred for talking. Espurr made sure she was behind Riolu with her psychic powers trained, just in case it tried to attack them from behind. Riolu didn’t seem to mind, if only because he didn’t have to worry about watching his back anymore. After a couple minutes of walking, Espurr spoke.

    “That thing,” she said. “You knew what it was. Mind explaining?”

    “Yeah. The pokemon in the Voidlands had a name for them,” Riolu said. “We called them Void Shadows.”

    ~\({O})/~

    The Voidlands

    ~Riolu~

    Slowly coming to. Riolu yawned himself awake.

    After a week of being woken up by somemon scaring him back into existence, it felt strange to wake up on his own accord. The sky greeted him instantly, blood-red once more. Riolu stretched, then slowly rose from his position against the weird heart… tree thing. He wrinkled his nose up at the smell. It seemed much more pungent than it had been yesterday, and the strange beating heart looked just a little more shriveled up than it was before.

    He ate some more of the roots for breakfast. They were still edible even though they rotted. After finishing the roots, Riolu felt a bit parched. The litwick had always given him some water whenever they had gone out to collect roots, and he’d taken it for granted. But clearly they hadn’t gotten the water from here.

    He had a choice now. Go back to Solosis’ camp, or continue onwards. Riolu looked ahead, where he could still see the remnants of flickering light in the sky. He’d come this far… if he went back now with nothing to show for it, what was he going to tell them? He had to see what had made that light! And more importantly, if it was the key to a way out of here.

    And so Riolu made his decision. He turned southeast, checked to make sure the coast was clear, and then hiked off in that direction.

    It felt like he travelled for hours, across desert dunes of rust-red sand and the occasional ruins of other buildings and forests. Every so often he would come across more beating heart-trees, their roots snaking through the ground in twisted layers almost twenty feet out. Riolu steered clear of them, mostly.

    For a while, that was all there was—a desert of red dust. Riolu was beginning to feel discouraged; maybe he’d run out of luck. He was stranded all the way out in the middle of nowhere, with no cover to take, nothing to drink, and no-mon to keep him company. His tongue unfurled from his mouth, parched enough that it felt dry against the air. He was all alone. Riolu was really beginning to regret leaving the litwick camp…

    And then he heard noise. Distant noise. The noise of two pokemon talking to each other. Riolu didn’t think twice. He sprinted towards the sound, running up a large red dune of sand.

    “Hey!” he yelled, waving his arms up in the air as he ran. “I’m over here!”

    The pair of pokemon who had been making the noise, a brionne and a seviper, turned to look at him as he ran. But suddenly their expressions hardened, and they began to charge up attacks—

    Riolu only had a second to change his joyful look to one of terror before he was hit with the combined power of pure beams of water and grass energy. Unequipped to handle such a pair of attack, they both sent Riolu flying straight back down the dune he had been climbing. Hehit the sand hard, tumbling to the bottom in a heap. The two pokemon were on him in an instant, and the next thing Riolu knew he was coiled tightly in Seviper’s grip.

    “What do you think? Seviper asked Brionne. "A straggler from outside the camp, all alone in the middle of this desert? I think he's one of Them."

    Brionne looked at Riolu, tied up in Seviper’s grip. “I think he would have changed by now if he was one of Them.”

    Seviper looked at her disappointedly. “And that’s what Eddie said the last time this happened! When was the last time you saw him?”

    “Not since then,” Brionne sighed through gritted teeth.

    “Case in point.” Seviper said. “We should get rid of him.”

    Brionne looked unsure.

    “But what if he’s for real?” she asked.

    “We can’t take that chance,” Seviper pointed out. "He could just be a smart one."

    “What are you talking about?” Riolu muttered, regaining his bearings enough to speak again.

    “See?” Brionne stated, brashly gesturing to him with her flipper. “He speaks.”

    “They all speak,” Seviper’s tail rattled, a sign of distrust. “At first.”

    “Give him a chance to explain himself before killing him!” Brionne pleaded. “You yourself said you could tell a Shadow alibi from a real ‘mon.”

    Seviper pouted for a moment. Then she hissed in annoyance.

    “Fine,” she said, turning to Riolu. “You. Talk fast. Who are you?”

    “Hurting,” Riolu muttered, still way too constricted for comfort within Seviper's coils. Seviper squeezed him tighter, causing Riolu to gasp in pain.

    “Not funny. Talk. Who are you?” Seviper stared him down. Riolu stammered.

    Riolu looked into Seviper’s slits-for-eyes, and came to the conclusion that the best option was to talk fast.

    “I- I- I’m Riolu,” he said. “Just Riolu. I’ve been here for a week.”

    “And?” Seviper prompted.

    “And what?” Riolu asked.

    “Where were you before that?” Seviper hissed.

    “I…” Riolu stammered. “I… I don’t know. I think I hit my head pretty badly. Everything’s new to me.”

    Seviper sent Brionne a silent ‘See?’ glance. Brionne looked down to the ground. Riolu glanced at her pleadingly. She took a deep breath, then looked at him again.

    “Oh. Well, that sucks.” Brionne frowned. Her eyes darkened. “But you see why we have to be suspicious of you, right?”

    She began to charge up an attack, and Seviper did the same. Riolu scrambled backwards in fear.

    “You don’t believe me?” he asked in horror.

    “You know what the biggest tell is when somemon’s a Shadow?” Seviper asked. “They never remember anything. They copy the body but not the memories. Most pokemon never see it coming until it’s too late. If you're interested in staying alive…” the coils around Riolu's body began to tighten just a little. “You nip it in the bud before it can happen.” And with that, she began to charge up an attack of her own. Riolu looked down at his paws. Could he fight? Should he fight?

    “W- Wait!!” he called out, just before the two of them could fire. “I can prove I’m who I say I am!”

    That made Brionne hesitate for a minute. She still eyed him suspiciously, but she paused. “Then talk.”

    “I—“ Riolu stuttered, scrambling to organize his thoughts. “I didn’t wake up in this place, I got zapped here! I woke up in a forest in the middle of nowhere, and these weird pokemon with lights on their arms chased me and hit me with this attack. The next thing I know I’m here. I really have been here for a week.”

    “A week? All on your own?” Seviper scoffed. “Likely story.”

    “Not alone,” Riolu shook his head. “There’s a whole clan of litwick back in the woods that looked after me. They were looking for a way out of here, but they eat fear. They needed me to give them fear to eat.”

    Brionne kept her attack stance, but Riolu could tell she was having second thoughts.

    “Why’d you leave?” Seviper asked firmly.

    “Last night, I saw this pillar of light appear in the sky. I wanted to go investigate,” Riolu said. I thought I would be there and right back, but it was farther away than I thought. There was something out there in the woods. It tried to chase me, but I got away. And then I came across this place.”

    “And you don’t remember anything.”

    Riolu shook his head. “Nothing before I woke up in those woods. I’m telling the truth, I swear! If I was one of those monsters that attacked me last night I would have attacked you by now!”

    Seviper and Brionne exchanged looks.

    “It is a complicated alibi for a Shadow,” Brionne admitted.

    Seviper sighed.

    Fine,” she said. “But we’re taking him to Wartortle before anything else happens.”

    ~\({O})/~

    The two of them hoisted Riolu up with flippers and tails, and began to drag him across the dunes of rust-red sand. It wasn’t five minutes of travelling before the sounds of distant noise began to reach Riolu. His ears pricked up, and then so did he. That sounded like…

    And then, after they’d passed the crest of the last rust-red dune, he saw it. All the way from the near distance to the coastline of a blood-red sea, long, paw-made tents covered the dusty ground, and occupying those tents were hundreds of living, breathing pokemon, wonderful living beings! Noticing that Riolu was fidgeting a lot in excitement, Brionne and Seviper let Riolu down.

    “Don’t run,” Seviper hissed in his ear. Eager not to get on her bad side and feel the crushing sensation of her coils around his midsection again, he hurriedly nodded. Seviper and Brionne led him down towards the civilization.

    All around there were pokemon going about their day, but none of them paid Riolu any mind. They all looked like they had just reached the end of a very long journey. Seviper and Brionne dragged Riolu towards the center, where a somewhat grander tent stood.

    “Where are you taking me?” Riolu asked, looking at the tent.

    “Quiet,” said Seviper. “We need to make sure you’re the real deal. Wartortle will see to that.”

    They approached the tent, where a line of pokemon had already amassed. They took issue as Brionne and Seviper pushed past them.

    “Hey!” one of them, a joltik, squeaked out angrily. “What’s the deal? No pushing in line!”

    “This is important,” Seviper hissed back.

    “We found an outsider,” Brionne quickly added, hoping to avoid a conflict. "It's urgent."

    The joltik looked mighty annoyed, but settled for grumbling to itself instead. It cleared the way for Brionne and Seviper to pass.

    They dragged Riolu into the tent, and it took a moment for his eyes to adjust to the candle-lit darkness. Inside, a largeish, turtle-like pokemon was studying several charts and stone tablets intently.

    “Hmm?” he asked as Brionne and Seviper entered. He looked up, his face immediately twisting into something bemused when he saw the three pokemon staring at him from the doorway. He set the tablet aside. “And do what do I owe the pleasure of seeing the two of you? ...And apparently a strangled riolu,” he added, glancing at Riolu in confusion.

    Brionne nudged Riolu forward.

    “Explain yourself.”

    Riolu did. He told Wartortle about waking up, the strange pokemon who had hunted him down, the litwick, Reverse Mountain, the pillar of light, and his amnesia. All through the story Wartortle nodded and hmmm’d in thought, but he stayed interested. His eyes looked like they were piecing things together even as Riolu said them. At the end, when Riolu had finished talking, Wartortle set aside the stone tablet he had had in his lap, and stared directly at Riolu.

    “I think the three of you should stay for a little while,” he said.

    ~\({O})/~

    “Every so often, the world we live in is struck by a major crisis,” Wartortle began. “Natural disasters, the decay of time, an apocalypse of ice and snow. I’ve lived through it all, and I fear that we are in the midst of another. But for every apocalypse, there is a savior. A single Chosen One who must bear the burden of saving the world for all pokemon who live on it. I was the first of these saviors, sent in to combat a meteor that ran off its natural course. The second worked at the most prestigious exploration guild of its time, and the third helped found the largest city on the planet. If your story is true, then you may very well be the fourth.”

    Riolu and Brionne didn’t make a sound as Wartortle spoke. He picked up one of the tablets, and set it down in front of them. “These tablets were found on the Air Continent, where I and everymon in this encampment come from. They were written in ancient Human text; thus, I am the only ‘mon present who can decipher them without studying their language.” He pushed it towards Riolu. “Read.”

    Riolu looked at the tablets, staring at nonsense. He didn’t recognize any of the markings, but when he read over the words he somehow knew what they said.

    “We have been here forty-two days now,” Riolu said, his eyes flicking over the nonsense as he read. “There’s no internet. No power. No cell-phone reception. Not another person or pokemon to be seen. These stone tablets are the only method of preserving information now. At night, they come for us, and we cannot keep driving them off. I fear we will not see the morning at this rate. There’s nothing to eat. Nothing to drink. No way out.”

    Riolu looked at Wartortle, who cleared his throat.

    “…It’s an improper translation, but close enough.” Wartortle took back the tablet, but even Riolu could see that his face lit up with hope. “Your story checks out. You are the chosen one. You are the fourth Human. And…” Wartortle’s claws began to shake with excitement.

    “There’s a lot we have to go over. If the three of you will stay just a little longer…”

    ~\({O})/~

    Wartortle hopped to life like a slowpoke who had just been given all the energy of a young pichu. He sprinted to and from all the old books and tablets that lay around his tent, arranging things like a presentation. The line outside had been called off long ago. Off to the side, Riolu and Brionne were made to sit. Seviper had left long ago.

    “So who is Wartortle?” Riolu asked as he leaned against the tent. “He looks important.”

    “He is important,” Brionne said. “He’s the leader of the Rescuer’s Guild in Pokemon Plaza. Or… he’s the last living leader. This is the happiest I’ve seen him in a while.”

    “Last living?” Riolu asked. “What happened to the others?”

    “What do you think happened?” Brionne lowered her voice, then looked at Wartortle to make sure he hadn’t heard. He was still stacking books. “Void Shadow got ‘em.”

    “Are the Shadows those monsters that come out at night?” Riolu pried.

    “Yes,” Brionne answered in a whisper. “They… they absorb pokemon. Wartortle has a few theories on what happens after that, but we don’t know where they go. And his theories are… far-fetched, for lack of a better word. I think he’s too hopeful, honestly.”

    Riolu nodded silently.

    “There’s one Void Shadow in particular you need to watch out for,” Brionne continued. “Wartortle calls it Nyarlathotep, from some book he read. It’s bigger than all the others. Stronger. We think it commands them.” She leaned in close. “That’s what killed the rest of Team Go-Getters.”

    “All ready!” Wartortle gestured from the other side of the tent. “Both of you, over here. I need to show you what I’ve been planning to get us out of here.”

    He pushed another tablet towards Riolu. “That last tablet I gave you wasn’t the whole story. There is a whole series of these, which I have poured over relentlessly. This is the only one that matters. Read.”

    “Last week one of ours went on a journey towards the mountain,” Riolu read. “Today we saw it erupt in a pillar of light that stayed in the sky for over a day. Tomorrow, we hope to complete the same journey. This will be the last entry I leave here. I wish well to any others who find this stone. May you also escape this evil place.”

    “Now initially, my plan was to give us some time to rest before we continue on towards the mountain. Our journey here was long and relentless. But then that beam of light shooting up into the sky! And then we met you… it must be a sign. We set out tomorrow. Huzzah!!” Wartortle jumped into the air in joy, then quickly hurry-scurried towards the entrance of the tent.

    “Hey,” he said to the furret guarding the tent, his voice hushed and joyful. “Give the order. We leave tomorrow, for a way back to the real world! Spread the good news!”

    The furret’s dull face brightened up. It nodded eagerly, before scampering off in manic excitement. Wartortle turned back to Brionne and Riolu. “Bryony, you are not to let him out of your sight the whole way there!”

    Riolu looked at Brionne after Wartortle had gone. She grinned sheepishly; whether it was out of embarrassment or general excitement Riolu couldn’t tell.

    “And… yeah. Bryony’s my name,” she said. “Might as well learn it.”

    ~\({O})/~

    The Ancient Barrow

    ~Espurr~

    “So you’re a Human,” Espurr breathed as they hiked through the dark, crooked, slime-covered caverns. “Just like me.”

    “Yeah,” Riolu said. “Been here a month.” He took a turn down another corridor, and Espurr followed. Then it clicked. He spun around in the swamp, staring at her in wide-eyed shock.

    “Wait—you’re a Human too??” he asked. Espurr nodded. Riolu quickened his pace.

    “Then you need to stick with me,” he said. “The sooner we can leave this place, the better." He started trudging forward with renewed determination. "We just need to find the stairs.”

    “I can’t.” Espurr shook her head.

    “Wha—“ Riolu turned around. “Why not?”

    “I came here with five other pokemon,” Espurr said. “They’re still up in the dungeon. I’m not leaving without them.”

    Riolu was still for a minute. There was a brief silence between them.

    “It’s here in the dungeon, you know,” Riolu said. “Nyarlathotep. And if you guys got separated, then… your friends are probably dead. Sorry to say.”

    No. That wasn’t true. Espurr refused to believe that. She shook her head silently. There had to be a way to tell. There just had to be…

    Espurr shut her eyes, and reached out with her sixth sense. Somewhere, if she reached far enough, there just had to be some kind of tell, some evidence that they were still alive. Because if they weren’t she didn’t…

    Espurr experienced something completely foreign to her in her three weeks of life—a single tear fell down her cheek. And her eyes were brimming up with more of them. She squinted them shut, forcing the tears out. Breathing heavily, she wiped them from her eyelids, fighting back the pressure that was beginning to build under her ear-flaps. No. She couldn’t break down. Not here. Not now. Not when she knew they were still alive. And she knew they were still alive. They had to be. She’d figure out why she knew later, she’d find some reason, some train of logic—

    “I’m sorry, but it’s true,” Riolu stressed from where he was standing. “If we don’t get out of here, then none of us are leaving—”

    The walls began to shift again around them, accompanied by a gurgling noise. Espurr’s head snapped towards it; she gladly took the opportunity to banish the grief from her head.

    “We stayed still too long,” she said. “Run!”

    An arm shot out of the goo, and both Espurr and Riolu sprang into action.

    ~\({O})/~

    Wartortle’s Colony ~ Nighttime

    ~Riolu~

    Riolu awoke to the sound of distant chaos and howling outside. The flaps of the tent they were in were being battered by a strong wind. If it weren’t sealed they would have been blown open by now. Alongside him rose Bryony, who was seeing and hearing the same thing.

    Opening the tent flaps, they saw that the camp had devolved into a frenzied chaos. And the reason dawned upon them quickly: In the distance to the north, a wall of red dust was approaching. It howled and raged, bringing winds stronger than the ones battering the tents now, and it was going to swallow their camp in just—

    —Riolu’s vision suddenly swam with red particles. Dust engulfed the camp, and the strong winds howled and threatened to blow the tents clean away. It was nearly impossible to see more than six feet in either direction. It was all Riolu could do to keep the dust out of his eyes, and any of the pokemon he could see around him were doing the same. Even Bryony was squinting.

    Then, over the raging winds, clearly audible above it all: A loud, droning roar that heightened in pitch until it was a bloodcurdling screech.

    “VOID SHADOW!” came an accompanying shout through the dust that was much closer.

    zLucfMZ.png


    The pokemon in the immediate vicinity quickly started to panic even more.

    “It’s Nyarlathotep!”

    “They're coming for us!”

    “Calm down!” Even the raging and howling of the storm wasn’t enough to trump Wartortle’s shout. “They’re still far out. We have enough time to prepare. Anymon able to fight, join me at the front lines. We're going to hold them back. The rest of you start the pack up process. We need to retreat.”

    “What’s happening?” Riolu asked.

    “Shadows,” Byrony said. “They’re attacking.”

    They were quickly interrupted by a pair of pokemon tromping past them, quicjly headed in the direction of the front lines.

    “You two!” That was Wartortle. Riolu and Bryony looked back towards the turtle pokemon, who was ushering them back towards him. “With me.”

    Wartortle led them back into an empty side tent and sat them down.

    “You’re going with the evacuation caravan. We’ll hold them off at the front lines until everymon’s ready to go.”

    “How did they find us?”

    “They attack every other week or so,” Bryony explained. “We can outrun them, but they always catch up. But they’ve never had a storm before…”

    “And the last attack was only a day ago,” Wartortle added, thinking. “If this was a coincidence, I’ll be darned. The storm is strategic. It lowers our visibility. We’ll be lucky to escape with half the camp if we don’t flee effectively.”

    “Guildmaster Wartortle!” The furret from before poked its head into the tent, trying to shake the dust out of its fur. “They’re getting close.”

    “Acknowledged,” Wartortle said. He walked back towards the tent, looking back at Riolu and Bryony. “Remember: With the escape caravan. Don’t dawdle.”

    Riolu and Bryony nodded.

    “Good luck,” Wartortle said. “I’ll see you on the other side.” And then he ducked through the tent flaps. Just like that, he was gone.

    That left Riolu and Bryony to sit inside the tent, waiting for the caravan that was supposed to be forming to make itself visible through the storm. The tent flaps stayed wide open, lifted by the storm’s winds, but the caravan never came.

    All they could hear were the disturbing sounds in the distance. Distant screams, the crashing of supplies and debris, and more often than anything else, the droning screeches that cut through the blowing wind.

    “We should go,” Bryony said, after a few minutes of waiting.

    “What about the caravan?” Riolu asked.

    “I don’t think it’s coming,l" Bryony said. "Somemon usually shows up by now.”

    The sudden noise of an explosion nearby caught their attention before anything else could be said. It was followed by the sound of several pokemon’s screams, and it was far too close for comfort.

    “We can worry about that as it comes,” Bryony hissed over the weather. “Move now.”

    Riolu couldn’t disagree. Then they both bolted for the tent flaps.

    Riolu peeked out, checking both ways to make sure the coast was clear. A wall of rust slammed into his face, making him retract his snout into the tent almost instantly. He pulled his head back in, coughing. “I can’t see anyth—”

    But they could hear. The howling of the wind to the right, an explosion to the left. The battle was that way.

    “This way,” he said, pointing to the right. Bryony nodded, and they quickly slipped out the tent.

    They ran, bolting away from the battle and all the screaming. The storm had gotten stronger; it was almost impossible to see anything in it now. Riolu could barely see the outlines of the other half-packed tents through all the rust-red dust, and he had to squint to keep it out of his eyes.

    There were pokemon dying back there, and the concept was just becoming solid in his mind. It made him woozy, and only the fear of falling and dying himself stopped him from tripping over his own feet that suddenly felt as clumsy as when he'd woken up with them. Riolu heard the shrieks behind him as he ran, and he tried to cover his ears with his paws. But his face, battered relentlessly with red sand, needed the attention more.

    Something enormous suddenly crashed into the tent up ahead of them—

    Riolu and Bryony skidded to a stop in their tracks. The monster reared its head, and Riolu saw that it looked like a blaziken, but something was very off. The texture was all wrong, and the head was a mix between red feathers and the long, tubular, jet-black head of something else. Its many sharp, needle teeth met the air as a ropelike tongue extended out between them. And it had no eyes.

    “This way!” Bryony shouted over the wind, and so Riolu did. They went left, hoping the monster hadn’t noticed them.

    The camp was completely ruined by now. Tents had been torn off their foundations by the storm’s wind. Wares and belongings lay speared on debris, while papers, food, and books torn to shreds by the storm flew through the air. Supply crates were in shambles, and the few pokemon that could be seen were either running in terror or helplessly looking for others in vain. The scene was still a sea of red rust, and neither Riolu nor Bryony could see more than hazy silhouettes a few feet out. They didn’t know which direction to run in anymore. Where was the front line—no, where had it been? And where was the way out?

    “Which way do we go??” Riolu yelled out to Bryony over the howling of the wind.

    Bryony looked around. “There has to be somewhere!” she yelled back to him. “I—I don’t know! I don’t—“ she continued to stammer to herself, looking for some way ahead, any way ahead. There was a loud thud behind them. The thud of a loud footstep. Then another. Riolu spun around to see that the blaziken monster from before was stomping towards them. Scarlet feathers retreated into its body, replaced with black goo that oozed out from the gaps. Black, muscular arms stretched out of its form, and impossibly sharp claws speared the sand. An uncanny mouth of fangs glistened amongst an ovular head as black as the rest of it. Dropping down into a hunch, the Void Shadow let out a beckoning call that droned up on into a screech.

    “R-run!” Riolu stammered out, and suddenly the direction they ran in wasn’t an issue anymore. He and Bryony turned tail to flee the best they could.

    The Void Shadow bounded towards them, closing the gap in no time. It batted Bryony to the side effortlessly and lunged for Riolu—

    “Oi!”

    A cascade of water slammed into the Void Shadow from the side, sending it flying off into the distance. It slammed against a still-standing tent, crushing it to the ground. Riolu looked over to see Wartortle approaching through the storm from the opposite direction. His right leg had been twisted out of shape and wasn't in fit condition for walking, yet he was limping over to where Riolu was intently.

    Bryony had made her way back over to Riolu at this point.

    “Wartortle!” she cried out. “Sir! Are you okay? What happened to your leg?”

    “Go,” he said urgently. “You’re too important to lose.”

    “No, come with us!” she pleaded.

    “I can’t,” Wartortle said. He glanced in the direction the Void Shadow had been thrown, making sure it hadn’t gotten up yet. “Not with this leg, I’ll slow you down too much. Leave while you can.”

    “You’re going to die if we leave!” Bryony said. “We’ll find a healer, just let us help you!”

    Nothing came from Wartortle’s mouth, but his eyes reflected Bryony’s answer: I know.

    Riolu faltered.

    “Bryony…” he said. “We should go.”

    From behind Wartortle, the Void Shadow suddenly bounded out—

    Wartortle spun on his feet and blasted the Void Shadow back with another torrent of water. The Void Shadow was sent flying back once again; the motion of turning on his mangled right leg around sent Wartortle falling to his knees.

    He gasped in pain, looking at Riolu and Bryony.

    “What are you still doing here?” he spat, his voice hoarse from dust and pain. “Go! Get! Fly, you fools!”

    The Void Shadow approached from the depths of the storm once more. It sniffed the air, and its head snapped towards Riolu and Bryony—

    “Oy! Nyarlathotep!” Wartortle cried out from where he was laying, staring the void shadow down. A third water attack poked a sizeable gash in the Shadow’s neck. It wasn’t as effective as it had been before. Nyarlathotep snarled loudly, then spun towards where Wartortle was. Then it bounded over to Wartortle and grabbed him by the neck.

    “No! Stop!” Bryony shouted. Nyarlathotep’s attention snapped back to Bryony, but Wartortle bit down upon its hand. A high-pressure water stream blew half of Nyarlathotep’s claws away. His eyes focused on Riolu and Bryony both, broadcasting the last message he'd ever send: Run.

    Nyarlathotep screeched in rage. It squeezed its claws down hard, harder, squeezing the breath out of Watortle…

    There was a sickening snap, and Wartortle went limp.

    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Plaza ~ Air Continent

    Broad Daylight

    In the deserted main square of Pokemon Plaza, hundreds of stone statues began to quiver in place. A high-pitched hum reverberated all around the plaza. Then the statues all exploded, one after the other, into shards and slivers of stone.

    ~\({O})/~

    Ravaged Colony

    Nyarlathotep’s body seemed to expand. The mangled remains of Wartortle were sucked into Its chest, and then Nyarlathotep Itself turned back to look at Riolu and Bryony.

    But they were already gone.

    They both ran, through the wreckage of broken and burning tents. Through the relentless dust storm. Through the silence, the everlasting, ever-burning silence, until there was nothing but dust and the howling of the wind. All the Void Shadows had gone. After stumbling down the steep slope of a sand dune, Riolu and Bryony collapsed in a sand hovel on the other side of the hill.

    Silence remained, terror and grief filling the absence of voice. At some point, the two of them drifted off, among the howling winds and the sea of red outside their burrow.

    Only the howling of the wind and Nyarlathotep’s horrific screeches kept them company.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the week!

    The Shortening of The Way -- Hans Zimmer
     
    Last edited:
    2~Twelve - Void and Shadow
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter23ArtNew.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER TWELVE: VOID AND SHADOW

    ~\({O})/~

    Ruined Colony

    ~Riolu~

    The storm was gone the next morning, when the sky turned blood-red again. Shattered pieces of debris littered the sand outside, and as far as the barren landscape could be seen, everything was silent.

    Empty.

    Dead.

    Riolu slowly rose from his spot inside the little hovel, staring blankly into the red distance and waiting for yesterday’s events to come back to him. When they did, he suddenly felt much less peppy. Next to him, Bryony slept, looking as tired as he felt.

    “Come on…” Riolu muttered, shaking the sleeping form of Bryony awake. “Get up!”

    Bryony stirred, groaning incoherently. She slowly sat up, looking at Riolu wearily.

    “Wha… What happened?” she yawned. “I had the worst nightmare last night.”

    Riolu frowned, then took a deep breath. “I’ll bet it was more than just a nightmare.”

    Exiting the hovel they had fallen asleep in, Riolu and Bryony walked around the debris and back up the dune they’d slept under. Where there had once been a bustling camp, what met them now was a space that had been swept clean. Anything that lay around on the ground still was either too large to be blown away, had caught on something, or was half-embedded in the sand.

    If any survivors had remained, none called out to the two of them as they traversed the wreckage Bryony’s pigtails flopped down in horror as she gazed around at the ruins of the camp they were walking through.

    “They…” she gasped, but couldn’t bring herself to say anything further. An uncomfortable silence dragged over them.

    “We should scavenge before we go,” Riolu said, trying to draw attention off the tragedy before them. “Maybe they left something for us to eat.”

    Bryony’s flippers trembled.

    “I just need… five minutes…”

    She didn’t look at him. Riolu just nodded, then walked off into what remained of the campsite. He was shaken too. He’d find something for the journey back in the meantime.

    The sound of distant wails floated in on the wind.


    ~\({O})/~

    Just like Riolu had thought, the camp had a lot of food lying around, ripe for the picking. Unfortunately, little of that food was still in edible condition. Withered roots and the husks of what once could have been fruit lay on the ground, bruised and mashed beyond repair. The portable silo that held the water had collapsed in the storm, and had turned a good portion of the sand to sludge and mud. Riolu picked whatever bits and pieces he could get off the ground in edible condition, and eventually gave up on the prospect of water that wasn’t from the blood sea.

    He handed a smelly root to Bryony on his way back from the camp.

    “…What’s this?” she asked after a minute, looking down at it.

    “Food,” Riolu said. “I ate them for a week, and others must have been eating them too.”

    “There were fruits on the Air Continent,” Bryony said, sniffing the root. “I know because we took some with us.”

    “Well, not anymore,” Riolu said. “They were all smashed to mush.”

    He took a bite from his own root, grimacing slightly at the bitter, rotten taste before walking forward in the direction of the mountain. Even from here, they could see it.

    Reverse Mountain became a beacon for them as they travelled, a final destination that was always visible and ever-present. Riolu walked back through the seas of rust-red sand, passing the tree-tangled hearts without much commotion. At one point, he bent over and began to hack away bits and pieces of the roots with his paws. Bryony watched him in silent horror as he chopped away at the roots, finally picking up two small ones and handing one to Bryony for lunch.

    “Did you just…” Riolu heard Bryony mutter in shock behind him, but she was quickly silent after that.

    It was half a day’s journey back to the ruins of that old village, and Riolu quickly led Bryony towards where he knew the Litwick’s clearing was.

    “It’s just this way,” he said to her as they walked. The mountain’s large figure loomed above them, much more ominous now than it had been from a distance. It was the kind of thing Riolu tried to avoid looking at for some reason, only daring to glance up at it in short bursts or out of the corner of his eye. Eventually, they entered the clearing where the litwick had been, but found that it was empty. Just like when he had first entered. Maybe they were just hiding because of Bryony.

    “I’m back!” he hollered out. “Sorry for leaving!”

    Only silence greeted him. Riolu tilted his head. No, that wasn’t right. They must have been hiding.

    “Anymon there?” he called out again. Silence greeted him. Not even the wind whistled through the rotting branches of the trees.

    “C’mon guys!” Riolu yelled. “This isn’t funny!”

    He couldn’t hear any answer. Bryony tilted her head at him.

    “Solosis?!” Riolu called out. “Anymon?!”

    “There’s no-mon here,” Bryony said.

    “But there was!” Riolu argued, spinning around to look at her. His eyes were wide, the expression on his face worried and desperate. “There were over a hundred litwick here just yesterday! And somemon called ‘Solosis’ too! Where could they all have gone?”

    “You won’t like the answer,” Bryony said, folding her flippers.

    “What does that mean?” Riolu asked loudly in distress.

    “It’s just like what happened to my pokemon,” Bryony said. “There’s only one reason over a hundred pokemon disappear in one day: A Shadow got ‘em. That, or they all decided to move at once. But that’s unlikely. You have to assume the worst.”

    “They have to have moved somewhere,” Riolu said, shaking his head. “I’m not going to believe a Void Shadow got them. Not until I see it with my own eyes.”

    “You’re seeing it now!” Bryony snapped, suddenly raising her voice. This was beginning to get to her. “Did anything you saw last night stick? They carve destruction in their paths, and they leave nothing behind. They’re gone, Riolu; you have to assume they’re gone.” She took a moment to breathe. “Just… keep it together. We both have to keep it together.”

    Riolu’s gaze lowered, and he was silent. He began to trudge off in the direction of the mountain.

    “I still want to look for them. We’ll find them. I know we will.”

    But the forests as they went stayed empty.

    “Solosis—the leader of that litwick group—she said she would come up to that mountain every day and look for a way out,” Riolu said, as they headed up a largish hill on the way to the mountain. Riolu could see a trio of buildings at the very top, and Reverse Mountain loomed over it all in the distance. “But she always came back at the end of the day with nothing.”

    “Did you ever go there with her?” Bryony asked, inching her way up the hill after him with her flippers.

    “No, I’ve only been here a week,” Riolu muttered. They reached the top of the hill, stopping at a fork in the road.

    “Around that building,” he said, pointing at the ruins of the large house directly in front of him. To both the left and right lay two other buildings, both in similar condition. One was smaller, shaped like a hut, while the other was a long, stone warehouse. A path led around the remains of the middle one and straight down the hill. Riolu braced himself, and then slid down the hill on his rump.

    He left Bryony behind. She tried to slide after him, but ended up hitting a rock and tumbled all the way down instead. She crashed into Riolu from behind, and they both tumbled to the ground in a heap.

    “Ow..:” Riolu grumbled, rubbing his head and looking down at the ground. He saw large roots, staring him straight in the face. And they smelled putrid. Riolu’s eyes followed the roots are far as they could, watching them snake and tangle their way through the ground until they spiraled up and around another beating tree-heart in the distance.

    Bryony lifted herself back up, gazing at the same thing Riolu was.

    “What are these things…” Riolu found himself mouthing. They were the most consistent thing he’d seen in the landscape, and so far no-mon had explained just what they were.

    “It was only a theory,” Bryony began, but then paused for a minute. “But I think they’re mystery dungeons.”

    “What’s a mystery dungeon?” Riolu picked himself up and began to walk through the mess of roots. Bryony followed, but she had a harder time of navigating the roots than Riolu did.

    “Mystery dungeons are… places that don’t make sense. They form over completely ordinary spots of land and then they twist them. The insides look like a maze, made out of whatever the dungeon formed over. And at the center, there’s an Anchorstone—the original spot of land that the dungeon formed on, hidden deep in its depths. There are land dungeons, water dungeons, sky dungeons… Wartortle was even considering the possibility of a dungeon out beyond the stars.”

    "Mystery dungeon..." Riolu thought for a moment. “You think that’s what’s on top of Reverse Mountain?”

    “No-mon knows,” Bryony said. “I’d like the way back, myself.”

    There was nothing else to say, and they walked at a steady pace in silence. Soon, they reached the base of Reverse Mountain.

    Even from this close, the mountain shone, and Riolu could feel the heat pulsing from it. It vibrated through the air, and all of the sudden Riolu felt like he was standing in a fire. And then he saw what had puzzled Solosis all this time: From the very bottom of the mountain up to a point that Riolu couldn’t see was a jagged, insurmountable cliff. It looked like large pieces of the stone had been carved out, leaving a steep arch that spread outward and ended far higher than either Riolu or Bryony could ever hope to reach.

    And even if you could fly over, the mountain above was almost too hot to touch. Riolu didn't want to think about how it was higher up.

    “How do we climb that?” Bryony asked. Riolu could only give one answer.

    “I don’t know if we can,”


    ~\({O})/~

    Now

    The Ancient Barrow

    ~Espurr~

    Riolu and Espurr ran down the Barrow’s narrow halls, splashing in the swamp water as they went. They could still hear the Shadow lurking in the distance behind them.

    “Where are you taking us?” Espurr called out as they ran.

    “The next floor up!” Riolu called back.

    The goo ahead of them sudden began to bubble. Exhausted as she was, Espurr directed a beam of mental energy directly into the water, which flared up and slammed into the wall. The Shadow retreated into the goo just long enough for Espurr and Riolu to pass and round a corner.

    “But the floors go down here,” Espurr yelled to Riolu as they ran. “Not up!”

    “Think again,” Riolu replied, not even looking at her. “Look!”

    He pointed ahead, and then Espurr saw what he did: just ahead of them was the Staircase. It led up, its perfect steps shining despite being surrounded on all sides by filth.

    “Hey, what are you waiting for?” Riolu yelled from ahead, noticing that she had slowed down. “Do you want Nyarlathotep to get you?”

    Espurr considered her options. The Stairs weren’t supposed to lead up. What if that was the final Staircase, and they both exited the dungeon? That would mean Tricky and the rest of them were still behind her. But at the same time… being caught by Nyarlathotep over indecision wasn’t an option either.

    “Hey!” Riolu called out. “Creepy cat! Snap out of it!”

    “It’s Espurr,” Espurr said. And then the walls began to shift again, so she ran like the wind. She reached Riolu, who grabbed her arm and pulled them both onto the Stairway. They vanished together, and the next thing Espurr and Riolu knew they were deposited straight onto the swamp water of another dungeon floor. Espurr let out a breath of relief, looking around the cavern in surprise. So the floors did go up here…

    They both sat there in the swamp for a moment, catching their breaths. Nyarlathotep didn’t follow.


    ~\({O})/~

    Then

    The Voidlands

    ~Riolu~

    It had been roughly a week, and both Riolu and Bryony had come to the depressing conclusion: There was no way to scale Reverse Mountain. Not by themselves, anyway. The cliff was made of stone; you couldn't dig into it with paws or flippers. Climbing it the conventional way was out of the question, since the steep, cave-like arch all around the bottom of the mountain required defiance of gravity to scale. And neither Riolu nor Bryony could fly.

    Riolu was stumped, as was Bryony; soon they fell into a routine of collecting roots from heart-trees in the area for food and searching for another way out in the meantime. Riolu started exploring the remains of the nearby village during the day. Perhaps there might have been something he could find there.

    As the week passed, he found things. Ruined things, but still things he could use to build with. He didn’t know what Bryony was up to, but Riolu came up with a nifty plan on his own: If he couldn’t pierce the stone of Reverse Mountain with his own digging paws, he’d do it with a grappling hook! Now all he had to do was build one.

    The wrecked buildings in what was once the center of town had many more odds and ends to choose from than the ones on the town outskirts. Riolu nicked a few sharp knives from the large building in the center, and some rope from the stall to the left. There was a burnt tent to the southeast side of the square that held nothing useful. Riolu kicked some of the ruined tent remains aside, slinging the rope and knife over his shoulder. It didn’t look like there was anything else here. He looked up at the sky; having just finished turning from black to its usual blood red. There was still a while to go.

    Riolu suddenly caught sight of movement from behind him. He spun around—had a void shadow snuck up on him unawares?

    But what he saw was the fuzzy, faint outline of what looked like a pokemon his size, heading into one of the ruined houses in the square. It spared a look outside, glancing in Riolu’s general direction for a second. Riolu quickly hid behind the tent frame with his rope and knife. It was a few moments before he peeked out again.

    As the fear wore off, curiosity overtook him. What was that? Slowly, Riolu dropped the supplies he was holding, and crept out of hiding, tiptoeing over to the house. He stepped over what little remained of the wall, heading down the hallway once he realized what was once the parlor was empty. He peeked into the room on the left, and caught sight of the figure—

    Startled, Riolu lost his balance for a minute. He stumbled into the dresser on the right, creating a loud ‘bang!’. Then, he caught his bearings and quickly darted out of the room. The last he saw of the figure was it quickly sitting up and looking in his direction.


    ~\({O})/~

    “What’s that?” Bryony asked, eyeing the rope and knives Riolu had slung over his shoulder. She had a sack that was also collected from the nearby town, filled with more of the gross-smelling roots. The sunless sky was beginning to turn deeper and deeper shades of red, signaling the coming of nightfall. They had been foraging the whole day.

    “It’s something for the mountain,” Riolu said, fiddling with one of the blades. “Maybe we can pierce it this way and climb up.”

    “What about that big tree?” Bryony asked.

    “What about it?"

    The big tree could be seen from anywhere in the near vicinity. It was a beating heart-tree just like all the non-blackened trees in this place were, but it stretched far above anything else. At some point it had to have engulfed some island in the large lake out south of town, but its roots slunk out of the water and onto dry land from all sides.

    "I passed it a couple of times yesterday, and I was pretty sure I saw some kind of door there," Bryony said. "But I was carrying that sack and the bridge going over there looks rickety, so I didn't take a look. I think it’s worth checking out. You think we should do that when…” she looked up at the blackening sky, hesitant to say ‘day’. “…When the sky’s red again?”

    Riolu wasn't sure how well Bryony could see him still now that the light was disappearing, but he nodded. It was worth a try.


    ~\({O})/~

    Slowly coming to. The reddening of the sky came earlier than Riolu thought, but he rose with it anyway. Bryony was still sound asleep, snoring next to him. He didn’t try to wake her. There was something he wanted to try… maybe if he took this opportunity now, he could finish and be back here before she woke at all.

    He made the trek up to Reverse Mountain with his knife and rope in hand. The mountain glowed bright, lighting his way. Riolu had spent some of last night tying his equipment together together, even though he didn’t know the first thing about tying knots and his stubby paws didn’t help with that in the least. He just had to hope it held together well.

    The base of Reverse Mountain was as hard and volcanic as ever. Riolu felt flustered and started panting just from the heat. He looked up, and saw the stop of that large curved arch above him. Was this really a good idea? The heat was sweltering; how could he expect to climb if it would be like this the whole way up?

    But there was nothing to do but try. Riolu let the rope he held go slack until the tip of knife hit the sand below him with a thump. Then he started swinging. Over and over in circles, the knife gaining more momentum as it went—

    —Riolu’s eyes widened and he quickly ducked just before the knife could clip off a good portion of his ear. The knife flew high over his head and embedded itself deep into stone. There, it quivered in place.

    Losing his balance, Riolu fell backwards onto the ground. Hearing the sound of the knife embedding itself into the stone, he looked around and saw the knife’s blade sticking out of the rock high above, over the arches and at the very start of where the mountain properly began. Had it… had it been a success?

    Riolu quickly jumped to his feet, scurrying over and pulling on the handle. It gave, but not without some resistance. Riolu pulled out the knife, but the momentum sent him falling back and landing on his tail. The knife hit the sand some meters in front of him with another thwump.

    Riolu groaned from the pain in his tail. He rubbed his backside as he stood up, the rope still in his paw. His eyes locked onto the knife in the sand; his heart jumped. It had worked. It had really worked! He quickly pulled on the rope, bringing the knife further back through the sand towards him. He reached down to pick it up, but found himself recoiling seconds afterwards—it was hot to the touch.

    Still, this was a breakthrough! Hot as it was, they had a way to climb up now. He had to get back to Bryony. Letting the knife drag behind him in the sand, Riolu quickly headed back towards the forest behind him with a fevered excitement.


    ~\({O})/~

    Village Square

    By the time that Riolu made it back to the forest clearing, Bryony was already long gone. For a moment, a pit of dread formed in his stomach, one that made him want to vomit— Had she been… taken? Were the Shadows already here?

    But if they were here, then Riolu knew this clearing was no longer safe. It was better to go to the ruined village, where there was some kind of shelter to hide behind.

    It wasn’t until he reached the deserted village square that he caught sight of Bryony sliding herself down the pathway towards the south side of town. He quickly ran to catch up with her.

    “Bryony!” he called out, catching up. Bryony looked back at him, her face relaxing into some kind of relief as she saw him.

    “Where were you?” Riolu panted out as he caught up. “I saw the camp deserted and I thought…”

    “I thought the same thing.” Bryony said curtly. She turned her nose up and continued to slide herself along, not even sparing another look at Riolu. “If you were going to leave, you should have said something to me. I had no choice but to assume a Shadow got you.”

    Riolu folded his arms, puffed out his cheeks, and made a loud ‘pfffffff’ noise. Touché.

    The knife was still dragging behind them. It scraped on cobblestones, making a loud, upsetting grinding sound. Quickly, the rope was coiled up again and slung on Riolu’s shoulder.

    “So where are we going?” he asked a moment later.

    “I’m going to check out that tree I told you about last night,” Bryony said. “I just… I have this feeling about it. I want to check.”

    Riolu was silent after that. Only the knife, swinging idly from the rope slung over Riolu’s shoulder, made any noise.

    “There it is,” Bryony said after a while. They had outwalked nearly all the houses at this point, and the biggest thing ahead of them was a hill with a large dead tree trunk on it. But to their right, out on the island, was the truly massive tree Bryony had talked about. It extended up into the sky, so tall that it was hard to see the top. And sure enough, in the middle of the bottom, the roots looked like they had grown around a small hovel of an entrance. The only path leading to it was a single, rickety bridge that looked like it could collapse at any moment. Riolu stared at it hesitantly.

    “…Are you sure?” he asked.

    “Why not?” Bryony answered. “What have we got to lose?

    “You two are wasting your time.”

    Both Riolu and Bryony spun around. Bryony’s eyes lightened at what she saw.

    “Charlotte!” she gasped. Seviper Charlotte slithered up from the path down south, a ragged look upon her face.

    “I… have been tailing you guys… for almost a week now…” she gasped out.

    Bryony suddenly rushed forward and enveloped Charlotte in a hug.

    “I thought you were dead!!” she bawled out, burying her face in Charlotte’s scales. Charlotte tolerated the hug as well as she could, but Riolu could see undercurrents of annoyance.

    “Anyways,” Charlotte said, gently shaking Bryony off herself, “There’s nothing in that hovel. I camped out in there last night. It’s all just swamp water and muck.”

    “But…” Bryony wiped the tears from her eyes and looked at the house. “There’s no hurt in looking, right?”

    Riolu’s head tilted.

    “Yeah,” he said. “Why only show up now?”

    Charlotte didn’t answer that. For a second, she went completely still.

    “So where do you guys camp out?” she asked instead. “I haven’t had a comfortable place to sleep for over a week.”

    “We don’t exactly sleep in beds…” Bryony said.

    “What about my question?” Riolu asked. Charlotte glanced at him.

    “I didn’t hear you ask any question.”

    “I asked why you only showed up now if you've been tailing us for a week,” Riolu said. He gripped the rope the knife was attached to, just in case. Charlotte’s eyes followed his own. "And that's a pretty uncomfortable place to camping out in. Why not in the town?"

    “Like I said,” Charlotte repeated harshly after a bit. “There’s nothing in there but muck.”

    “Then you won’t mind if we go in and look,” Riolu said. And with that, he turned around and strode towards the house.

    “nO—” Charlotte suddenly screamed, and she shot towards Riolu quicker than Bryony could react.

    Riolu acted fast. He grabbed the rope-knife, and threw.

    Bryony screamed and then edged herself away from Charlotte, who now had Riolu’s knife stuck halfway through her head. The brionne looked at Riolu in horror.

    Why would you do that?!” she screeched at him.

    “That’s not who you think it is,” Riolu said.

    The knife slid out of Seviper’s skull on its own and hit the ground with a thump. ‘Seviper’—very much alive—looked up at them both with eyes that weren’t right. She grinned at them with a mouth full of too many fangs.

    “gOt Me.”

    And then its face split open sideways. Bryony yelped and scrambled all the way back to where Riolu stood on the bridge. Quills grew out of its back. It grew limbs, and then claws. The last of the dull blue and yellow scales were eaten up by murky black goop, and then Nyarlathotep stood before them in Its full glory.

    A silent understanding fell between both Riolu and Bryony—run. And so they did. Riolu ran like the wind; he could outrun a Shadow! But it was only a few seconds before he noticed that Bryony wasn’t keeping up with him. She had to slide her way across the ground; that wasn’t fast enough! Nyarlathotep took chase, and Riolu turned back. He scooped Bryony up and began to drag her along. What was left of the rope on his shoulder began to unravel.

    They were fast, but not fast enough. Nyarlathotep charged. A swipe of its claws, and Bryony was knocked to the side. Riolu was pinned to the ground.

    Nyarlathotep leaned over Riolu, and the nightmare goo that dripped from its body stained Riolu’s chest. Riolu struggled furiously, but it was all in vain. Nyarlathotep opened its mouth of fangs that took up its whole face, and began to lean in towards Riolu. Riolu closed up his eyes and scrunched up his nose to avoid the putrid smell, turning away. He was going to be eaten…

    Water suddenly blasted the two of them, drenching him in wetness—

    “Over here!”

    Bryony’s voice rattled through the sound of Nyarlathotep’s breath, and in an instant its head turned towards the other pokemon and its ginormous hand was off Riolu’s chest.

    Riolu acted fast—he reeled in the rope, until he could grasp the handle of the kitchen knife. Nyarlathotep began to romp towards Bryony, who couldn’t get away in time, and that was when Riolu made his move. He took aim, and threw the knife as hard as he could.

    It embedded itself in the back of Nyarlathotep’s head. Nyarlathotep turned its head to look at Riolu, and Riolu saw the tip of the knife sticking out of its throat. He tugged on the rope.

    Another stream of water hit Nyarlathotep, but before the Void Shadow could react Riolu ran up and kicked one of Nyarlathotep’s legs out from under it. The Shadow lost its balance, narrowly missing falling on Riolu or Bryony. It collapsed on the ground with a loud thud, and Riolu quickly got to his feet.

    Already, the goo was beginning to lose its shape and reform into Nyarlathotep’s standing position. Riolu forgot about retrieving the knife and rope, and picked up Bryony instead.

    The path would be too easy for it to follow them; Riolu bolted off into the woods instead. He knew where he was going. The distant screech of Nyarlathotep rang out from far behind them.

    A hunting call.


    ~\({O})/~

    Riolu could tell he had made it just by the smell. He sped into the clearing where the heart-tree he had slept by the night he had left the litwick camp was, collapsing to the ground and dropping Bryony the second he was out of the trees. He panted in exhaustion, then wrinkled up his nose. This place smelled more awful than he remembered.

    Bryony picked herself up from the ground, dusting her flippers off. She said nothing. The two of them sat there for a few seconds, completely silent. Neither commented on the smell.

    Bryony sniffled.

    “I just really wanted to believe it,” she mumbled quietly. It sounded broken. “I really wanted to believe she wasn’t dead.”

    She curled up on the ground and stuck her head in her flippers, and then all was silent.

    They slept in the trees that night, using what little branches remained as cover. Every so often a pidgeot would soar over the forest, scouting out below. The instinctive urge to call out for help every time he saw the bird-shaped silhouette fly across the night sky came to his mind often, but Riolu knew better. He knew what it was, and it wasn’t a pidgeot.

    The sky began to slowly turn red again, but Riolu hadn’t slept a wink.

    Bryony still wasn’t talking in the morning. Even when they both climbed out of the tree they were sleeping in. They ate a silent breakfast of roots and drank some water that Riolu had collected from the riverbank by the ruined village, and then they went their separate ways. It was dangerous, now that they knew what was lurking nearby, but they couldn’t just wait around and do nothing. They knew Nyarlathotep wouldn’t stop until it had found them.

    Riolu went back down to the town to see if he could gather some more knives. He had taken the biggest one yesterday, but surely the others would work. He just needed two, and some more rope. He made his way down to the center of the village just like he had the other day, and entered the large café building to the north.

    The knives had been lying around in a pile next to all the other silverware. That was where Riolu had left them yesterday. That was why he tensed up when he entered the kitchen, and saw that all of it was gone. Riolu quickly looked around to make sure nothing else was gone. There was only one reason those knives would be missing. Had It known that Riolu was going to come back here?

    All of the sudden he scrambled over and hid under the counter. He could hear something approaching from outside, heavy breathing rasping from beyond a wall. Damnit—It had known. This was a trap! Riolu knew he couldn’t stay here; Nyarlathotep would find him at this rate. There had to be a way out.

    Riolu’s ears pricked up, as above the counter he heard the loud stomping get closer. It had entered the room. It looked around, sniffing. It smelled him. Riolu frantically looked around for a moment, looking for something—anything—to use. His eyes settled on a frying pan.

    There was a hole in the wall to his left. From what Riolu remembered, a Void Shadow’s true form didn’t have any eyes. It navigated from memory, smell, and sound. He slowly crept over to the frying pan and picked it up from the ground, making sure to make as little of a sound at possible. He glanced at the hole, and he heard the Shadow begin to tromp towards his position. It was now or never. Riolu aimed for the hole, and then threw the pan. It clanged against a building in the distance, and Riolu heard the Shadow snarl. It leapt over the wall, heading out in a different direction after where it thought Riolu was going.

    Riolu wasted no time. He picked himself up from under the counter and quickly looked around the kitchen once more. Come on—where were the knives?

    Not here, it became clear. Riolu decided to leave the building, in the opposite direction the Shadow had gone. He quickly sped out the back door and headed around the left side to the front. But he stopped when his eyes were met with the very sight that he didn’t want to see: a Void Shadow prowling around in the middle of the square. Riolu froze. Had Nyarlathotep come back that quickly?

    Sniff.

    Riolu’s head turned towards the alleyway where he had come from, where heavy sniffing sounds were emerging. There was another one! The reality dawned on Riolu: Nyarlathotep had brought company.

    How many? And how to get out of this? Riolu silently leapt the next wall, evading sight from both the Shadows in the area.

    He found the knives in a pile in the middle of the living room of the next building. A bang from behind him, and he realized he had to keep moving. He snatched up two of the knives and ran down the hallway. He made a left turn into one of the two bedrooms at the end, and took a moment to relax. A sudden screech from one of the Void Shadows outside shocked Riolu and made himself tumble into one of the bookshelf at the very end. It rattled noisily, and Riolu did his best to stop it from rattling.

    Then he noticed the ghost had sat up.

    Riolu was slightly scared, but he was scared of the Void Shadows more. He set the knives on the floor and then walked out from behind the bookcase. The ghost continued to stare at him. It looked about his height, and it distorted the background around itself a little, but what was it? Riolu took a step closer. The ghost stumbled back until it was leaning against a wall. Or rather, thin air where a wall once was. Riolu walked forward, up until he was face to face with the shadow. He tilted his head when it didn’t react. Why wasn’t it responding??

    Creak. Something moving through the floorboards.

    Sniff. Something smelling the air for him.

    Riolu knew what it was, and he realized he had no more time to waste on this ghost. He charged straight through it, but he felt nothing. Landing on the ground outside of the house, he quickly got to his feet, picked up the knives, and began to run into the square again. Not a second later a Void Shadow charged through the wall Riolu had just jumped over, setting its sights on him. It was Nyarlathotep.

    Nyarlathotep screeched, and all of the other Void Shadows focused on its call. Riolu counted at least three others. He took a right turn for some of the other houses, ducking and dodging through the alleyways, looking for ways to evade them. How he was going to escape. Just… just think. Riolu ducked into an empty house for a minute and collapsed against the wall where no-mon could see him. The Void Shadows… they followed their noses, right? So all Riolu had to do was mask his scent. But the only way he knew how to do that was with water. And…

    …And he was near a riverbank. It all clicked. If he could get to the riverbank, then…

    Riolu quickly sat up with the knives. He could hear the Void Shadows drawing near. It was time to go. If he had any hope of reaching the water before they caught him, he had to leave now.

    Riolu weaved through the town, heading in a loop back to the village square. He could see the riverbank from here, and it was just a few meters away… Riolu fell into a full-on sprint. So close; he focused his eyes on the river and sped up as much as he could. One of the knives nicked his leg. Riolu yipped in pain and hit the ground hard. The knives went flying and landed hilt-up in a nearby ditch.

    Pulling himself to his feet, he groaned; the wound hurt and was lightly bleeding. His leg hurt to walk on. A roar sounded from right behind him; he didn’t see but knew it was a Shadow. How had they caught up to him already?? Riolu looked back, and saw that a Shadow was galloping right for him. No time to think. He forgot all about the knives and dived into the river.

    It was dark and silent under the riverbank. Riolu couldn’t hear the screeches of the void shadow from under here, but he also couldn’t breathe. Speaking of… he needed to get some air. Riolu swam towards the surface, breaking it and gasping for air. He floated along, paddling occasionally with his arms to stay afloat.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Bryony~

    Bryony slid herself through the landscape, yawning. She didn’t know where she was going, just that she needed to take a stroll. Something to clear her mind of… yesterday. Something to help her forget. She’d been at it for she didn’t know how long either, but it had been a while. She didn’t even know where she was now. She had abandoned the forest long ago, and instead a long field of half-charred dead bushes lay in front of her.

    She trudged on in silence for a while, until the sound of voices caught her ears. Brionne looked towards where they were coming from in confusion. More shadows?

    “Look at the sky, Eevee! Does that look normal to you?? I’d rather have had a markup over this!”

    “Stop lecturing me like it’s my fault! Do you think I brought us out here with the intention of getting us stranded wherever this is? Who does that? Not me! Back off!”

    “I have every right to lecture you! This was your idea in the first place! If not for you I’d be sleeping in a bed right now, all comfy! Instead I slept on the ground, like an animal!”

    If these were Shadows, then this was the most elaborate ruse Bryony had ever come across. She decided to investigate further.

    “Hey!” she called out, approaching the arguing ‘mon from a distance. A fletchinder and an eevee quit their argument for a second to stare at her.

    “Quiet!” they both told her in unison, and then went back to arguing. Bryony slid herself closer to them silently. She was sure they weren’t Shadows now.

    “We thought we told you to get out of our fur,” Eevee hissed at Bryony as she slid herself up to them.

    “Do either of you realize where you are right now?” Bryony asked.

    “I wish…” Fletchinder grumbled.

    “Okay. This is going to sound weird,” Bryony said, “but the both of you need to come with me. For your own safety.”

    Both Eevee and Fletchinder looked at each other. When the word safety was involved… they looked less keen on brushing her off.


    ~\({O})/~

    Riolu slowly floated down the river, bobbing along and paddling himself towards the nearest shore away from town. He pulled himself out onto the riverbank, shaking himself off the best he could. He was soaked and panting for breath, and the wound on his leg stung. He cast a look back towards the village in the distance. He’d lost the Shadows… for now. It was time to get away from here, before he was caught again. Riolu passed a large, destroyed welcome gate on his way out of the town. He’d never been down this way before, and in the distance he could see what looked like a field of charred plains.

    He stopped running and limped along for a bit, letting the ambient heat dry his fur off. Soon he was among the field of dead bushes, and he stopped. This looked like a good place to turn around and figure out where he was. He needed to go… north. Yes. Riolu turned towards Reverse Mountain, and began to trudge in that direction.

    Then his ear twitched, picking up the faintest of sounds.

    In the distance, he heard what sounded like voices. One of them was Bryony’s.

    Bryony was here? Riolu spun in the direction of the voices, and saw Bryony leading what looked like two other pokemon onwards. And they were heading in the direction of the village. Riolu’s tail went flat in horror. They were going the wrong way! They were going to—

    Without thinking, he took off after them.

    “Hey!! Wait!!” he called out at the top of his lungs as he loped along. Whether that would attract that Shadows, he didn’t care. He just needed to make sure they didn’t walk into the trap.

    Bryony didn’t hear him. Riolu called out again, even louder this time. He was going as fast as he could, but with his limp he just wasn’t fast enough. They were already at the end of the fields.

    “Stop!! You’re walking into a trap!!” Riolu yelled, loping towards them so fast he nearly twisted his leg. Finally, Bryony turned around to look at Riolu, having heard him yelling but not heard what he said. Copying Bryony, Fletchinder and Eevee turned around.

    “Who’s that?” Eevee asked.

    “That’s my friend,” Bryony answered. “But what’s he doing?”

    It was too late. A Shadow romped down the path towards them, and because they were staring at him only Riolu could see it. He pointed behind them and shouted desperately, but he was still too far away. They couldn’t hear him.

    Bryony didn’t realize what was happening until it was too late. She was suddenly snatched up by a large, black hand, and when she turned around the maw of Nyarlathotep stared her in the face. Extra limbs shot straight out of its body like tentacles and snared Eevee and Fletchinder as well. And even though they protested, it was all to no avail. Nyarlathotep’s body split open into a gaping maw that took up its torso, and all three pokemon were fed screaming to the Shadow.

    Riolu made a hard left and dove behind a bush before Nyarlathotep could see him. He fell on his hurt leg. He was crying, but he did all he could to stay quiet. He couldn’t be found. He just couldn’t. He had to find a way out of here.

    It was a few moments, but eventually he heard Nyarlathotep let out a terrible screech, and then it galloped away from where Riolu was.

    Riolu clenched the rust-red dirt under his paws. And clenched it again. And again. It was all he could do, stuck in mind-numbing shock. Clenching and unclenching.

    There had to be a way out. There just… there had to. Riolu refused to believe they was trapped here. He refused to believe there was no way out. And if there wasn’t, if they were really doomed to stay here until they died, then maybe being devoured by a Void Shadow was a mercy.

    And then the full force of reality hit him, lying there in the sand: He was all alone. Forever. Bryony… Solosis… Wartortle, who he had only known for a day but still enjoyed the company of… the litwick… all gone. Only he was left.

    Riolu curled up in a ball, and for the rest of the day, he sobbed to himself.


    ~\({O})/~

    Forest Clearing

    Two Weeks Later

    ~Riolu~

    The sky boomed, and Reverse Mountain erupted in volcanic flame. Riolu fled through the woods, trying to get out of range from the falling bits of ash and fire.

    It had all been so sudden. Previously, not a sound could be heard rattling through the Voidlands. Even the Void Shadows had grown less aggressive after a while, less interested in the prospect of having Riolu for lunch.

    Riolu lived near the decaying heart tree in the woods southeast of the ruined village now. It was the only place any signs of his presence were stamped out safely, the only place that the Void Shadows wouldn’t eventually follow him. And none of them had. He ate what little roots had still grown from the tree’s dead remains, and drank from the lake. The tree had died roughly a week and a half ago. Its heart had stopped beating. Riolu reckoned he’d killed it.

    Every so often, he would sneak down to the village when the Shadows weren’t looking and look around. The knives were long gone.

    He still felt dizzy at the thought that he was all alone here. He would see hallucinations in the woods—maybe Bryony’s flipper, or the flame of a litwick—But they’d all be gone at a second glance. Not the tricks of a Shadow, but rather the tricks of a mind.

    At some point, a week after it had all occurred, Riolu found a piece of twisted scrap while foraging in the ruined town. It was sharp, not sharp or strong enough to pierce the mountain, but sharp all the same. A thought occurred to him, one that didn’t scare him anymore: He could just… end it here. End the misery. End the nightmare. The Void Shadows would find and devour his body, but he wouldn’t feel it. For him, the nightmare would be over. Maybe, after he’d… maybe afterwards he’d see everymon else, all the ones that had died and left him here. He’d give anything to see Bryony again, or just one of the litwick…

    The scrap was pointed at his throat, just an inch away, held by shaking paws. It didn’t move closer, nor farther away. For a few minutes, there it stayed.

    Riolu might have done it, if he hadn’t seen the ghost.

    It stood there, outside the large restaurant building, leaning against a wall that no longer existed. It looked like it was having a conversation with something that he couldn’t see, and all the same he guessed he was invisible to it. But whatever it was… it meant he wasn’t completely alone in here. He found himself lowering the scrap piece, holding it looser and looser in his paws. It eventually hit the sand beside him, forgotten.

    He still had no idea what the ghost was. He could see it, but apparently it couldn’t see him. The patrolling Void Shadows from before had meant that he couldn’t study the ghost full-time, but Riolu still went down to the ruined village when he could to follow it around. It slept when the sky was red, for some reason, and he could only catch view of it at dusk or dawn.

    And then… this. Riolu had been nibbling the last of the roots left on the dead heart-tree, when suddenly everything around him had suddenly exploded into noise. A pillar of flame erupted from the top of Reverse Mountain, and the sky rumbled and boomed with unseen thunder.

    hunt.

    Find.

    Kill.


    Riolu heard the words, and they came from the skies. And then he heard a worse sound still: The sound of tens of Void Shadows all screeching in unison. It came from everywhere, and it buffeted Riolu’s ears and he couldn’t stop hearing it but it was unbearable—

    Crouching over, he whined and covered his ears the best he could, trying to block out the sound. The debris from above was beginning to land. A slab of burning rock crushed a couple of trees near him out of nowhere. It was several times bigger than Riolu was. Shaken, Riolu quickly continued onwards, staggering towards the town.

    He fled north, away from the where the far-flung debris was landing and up towards that hill where nothing was burning. The decaying forests beyond the town were a place of death and despair, and once the fires burning south started spreading up, they would be unlivable. Riolu was happy to leave it behind.

    Eventually, he lost track of where he was going, heading into the woods between the town and the mountain. All he knew was that it would be a while until the fires reached here. He had at least a few hours. Riolu sat down against a dead tree, and gazed up at the erupting mountain in the distance. Every day, it seemed like his hopes of leaving got farther and farther away. His only way out, on top of that mountain, everymon had said. Well, now it was going up in flames.

    Riolu didn’t cry. He didn’t have any left in him. He took a deep breath, and simply watched the mountain erupt for a bit. It was peaceful, in a way, silent even from this close. Looking at the mountain no longer scared him anymore.

    Slowly, the figures of several blue flames began to become visible once again. Riolu saw them flicker in the woods, but he ignored them. More hallucinations.

    But were his hallucinations ever so clear? Not daring to trust hope, Riolu took a second glance at them. They were faint, but they didn’t disappear when he looked. He slowly rose from his sitting position. Was it true?

    He watched as slowly, several candle-stems followed the flames in visibility. His heart soared, and the next thing the litwick knew Riolu was running towards them in joy. He hugged the closest one—it didn’t matter which one—tightly.

    “I thought you guys were gone…” he muttered out, eyes closed.

    “We nearly were,” one of them said. It sounded angry. Riolu looked up at it in confusion.

    “We had a deal,” another one of them continued. “Where did you go? Why did you leave us all to die?”

    “I- I-“ Riolu couldn’t come up with a proper response. “There was this thing in the sky, and I was only going to be gone a day, an—”

    He stopped, looking down. There was no excuse, he knew.

    “I’m sorry.”

    There was silence between them for a moment. Then Riolu looked up.

    “Where are the rest of you? Where’s Solosis? How come you guys weren’t at the camp when I came back? It’s been two weeks.”

    Tall-Flame came forward.

    “This is all of us,” he said. “All of us that are left. A monster attacked our camp. Solosis was eaten so we could get away. We…” Tall-Flame shuddered, reliving horrible memories. He was having a hard time continuing. “We had nothing to eat. All those weeks of hunger… most of us disappeared!” he bawled, then broke down entirely into tears.

    No-mon else had the will to speak; they just watched Tall-Flame cry, mourning all the dead litwick.

    “You guys don’t have to forgive me. ”

    Riolu stepped back, drawing his eyes away from the footprints he left in the sand. “I watched pokemon die too. I’m sorry it happened like this.”

    He had the litwick’s attention. They stared at him, skeptical but waiting for him to go on.

    “I think I know where the way out is. Not on top of that mountain. But we have to wait for nightfall.”

    “You know for sure?” one of the litwick asked skeptically.

    “Not for sure.” Riolu shook his head. “It’s just a hunch somemon had.”

    He looked back towards the forests in the distance, where smoke could be seen rising over the hill from far away.

    “But the fires will reach us before long and then the rest of us will die. We’ve got nothing left to lose. Why not try?”

    The litwick exchanged looks.

    “Well…” one of them said. “I guess it’s better than trying to go up the Bad Place.”

    Tall-Flame slowly picked himself up off the ground and began to float again.

    “I’m okay now,” he said. “I still have breakdowns sometimes.”

    “So where’s this way out you speak of?” another litwick piped up.

    “It’s down on the south side of town…” Riolu began.


    ~\({O})/~

    “If we’re going to get past the Void Shadows and to the tree, then we’re going to have to be clever about it. That’s why we can use the fires to our advantage.”

    The fires quickly spread throughout the woods, catching from tree branch to tree branch and burning them all to the ground. Up above them, Reverse Mountain slowly began to return to a fiery simmer, but the damage was done—everything around it was alight.

    “It’ll reach the village by nightfall, and I’m willing to bet that fire hurts these creatures. We can use the opportunity to slip past them.”

    The sky turned back, and the village burned. Void Shadows had returned to the village after a brief absence—the arrival of the flames at the town’s borders had sent them into hiding. Riolu slowly crept through the forest towards the fire, burning bright orange in the light. He could see the outskirts of the burning buildings, and he silently waved the litwick after him. They followed.

    The fires burned the trees all around them, and the flames burned brighter than Reverse Mountain did. Riolu took a step onto the cobblestone streets of the town, nearly recoiling at how hot it was. Then he took another. He’d just have to grit his teeth and bear it.

    He didn’t see any Void Shadows. Riolu crept forward into the village square, looking around at all the burning buildings that lit the place an eerie orange glow.

    “It’s to the south,” he said. “There’s a big tree, and it’s on an island. It’s there. That’s the way out.”

    The litwick looked at each other.

    “That’s where the Ancient Barrow used to be,” they said.

    A board suddenly snapped amongst a burning structure, the restaurant behind them. Riolu turned, and as he turned he saw it—standing amongst the wreckage was a Void Shadow. It leered at him menacingly from behind the wall of flame that separated them. But it didn’t move. It couldn’t, Riolu realized, without going through that fire first.

    Go on, it seemed to taunt anyway with a faceless grin. See how far you get.

    Riolu stared back in contempt. The Shadow couldn’t see it, but he didn’t care anymore. He turned around and began to walk towards the southern entrance. Then he broke into a run, ushering the litwick after him.

    The buildings flew by as he ran, burning and bright. Riolu paced himself so that the litwick wouldn’t be left behind. He focused his eyes ahead, but then as his ears twitched they opened wide—

    He was just in time to see a Void Shadow sprint out of the wreckage from the side, obstructing the path ahead. Riolu hit the ground and rolled under its legs, not skipping a beat. The litwick soared over it. The Void Shadow gave chase, but Riolu took a right turn into a building to throw it off.

    “Hide!” he hissed to the litwick. They did. The Void Shadow came barging in through the doorway, but it hit the top of the doorframe. The wall collapsed in on it, covering it in flame. It screeched.

    Riolu quickly picked himself up and sprinted for the house’s back door.

    “Go!” he yelled, and the litwick zoomed out of hiding.

    The buildings beyond their location had all been half-destroyed by the fire. Riolu crept through the alleyways, keeping clear of the flames that licked out into the street and keeping his eyes peeled for Shadows. There didn’t seem to be any here.

    “This has to be the south side of town,” Riolu said. They had maneuvered through the village for about a minute, and seen neither hide nor hair of another Void Shadow.

    “We’re just a few buildings away, one of the litwick said. Riolu nodded, and crept up to the burning building ahead of him. He could see the main path just head. It was empty, but something wasn’t right—

    —The structure next to him was suddenly bowled over. Riolu barely jumped clear of the wreckage. He stuck the landing, but a Void Shadow swatted him to the ground just a few seconds later. It let out something between a screech and an angry roar. The landing hurt, but Riolu picked himself up and began to run for it.

    He made his way onto the main path, but then realized the litwick weren’t with him he looked back.

    “Hey!” he called out to them. “Over here!”

    The Shadow took notice. It glanced at him and snarled, but it was suddenly buffeted over the head with the attacks of the three litwick. They soared back onto the main path to join Riolu, and all four began to run south again.

    “I can see it!” one of the litwick exclaimed as they ran. He pointed to the massive tree in the near distance, illuminated by the fierceness of the fire that it was engulfed in. Even though the fires licked over its roots that snaked over the main path, they didn’t burn. Was it immune?

    For just a second, Riolu stopped in horror. The bridge was on fire too—that was the only way across! He had to get there before it collapsed. Fear overcame Riolu. He began to take off at high speeds, running towards the bridge as fast as he could. He forgot about the litwick, which he had left behind.

    Riolu closed his eyes, letting his nose and his feelers do the seeing for him. He was almost there, so close—

    Riolu tripped over a rock and hit the ground hard. He groaned, and tried to lift himself up. Over where the island was—he was halfway there—the last of the burning bridge crumbled away into the water below. Riolu looked back at the litwick, then at the house. He could swim across. Freedom was so close…

    Riolu looked back at the litwick. They’d catch up. Even now, they were floating right towards him. They’d be fine. He just had to get there himself—

    The Void Shadow charged back onto the path, and it was livid. It smelled the litwick, and it heard them. It began to gallop in their direction, and only Riolu could see it. And that was when he made his decision.

    Riolu leapt up, running back towards the litwick. He wasn’t letting this happen again, no matter the cost—

    With that thought, he felt something begin to collect in his paws; a foreign energy. It surged, illuminating his chest with bright blue light, and just before Riolu collided with the Shadow his paws met its chest. The attack sent them both flying backwards from each other. The litwick soared clear of the explosion.

    Riolu pulled himself to his feet once more. He was dizzy. He could feel the energy leaving his paws, and smell the burning all around him, and see the brilliant orange flames and his ears were ringing from the blast. He was suddenly punted to the ground.

    The Void Shadow picked him up, swung him around in the air, and then pounded him into the ground again. It swatted him into a house, and then slammed into the frame and pinned him to the ground a third time. It leaned in over him menacingly, but Riolu finally caught his bearings enough to fight back. He clasped his paws together again, and managed to produce enough energy to repel the Shadow from his body.

    Riolu crawled along the ground, coughing, but he felt the Shadow’s gooey claws wrap around his legs again and drag him back violently. It flipped him over, and then pinned his arms to the ground.

    The Shadow didn’t waste time. Its face split open into jaws and teeth, and they converged around Riolu—

    A trio of embers suddenly batted the Shadow’s head off of Riolu. Riolu looked where they came from, and he saw the Litwick swooping in from above! The next wave of embers hit a nearby structure, which collapsed on the void shadow. Riolu took the opportunity—he began to crawl away from the Shadow and got up to his feet. The Void Shadow was still struggling under the flaming wooden beam. Riolu struggled onto the path, but then he looked back at the litwick.

    “Go!” one of them shouted at him. “We’ll catch up!”

    Riolu didn’t even think; he accepted it without question. He turned and ran. He ran, and he didn’t look back. When he reached the water, he jumped into it without thinking and paddled his way across. He clawed his way onto the mud of the island, shaking himself off and pulling himself to his feet. He ached all over, but he was so close and he wasn’t stopping now.

    Finally, he reached the hovel of the tree. Riolu looked back at the burning village in the distance behind him. He couldn’t see the litwick. Riolu scanned the sky, but he didn’t see them there either. Had they been killed?

    They’d catch up. They said they would. Riolu didn’t have it in him to wait any longer. He ducked in through the twisted roots, into an entrance that led to total and complete black. The darkness dissolved after him.

    Up above, Reverse Mountain erupted once more, sending fiery chunks up into the sky. Down below, the village continued to burn in eerie, desolate silence.

    The screeches of a legion of Void Shadows could be heard.


    ~\({O})/~

    Riolu stumbled into gooey black corridors full of messy swamp water. Behind him was more of the same. Where there had once been a door, there was now nothing but darkness and silence. Then it clicked for Riolu: Was this what a mystery dungeon was?

    And if so… he looked up at the ground, realizing he couldn’t see the roof. Maybe this was the way out.

    In front of him sat a staircase. It was smooth as marble, and shone with a ghostly glow in the darkness. Riolu headed for it, but stopped. He glanced back, looking for any sign or indication that the litwick had followed him there. Clarity was finally beginning to return to him, and he realized what had happened. They’d said to go ahead. They said they’d catch up. And now… there was only him. The silence spoke for itself. If they hadn’t come already, they probably never would.

    Riolu wanted to go back, just to check. It felt… twisted to leave behind the pokemon who had helped him through this final stretch of the way, hopes high on a promise he’d made to them that he’d never be able to keep.

    He tried to move himself back towards the entrance. His foot wouldn’t move. The primal will in him to forget about everything else and just escape was stronger than the will in him to go back and risk his life once again. Try as he might, he couldn’t will himself to go back into the hellscape. He couldn’t. With a shaky breath, he succumbed and turned his sights back onto the staircase. He couldn’t.

    It was time to escape this awful place once and for all.


    ~\({O})/~

    Now

    The Ancient Barrow

    “So you abandoned them.”

    The dungeon was quiet as Espurr and Riolu walked through its hallways. It seemed that Nyarlathotep hadn’t figured out where they were yet.

    “I… I…” Riolu tried in vain to come up with some kind of excuse. Eventually, he slumped over as he walked, letting his shoulders fall forward. “Yeah. I was… scared.”

    “I’m also scared.”

    It sounded so clinical, so matter-of-fact. She needed that. She couldn’t let herself break down now.

    As they walked, Espurr noticed that Riolu’s body was getting less and less real-looking. Soon she could see the wall through him. She was about to say something, but Riolu suddenly broke out into a run. Espurr saw why: There was light ahead! This was the exit to the dungeon! Espurr’s heart leapt, and she ran after him through the muck. How she wanted to escape from this place so badly! And yet…

    The entrance was up ahead; a single doorway illuminated by morning daylight. All around them was the inside of an old and battered house, covered in black goo.

    Riolu approached the doorway without hesitation. And the more of the light that spilled out onto him, the more of his body disappeared. He reached a paw out towards the door, watching it vanish completely. His legs had disappeared, and she could only see his head and half his ghostly torso.

    “Come with me.” Riolu looked back towards Espurr, holding a translucent paw out. “We can leave together.”

    “I told you I can’t.” Espurr stayed where she was, folding her arms. “I’m sorry.”

    Riolu looked at the door, then at Espurr, like the notion was crazy.

    “But why not?” he asked. “You could leave, you could go back to the real world!”

    “I can’t go back without my friends,” Espurr said. “They’re down there, I know they still are. I got them in, it’s my responsibility to get them out.”

    She left it there, turning around and beginning to trudge back into the dark hallways beyond.

    “I hope you make it through,” she said to him, stopping for a brief moment to look back. “Maybe we’ll see each other again after.”

    Then she began walking again.

    Riolu looked at the door. Then at Espurr, trudging further and further away. He groaned to himself. It should have been a no-brainer! The door was right there. He was inches away from freedom, inches away from rescue! So… why did the idea of walking out leave him with a pit in his stomach?

    If that Espurr wanted to go waste her life trudging back into the monster’s den, then why was it his problem? Why did he have to go after her, when he’d already suffered so much just to get here? Why couldn’t he just… leave?

    Maybe it was because he made it this far at the expense of everymon else. And now, faced with the same chance of getting out, of finally leaving, she was doing what he couldn’t.

    And something told him that when he left, he’d be dreaming of all the others who hadn’t made it with him. If he left, and she didn’t follow soon after… did he want to add another to the pile?

    He sighed, his shoulders and tail slumping. This was going to get him killed.

    “Hey!” he yelled, turning around a few seconds later and dashing back through the halls. He kicked up splashes in the water as he ran. “Wait for me! Wait for me.”

    Finally, he caught up with Espurr, slowing down and trying not trip forward from the water’s added weight. Espurr looked back at him, her eyes arching in confusion.

    “Weren’t you leaving?” she said.

    “I changed my mind,” Riolu responded, gasping for breath. “I’m gonna help.”

    “Great.” Espurr began to move forward again, walking with purpose into the hall and then speeding up. “I think I saw another hall back this way!” she called back to him. “That’s a good place to start.”

    Riolu cast one last glance back at the dungeon exit. It called to him, promising freedom and safety behind its doors. He could see light that wasn’t red, the prospect of a day that was beautiful rather than harrowing. He hoped this Espurr knew what she was doing.

    And with that thought, he forced himself to look away, took off after her before he lost sight. They weren’t out of the dungeon yet.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the week!

    Murder (In Four Parts)
    - Thomas Newman
     
    Last edited:
    2~Thirteen - All Together Now
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter24ArtNew.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER THIRTEEN: ALL TOGETHER NOW

    ~\({O})/~

    The Ancient Barrow

    ~Espurr~

    The light of the way out, warm and illuminating, soon faded into cold, slimy darkness. The dark of the distance met Espurr as she ran back into the halls covered with viscous black sludge. Looking for any sign of the hallway she had seen before.

    Behind her, Riolu tried his best to catch up. He made noisy splashes in the water behind them as he ran.

    “Hey!” he called from behind her. “Wait up! I’m gonna lose you!”

    As much as she wanted to speed up, Espurr slowed down. It wouldn’t do any good to lose the only pokemon currently with her, no matter how panicked she was. She took a deep breath, and tried to calm herself down.

    It didn’t work. She was still breathing fast.

    “What are we even looking for?” Riolu panted out as he caught up with her. Espurr sped up again, forcing him to abandon catching his breath to keep pace with her.

    “A way up,” Espurr answered between breaths. “If the anchorstone is in the middle of the dungeon, and the stairs at the entrance went down while the ones we’ve been climbing went up, we can probably assume this dungeon doesn’t work like all the other ones. And that means there’s stairs leading up somewhere on this floor. It’s an easy way to get to them. All we have to do is find the stairs.”

    She had ad-libbed all of that. More hopefully than anything, but Espurr was willing to accept any hope she could grasp at. Even if she had to make it up for herself. Alongside her, Riolu nodded along, looking like he didn’t understand any of it.

    Up ahead in the corridor, Espurr caught sight of a small hallway to their left. She pointed at it, making sure that Riolu could see. “We’re headed that way first.”

    “But shouldn’t we scout the floor and come back to this late—”

    “We might not find it again later.” Espurr cut him off, taking him by the paw and almost forcefully dragging him into the hallway.

    This theory was their lucky break. It had to be. Or Espurr didn’t know what she would do.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~”Goomy”~

    Goomy saw wrong. More accurately, he felt wrong. The antennae constantly twitching atop his head were wrong, and so was the gooey snail shell on his back. He couldn’t see colors anymore. He saw, but in vibrations. Everything around him was illuminated in black and white, a fading image renewed with each twitch of his antennae. He didn’t even know where he had pulled that attack from—something he couldn’t have imagined doing just a few seconds before. Goomy stayed still in shock for a bit.

    “Goomy!”

    Deerling galloped through the muck towards him, then threw herself into him the best she could. Goomy did his best to not collapse into formless goo upon impact, but now that he tried it, he couldn’t do that as well now either.

    “Aw, berry crackers. He’s the first to evolve? He’s the youngest out of all of us!” Pancham walked forward, his arms stuck out in annoyance. Goomy could hear the relief he was trying to push out of his voice.

    “Oh, stick a wooper in it, Pancham,” Deerling hissed at him. “You nearly died! We. All. Nearly. Died. He saved our lives! The least you could do is thank him instead of treating him like muk!”

    “Sooo cool!!”

    That was Tricky. She bounded around him, checking his new body out from all angles. “What does it feel like? Can you see? Ooh—Ooh—Watchog said that sliggoos dissolve everything with killer slime. Can you dissolve a dungeon ‘mon??”

    “T-that’s a myth,” Goomy stuttered out, still trying to figure out how to speak with his new mouth. He knew that much. Although he guessed he was Sliggoo now.

    “Hey,” Deerling said, trying to stabilize the wobbling Sliggoo. “You feeling alright? Do you need to rest for a moment?”

    “This is great and all,” Shelmet interjected loudly, “but I propose we get a move and get out of here before, y’know, the scary monster thing comes back to get us?”

    “I- I’m f-fine,” Goo—Sliggoo stuttered, stabilizing himself without Deerling’s help. “I just want to get out of here.”

    “True that,” Pancham muttered. “How many floors is this place, anyway. It’s gotta have been at least fifteen.”

    “Try five.” Deerling clopped past him, leading the group onwards. “It can’t be that many now. The only ‘mon we’re missing is Espurr.”

    No-mon saw it in the darkness, but Tricky’s ears flopped back as they continued on.

    “You don’t think we left her behind, right?” she asked. Deerling didn’t answer. No-mon did. No-mon knew. There was only hope to guide them.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Nyarlathotep~

    This was less than optimal. They were in two groups now, instead of seven defenseless targets. If It allowed them to progress unhindered, soon there would be only one group.

    They knew. They weren’t like the beings that had ended up in the Voidlands. pathetic beings filled with hate and worry and discord for It and Its brethren to leech off of and grow stronger from. They were a measly seven, but together they had hurt It. And now It slunk off to lick its wounds, and hunt the smaller group of two lower in the dungeon.

    It had never liked children. They were too hopeful, too filled with positive emotions that burned It like the fire it hated. Too small to make a good meal, for all the trouble. And yet they posed the largest threat to It.

    Now It lay in hiding, conserving Its strength and plotting Its next move. Maybe this was more optimal than It had originally thought. In one group, they were a dangerous but easy target. And now that It had fought them a few times, It knew which ones to eat first. It would devour the psychic cat and the goo snail, depriving them of their largest weapons. Then it would eat the fennekin, wielder of terrible fire, the first to defy Its nightmares. The riolu would be consumed next, for daring to escape from Its home. And then It would feast upon the rest, eating their screams as Its teeth ripped into their flesh. Oh yes it would make them suffer. It would devour them one by one, bite by bite. Their final moments would be of delicious fear and horror, just waiting to be sucked out of their bones.

    All along the Anchorstone floor, the slime covering the walls rapidly shifted and squelched in preparation. It was time to set the stage.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Espurr~

    There was nothing at the end of the hallway. Espurr hadn’t wasted time making it back to the main corridor, pulling Riolu along with her. Riolu had made a few efforts to slow down, but Espurr wasn’t having it. They found another corridor, and she checked that one too. It was only after a few more hurried searches of hallways that Riolu finally sat down in the muck, all puffed out.

    “I need a minute,” he panted. “To… catch my breath…”

    Espurr reluctantly stopped. She folded her arms, marched back over to him, and sat down opposite him silently. Finally, now that she’d stopped running, her rapidly beating heart began to slow. And she could notice just how tuckered out Riolu was.

    “Sorry for dragging you around so fast,” she said. It sounded lame, dragged out of her mouth. “I just need to find—”

    “You’re looking for your friends,” Riolu said. He sat huddled up, staring down at the water with eyes wide open. “I get it.”

    At least you aren’t running the other way.

    Nothing was said between them; they sat together in silence.

    “What do you do if they’re dead?” Riolu suddenly broke the silence.

    “What?”

    “What if you go back, and you don’t see…”

    He trailed off.

    It was the question Espurr would do anything not to answer. Because the truth was, she didn’t know. She didn’t want to know. The dilemma grew in her mind like a cloud of haze, the corners of her mind flashed blue-green, and she could feel her ears up top begin to stir with flickers of power. She shut her eyes tightly and tried to ward it off with logic. The monster was busy with them. There wasn’t enough time for it to go back for everymon else.

    That made it feel better. All that grief and haze… a flicker of it was too much for her. How much had Tricky gone through?

    For the first time since being separated from her friends, Espurr’s shoulder felt lighter than it should have—missing the strap of the tattered old exploration bag she’d brought in. She gladly seized the distraction. That bag had everything in it! There were so many things she’d have to replace if she couldn’t retrieve it… but since they were backtracking, perhaps she’d find it along the way.

    “Ready yet?” she asked Riolu, dodging the question. Riolu noticed. But he nodded anyway.

    “Almost,” he said, still sounding tuckered out. “I can get up no—”

    Something changed. Both Espurr and Riolu noticed. He stopped mid-sentence, and they both silently looked in the direction of the distant rumbling that came from deeper within the dungeon. It was getting closer.

    “Move.”

    Both Espurr and Riolu got to their feet, but it was all they could do to jump clear of the wall before it suddenly became fluid. Goo shifted along the walls at high speeds, and soon the walls themselves began to change. The dungeon began to growl, leading up into a roar that blew through the halls—something was rearranging it without its consent, and it was not happy. The sound vibrated through the air around Espurr and Riolu, and a sudden gust of rancid wind buffeted them both backwards. And the walls weren’t solidifying.

    Espurr got back to her feet, helping Riolu up as quickly as she could. A sudden pillar of black muck shot out of the wall, and they both ducked just in time to avoid it. The area closed up into a full wall, and Espurr and Riolu scrambled away from it. More and more pillars of goo shot out from all directions, while walls around them collapsed.

    “What do we do?” Riolu yelled over the noise of the shifting dungeon. He and Espurr were pressed as close together as they could possibly be. The muck around them churned, and they parted just in time to avoid another wall of slime shooting straight up out of the ground. And then Espurr saw it: Behind a collapsing wall, the stairs stood. They glowed brighter than anything else, and most importantly: they led upwards.

    She called out to Riolu just before the wall sealed up and separated them. “Head that way! I see the stairs!”

    As walls formed all around them, Espurr didn’t waste any time running forward. A corridor was forming, leading right to the stairs, and she ran directly for it. Nearly too late—another pillar of goo, soon to become a wall, shot out of the ground. It began to form a barrier between her and the stairs, turning it into a dead end. She wasn’t going to make it in time

    The dungeon roared again. Espurr knew that the dungeon winds would follow. She sped up as fast as she could, but then she began to feel a draft. As she ran, she noticed her fur blew in the direction of the sealing up wall, and that gave her an idea. Just as the gust intensified, she jumped—

    —The gust of wind blew through the nearly completed hallway, and its power thrust Espurr off her feet and sent her flying through the gap just before the wall closed up. She hit the muck on the other side of the hallway and got a mouthful of swamp water. At this point, she was beginning to get used to its bitter taste.

    “You okay?”

    Espurr looked up to see Riolu standing over her. He held a paw out, and she took it, bringing herself to her feet. Ahead of them, the stairs lit the hallway with a luminous glow. Behind them, the dungeon slowly settled into an uneasy peace. The rumbling ceased.

    “We shouldn’t wait around for something else to happen,” Espurr said, winded as she was. “Let’s go.”


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Tricky~

    Tricky worried about it the whole way there. She worried about what had happened to Espurr, who was her friend when no-mon else would have been. Espurr, who was the only ‘mon still separated from the group. Espurr, who Tricky worried had been left behind in the dungeon. She knew there were no answers for her right now, but the worry hung over her like a cloud of haze as they walked.

    ‘Espurr can take care of herself,’ Tricky’s brain said. She used that like a shield, hiding behind it, hiding from the worry. But that didn’t stop her from knowing it was there.

    “Hey,” Deerling spoke after what felt like hours of silence. “I found something.”

    She sped up, and all the others did their best to follow.

    Sitting against the goo-covered wall was the tattered old exploration bag that belonged to Espurr. Deerling stopped right in front of it, and looked down at the bag. It floated in the muck, its strap stuck to the walls and holding it in place. If it weren’t waterproof it would have been ruined long ago.

    Tricky quickly pushed past Pancham and Shelmet to look at the bag. She was the first one to point out the obvious.

    “That’s Espurr’s!”

    Everymon else exchanged looks in worry. Tricky’s fear nearly overcame her—Espurr wouldn’t just leave the team bag behind like that. What if something had… what if… good thoughts…

    Tricky stared down at the muck for a moment, breathing hard, trying to think of something positive to make of the situation.

    “Well…” she began after a moment. “If the bag is here, then Espurr has to be further down in the dungeon. So we didn’t leave her behind.”

    More silence. Uneasy nods, but the unspoken words hung in the air over all of them: She’s dead, isn’t she.

    “We should collect it,” Deerling said. Her voice was hoarse, barely above a whisper. “It’s got her things in it. We don’t want to leave those behind.”

    Pancham—the only one with hands—stooped over and picked it up. He slung it over his back, and they began to continue on again in silence.

    Tricky wouldn’t believe it. Not until she saw it with her own eyes. That perked her up just a little as they trudged further into the dungeon.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Espurr~

    The stairs deposited Espurr and Riolu onto the next floor up with an unceremonious splash. Their wits were too shot for either of them to be phased. They just picked themselves up, shook off the water, and began to trek through the dungeon’s hallways once again with little complaint. Their fur was matted with swamp grime and bits of the wall’s black sludge. Their eyes stung from the dirt that had gotten in them, and their limbs were weary. Espurr didn’t think she could ever clean the filth out of the scarf Tricky had given her. It hung around her neck, soggy with swamp water and almost brown from the dirt that had collected on it.

    Tricky…

    Espurr closed her eyes, and reached out with her sixth sense once more. If they were on this floor, and she tried hard enough…

    “Hey, do you hear voices?”

    Riolu’s comment snapped Espurr back to reality. She glanced at him.

    “I wasn’t paying attention. Where?”

    “Voices. That way.” Riolu pointed towards the end of the corridor that they’d been travelling down. When Espurr strained her ears, she could hear it too.

    “I think the stairs are this way," said a voice in the distance. "It’s the only hallway we haven’t checked.”

    That sounded like… Deerling! Espurr immediately broke out into a run, dashing down the hallway and making splashes in the muck behind her. She just stopped herself from calling out to them, in case it was an enemy she hadn’t been aware of.

    She slowed to a stop just outside the entrance to the main hall, glancing in the direction she’d heard the noises from. Her eyes widened. She saw all five of the other village children, in a group led by Deerling.

    “Espurr!!”

    The cry was loud enough to pierce the ears of everymon in the dungeon. Tricky pushed past everymon else and quickly slammed herself into Espurr. “Where were you all this time?” she asked. “We found your bag, and I thought you… were…” Tricky couldn’t go on.

    Espurr just shut her eyes and hugged her back. Tightly. After all the stuff they’d been through, after all the things that had happened tonight, Tricky’s infectious hyperactivity was getting to her.

    “Here’s your bag.” Espurr’s bag went sailing through the air and landed in the muck with a splash in front of her. It soaked both her and Tricky in the dungeon’s much. Pancham folded his arms as Tricky parted the hug and shuffled away from the bag, shaking some of the water it had kicked up out of her tail. Ignoring Pancham’s brashness, Espurr bent over and picked it up.

    Deerling clopped forward. Espurr thought she was about to say something, but suddenly Deerling lowered her head and headbutted Espurr right in the chest. Espurr yelped and landed in the muck with a splash, too surprised to make her landing graceful. She looked up at Deerling in shock.

    “That’s for getting us into this mess.” Deerling flicked an ear indignantly. “Now get up. We…” she looked down. “We need somemon who can get us out of it.”

    Still a bit shaken from the fall, Espurr pulled herself into a standing position, watching Deerling clop backwards. She saddled her waterlogged, twice-as-heavy bag back onto her shoulder. It felt good, having that there again.

    Riolu finally made his way to the end of the corridor, stumbling to a stop awkwardly and catching his breath. The rest of the children looked at him in alarm.

    “This is Riolu,” Espurr said to the rest of them. “He got lost in the dungeon, just like us. We found the way out. It’s only a floor down. The bad news is…”

    “There’s a monster after us,” Deerling said. “We know.”

    “We still didn’t find Watchog,” Shelmet pointed out.

    “I say let Watchog rot,” Pancham said dismissively. “We’ll be lucky to get out of this with our own fur, forget his. Besides, we would have found him already if he was here.”

    That was met with uneasy agreement from everymon else.

    “So now what?” Tricky asked, much more chipper than before.

    “Now…” Espurr turned back towards the hallway ahead of them. “We look for the way down, and then the way out.”


    ~\({O})/~

    The halls of the Anchorstone were completely different when Espurr and her friends stepped onto its grounds. It looked like a whole new floor. Around them, the dungeon settled silently, with only a short rumble, pop, or shlick as the new hallways finished slotting into place. Espurr slowly led the seven of them down the corridor, being as silent as possible.

    The sludge covering the wall popped once as they continued on, startling Espurr. In the absence of a bubble, there was a head-sized hole in the center of the wall that led into blackness. But nothing came out of it, so they all decided to very quickly move on before something could. None of them noticed the eyeless face that silently emerged from the hole to spy on them after they’d passed it. Craning in their direction, it took a large sniff of the air. Smelling prey. Satisfied, it retreated back in, black goo swarming over to cover it up.

    Espurr unzipped the bag, and reached into it. The outside was wet, but thankfully the contents inside were dry. She pulled out the tube of bluk berry toothpaste that was in the bag, then uncorked the cap. She grabbed a few oran berries from inside the bag—the emergency reserves they’d brought—then crushed them above the bottle. The juices fell into the tube, mixing with the toothpaste below. Espurr jammed the mushed pulp of the berries down the narrow chute seconds afterwards, then recorked the toothpaste.

    “What are you doing?” Tricky asked. Espurr noticed she’d been watching her for a bit, a perplexed expression on her face.

    “Making a weapon,” Espurr said calmly, holding the cap tight and shaking the tube as hard as she could to mix the ingredients. “Teddiursa told me this stings if you get it in the wrong places. When it’s souped up on oran berry, it’ll hurt even more.”

    The hallways were darker than they’d ever been, and Espurr had trouble seeing the way ahead properly. Several times she almost walked straight into a wall, tipped off only by how the coating of slime caught the sparse light. Eventually, she led them into a large room where the paths to several hallways led.

    Leading in, or leading out? Espurr stopped, unsure of where to go next. Everymon looked around, taking in the sheer number of hallway entrances all around them.

    “Now where do we go?” Tricky asked. The walls shifted silently all around them. Still settling into place.

    Or were they? If Espurr didn’t know better, she would have said the doorways were getting narrower…

    …They were! The doorways had definitely been narrower than they were before, and if she looked carefully she could see them closing up a little. And that was all the clueing in she needed. Espurr took a fighting position.

    “Get ready to fight!” she said, brandishing her paws and channeling psychic energy into them. “We aren’t alone in here.” And with that, she fired a mental blast at the wall.

    Nyarlathotep abandoned the element of surprise immediately. Goo exploded out from where Espurr blasted the wall, absorbing the blast. It began to collect in the middle of the room, assembling itself into Nyarlathotep’s body—

    An ember from Tricky sent the lower half of the body reeling back before it could finish building itself.

    “Get it!”

    All seven of them rushed forward, ganging up on the Shadow before it could assemble itself completely. Riolu pushed one of its legs out from under it, causing it to stumble forward. Pancham climbed on top of it, beating it over the top with his fists and tugging off small, developing spines. Shelmet charged forward and stabbed the pointy edge of his shell into the leg it was kneeling on. Tricky brandished fiery jaws, charging forward and chomping down on its torso. Espurr ran forward and used her mind to pull the Shadow’s other leg out from under it. It collapsed completely, falling to its side. Sliggoo unleashed a dragon breath, cleaving the body in two. Deerling spun around and gave the Shadow’s remaining half a powerful kick with her hind legs, sending it skidding back.

    The mangled mess of its body, barely half-formed, fell back against one of the walls, and was silent. Everymon held their breath, watching it lie still for a moment.

    “Did… Did we beat it?” Tricky asked hesitantly after a minute. Espurr looked over the shadowy body, studying it intently. She looked at how the goo flowed off the walls and down into its body. And then she realized.

    “No,” she said quickly. “It’s just recovering. Let’s finish it off before it has a chance to.” She began to charge another mental blast, aiming it directly at the recovering Nyarlathotep.

    But it was too late—Nyarlathotep was up faster than Espurr could blink, and the last of the goo had assembled into the Void Shadow’s monstrous body. Its quills stood alert, and before Espurr could unleash her mind attack it had already charged forward and grabbed her by the throat. Espurr wasn’t having it. She directed her attack directly at its claws instead. The raw power was enough to blow the Shadow’s hand temporarily apart, and she slipped back to the ground.

    One by one, everymon launched an attack against the Shadow. But this time, it was ready for them.

    Its arms shot out and whacked Tricky aside. She slammed against the wall, the flames in her mouth extinguished. It dodged Riolu, then kicked him into a wall. He tumbled into the muck. It took the brunt of Sliggoo’s dragon breaths, enduring the blasts and slowly walking towards him. Pancham and Shelmet both charged at the monster—they were grabbed and thrown aside. Deerling stepped in to defend Sliggoo, and the Shadow began to charge straight for them. A shockwave from Espurr sent it careening backwards, then falling on its spines.

    Espurr looked at her fallen friends, then straight at Nyarlathotep. She began to charge up an attack, but suddenly a sharp headache struck her. She groaned, clutching her head. It felt external, like something was prying into her head from the outside. An alien presence; it wasn’t a part of her and she could feel it. All the same, it sent her to her hands and knees with a whine of pain.

    Nyarlathotep used the opening. It shot up and grabbed Espurr into the air, and this time there was no hope of escape. She struggled the best she could, but she wasn’t strong enough to pry herself from Nyarlathotep’s claws. The headache still pounded at her forehead, rendering her psychic powers inept. Was being too close to the Shadow doing this?

    “Help!” she looked back at all her classmates desperately. But none of them could reach her in time. They were all still recovering from what the Shadow had done to all of them. Deerling just looked up with a frozen expression of horror, shivering, then looked back at a still recovering Sliggoo. What could she do?

    Espurr felt Nyarlathotep’s breath on her face. It ruffled her fur, and it smelled of dungeon wind. Nyarlathotep’s maw opened up, and a voice emerged from its hollow depths that only Espurr could hear:

    You are at the brink of death. My Shadow shall devour your mortal frame, and you will be doomed to know only blackness as a part of me forevermore. Unless…

    Espurr didn’t want to hear whatever the monster had to say to her. Frantically, she began to search for a potential way out, but the headache was pounding into her head with too much force. The rest of her body ached so much, tired out and injured from this terrible night. She could fight off all the pain, the attack on her head, but it was taking a lot out of her just to fight.

    Once again, I present my offer to you: Leave this body. Return to your old life. Regain your memories. Escape death. Do this, and you have my word that you shall not be harmed by my Shadow’s hand. I ask once more: do we have a bargain?

    It took everything Espurr had left not to accept the offer. She wanted to get out of this so badly. She was scared, she was hurting. Everything hurt so much. And she was tired. Tired of all the mysteries. Tired of the mystery dungeons. Tired of everything. A way out would be everything she’d ever wanted, and it came with the added bonus of not being eaten. But it felt guilty and horrible too: Was she really considering it?

    Then a cough sounded from behind her. Tricky. The Shadow’s head snapped towards it, but Espurr quickly faked a cough herself to draw its attention back. She noticed it was eyeless. It must have been relying on sound smell touch to sense things. And then she remembered: her bag! The weapon she had made! Now was the perfect time to use it. She only had to wait for the right moment…

    She turned her head towards the rest of the children, who were silently rising from the muck. They assembled in the middle of the room wordlessly, taking attack stances. Espurr took the cue, and found that her headache had waned enough for her to begin charging her own attack.

    I require an ANSWER.

    Nyarlathotep leaned in closer, its breath ruffling her fur. Espurr stared its eyeless face down.

    “I’m sorry. We don’t have a deal,” she said, her face quickly returning to her former smugness. “And you should know by now: threats don’t work on me.”

    In one lightning motion, Espurr pulled the toothpaste bottle out of her bag, shut her eyes tight, and squeezed as hard as she could. The bottle exploded. Toothpaste flew everywhere. The Shadow squealed and dropped her, the toothpaste sizzling against Its surface. Espurr tumbled to the muck and rolled away from the Shadow just in time. Some of the toothpaste landed on her fur, but it didn’t eat through her skin like it did the Shadow’s.

    Getting to her feet as quickly as possible and stumbling her way over to the rest of the children, Espurr fished in her bag for the last weapon they had. She pulled it out--a stick with green, dimly-glowing engravings on it. The last of the three wands in Gabite's old, tattered bag.

    "Tricky!" she called out, holding it high. "Light this!"

    Immediately, Tricky understood. She wasted no time spitting some fire into the air, setting the stick on fire like a torch.

    Behind them, Nyarlathotep rose out of the muck, looming over the seven of them like an imposing shadow. This time, it didn't stop growing. It only got larger and larger, continuing to grow in size until it eclipsed the way out and half the cavern. A large, gooey hand came down upon Espurr, squashing her under several tons of black goop. She threw the stick towards the others in the air, and a powerful kick from Deerling's hind legs punted the stick directly into Nyarlathotep's chest, where it exploded.

    It left a hole clean through Nyarlathotep. One that didn’t fill itself in.

    Nyarlathotep took a step towards the village children, and all of them balked in fear. But then it stopped. It twitched, then began to tremble. And then it burst into tiny flakes of black goo and ash, that dispersed in the air until no-mon could see them. And then there was only silence.

    Unseen, a single flake of blackness flew behind everymon’s backs, and deeper into the dungeon.

    Espurr slowly raised herself from the muck, picking her bag up with her. Ragged and limping, she rejoined the rest of her classmates. There wasn’t any fanfare, no celebratory hugs, no whoops and cheers for defeating the monster. They all just gathered together, and silently continued towards what was now the only hallway left out of the clearing. Just around the corner, there was daylight.

    Like the dungeon was throwing them a bone for their troubles, they came across a figure lay slumped down against the wall, fast asleep. Their body was half covered in black goo. Vice-Principal Watchog was slowly roused from his sleep by the sounds of seven children tromping through the muck towards him.

    “… Huh?” he muttered, raising his head from the ground groggily. “What are you troublemakers doing… here… blurgh… more mago berries… the good shtuff…”

    His head fell back into the muck, and he was asleep once again.

    All seven of them exchanged looks.

    “We’ll just have to carry him out,” Espurr said. No-mon objected.

    Daylight was just around the corner.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the week!

    Possession
    - Nicholas Hooper
     
    Last edited:
    2~Fourteen - What Came After
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Content Warning: Some (Minor) creepy behavior from adults.

    Chapter25Art.png
    Exclusive: Cloud Nine moves to instate new Guildmaster, help bring Air Continent back on its feet

    CLOUD NINE
    - Officials at Cloud Nine today reached a consensus with Air Continent officials and have set a date for the instation of a new guildmaster to take the reigns of the Air Continent's leadership.

    "The Rescuer's Guild is vital to the functioning of the Air Continent, and we must do everything in our power to return this pillar of our society to its former greatness," said Sylveon Sparkleglimmer, director of HAPPI. "Cloud Nine will convene in the coming weeks to decide upon a new Guildmaster."


    This story was first published on the Cloud Nine News Network.


    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER FOURTEEN: WHAT CAME AFTER

    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village Outskirts

    Espurr was rudely deposited into the thick mud of the island the Ancient Barrow sat on. A thin veil of fog coated the lake around them. Despite the sun being directly overhead, everything felt cold, off. She didn’t care. She felt like she could nuzzle the land that was wet, gross mud but it was land, actual land, and not the grimy insides of the Barrow’s dungeon. Tricky quickly followed, then Deerling, then Pancham, and all of the others. Riolu was nowhere to be found.

    Their eyes, accustomed to the darkness of the Barrow's hallways, all squinted when met with broad afternoon daylight again. But slowly, the surroundings became more and more bearable to look at, and everymon on the island was met with the familiar sight of Serenity Village in the distance, behind a veil of fog. All of the village children cheered—Tricky loudest of all. Espurr didn't cheer, but she couldn't help but grin with infectious delight too. She had never appreciated being able to see the daylight so much.

    A loud sputter suddenly came from next to them, sending all the celebrating children into a panicked silence. Watchog—laying flat on the mud nearby—coughed once, then twice, then sputtered himself awake. He looked one way, then the other. He saw the morning sun. He saw the Ancient Barrow. He saw that he was positively filthy. And most importantly, he saw all six of the village children sitting next to him, suddenly fearful looks on their faces. They were right to be scared.

    Watchog suddenly jumped up, pointing an accusing finger in alarm. "You—You—" he sputtered. "What are you kids doing here?!"

    No-mon answered him. Several of them just looked down at the mud. What could they all say? You had to be there to believe it.

    "All of you go home!" Watchog cried. "Every single one of you. Go home! And—" he cleared his throat, lowering his voice and trying to look dignified at the last second. "If anymon asks, none of this ever happened. Kapeesh?"

    "Kapeesh." The answer was unanimous; everymon could agree with that.

    "Now scat!" Watchog cried, shooing them all with his arms. All six of them were back on the path to the village faster than Watchog could say 'troublemaker'.


    ~\({O})/~

    Carracosta's House

    ~Tricky~

    "YOU FOOL!"

    Carracosta punctuated his outburst with a stomp of his feet against the floor. Tricky cowered in front of him, looking suitably ashamed.

    "I have two rules," he boomed. "One. Don't go out after dark. Two. Stay out of mystery dungeons. Last night you broke both."

    "Actually, you have three rules—" Tricky piped up, but she was quickly cut off again.

    "SILENCE!" Carracosta yelled. "I'm disappointed in you, Tricky. Since you can't seem to follow the rules correctly, you don't need special privileges either. You're grounded for a week."

    "Grounded?!" Tricky exclaimed in horror.


    ~\({O})/~

    Pancham's House

    ~Pancham and Shelmet~

    "I swear we can't keep you two in the same room together and expect you to behave," Pancham's mother sighed, scrubbing Shelmet down. He and Pancham were in opposite tubs, facing away from one another as they washed off all the muck that had stuck to them.

    "I wish your dad wasn’t off on his trips all the time," Pancham heard her mutter as she cleaned off Shelmet's shell. "He'd know how to keep you two in line."


    ~\({O})/~

    Sliggoo's House

    ~Sliggoo~

    "Son, we…" Sliggoo's father, a gallade, said. He sat on a stool in front of Sliggoo, who was silent. Sliggoo’s mother, a goodra, sat on another, undersized stool next to him, wringing out her paws. "We think it's great that you managed to evolve, we do," he continued, then trailed off. Clearly the subject made him uncomfortable.

    "—We just wish you'd done it while we were there," Sliggoo's mother finished for him.

    Awkward silence ensued.


    ~\({O})/~

    Deerling's House

    ~Deerling~

    "Mooooom," Deerling pleaded, all sprawled out on the floor. "Just punish me."

    "Why would I?" Deerling's mother asked cheerfully. "You've made such a large step forward into becoming independent!"

    "I went out of the house after bedtime," Deerling said. "I broke a rule! You're supposed to punish me!"

    Sawsbuck deliberately ignored her, humming as she went back to whatever she was doing.

    "At least do something!" Deerling cried out. "Put me in my room for the day. Take away my dessert rights. Send me to bed without dinner. Anything works. Just don't tell me you think this is okay. Please."

    "Hmm," Deerling's mother hummed. "I think this is the first time I've ever seen a child beg for punishment."

    "…That means you're going to punish me?" Deerling asked hopefully.

    "Nope," Sawsbuck said, not even looking at Deerling. Deerling blinked once, then twice. She opened her mouth, but then realized arguing was useless. Instead, she stormed off in annoyance.

    "Don't headbutt the walls, please!" Sawsbuck yelled after her.


    ~\({O})/~

    Village Square

    Espurr walked into the village square, her fur still soggy and drooping from the dip in the lake she’d taken. It wasn’t fun, but it beat being covered in the Crooked House’s grime. She knew she was getting a few looks from some of the passerby pokemon in the square, but she was too tired to care.

    She trudged up to the front door of Audino's house, which she had left unlocked for herself the night before. She pushed down on the knob. It gave. Still unlocked. Espurr pushed it open with a loud creak, and wearily trudged in.

    "Where were you?!"

    Espurr looked up in shock—Audino stood right before her, looking at Espurr. "And how did you get so dirty?" she questioned. "What were you doing all night? Explain. Now."

    Espurr didn't have an excuse for Audino, and she was too tired to make one. She went with the truth instead.

    "We—I was searching for Watchog last night. He hasn't been seen since Thursday."

    Audino leaned back against the wall of the house, covering her face with her hands out of frustration.

    "Watchog was out of town. He just said so, when he passed by in the square."

    Espurr blinked in shock. On second thought, she shouldn’t have been surprised. Of course he’d have spent the walk back to town thinking up a cover story for himself.

    "If you thought he was missing, why didn't you tell an adult?" Audino questioned. "You put yourself in danger!"

    "The adults won't understand." Espurr looked up at Audino with a tired face.

    "We won't understand if you never tell us anything," Audino began angrily. She sighed. "Just—just go to your room until supper." She was at a loss for anything else to say.

    Espurr wasn't complaining. She felt tired enough to collapse where she stood. She trudged off to her room, where the bed of straw was still unmade from where she had left it last night. Not even bothering to finish drying herself off or remove her bad, she yawned, shuffled over to the bed, and collapsed face-down in it.

    She was asleep within minutes.


    ~\({O})/~

    In the village square, a lone riolu dashed out into the sunlight. He looked around, taking in the sky that was bright blue with fluffy clouds, and not red and empty; the houses that stood tall and proud, instead of being desolate ruins; how the place was lively and clean and crowded with other pokemon all around him, instead of bleak and sandy and deserted as far as the eye could see. His eyes and smile widened. To the befuddlement of everymon around him, he let out a loud cheer, jumping up and down for joy.

    Then, like a switch had been flipped, his legs shook, his eyes fluttered, and then he slumped over in exhaustion. He hadn’t slept for days. Several pokemon gasped, and a crowd gathered around him in worry.

    “Nurse!” somemon cried out.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Headquarters ~ Lively Town

    ~Mawile~

    It was business as usual at the Expedition Society. After the morning briefing, everymon had gone their separate ways. The building was left deserted, all except for Swirlix, Nickit, and Team Limestone – who had taken an off-day and were instead sparring in the training hall. Mawile could hear the sounds of their battle from one floor above.

    (This meant they'd carelessly left the door open, but it wasn’t worth anything more than an admonishing later.)

    Content that things would stay peaceful at least for a little while, Mawile let the door of her office slide to a shut behind her. She had more important things to do right now.

    A second sighting of the entities that had caused devastation in Pokemon Plaza meant more than ever that action was required as soon as possible. Mawile wasn't confident in HAPPI's ability to act in time. No, scratch that, she wasn’t confident in their ability to act at all. They had double agents in their ranks… who knew how far up it went?

    But it didn’t change that she needed a lead. She'd been pouring over and re-reading dozens of old texts in her miniature library, hoping to find something that she had missed. Something had to rear its head eventually. It wasn't possible that there were no accounts of these beings or anything like them throughout history.

    However, days after days of examining every text she could find had run her down—Mawile was relishing the idea of finally moving on from this project. Or at least, getting herself some new material to read over. She walked around the gigantic pile of books and scrolls that lay on the desk. Her eyes settled on an old book that lay on the bottom shelf next to the desk, bound and latched shut with stripes of gold—it hadn't been visible for a while because an errant pile of books had blocked it. The sight of the book jogged Mawile's memory: Ampharos had given it to her years ago, claiming he got it from Rayquaza, who collected Human texts and scrolls. With all the work she had piling up on her, she’d never gotten around to reading it.

    "I couldn't hope to find a use for this," Ampharos had said the day that he'd given it to her. "But when Rayquaza insisted that I take something, I grabbed the first thing within reach. Maybe you'll find it useful where I could not."

    Mawile doubted the answer lay with the Humans of old, as fascinated as she was with them. But at this rate… she reached for the book, and grabbed it from its perch on the shelf. It couldn't hurt.

    The text was the unpublished ramblings of a porygon, who had lived long ago at the very start of Pokemon Civilization. Mawile made a note to visit Rayquaza at a later date and gain his opinions on some of the book's topics.

    But the opening of the chapter on the next page made all thoughts of leisurely philosophical debates fly from Mawile's mind:

    Humans.

    9,000 years dead, 9,000 years our ancestors. 9,000 years a myth. No-mon has ever seen a human, yet the grounds of this world are replete with the ruins they leave behind: The crumbling remains of their cities and technology, soon to be overgrown for all time. Years upon years of obsessive studying has granted me perhaps the best recollection of what happened to their kind.

    The Humans were a powerful, ambitious species. Their technology built them towers that scraped the sky. Their wars shook the world and made all others cower in fear. And when the Human leaders spoke, everyone listened.

    But too much power is never a good thing. Slowly, the Humans destroyed their planet. Pollution blotted out the sun, and toxins seeped down into the very ley lines of their Earth. Soon they knew they would all die if nothing was done.

    On every continent Humans convened to search for the only answer the Human Leaders could provide: A new world. A new place to colonize and corrupt and build their metal cities over. They soon discovered the stars held no secrets for them, so they began to burrow into the ley lines of Planet Earth. And soon, they drilled a hole straight into their doom.

    By the time the Humans realized what they had done it was too late. They were destroyed by the foul creatures that emerged from this hell realm they had breached. In a bid for survival, the final remains of their species constructed three seals to cover up their mistake. One on the Water Continent. One on the Sand Continent. One lost to the tides of the sea. If any of these were to break, surely the wrath of this realm would be inflicted upon the world again.

    I have determined the best we can do is to leave these seals to lie in peace. If, for any reason one should shatter, the signs will make themselves clear. And it will fall to the pokemon of this world to unite and take action, before they are destroyed like the Humans of old.


    Mawile could barely sit still. Thoughts flew through her head at the speed of light – nothing was proven, she’d have to do a lot of cross-referencing, but if this wasn't her answer, it was a step in the right direction. Even though nightmare realms and ancient seals felt a bit fantastical. Mawile pulled out a map of the Sand Continent—the continent most mapped by other cartographers—to investigate. If one of the researcher’s fabled seals was there, then she should be able to find something like it on the map.

    And immediately, she found what she was looking for. The Sands of Time, an important historical dungeon further inland on the Sand Continent, had boggled explorers for decades. The dungeon had eclipsed the remains of the last standing Human City, and everymon who had entered noted one detail in common: a large, arcane room with what looked like a massive set of stairs in the middle. If anything on Sand would match the description of Porygon’s seal, this was it.

    Brimming with excitement, Mawile checked Porygon's text again just to make sure, and then immediately got to work, ignoring the dulled sounds of the battle taking place a floor below. To quote an old Human idiom: she had struck gold.


    ~\({O})/~

    Audino's House

    ~Espurr~

    Espurr slept through the day, and then the night. It was a dreamless sleep; she was too tired to dream. Or to remember them. But eventually she sat up in her bed of straw, glancing at the sunlight pouring in through the window. It didn’t feel like she’d slept enough.

    A loud snoring sound came from beside her, causing her to gasp in fright. She looked to her right, realizing that she now shared the bed with a noisily snoring Riolu. Espurr let out a sigh of relief. There was some good news: he’d made it back out safe.

    There would be no more sleeping with Riolu's noisy snoring, so Espurr yawned, stretched, and pulled herself off the bed. Her stomach growled and she felt a bit dizzy, so she devoured an apple in the kitchen ravenously. Audino wasn't there. Espurr assumed she was out tending to a doctor's appointment.

    For the next ten minutes, she sat around the empty, quiet house. Her thoughts came to her. This was her home. She was safe here, right? All the bad memories of the last few weeks reeled through her head – the Beheeyem, the gabite, the strange dreams, the Voice, the Crooked House, Nyarlathotep. Would any of the adults understand, if she told them? Would any of them even believe her? Watchog was the only one who had any reason to, and he was far too stuck-up to do anything about it. But above all, Espurr knew that she couldn't sit around the house doing nothing all day. She had to take a hike.

    So she grabbed her mud-caked exploration bag, donned the dirty scarf, and slipped out through the door. She needed to find the others, the only ones who would understand.


    ~\({O})/~

    “Some congratulations we got,” Pancham grumbled, his arms folded. He leaned against his house in the Village Square, glowering at the ground. “Went and saved the Watchdog’s tail, and all we get is yelled at.” The other five of them lounged around glumly, all of them in a shady part of the Square no-mon would listen to them in.

    There was no reason for the six of them to be in one place normally. They disliked each other too much for that. But after last night, there was an unspoken truce between all of them: they needed to put their baggage aside for now.

    “Yeah…” Tricky grumbled. “Pops made me take a bath! And then made me give the house a bath! My paws still hurt from all the scrubbing…”

    “I’ll bet your paws don’t hurt as much as my shell,” Shelmet groaned. “I have to do all the busywork at Kecleon’s for a month.”

    “I’m n-not allowed to leave the house for the next w-week for sneaking out,” Goomy, now Sliggoo, stuttered.

    “So why’re you here then?” Tricky asked, swiveling her ears quizzically.

    Sliggoo didn’t answer that. He looked bashful.

    “You snuck out?” Deerling asked him. She sounded impressed. “Nice move.”

    Everymon gaped at her in shock. Deerling just shook her head. “Look, we didn’t deserve the punishment this time. None of us did. So it’s fine.”

    “But what do we do now?”

    All eyes wandered to the only one who hadn’t spoken yet. Espurr sat across from Pancham, her back against the side of Pancham’s house.

    “I don’t know,” Deerling admitted. It sounded less like annoyance, more genuine. Then, more snippy: “Aren’t you supposed to be the one with all the plans and answers?”

    It was snippiness from stress, and they all knew it. Espurr just looked down at the ground, eyes wide.

    “I don’t know anymore,” she said. “All I know is the adult aren’t going to listen to us.”

    “Why do we need to figure out what now?” Tricky’s voice cut through the silence. “Didn’t we beat the monster already?”

    “We beat one,” Espurr said grimly. “Riolu told me there are more. An army of them. He called them Void Shadows. They’re from a place called the Voidlands, and the Crooked House leads right down into it.”

    She looked up, taking in the darkening looks on everymon’s faces. “And if we could get in and out…”

    “Then other things can get out too,” Deerling finished, coming to the realization.

    “Wait wait wait.” Pancham’s voice broke up the silence. “You’re tellin’ me that there’s more where those came from? And we can’t take it to any adult?”

    “No adults will listen until it’s too late,” Espurr said.

    “Welp,” Pancham sighed. “We’re doomed.”

    “You’re so great at boosting team morale,” Deerling grumbled.

    “W-what if we could p-prove it?” Sliggoo asked.

    There was a couple seconds of silence, as everymon considered that.

    “Well…” Tricky trailed off. “If we could, all the adults would have to believe us, right? Then we could all be ready.”

    Uneasy agreement. Tricky’s statement was met with nods from the other five, with varying enthusiasm. Shelmet just rocked back and forth on his shell.

    “What could we find for proof?” Deerling asked.

    “Riolu,” Espurr said. She looked to the side. “He was asleep in my room when I woke up today. But he’d back us up. And he could tell us more about how to prove it’s true.”

    That was met with uneasy agreement.

    “But why now?” Pancham asked. “If these things could have come out at any time and they’re just coming out now…”

    For Pancham, that was a sharp observation. Deerling cast a look Espurr’s way.

    “It’s because of me,” Espurr said calmly. She hoped she sounded calm. “They want me.”

    “You?” Shelmet said. “Why you?”

    “Because I’m not really an espurr,” Espurr said. She gestured to herself. “This isn’t me. I’m not a pokemon like you guys. I’m Human, just like Riolu.”

    Espurr had expected just about anything to happen after saying that. Would they be excited, like Tricky? Angry, like Deerling? Scared? But they weren’t any of those things. Instead, they were all silent. A stunned silence, where every set of eyes in the clearing were peeled to her. Except Tricky, whose mouth gaped wide with shock.

    “You’re telling everymon?” she blurted out before she could stop herself.

    Espurr decided to own the silence. She nodded Tricky’s way, then stood up. “I don’t want the adults to know, only you six. But those monsters are coming for me; first the Beheeyem, and now the Void Shadows. As long as I’m here, they’re not going to stop. Unless somemon they’ll chase leads them away.”

    Everymon caught the hidden implication.

    “No.”

    Deerling stood up next, clopping over. She faced Espurr.

    “We don’t agree on everything, Espurr, but I’m not letting you do that. You’ve done way too much running off on your own lately. I don’t want to see another dead student, no matter the circumstances.”

    One dead student is better than six. Espurr wanted to say it, but she bit her tongue. It would get her nowhere.

    Being a Human Savior destined to save the world had sounded so exciting two weeks ago, even if she didn’t want to admit it. Now it felt like a burden.


    ~\({O})/~

    After the talk, Espurr felt a little better about everything despite herself. If nothing else… six other pokemon knew about her. Six other pokemon would catch her fall if she couldn’t get back up. But she needed to process all of it, and for that she needed to go somewhere quiet. She walked south, until she had outwalked the town. The dark silhouette of the Crooked House demanded her attention, shrouded within grasping tendrils of fog. There was a pull towards it. Espurr resisted.

    She continued to walk south, past the tree where Ampharos had gifted her and Tricky the expedition gadget. She walked past the forest path that led to the treehouse they had all made, and walked until Serenity Village could fit into the palm of her paw. Up ahead, the path led through the forest and split west towards the sea, but that wasn't where Espurr was going.

    Espurr rooted around in the bushes until she found the fake ones Nuzleaf had set aside that one day. She walked around them, leaving them undisturbed. She didn’t know why she went this way. It was like something compelled her to come here.

    Watchog was at the guard post for Revelation Mountain that day. Espurr momentarily halted in surprise – she hadn't thought about the guards – but then she noticed that he was fast asleep. That simplified things. She crept past him, leaving a trail of muddy pawprints behind her as she scampered up the mountain. She’d clean it up later.

    Espurr stopped at a cliff near the base of the mountain, and sat on a ledge overlooking the land below. She could see the village from here, as well as all its forested surroundings, the river that lead into the sea further off, and the vast mountain valleys in the distance. It took her back to a time when her largest worry was what place Tricky would drag her off to today… had that really only been a few weeks ago? Espurr let her bag drop next to her, and eventually she propped her chin up against it, lying on her belly, kicking her legs behind her, and staring out at the scenery lazily.

    "I wasn't aware this was where all the kids went when school was out," Principal Simipour said.

    Espurr jumped and scrambled upright– she hadn't even seen him! She hadn't felt him either. She quickly collected her bag, looking at him. Simipour just took a seat next to her, staring at her with that ever-weary gaze. Espurr cleared her throat.

    "What are you… doing here, Principal?" she asked.

    "I come here sometimes for an afternoon stroll when Vice Principal Watchog's on duty,” Simipour answered. "Adult's privilege. Hmm, now that I think of it, should you be here?"

    Espurr blinked, then glanced to the left, trying to come up with a good counter for that. She opened her mouth a couple of times, but couldn’t come up with anything clever enough to say otherwise.

    "I'll allow it," Simipour cheerfully shrugged it off. "Why deprive a pokemon of this beautiful view, after all? Just don't make a habit of it."

    Espurr nodded, and then made herself more comfortable in her seat. Something bugged her about all this. She couldn't feel him. With her sixth sense, she couldn’t feel a single thing from him, which was strange. She knew from Watchog's type matchup class that psychics couldn't perceive the minds of dark-type pokemon, but Simipour was supposed to be a water type… right?

    Slowly, things began to come back to her. She remembered the paper she had snitched from Simipour's office just last night. It was still in her bag, wasn't it? Disguising it as a causal rummaging through her bag, Espurr zipped it open and sifted through the items until she found what she was looking for. The paper still read, in large words:

    MISSING: Beheeyem x3

    If found, please contact the Merchants' Guild on the Grass Continent.


    Espurr remembered her first night at the school—


    ~\({O})/~

    Simipour opened a drawer below his desk and put the stack of papers in front of them into it.

    "The pokemon who chased you last night are known as Beheeyem, and they've been sighted several times in the past few days searching for you." Simipour's voice lost its airy quality for a more sincere tone. "That is why, for the time being, I strongly implore you to stay within the bounds of this village. I say this out of concern for your own safety, not to put a shackle on your freedom. We don't need another disappearance on our hands."


    ~\({O})/~

    That stack of paper had been missing posters. And Simipour had been collecting all of them. For what?

    Something touched Espurr’s back.

    She gasped and looked over, and immediately jumped further away. She could see Simipour’s front paw discreetly reaching for her from behind, as if to grab her. Those fingers… she could still feel the imprints in her back. He’d touched her!

    "Is something the matter?" Simipour asked Espurr, but it didn’t sound right. His eyes were shut tight. The smile on his face was unnatural. It looked like somemon was puppeteering him. Espurr quickly closed her bag, and shuffled back a little more. Simipour effortlessly closed the distance between them. And there wasn’t enough cliff to go much further.

    “I think I’ll go now,” Espurr said firmly, gathering her bag. Maybe a little too firmly.

    In an instant, Simipour's posture seemed to change. He slumped over, and his expression became much less cheery. A grin was replaced with an unpleasant sneer, as his face fell into shadows. And his eyes didn’t once open.

    "So that's how it is…" she heard him mutter. Espurr mentally prepared herself to be on her defense. This didn't look like it was going good places.

    "Peer into my mind." Simipour's voice didn't sound anything like Simipour. He had lost his airy voice for a growl. The sudden change sent chills through Espurr.

    It was at this point that she realized he had moved to block the way off the cliff. When he’d made her shuffle in that direction… he was setting a trap! And she couldn’t get to the other side without risking falling off as well, a long way down. The safest option was to comply. And be ready for whatever was next.

    Espurr took a deep breath, and reached out with her sixth sense. Some of the fog over Simipour's mind had lifted, allowing just enough for a clear path through – had he controlled what she could and couldn’t see? What was this? For a moment, their heads merged, and Espurr saw what 'Simipour' had seen.


    ~\({O})/~

    Village Square

    Three beheeyem were travelling through town that day, seven weeks ago. They brought wares from the Grass Continent – dried berries, roasted insects, the works. It was enough to put Kecleon out of business for the day, but he was an honorable shopkeeper and an even better businesspokemon. He bought a cut from them and sold the wares for more later on.

    Simipour didn't remember much of what happened that day. But something else did. Something else, as it had before once, when he let me in, took complete control. Something else used Simipour's charisma to lead them up to the school and then into the School Forest.

    "I…" one of the beheeyem glanced around in confusion. "So what was that thing you wanted to discuss? And why lead us into a mystery dungeon? Are you a robber?"

    All three of them took a battle stance, preparing for the worst.

    Simipour opened his mouth, and a harsh, snarl transcended sound and branded itself upon their minds.


    Robber? No. I have a different purpose in mind for you three.

    He raised his arms, which then crackled with energy the color of a Void Shadow. The beheeyem panicked, abandoning fighting and trying to get a safe distance away. But there were only so many places to go in a mystery dungeon.

    Cease.

    The energy hit all three beheeyem, and they convulsed violently. It was pain, terrible pain, pain meant to torture the three of them. And during that pain, as whatever controlled Simipour stood and watched them wail, something came to the beheeyem. Something offered an out, if only they would open the door, if only they would surrender their minds let me in let me make you better.

    And under such lasting and terrible pain, how could they continue to fight?

    Simipour never felt his best after that. He did what he could to hide it – the school principal had to be at his best, after all – but his endeavors to hide his sudden weariness failed often. When Audino offered, then insisted that he receive a checkup, something in his brain told him it was a bad idea. The same thing in his brain that told him to collect missing posters up around the town. The same thing that told him to keep an eye upon any new arrivals to the village. The same thing that had told him to be here now. Now Simipour had a mission. To Kill—


    ~\({O})/~

    Espurr forcefully separated her mind from Simipour's, terrified. She saw Simipour's arms, which crackled with the same black energy they had in the memory, and they were closing in around her in a deadly embrace—

    Espurr ducked at the last second, rolling out from under Simipour and grabbing her bag. Simipour – or what was controlling him – let out a feral screech and lunged for Espurr, but she pulled herself out of the way at the last minute. Dashing further in towards the mountain and spinning on her feet, Espurr prepared to blast Simipour off the side of the mountain with her mental powers. Then, she faltered – wait, what was she doing? She didn't want to kill him!

    But right now, he wanted to kill her. And he didn’t hesitate. A concentrated ball of dark energy blasted against the cliff, and Espurr dodged it just in time. The best option here was to run. So, she did.

    She ran down the trail, and Simipour leapt after her as fast as his body would take him. He was faster than her – Espurr wasn't even going to make it to the base of the cliff!

    Simipour charged another shadow attack, jumping up into the air. And that was when Espurr made her move. She spun around and directed an unfettered mental blast into the air. Simipour was hit midair by the blast, and landed a ways up the cliff on his back. Espurr didn't stay to see what he did after that. By the time 'Simipour' crawled back down to the base of the mountain, there was no sign of her anywhere around. There was only Watchog, snoozing.

    The being controlling Simipour sensed leaving the Vice Principal alone would be best for maintaining its cover.


    ~\({O})/~

    Espurr didn't even bother following the correct path back; she cut straight through the woods and didn't stop until she'd run back into town. She was in such a frenzy that she didn't realize Audino had been walking towards the front door of the house until she bumped right into her.

    "Espurr!" Audino turned around, looking at Espurr. "What are you doing?"

    "I…" Espurr panted. "I… I need to go…"

    "No, you don't!" Audino grabbed Espurr's bag just as she was about to run off, tugging Espurr back at the last minute. "What you need to do is sit down and tell me what's going on."

    Despite everything in her brain telling her that nothing was okay right now, that she needed to get somewhere safe before Simipour or something else came after her, the clear authority of Audino's voice penetrated Espurr's panic for a minute. Just enough to make her see reason. She stopped struggling against Audino, letting the straps of the bag relax. Audino was right. If there was anything she needed right now, it was help.

    "…Alright." Espurr walked back towards Audino, finally regaining some of her earlier composure. "But I want to do it inside." She cast a suspicious glance around at all the other pokemon in the square, all of whom were giving them a wide berth by now.

    How many of them? How many others were waiting out there, controlled by this… thing?

    Could she ever be safe again?


    ~\({O})/~

    The door closed behind them, and Audino directed Espurr towards one of the stools at the table before sitting down at the other end. Neither of them removed their bags.

    "Now tell me what's going on."

    It was a moment before Espurr had gathered the nerves to say anything, but eventually she took a deep breath, and switched into autopilot. In as plain a voice as possible, she said: "I think something's trying to kill me."

    Espurr told Audino everything. From waking up in the woods all alone, to the strange dreams, to Ampharos, to Tricky and the beheeyem and what had happened in the Crooked House. By the time she was done, a good portion of the day was already gone.

    Audino sat at the table, looking skeptical. It was so fantastical. Monsters from another dimension? Strange dreams? The Expedition Society? Humans? And yet… it all explained enough. Audino's memory flashed back to the Open Pass – Beheeyem. They’d been hunting her, hadn’t they?

    "…Alright. I believe you."

    Espurr's eyes lightened up, as if a large burden had been removed from here.

    "You do?"

    Audino nodded. For a moment, Espurr felt a sense of elation – finally, somemon understood! She was going to get help and answers—

    "But I'm not allowing you to leave the house anymore."

    Espurr's hopes crumbled before her eyes in an instant. A shocked "…What?" was all she could produce.

    "You’re hallucinating,” she said with conviction. “I did some looking into things. Just three weeks ago, there was a kidnapping in another town near here by some Beheeyem. They caused the kid to hallucinate until he ran away and went with them. They must have plugged something into you that’s making you see these things! Of course you’d think everything’s out to get you; that’s what they want you to see. It’s a perfectly rational explanation.”

    "But—" Espurr began, flabberghasted.

    "No buts. You're in danger, and you'll be safe in the house. And we're going to have a talk later with the other kids in case they’ve been seeing things too.”

    And with that, Audino got up from her stool, and set her bag on the floor. Completely misunderstood, Espurr sullenly hopped off from her stool, trudging away with her exploration bag on her shoulder—

    "I'll be taking that bag too. "

    Espurr stopped in her tracks. Audino walked over, and scooped the bag up off Espurr's shoulder. Espurr let her. She looked over her shoulder to see where Audino had stashed it – right next to her own bag – and then trudged off to her room.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Headquarters ~ Lively Town

    ~Ampharos~

    Clack.

    It was nighttime, but the shutters were rolled over the windows of the Expedition Society’s second floor chamber. Ampharos placed a connection orb in the indent at the center of the room, and stood back as the Pokemon Nexus rose up out of the floor. He approached the hexagonal console, and tapped a few buttons into it. A display of a large map shot out of the connection orb and illuminated the wall. This was the Pokemon Nexus’ true purpose: to help log a comprehensive, electronic map of the world. Ampharos leaned over the console, and pressed a few more buttons. A red dot appeared upon the map. He had made a habit of checking every night, once he was sure everymon else was asleep.

    But something was different tonight. The dot – which had been situated directly in Serenity Village every time Ampharos had checked – was now someplace in the Lively Mountain Range. Ampharos tilted his head at it in confusion. Surely that didn't mean what he thought it did.

    A door opened to his side, startling Ampharos out of his thoughts. He looked to his left, seeing Mawile swiftly close the door to her office behind her. She looked sleep-worn.

    "You didn't sleep."

    "I had more pressing matters to take care of."

    Mawile joined Ampharos at the Pokemon Nexus.

    "Another night mission?" she asked after a minute. Ampharos seemed lost in thought, yet she knew him well enough to tell what he was thinking just from his face.

    "A very critical one, yes." Ampharos' answer was short and to the point. "I'll have to leave before the break of dawn; I trust you to hold things down until I return?"

    Mawile had been hoping to discuss something with him. She prepared to broach the subject, but another glance at Ampharos' face told her that he wasn't open to discussion.

    "There’s an important matter I must discuss with you upon your return," she said instead. "It's concerning recent events."

    Ampharos nodded silently, too deep in his musing for a proper response. He pressed a final button on the console, and the Pokemon Nexus lowered into slumber once more.

    Ampharos donned his cloak, his bag, and his walking stick, striding out the large doors of the Expedition Society and into the night. His destination: The Lively Mountain Range.


    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village ~ Nighttime

    ~Espurr~

    Kill.

    That night, the large welcome archway that lay above the eastward entrance to Serenity Village went up in flames. It attracted the attention of many of a pokemon, who then went to call for Carracosta – the only water-type in the village formidable enough to put it out.

    No-mon noticed the trio of beheeyem that entered from the south. That was how they liked it. They continued through the houses, looking for the one that lay to the west of the town square.

    Slowly coming to. Espurr blinked herself awake, smelling smoke. She sat up in confusion. Riolu was still sleeping, like he had been all day, but even he smelled it. Espurr watched him wrinkle his nose up in disgust.

    Only then did she notice that there was light coming from the window, and it was a flickering, soft orange. Espurr quickly scurried to the window to see what was happening. Approaching the window, she saw the fire, and the large amount of pokemon grouping around it from outside. And from the south side of town, she saw… flickering lights. Red, green, and yellow.

    Espurr quickly dashed back from the window. No. No. This wasn't happening. This was a dream. It had to be. It had to be—

    She quickly pressed herself up against the wall next to the window as flickering lights illuminated the room. For a moment, there was silence. Espurr held her breath.

    The wooden bars of the window were suddenly blasted off by a psychic force, and Espurr barely resisted the urge to scream as she cowered. Wood chips landed all over Riolu, though somehow he remained unharmed. Trying to breath as quietly as possible with a paw over her mouth, Espurr edged over to the end of the room, eyeing the entrance to the hallway. Could she reach it without revealing herself?

    A ghostly wind made the already-tattered curtains flutter in the air. A cone-like head emerged through the window, and began to look around. Espurr was caught like a sitting ducklet. There was no escape. It was going to see her and then Riolu, and…

    Wait. Maybe this could play to her advantage. She couldn’t reach Riolu from here, couldn’t rescue him without being seen, but she could distract them.

    Abandoning stealth, Espurr dashed for the entrance, running into the hallway before the beheeyem could even react. Her bag was at the other end! If she could just—

    Something heavy collided with the wall, making a sizeable dent with cracks in it. They were trying to break in! Espurr ran down the hall as fast as she could. The wall couldn't take another hit – it burst into pieces, and the second of the three beheeyem floated into the house.

    Espurr finally reached her bag, and picked it up. But the door was suddenly blasted off its hinges, and it caught Espurr on its trip towards the wall.

    The door slammed into the table, which slammed into the cupboards with enough force to leave a large dent in all three objects. Espurr was small enough to fit under the table and only got a small knock from the cupboard's handle. And before she knew it, the third beheeyem entered the house.

    Espurr frantically searched for any way out. The door? Too risky. Back through the bedroom? Definitely not. Make a hole? Where?

    Then she saw the window above the kitchen stove. She was small enough to slink out through the window if she wanted. And those bars looked like they would give really easily. That was her escape route. Now if only she could create enough confusion to make her escape…

    The table was suddenly thrown off of her by a beheeyem. Espurr whacked it in the face with her bag. Hard. The beheeyem was sent stumbling back.

    She didn't waste time. She crawled up to the window, trying to fit herself through. She fit through, but the bag didn't. She just needed to pull hard enough…

    The window-bars finally broke, sending both Espurr and the bag tumbling to the ground. Espurr wasted no time picking herself up and dashing behind a nearby house to catch her breath in peace. She slowly peeked out from behind the wall, looking at the fire in the distance that was being doused. She could see the Beheeyems' flickering lights illuminating the house from the inside. She had to lead them away from Riolu and the others… Espurr shouldered her bag, and finally came to a decision.

    She threw a rock against the wall closest to her, loud enough to make a sound the beheeyem would hear. Once she was sure they saw, she ran away through the alley as fast as her legs would take her.


    ~\({O})/~

    Carracosta's House

    ~Tricky~

    Knock~Knock~Knock

    There was a rapping upon the wall of Tricky's bedroom. Tricky stirred in her bed, groaning. She had cleaned the entire house from top to bottom as punishment for sneaking out after dark, and she was exhausted.

    Knock~Knock~Knock

    The rapping came again, and this time Tricky woke up.

    "Huh?" she murmured sleepily, then shook herself awake. She smelled the scent of smoke on the air. What was happening?

    The knocking on the wall turned out to be Espurr. Tricky looked one way, then the other, then slipped out the window to join Espurr.

    "What are you doing here?" she hissed, suddenly wrinkling her nose. "And what's that smell?"

    "Fire," Espurr answered hurriedly. "Those beheeyem set the village sign on fire."

    "What?" It took Tricky a moment to take that all in.

    "The ones from that night at the treehouse," Espurr continued. "They were on those missing posters. Remember? The ones Principal Simipour was keeping?"

    Tricky still wasn't fully awake. She nodded the best she could, yawning. "Yeah, I remember."

    "He's responsible," Espurr said. Tricky's eyes widened, and Espurr heard her mutter something to the effect of 'holy mystery dungeon' under her breath.

    The beheeyem came after me tonight," Espurr continued, in a hurry to say everything. "The house I'm staying in is in shambles. This place isn't safe anymore."

    "…Wanna stay at my place?" Tricky offered. "I'm sure Pops will understand—"

    "Your place isn't safe," Espurr stressed. "Nowhere is. This entire village… none of it is safe anymore. Not if I'm here." She took a deep breath before saying the rest of what she had to say.

    "If I'm here, everymon in this village is in danger. So…" another deep breath. "…I'm leaving. I've still got that map in my bag; I'm heading to Lively Town. Maybe somemon there can help."

    That woke Tricky up completely.

    "Lively Town…" she muttered, then gasped. "That's where the Expedition Society is! We can get help from them! Just wait—"

    Tricky suddenly hopped back into the window of her house before Espurr could say anything to stop her. A moment later, she hopped back out. Espurr quickly checked to make sure that the beheeyem hadn't caught up yet.

    "I'm coming too," Tricky stated firmly. "You don't get to be the first one to go the Expedition Society, no-siree!"

    Espurr opened her mouth to object, but then thought about it for a minute. If the beheeyem went after her, who else would they go after? And if there was any company she wanted along the way… Tricky was her first pick.

    "When do we leave?" Tricky asked, beginning to bounce in excitement.

    "As soon as possible," Espurr said.


    ~\({O})/~

    Serenity Village Outskirts

    They looped around the south side of the village, until the sign of the now-doused sign was only a small figure in the distance. Espurr checked behind them at every corner, in case the beheeyem had caught on again. But never once did she see the flickering of lights, or hear the faint beeping that suggested they were near.

    Soon, they reached the eastward trail into the mountains, shrouded by mist. Espurr took one last look at the dark outline of Serenity Village, which had been her home and her sanctuary for the last three weeks. It had felt like three months. And it had felt like home. For a moment, all Espurr wanted to do was go back to her house and lay in her bed, and talk to all her friends the next day.

    But her bed was destroyed, and her house lay in shambles. And all her friends were in danger the longer she stayed. The only thing to do was press forward.

    Espurr clutched the strap of her bag, feeling the familiar weight on her shoulders. And then, she turned her gaze away from the village behind them, and continued along with Tricky into the craggy mountain trail ahead.

    It was a good night for exploring, anyway.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the week!

    Obliviate
    - Alexandre Desplat
     
    Last edited:
    Interlude the Second: The Trial
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark

    Chapter26Art.png
    Headline today: Quorum of Cloud Nine to hear appeal against Magnagate Ban

    The quorum of Cloud Nine will gather today to hear the appeal against the shutdown on Magnagate Technology. Officially patented by HAPPI in 11031, the company developing it was shuttered and all development was halted only a month after the acquisition. Espeon and Umbreon of Mist, the disgruntled inventors of the technology, sued on grounds of fraudulent conduct but were ruled against by the Quorum. Today’s trial will seek to reverse that ruling.

    ~ The Lively Town Times

    ~\({O})/~

    INTERLUDE II: THE TRIAL

    ~\({O})/~

    Cloud Nine Courtroom

    ~Espeon and Umbreon~

    The domed central building on the floating airship of Cloud Nine had a large, double-door arched entrance that led through a pristine hall. The hall led through another pair of massive double doors, into a lofty room of wooden stands and seats that were too pristine to have been used regularly. This was one of the many courtrooms of Cloud Nine, and it was currently filling out with pokemon of all shapes and sizes.

    It wasn’t long before the room’s wooden stands and seats were full up, filled with hushed chatter, throat clearing, feather rustling, and an artificial, stuffy silence. Two pokemon sitting together behind one of the two ground-level stands in the front of the room observed the pokemon filing in quietly.

    “Weren’t Alexis and Elliot supposed to be sitting on the Quorum for this trial?” Espeon whispered to Umbreon, looking at the five podiums at the far end of the room that stretched over everything else—one for each continent. On the podium marked for Sand, an emboar sat with his hooves clasped. The podium for Grass had an elderly whimsicott, who represented the continent in name only. The one on the inner left, marked for Mist, was empty. “I know we haven’t been on the greatest terms for some years, but they’re the most likely of everymon here to rule for us.”

    “They recused themselves a day before,” Umbreon whispered back. “Impartiality reasons.”

    “Sounds more like they just didn’t want to see our faces again,” Espeon muttered.

    “It’s not like they can put that on a public billboard,” said Umbreon.

    The clacking of a wooden gavel sent a wave of silence throughout the courtroom. All heads swiveled towards the five podiums, which were now occupied.

    “The court will now come into session,” a ninetales spoke, hopping gracefully onto the centermost podium. His voice carried throughout the room. “Today we hear the appeal of Espeon and Umbreon of Mist, versus the Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute. Are all representatives and parties present?”

    Next to Espeon and Umbreon, a scrafty quickly sat up, trying to keep the stack of papers he held in his hand all straight.

    “P-present!” he said in a scratchy voice, fumbling the papers into something resembling a clean pile and setting them down on the desk in front of Espeon and Umbreon. “Scrafty of Pokemon Paradise, representing Espeon and Umbreon of Mist!”

    “Also present,” came the much smoother voice of a krookadile, standing in front of the opposing seat with his arms folded. “Representing the Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute.”

    The double doors behind them suddenly opened with a loud clang, and in walked the pokemon who was supposed to be sitting in that empty stall. The sylveon walked in, letting her cape a shade of eye-catching blue trail on the floor behind her. Sparkleglimmer calmly took a seat behind the stall, staring straight ahead aloofly.

    Eyes were once again directed towards the Quorum. The seat the furthest on the right, marked for the Water Continent, remained empty. The one marked for Mist was now occupied by a stern-looking owl pokemon.

    “Standing in on this Quorum for Alexis and Elliot of Mist is Noctowl Humphrey of Pokemon Paradise,” Ninetales announced. “The court will now hear the defendants’ appeal.”

    Scrafty stepped forward, picking up the papers once again and fumbling with them until he found the right one. After a few seconds of shuffling, he ended up dropping them all over the floor. Muttering an apology, he stooped over to pick them up. Espeon and Umbreon could feel the disdain radiating over from Sparkleglimmer’s side of the court. It wasn’t a good look.

    Managing to get all the papers back in his claws, Scrafty stood up straight again. He cleared his throat, and began to read off the one at the top of the stack:

    “Five years ago,” he read aloud, reciting a speech Espeon had helped him prepare in advance, “The Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute acquired the rights to patent Magnagate Technology and the company that designed it… under the agreement that they would fund its development. However, less than a month after the acquisition, HAPPI abruptly shuttered the company’s doors, and put the technology under wraps. This court previously ruled in favor of HAPPI on the grounds that the move, while disingenuous, did not violate the contract. This appeal seeks to convince the court that HAPPI should be held responsible for its own disingenuous conduct in regards to a contract that it wrote.”

    “If I may,” a smooth voice suddenly cut in, severing Scrafty’s speech before he could properly begin the next segment. Everymon looked over to Sparkleglimmer’s stall, where the sylveon had just spoken. She cleared her throat dantily, then rose to speak.

    “While it is true that HAPPI shuttered doors on Magnagate technology development,” she began, “It was not done disingenuously as this appeal claims. The agreement between HAPPI higherups was such that Magnagate technology offered too many liabilities in the wrong paws to be publicly distributed. Imagine the implications of such technology out in the wild. Entire dungeons, vanished. New ones created from thin air. Unlegislated travel on a scale that we have never seen, and opportunities for use as a weapon. I think this quorum would agree that making such technology publicly available is—”

    “We’re not asking for it to be publicly available,” Umbreon cut in. “We’re asking for the rights to develop it. Privately. As agreed by our contract.”

    “And as this court has previously ruled,” said Sparkleglimmer. “Our contract does not and has never stipulated an indefinite continuation of funding and development after the agreed upon trial period of a month.”

    “But that’s disingenuous to the contra—” Espeon seethed.

    “Behavior you may perceive to be disingenuous does not hold weight in the face of the law,” Sparkleglimmer cut in. “You have so far failed to present any new evidence or information to sway the minds of this Quorum. I would like to posit that this entire trial has been a waste of many pokemons’ time.”

    ‘Because you didn’t give us a chance,’ Espeon wanted to growl. Sparkleglimmer had cut them off mid-appeal, and everymon in this court knew it. But not a single pokemon had spoken up.

    “Enough,” said Ninetales, stamping the gavel with a tail once more. The room quieted down. “Is there anything else to say?”

    “There is,” Umbreon levelly announced, cleanly moving on to the next part of their prepared speech. “Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute proposes the idea that introducing this new technology into the world would be too dangerous to consider. Espeon and I propose the opposite. On Mist and on Sand, entire cities face being swallowed up by expanding mystery dungeons within the next couple of decades. Supply ships from Grass find their journeys around the upper and lower capes of Air more extreme and perilous with each year. Emera mines on Water and Air dig deeper and deeper and find less and less of the precious gemstones that our society runs on. But magnagate technology could solve all of that. With the power to manipulate mystery dungeons, we could create faster travel for the supplies everymon needs, like the crisis on Air. We could mitigate the spread of dungeons, before they swallow up the towns we all live in. We could create controlled dungeons to mine enough emerastones to keep our power needs stable. This technology isn’t just useful, it’s necessary. And we do this world no service by shuttering it.”

    “And yet I might remind the court that this still holds no significance to the validity of a contract,” Sparkleglimmer said. “You signed a paper. That paper bound you. There has been no fraud on the part of my company. HAPPI is well within its legal right to use or not use a patented technology as it sees fit. Therefore, your appeal holds no ground. Now either present something of legal significance, or concede to the court.”

    And worse, it looked like the court was agreeing. Scattered hushed whispers among the pokemon in the stalls below the quorum filled the room. A gathering that didn’t want to be here, and a quorum that was probably bought off by HAPPI… they’d never had a chance in the first place.

    Ninetales sighed.

    “All those in favor of ruling towards the defendants?”

    Espeon and Umbreon’s hearts sank as they were met with a room of near silence. Only a scant few paws, claws, and fins raised into the air.

    “All those in favor of ruling towards the plaintiff?”

    Nearly the entire room raised their appendages.

    A bang of the gavel. “The court rules, once again, in favor of the Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute,” Ninetales said wearily. A quiet, formal applause filled the room.


    ~\({O})/~

    “HAPPI will extend its offer for a settlement once again,” the krookadile lawyer spoke to Espeon and Umbreon as pokemon filed out of the courtroom. “You’ve dragged this into court twice. Worth seeing some return on your troubles.”

    “We don’t need a return,” Espeon spat.

    “We’ll consider it and get back to you,” Umbreon cut in.

    The krookadile nodded. “The offer stands regardless of when.”

    He picked up his briefcase and began to walk off. How did he feel about defending HAPPI? The shades covering his eyes didn’t reveal enough for Umbreon to tell.

    “We didn’t even have a fair chance in there,” Espeon seethed as they walked down towards the serene garden sector of Cloud Nine. The sun was beginning to set over the mountains, casting the sky a shade of brilliant orange, and bathing the leaves of the hedges and the futuristic archways in a mystical glow.

    “She just walked all over us. Cut us off mid-way, and acted all shady about a contract. Everymon knew it was out of turn and no-mon said anything! That nasty little—Uurrgh!"

    "Calm down," Umbreon breathed. They both stopped next to the gate to the gardens, under the shade of a large hedge. Umbreon put his front paws on her shoulders. "Breathe. It's no use getting angry right now."

    Espeon closed her eyes and breathed. Slowly, her ears that had been flattened against her head in anger went back up.

    “…You're right," she finally said. "I… I shouldn’t be getting this angry."

    “We'll keep going,” Umbreon reassured her. “Just because the courts sided with HAPPI doesn’t mean that’s the end. We'll make appointments. Every month. We'll send letters. Sooner or later she'll get tired of it. And that's when we strike."

    "She'll never let us have it back," Espeon muttered. "Getting rid of us is like swatting a fly to her. We need something more. Something better."

    "Like what?" Umbreon asked.

    "The council members,” Espeon said. “Everymon knows she’s paying off half of them to get privileges for her company. We’ll talk to them. Turn them against her.”

    "We couldn't get appointments with them," Umbreon reminded her.

    "We'll get appointments," Espeon scoffed. "We're the most famous researchers on the entire Mist Continent; there must be something we can use to get there."

    The gardens weren't empty. Every so often, a pokemon pushed by them into the hedges, and there were several more loitering about or going on their way in every which direction. Not a single one of them even spared a glance at Espeon or Umbreon. Umbreon sighed. It was too peaceful a sunset to waste worrying about things that were said and done for already.

    "Let's worry about this tomorrow," he said. "We're on Cloud Nine- there must be something open."

    "I think I saw a fish parlor just below-deck on our way up," Espeon said. "Smelled good."

    "let's go there, then." Umbreon began to walk off towards the entrance to below-deck, and after he looked back to make sure she was keeping up, Espeon followed.


    ~\({O})/~

    Director’s Office

    ~Sparkleglimmer~

    The engines of Cloud Nine hummed below deck, several floors down where the maintenance rooms were. Sparkleglimmer sat in her office, sifting through papers on her desk.

    Pressing was the matter of the Water Continent Ambassador. He hadn’t appeared at the trial, and the word she’d been trying to keep quiet was that he had recently gone missing out at sea along with his underling and his boat. Primarina was not and had never been honest, and he had his flippers in several different schemes that were netting him and his continent far more wealth than they would or should have had. But his way with words during tense times was a useful skill, and had earned him a fair amount of leeway from Sparkleglimmer—perhaps more than she should have allowed. Maybe somemon he'd gotten on the wrong side of had finally done him in.

    Somewhat more pressing was a matter fresh from the printer involving a government ship at Noe Town. It had earned little more than a passing glance from her once she glazed the names; it looked like Alexis and Elliot of Bittercold-slaying fame had taken the job posthaste.

    But most urgent was the matter of the entercards. Those frauds from Sand had tried to patent the devices as their own discovery, thinking it was the answer to creating mystery dungeons and easing transportation. They couldn't understand less the true purpose of the entercards.

    They didn't need to know.

    They didn't need to know what those devices could do; they didn't need to discover the secret upon which all of modern pokemon society had been built. At all costs, Sparkleglimmer needed to keep that secret safe. Both for her, and for the Voice in the back of her head.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the week!

    A Gift For the Princess
    - Sonya Belousova, Giona Ostinelli
     
    Last edited:
    Special Episode II: When The World Was Cold
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Content warning: Graphic violence, death.

    Chapter27Art.png

    ~\({O})/~

    SPECIAL EPISODE II: WHEN THE WORLD WAS COLD

    ~\({O})/~

    Then

    Mist Continent ~ A Long Time Ago

    ~Sparkleglimmer~

    The world felt like a dream. The interior of her office was gone, replaced by hazy, abstract colors that swirled around without method. For a moment, she lost track of where she was, and the ever-present humming that had always been in the back of her mind faded away. Then she was inexplicably getting out of bed, and the world around her was one she hadn't seen for decades.

    Every morning, Sparkleglimmer rose, washed up for the day, ate a hasty breakfast, and walked out into a world that was still repairing itself.

    Long ago, when she had been little more than a kit, the Bittercold unleashed a blizzard that covered the Mist Continent. Ships were frozen solid in the harbor, crops that weren't accustomed to sub-zero temperatures were scorched by the cold and spoiled where they stood, and pokemon in their huts slowly froze to death where there weren't enough fire types to share and spread heat.

    The Bittercold had been smashed into oblivion by a group of pokemon that Sparkleglimmer didn't meet until much later in life, but the cleanup wasn't something that could be solved in a single day.

    The umbreon who managed the Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute was Sparkleglimmer's father. He worked day and night to help right the shattered economy in the wake of the Bittercold disaster. Sparkleglimmer rarely ever saw him, except at his desk in his office, working. Eternally working.

    But it wasn't enough. For all its efforts, HAPPI couldn't fix what had been broken on its own.

    Soon, the Rescue Team Federation came. An all-powerful organization from the Grass Continent managed affairs on another, and was extending a helping paw to Mist. Organizers and rescue teams from the Federation were soon seen around town, helping out and repairing buildings, warming pokemon up and importing crops to replace the ones that had frozen over, and building shelters for those who no longer had them. Sparkleglimmer knew there had to be a catch of some kind, some huge sum of poke or debt they were racking up for all this help, but it wasn't a subject she or her father ever brought up for long.

    And still, it wasn't enough.

    Sparkleglimmer went to school like any other pokemon, and walked the streets like any other pokemon, and had peers and teachers like any other pokemon. But she saw darkness all around her. In the newspapers, there was talk of murders and looting across the continent; only Paradise up north was spared. There were shelters, but pokemon were still sitting around aimlessly in the streets, with nowhere to go. 'Mon often disappeared, and bodies were dragged out of alleyways, unceremoniously thrown to the gutter. No-mon liked to say it, but everymon knew not all those pokemon had frozen to death in the streets.

    And still, it wasn't enough. More, more, every day. While rescue teams stood by silently with solemn looks on their faces, and turned the dead bodies into campfire fuel to solve the ever-present heat problem. Wasn't their job to stop these things before they happened?

    Walking down the street, Sparkleglimmer tripped on a cobblestone—

    And fell into Father's lap. She was still small enough to fit in it, not yet evolved. Distantly, she was sure she’d gotten younger.

    "Not everymon is as lucky as we are," Sparkleglimmer's father said, casting a wistful look out the window of his study. "Bad things happen. Not every single pokemon can be saved. Not every single pokemon has a house to go back to, or a space lined up for them in those shelters. We just have to save the ones we can, and remember the losses of the ones we couldn't."

    A fire crackled and burned loudly in the study, contained to a fireplace where it couldn't reach any of the books or embroidery. The room was lavish and decked out in all the things they'd never needed and most of the things they'd probably never use.

    "This house is big," Sparkleglimmer said, curled up in the umbreon's lap. The words were juvenile and didn't come from her, but she mouthed along for reasons she couldn't explain. "Why don't we let pokemon stay in here? So they don't freeze to death out there."

    "Maybe we will, if things get worse," the umbreon said. "But there are bad pokemon out there, pokemon who would rob us and do bad things to us even though we sheltered them. And you can't tell which ones they are by just looking. We have to be careful, so we don't let a bad pokemon in our home."

    "But why would they do that?" Sparkleglimmer's younger self asked. "Why would they do bad things to somemon who gave them nice things?"

    "Many reasons," the umbreon sighed. "Some of them are greedy. Some of them are angry. Some of them would rob us because they don't think they have another choice. Some of them want to hurt us because they don't like us."

    "Is that why the pokemon who came from the Grass Continent dragged a pokemon into an alleyway? Were they bad pokemon?"

    "What?"

    "I saw it yesterday," Sparkleglimmer said. "They dragged a pokemon into an alleyway when they thought no-mon was looking. Then they came back out later and said the pokemon was dead in there."

    She looked up at her father.

    "Did they kill that pokemon?"

    "Perhaps that pokemon was a criminal," the Umbreon said, after a pause. "They must have done something bad for that to happen. If you even saw correctly."

    Sparkleglimmer wanted to believe that. Or, she had when she was that age. But one look at her father's distant eyes told her he didn't even believe it himself.

    All those years ago… Chalk it up to the innocence of a kit, but she had been stupid not to see right through it at the start.

    And still, it wasn't enough.

    Slowly, Noe Town rebuilt. The frosty weather never truly went away, but soon it was warm enough that pokemon could stroll around without cloaks, and sleeping in the streets was no longer a death sentence. The sight of Rescue Federation ships in the harbor became an everyday staple, and soon overtook the villagers' boats and HAPPI's crumbling navy. Sparkleglimmer lived, grew, and matured.

    Now that things were getting better, the pokemon seemed to be getting worse. Passerbys in the street had used to huddle together for warmth, regardless of if they knew the 'mon next to them or not. Now, they kept to themselves and grouched to each other when they had to interact. Bakers and 'mon who had volunteered to make food to feed entire streets of starving pokemon now hid behind their stalls and storefronts and refused to feed starving kits who begged. And the rescue teams who claimed they were working for everymon's good were getting bolder. Sparkleglimmer saw muggings, teams who ganged up on and robbed passerbys just because they could. Upon thinking of them she saw many in an instant. She wasn't sure if every one of those had been seen through her own eyes or not. There were beatings. She remembered taking a different route home when she saw those. The alleyways became the place you went to die—sometimes against your own will.

    And still, it wasn't enough.

    She had always turned the other cheek then; she had to. She was the daughter of the director of HAPPI, maybe the future director of HAPPI, and whatever she did would affect her father's deal with the Rescue Federation and maybe even the Mist Continent's future. As much as it pained her to look away like everymon else, she had to. Even her father looked away in shame whenever she brought it up.

    "There's nothing we can do," he mumbled. She heard his voice, as if recalled on command. "We need their help. We're not strong enough to stand on our own yet."

    One day, the straw broke.

    Sparkleglimmer was walking on her way home from school when she saw what looked like a set of claws jutting out of the alleyway. It looked like another pokemon that had died, or been left for dead there, and that wasn't any of her business. She did her best to ignore it as she walked towards the alleyway intersection, but couldn't bring it in her to turn away. Then she noticed that the claws were moving.

    It wasn't obvious. She wouldn't have even noticed if she hadn't been watching all that time. But on closer inspection, they were indeed twitching ever so slightly. Then, in a flash, they vanished. Dragged straight back into the alleyway. The motion caught Sparkleglimmer by surprise. It was like she had been possessed—before she knew what she was doing, she had bolted into the alleyway after the pokemon.

    The alley was at a slant, and freezing cold water pooled at the bottom. Sparkleglimmer kicked it up behind her as she ran. It splashed against her bushy tail and soaked the bottom of her bag. A sentret was being pulled back into the alleyway, almost unconscious… by none other than the rescue team that was supposed to watch over this area.

    "Hey!" Sparkleglimmer called out, getting the attention of the team's two members—a combusken and a politoed. "What are you doing with that pokemon?"

    The combusken looked up at Sparkleglimmer. He dropped one of the sentret's limp legs in the alleyway muck, standing up and giving Sparkleglimmer his full attention.

    "None of your business, kit," he said. "Go home."

    "I'll… I'll report you to your supervisor!" Sparkleglimmer said. She made it up on the spot. She wouldn't have even known where to start.

    What was she doing?

    "Ain't gonna do nothing," the combusken said with a shrug. "Our supervisor doesn't care. You're best off pretendin' you never saw any of this. Otherwise…"

    A quick gleam of the combusken's claws made an unspoken point. They flashed downward, slicing off the sentret's bag—

    Sparkleglimmer charged forward, ramming into the combusken with all her force. The pokemon went flying back a few feet, then hit the ground on his talons. He ran forward and swiped Sparkleglimmer across the head. The force of the blow sent Sparkleglimmer flying back. She landed disgracefully in the dirty, freezing water. She had never been in a battle before; her vison blurred from pain. She shivered from the cold, and the cut on her head from the combusken's talons stung so much she wanted to bury her head in the water too. But then she saw the combusken and the politoed wringing out and dividing everything that sentret had in its bag. She saw the sentret on the ground, breathing limply and trying to stay alive the same way she was. She couldn't. It was too late to back out now. She just needed the strength…

    Strength suddenly filled her, energy reserves her body had never tapped into before brimming to the surface. She stood back up, noisily shaking off the water that had stuck to her coat.

    The combusken and the politoed looked over to see the eevee standing up, her fur and mane sopping wet. She growled in their direction, taking a single step towards them.

    "You really just don't know what's good for you, do you?" the combusken sighed. "Look, I don't want two dead bodies reported today, that's a lot of paperwork. Just be on your way, and none of us will ever talk about this again."

    It was too late for that. Sparkleglimmer's coat began to shine and spark with bright white energy, and she lunged forward—

    —The combusken's claws collided with her face again, knocking the momentum out of her. The white energy of evolution surged out of her fur and into the air, the force of it knocking the combusken back far into the alleyway. He crashed against a wall, crumpling to the ground in a dazed heap.

    Sparkleglimmer landed on her paws, her injuries healed and feeling better than ever. White strands of energy curled up into the air and dissipated. But there was no time to think. The politoed who had been taking advantage of the commotion to pickpocket from his partner's share of the loot now lunged towards her, preparing to pummel her to the ground.

    The next minute passed without much conscious thought from Sparkleglimmer. She propelled herself forward, latched onto the poliwrath's face with her claws, and clawed out his eyes, sending him staggering back against the wall with his hands on his face. The combusken charged her, but she kicked one of Sentret's belongings at him with her hind legs. It whacked him straight in the head and knocked him unconscious. Then she attacked Poliwrath whiLe he was down.

    By the time clear reasoning returned to her, the two members of the team were lying unconscious in the alleyway, with enough cuts and scrapes on their body that they looked like they could have been dead already. The sentret was, thankfully, unharmed, but the gravity of what had just happened was finally hitting Sparkleglimmer. Assaulting a rescue team… The injuries would heal with a few days of rest, but she could land jail time for that. She had to get out of here, and fast—

    "Hey! What are you doing?"

    Sparkleglimmer looked back in the direction of the voice, which had come from the mouth of another rescue team member. Two of them, a houndoom and a snover, stood at the entrance of the alleyway. The snover pointed a limb at her in accusation. Sparkleglimmer spared a quick glance at the crumpled remains of the rescue team she had just beat up, then hastily tried to make herself look like she hadn't just beaten the both of them up.

    "I-it's not what it looks like!" she pleaded, but the houndoom and snover weren't having it.

    "It looks to me like you just beat up that rescue team over there," the snover grunted. They moved closer, taking attack stances as they went.

    "I… I…" Sparkleglimmer wanted to plead innocent, but she wasn't. "They were robbing that sentret!"

    She backed away as the rescue team advanced, looking around frantically for the sentret. She caught the last glimpse of its bushy tail snaking around the corner. It was running away.

    The rescue team advancing showed no understanding or mercy to her pleas. Sparkleglimmer was scared and frantic, and decided her best option was to run. So she took off, bolting down the other side of the alleyway and out of sight.

    She scurried out into a street she didn't recognize and ran in a random direction. Where she was going, she wasn't sure. She just needed to get away.

    "Get that eevee!"

    Another rescue team bounded out into the street after her, upsetting passerbys and quickly gaining ground. She glanced back; they were a haunter and a glalie. Another glance, and the haunter was quickly disappearing into the wall of a building. Sparkleglimmer ran faster, weaving through pokemon and stalls as she ran. Now she was back on the street she had been walking on in the first place, she could get home from here—

    Eevee's paws suddenly pushed up against thin air, and her momentum screeched to a halt. In that split second, the memory became just a memory, and suddenly Sparkleglimmer was watching the haunter pick her up from the eyes of another. The eevee struggled and thrashed and cried out for help, but the haunter ran its free hand through her neck. Sparkleglimmer suddenly felt her throat lock up, taken off-guard by a sudden sensation of sheer cold running through it.

    "Gotcha," the haunter breathed as it held up the now silent eevee. "You're coming with us."

    Sparkleglimmer watched as the rescue team carried off the screaming and pleading eevee in broad daylight, and not a single pokemon in the area lifted a paw to stop them.

    Then the haunter's icy grip around her scruff dissolved, and the scenery of Noe Town looked more and more like the distant eye at the end of a telescope. The next thing she knew, she was looking at a barred jail window that was far too high for her—younger self, she had to remember, though it was getting harder—to reach.

    The jail was somehow colder than the streets. Sparkleglimmer lay curled up in the middle of her cell in a little ball, awaiting judgement. There were pokemon guarding her and all the other prisoners, and sometimes 'mon would come in and out, but she hadn't listened to what they had to say. At least they'd been courteous enough to give her a cell to herself; every other cell was packed with multiple prisoners of every breed and size. Most of them looked just as shocked to be there as she did.

    Then the pokemon she simultaneously wanted to see the most and least stepped in front of the cell. Sparkleglimmer looked up to see Father standing in front of the cell doors. He looked down at her; she could barely stand to meet his eyes for more than a minute.

    "Release her."

    Sparkleglimmer could tell from the guards' stances that they looked taken aback by the idea.

    "We can't do that, sorry. These are prisoners of the Rescue Team Federation."

    "I said release her," the Umbreon repeated, his tone both louder and harsher. "Who do you think pays the Rescue Team Federation's bills?"

    The guards immediately looked cowed.

    "…Do you have the right paperwork?" one of them finally found it in them to ask.

    "Where do I go to get the right paperwork?" Umbreon asked them.

    "I'll get you a form," the guard said, stepping away from the cell.

    The half hour her father spent filling out all the necessary forms for Eevee's release had been one of the worst half hours of her life. She felt it all over again—the pain, the shame, the cold. She didn't know why. Why was she seeing this now, again? Hadn't once been enough?

    Sparkleglimmer wouldn't take it anymore. The onslaught of feelings that had once been her own, but weren't anymore, were too much now. Breaking from the predetermined track, defying the memory, she stood up in her cell—

    But found herself back in Father's manor instead. The dining room was candle-lit, and it was dark out. She knew this memory.

    "Sit down."

    Sparkleglimmer took a seat at the small wooden table, opposite Father. Unlike everything else in her house, the table had never been fancy; it was only ever needed to feed three, then two. A bowl of now-cold soup sat in front of Sparkleglimmer. She looked down at it but couldn't find it in herself to be hungry.

    "Eat."

    On Father's command, Sparkleglimmer reluctantly took a lap of the soup, then realized how tired and hungry she actually was. Before she knew it the soup was gone. Father's stare had not brightened in the least.

    "Words cannot express how disappointed I am with you today."

    The words weren't angry. They were calm, undertoned with something Sparkleglimmer could only read as disappointment.

    "They were dragging a pokemon into the alleyway," Sparkleglimmer said. "They were going to kill it."

    "Do you realize how much this jeopardizes our relationship with the Rescue Federation?" Father asked. "Do you know how much of the soup in that bowl was paid for by them?"

    Sparkleglimmer gingerly pushed the empty tin bowl away.

    "We have no chance of surviving without the Federation's help," Father said. "And now you've just put one of their teams in the infirmary. Our good relations might not recover from this."

    "Good!" Sparkleglimmer suddenly exclaimed, filled with anger. Unlike everything else, it was anger she shared now with her past self. "Why would you want to keep them around! They do so much bad here!"

    "And they do so much more good elsewhere," Father said. "Because of them half the pokemon in this town are fed and warm. More don't have to worry about not having jobs or children to go back to tomorrow. Things aren't that good on the rest of the continent."

    "But you're just going to look away from all the bad stuff that's happening?" Sparkleglimmer asked.

    "We only have their help if we look away!" Father snapped, stunning Sparkleglimmer into silence. "It is my responsibility to make sure this continent survives, and I will do whatever it takes for that to happen. With your recklessness, you have just risked every life on the Mist Continent. Do you understand the gravity of your actions?"

    Stunned silent, Sparkleglimmer's younger self nodded without a peep.

    "So you can’t do anything if they mistreat pokemon," she eventually concluded.

    Father slumped into his seat with a sigh. But he didn't answer. What can I do?

    "Did the sentret live?" he asked after a minute.

    "It got away," Sparkleglimmer said. She didn't know if it lived or not.

    Father nodded. He didn't say anything else for a few more minutes.

    "The money I used to pay your bail fee should have gone to the Federation this month. It was the last payment in our reserves before we have to start selling things."

    "What?" Sparkleglimmer asked. She'd seen how Father was stressed lately, the dimness of his rings and the paperwork piling up in his office, but she hadn't known anything like that was going on.

    "You heard me," Father said. "Next month, I'll have to start selling HAPPI over to the Federation to cover the costs."

    In that instant, Sparkleglimmer's world as it was back then crumbled around her, plunged into a life under an organization she despised from the bottom of her heart. "You're going to…" she tapered off, looking up at him in horror. "Didn't you just say it was your responsibility to keep everymon on this continent alive?"

    "That's what selling HAPPI will do," Father said. "The paperwork for the transition will be signed next week, not that there's much left but our name. Just… try not to get involved more."

    The next memory, Sparkleglimmer knew too.

    Sitting in her bed, staring up at the ceiling. Ruminating, as what should have been a night of triumph instead rang hollow. She'd won a battle, but doomed the war in the process without even knowing it. And even so… had what she'd done really been so wrong? Was that just how the world worked? If there was just a way to make this all right…

    Sparkleglimmer's younger self slowly drifted to sleep amongst those thoughts, and her dreams were icy and cold like the wind outside. But Sparkleglimmer didn't follow. She watched the dark bedroom around her dissolve, the walls turning to dust and fluttering away in a wind that had come from nowhere, until all that was left was—

    A sea of blackness. Sparkleglimmer’s younger self picked herself up from where she lay, looking around. There was nothing, nothing but black everywhere. Her paws were submerged in very shallow water, but when she lifted them out they were dry.

    Where was she?

    Hello.

    Sparkleglimmer jumped, looking around to see where the voice had come from. She couldn't see it clearly, but something that looked darker than the rest of the blackness around her slunk off into the shadows. It was massive, and yet Sparkleglimmer got the feel she'd only caught a tiny corner of it.

    "Who are you? Where is this?" she asked, unable to keep the fright out of her voice.

    Me? I am the little voice that lives in your head. And this is my humble abode.

    "What do you want with me?" the eevee asked.

    You misunderstand.

    The voice swirled all around her, a raspy howl that came from all sides at once like a vortex.

    It is not what I want from you, but rather what I can give you. You desire a way to save your father's organization, yes?

    Sparkleglimmer remained suspicious. This might be the work of a hypno, or a gengar haunting her dreams. But even so, the likelihood of that was so low she was hesitant to even consider it a possibility.

    "K-keep talking," she said, her voice leveling out. As preposterous as it was, she had to be strong, in case this really was her lucky break. "What are you proposing?"

    I know a secret. On an isle forgotten and forsaken by monkind, lies a treasure that is the most valuable thing in the world. Obtain this treasure, and you can save your father's organization. I can guide you there.

    "And what do you get out of it?" Sparkleglimmer asked. This all seemed too good to be true. There had to be a catch.

    I want…

    The voice paused.

    I wish to feel the real world once more. Only can I see it through the eyes of others, and they do not go where I wish to see. Allow me inside your head, so that I may see again. No harm will befall you from me while I am there. I will guide you towards the treasure that can save you all.

    Every instinct, every lick of common sense, said not to do it. Not to accept the shady offer from the strange voice inside her head. But she couldn't bring herself to just say no. If this was the way out of the situation they were in, and she turned it down…

    Do we have a deal?

    "Yes," Sparkleglimmer said, spitting the word out as if she were gasping for breath. "Yes. Yes, I accept your deal.

    "You better not be lying about this," she added after a moment. It was a feeble threat, but the best thing she could think to say.

    Then from now on, we are one.

    The blackness began to swirl around her. Slowly at first, then faster, and faster, and faster, until it was spinning around her like a waterspout. The darkness converged in on her all at once, worming its way into her eyes and ears and nose until she couldn't breathe and then she blacked out—

    Sparkleglimmer tumbled out of bed, retching. Her eyes flew open, glancing at the morning sun through her bedroom window.

    Once the coughing passed, she was able to pull herself back up to her paws. She didn't feel any different than she had yesterday. Perhaps it really was a dream after all. The prospect stirred both relief and melancholy in her.

    Hello.

    Sparkleglimmer jumped sky-high, barely containing a shriek. She looked around for anymon who might have been hiding the room to say that, but saw no-mon.

    Relax. It is only I.

    The voice came from inside her head. Sparkleglimmer quickly regained her bearings, but her heart only beat faster.

    "It… it was real."

    It came on as cold realization, rather than shock or terror. Sparkleglimmer couldn't find it within her to be scared.

    Indeed. Ready to begin?

    Before Sparkleglimmer could answer, it already had. She had left school early, on the premise of injuring her leg yesterday. Once she was sure she was out of sight, she ran down to the harbor without any hesitation.

    You must go alone. Tell no-one. Let no-one see you. Not another pokemon can know about this except you.

    The Rescue Team Federation essentially owned the Noe Town Harbor at this point. The docks were filled with Federation boats, and while other 'mon were allowed to park their boats there, few did.

    If they even had the luxury of owning a boat.

    Bring something to cut. Something to cut through stone.

    There were tools aplenty in the harbor boxes. They were all owned by the Rescue Federation on penalty of jailing if stolen, but Sparkleglimmer reckoned they wouldn't miss a tool here or there. She nicked a paw-friendly rock-chipping tool, the largest one that would fit in her frayed school bag.

    And after skulking around the harbor for a bit, she finally found her boat.

    It was an old, abandoned lifeboat with a sail, probably not one reliable for more than a day's voyage in its current condition. But it was small enough that few 'mon would notice if it went missing for a day.

    This boat is satisfactory.

    "But isn't it a bit… old?" Sparkleglimmer batted the boat's mast, chipping a splinter off with her paw. "I don't think the wood's even reliable anymore."

    You will need a small boat, one you can sail yourself. This one will hold up, so long as you use it carefully.

    "If you say so…" Sparkleglimmer's voice dripped with uncertainty, but she began to silently climb in the boat all the same.

    "Hey, what are you doing?!"

    Sparkleglimmer looked behind her to see yet another Rescue Federation member approaching the boat.

    "I'm just looking!" she called out with a false sense of cheer, hoping it sold the lie.

    "Just lookin', hmm?" The croconaw gave her an unconvinced stare. "Well, if tha's all it is. The boats here require a 100 poke fee to use."

    "100 poke fee?" Sparkleglimmer asked. "Says who?"

    "Says us," the Crononaw retorted proudly.

    "But this isn't your boat," Sparkleglimmer said. "It doesn't have your fancy badge on it. Why are you charging fees for using something that doesn't belong to you?"

    "Honey, we own the harbor," the Croconaw said dismissively. "Who's gonna stop us? Now pay up, or get ou'."

    Sparkleglimmer didn't have any pocket money on her. At the same time, she wasn't just leaving. And she sure wasn't going to pay a fee they had no right to impose.

    Touch her.

    "What?" Sparkleglimmer asked aloud. Running up and touching somemon out of the blue was a good way to get arrested again; she couldn't just do that!

    "Don't tell me you don't have pocket change," Croconaw said in response.

    Do it.

    Sparkleglimmer gulped. But all the same, she bolted forwards. She was fast, and before the croconaw knew what hit her, she had pressed her paws firmly against the croconaw's arms. Black sparks crackled and zoomed around her paws, and suddenly the croconaw went limp in front of her.

    Sparkleglimmer stumbled back, barely finding her balance against the boat's side. She held up her paws in front of her, looking for any traces of black sparks that were long gone. What was that?

    The croconaw still hadn't moved. Sparkleglimmer began to lose her cool. What if this couldn't be undone? That would mean she'd… And just after…

    "What did you do?" she angrily questioned the voice in her head.

    This is the power I am lending you. It is the power of suggestion.

    "What does that m-mean?" Sparkleglimmer stuttered.

    Must I explain everything?

    Sparkleglimmer nodded forcefully.

    "Yes. Yes, you must explain everything."

    You can hypnotize pokemon.

    That simple explanation made much more sense. Not that anything that had happened today made much sense, but Sparkleglimmer would take it. Hesitantly, she walked up to the limp croconaw, and drew a deep breath.

    "This boat is ours," she spoke firmly. "You don't have the right to charge us a single coin."

    To her surprise, there was no outburst or protest from the croconaw that was standing limply in front of her like a zombie. Instead, she nodded vaguely, like her head was somewhere distant and far away.

    "Sounds about righ'. Sorry for buggin' ya."

    With that, the pokemon shuffled away from the boat, returning to her usual self soon afterwards. She didn't even seem to notice Sparkleglimmer was there.

    Sparkleglimmer looked down at her paws in awe. They looked like normal paws, all the black sparks from earlier gone. In the back of her mind, something stirred that this wasn't right, that something about this was all horribly wrong, but she drowned that thought. If it was going to save Father, then it didn't matter how horrible it all ended up being.

    "Power of suggestion, huh?" she mumbled to herself.

    Use it wisely.

    The small sailboat brushed through the waves and the fog. It wasn't far out from land, only a few hours' sail, but the waters were perilous. Jagged rocks jutted out from the seascape almost everywhere, just waiting to carve a hole into a boat's hull, and the ambient mist hanging over the water made them almost impossible to see. Taking a big ship out here was asking for it to be sunk—the Rescue Federation's large galleons didn't come close.

    Sparkleglimmer's younger self carefully sailed the boat around the rocks, making sure not to get too close and risk sinking. She had never fancied vaporeon as a future evolution prospect.

    "What am I looking for, again?" she asked to the voice in her head. "I don't see an island here."

    Have faith. You will see it soon.

    It was like the voice could read everything in her head, even the lingering thoughts of fear and uncertainty. She tried not to think about that.

    You must get closer first.

    It must have meant the fog, Sparkleglimmer figured. The boat floated on for a few more minutes, being maneuvered through perilous rocks and choppy waves. Despite all the fantastical things that had happened in the past few hours alone, the longer Sparkleglimmer went without seeing anything, the more faith she lost. How much longer could this go on for before it became fruitless?

    Then she saw it. Slowly becoming clearer through the fog was the outline of a large piece of land. Trees grew despite the cold weather, and as Sparkleglimmer's boat drifted closer, she began to see the beginnings of the island's beach.

    Did I not tell you to have faith?

    Sparkleglimmer puffed out her cheeks in defeat.

    "Touché."

    Before long, the boat was docked. Sparkleglimmer walked up onto the island, glancing around at the clearing all around her. The island was a large sandy plateau barely above the waters around it. Trees and foliage lined the sides and borders of the island, but once she had crept past the beach, everything natural came to a halt. The ground became a bed of smooth, flat, blue-grey rock, and nothing grew past its borders. It extended as far as the eye could see. Sparkleglimmer pawed the ground hesitantly, disliking how it felt against her feet.

    "Now what am I supposed to look for?" she asked.

    It is right in front of you.

    There it was, in the distance in front of her. A single pillar, just about twice as tall as she was.

    Sparkleglimmer laboriously dragged a small crate from the boat over to where the pillar was. It jutted out of the ground like a monolith pillar, slanting at the peak. She hopped up on the crate to see what was at the top. There were only a pair of small, flat squares, placed diagonally to each other on the board. Sparkleglimmer tilted her head.

    "That's it. That's all there is."

    But there was no response from the voice. Perhaps the answer was obvious.

    With her paw, she moved one of the small card-like objects forward, watching as the other one moved in tandem with the one she was pushing. The cards clicked into their own new positions, and suddenly the ground began to rumble around her.

    The crate Sparkleglimmer was standing on trembled, and she couldn't keep her balance on it. She fell off, barely landing on her feet. Once she did, she ran back several good meters away from the stand.

    "What's happening?" she asked. "What did that do?"

    Calm down. It is appearing.

    A fissure split in the ground ahead of Sparkleglimmer. The ground was parting like a cavernous mouth below her, and all she could see inside it was lightless black.

    Stay in one place. Otherwise I shall force you to.

    The fissure spread throughout the ground, creating a hole large enough to subsume the entire island. Sparkleglimmer's instincts took over—it didn't matter what the strange voice that had popped up in her head only last night tried to tell her, she needed to get out of here before the hole consumed her too. She tried to turn tail and run, but found herself rooted to the ground in one place. No matter how she tried to tug them, her paws wouldn't move. Was this the Voice's doing?

    If the Voice could read her thoughts, it didn't answer.

    The crack in the ground got closer and closer to Sparkleglimmer. She fruitlessly tugged at her paws, but couldn't move an inch. Sparkleglimmer closed her eyes, hoping she wouldn't have to view her demise as the rumbling around her got louder…

    But nothing happened. The ground split apart but ended right where Sparkleglimmer's paws stood. The rumbling dissipated around her, leaving her completely intact.

    You may open your eyes now. I have released you.

    Blistering heat washed over Sparkleglimmer from all sides, making her swelter in her long shaggy coat. It was suddenly like being in a desert. She opened her eyes to see that the island wasn't so empty anymore. Where the large stone clearing had once been, sat a mass of rock that was red as crimson and hot as a torkoal's back. It stretched up towards the sun, as high as Sparkleglimmer could see, ending in a small point way up in the sky. Glowing orange veins pulsed through the rock, probably every bit as hot as they looked.

    Sparkleglimmer took an instinctive step back.

    "What is… that…" she asked.

    Start digging.

    As much as she didn't relish the idea of getting close to the mountain and probably singing half her mane off, she hadn't come here to leave empty-pawed. She walked back to the boat, and grabbed the digging tool she'd left in her schoolbag.

    It took an hour just to carve off a piece of the mountain's wealth. Each swing of the tool she’d brought sent a burst of sparkling, shimmering dust flying into the air, and before long she was coated in it. But after a day of digging, when the sun was finally beginning to set in the sky, several pieces of land lay before her. They reflected the setting sun like gemstones, each one taking on a different color of hue. The stones went into her bag, along with the now-battered and dull pickaxe.

    The pillar had moved out from where it had been before the mountain's appearance, now standing right outside where the beach was. Sparkleglimmer wasn't entirely sure when or how it had moved. But with a flick of the mysterious card back to where they had originally been, the island began to shake once more, and the red mountain began to sink right back down into the ground before her eyes.

    Sparkleglimmer boarded the boat with her sack of gems—

    But suddenly, it was the front door of Father's manor.

    Night had long since fallen. She stood at the steps of the well-lit house, ready to open the door and be greeted with a warm dinner and bed. But first there was a conversation to have, and she was both excited and scared to have it.

    The cold air, though a welcome change from the sweltering heat of that mountain, was already beginning to nip her tail. She looked back at the dark, misty harbor, which had since been consumed by the night fog. There was no point delaying it any longer. She opened the door of her house, and walked in.

    "I'm home!" Sparkleglimmer called out.

    Father was poring over a bunch of papers at the wooden table. Sparkleglimmer sat up on it, watching him go through them all for a bit. He didn't seem to have even noticed she had walked in the door.

    "Dad," she said a little louder, catching his attention. Father looked up from all his papers, settling his weary eyes on her for a bit.

    "You're late back from school today," he said.

    "Yeah…" Sparkleglimmer responded. "Sorry."

    "Did something happen?" Father asked.

    Sparkleglimmer was silent for a minute. How best to break the news to him… ?

    "You said there were pokemon coming to buy HAPPI in a month, right?" she asked.

    "Yes," Father answered.

    "And they're doing that because you can't pay them, right?"

    "Yes." Another flip of the papers, and a new page of paperwork was being signed.

    "But if you had something valuable that you could use to get enough money to pay them, would you be able to?"

    "If we pulled the money out of a hatterene's frills, yes," Father said. "But there's no money like that." He looked at her once more. "What is this about?"

    Sparkleglimmer set her heavy bag on the table, and dumped it out. All the gemstones fell onto the table with various clinks and clunks.

    "Is this valuable enough to get the money?" she asked.

    Father's expression was slack in something resembling shock.

    "Where did you get this?" was all he could pull himself together enough to ask.

    "I… found it in the gutter?" Sparkleglimmer offered up. Father didn't buy it for one minute.

    "This is important," he said. "Where did you find it? Answer me."

    Sparkleglimmer told him the parts that counted, like going to the island and hacking the piece off the mountain she found there. There were several holes in her story, and she got the feeling Father didn't believe her, but at the end all he could do was stare down at the stone in astonishment.

    "Can you get… more of these from this mountain?" he asked.

    "It's a whole mountain," Sparkleglimmer responded. "I couldn't even see the top of it, that's how big it was!"

    Father sat in thought for a moment, gazing down at the stone in front of him.

    "I know a 'mon on the air continent who would pay a lot for stones like this," he said. "If we can get more of these and sell them, maybe we could get the money to keep us afloat after all."

    "Then it's a plan," Sparkleglimmer said, a tone of glee beginning to seep into her voice.

    "But I need you to take me to this island tomorrow," Father said. "I want to see where you got these myself."

    Sparkleglimmer stopped. Could she do that?

    She didn't see any reason not to.

    Was it alright by the Voice?

    There was no answer.

    "I'll take us there tomorrow," she said.

    The Voice in the back of her head was suspiciously quiet the whole time.

    All of the sudden it was day, and Sparkleglimmer was alone at the table. In front of her was a bowl of what looked like meat. She vaguely recalled that meat wasn't something they had often; it was the kind of thing they ate on special occasions and when new shipments of it came in.

    The corners of the walls around her looked fuzzy, not quite real. But today was an important day, and she didn't have time to sit around and enjoy her meal. So as Sparkleglimmer once again was lost to her memories, her younger self scarfed down the meat as fast as she could and ran for the window.

    The waters of the Noe Town Harbor were parted by a very large hull. The stern of a grand ship with tall masts and billowing green sails floated into the harbor, dwarfing the other galleons that had become staples for years. The Copperjah flew the flag of the Rescue Federation.

    An envoy travelled up from the harbor to the manor. Sparkleglimmer saw them approach from the window. She took her place by Father outside the manor, trying to look as formal as she could.

    Soon, they were at the gates. An empoleon strode forward, flanked by a pair of scizor.

    "Pleased to make your acquaintance," he said, extending a flipper. Father couldn't shake, but he bowed his head in greeting.

    "Yours too," he said.

    None of it was anything beyond formal pleasantries.

    "Please. Lead the way." The empoleon gestured to the door gracefully with his flippers.

    He is currently thinking about how nice it would be to have this all over with.

    That didn't surprise Sparkleglimmer in the slightest. She didn't like the vibes she got off him anyway. But as the empoleon followed Father into the house, he glanced back at her.

    "Are you just going to stay out in the yard where it's cold?" he asked, with a smile that did everything but make Sparkleglimmer feel at home.

    Sparkleglimmer didn't say anything. Anything to prolong this interaction was bad news. She hung her head down, and trotted inside the house.

    But they were already inside.

    "I'm here because I'm aware your finances have run dry."

    The empoleon sat at the bare wooden table for three, opposite Father. The scizor stood guard at the doorway, emotionless. Sparkleglimmer glanced at them from her position off to the side.

    "What're they thinking?" she asked the Voice in her head in a hush.

    They have no interest in being here outside of being paid.

    "As you know," the empoleon continued with that same false grin on his beak, "the partnership between the Rescue Federation and HAPPI revolves around monthly installments of payment. Without that payment, the Federation would suffer financial hits from the resources we are currently devoting to the restoration of the Mist Continent. We'd be forced to recede; the partnership would fall apart. You know neither of us want that."

    He pulled a paper out from under his flipper and passed it over to Father. It was a sheet of paperwork. "However, that can change.

    "With HAPPI as a part of the Rescue Federation, you'd receive our aid and teams without monthly payments. And all at the low, low cost of signing this paper." The paper slid towards Father, pushed by the Empoleon's flipper.

    "I value this partnership," he added for finality. "I don't come out to oversee every deal like this. Impress me."

    Father took a deep breath, then sighed. He closed his eyes, and was silent for a minute.

    He doubts your plan.

    It was the longest minute of Sparkleglimmer's life. She could do nothing but sit and watch, and hope Father made the right decision in the end.

    Father's eyes opened. He put his paw on the paper, and pushed it back towards Empoleon.

    "I should tell you that we made our monthly payment to the Rescue Federation last night."

    "What?" the empoleon said, his demeanor changing in an instant. "Your letter said—"

    "It was a last minute change," Father said. "It turned out, we did have some unused money sitting around."

    "But you won't have that money next month, will you?" the empoleon asked, regaining his beat almost instantly. "Why not cut to the chase now and remove the stress of the next monthly deadline? You will of course receive this months' payment back as a refund."

    "The purpose of the partnership between our two organizations was to help restore the Mist Continent to its former glory," Father said. "We value all the work and effort the Rescue Federation has put into that goal. But merging the two organizations isn't part of the deal."

    The empoleon exhaled. It was a sigh of thinly veiled frustration and annoyance. He slid the paper back towards Father.

    "Keep it. If you even change your mind, you know how to contact me."

    He got up from his seat at the table, heading for the door. The scizor guards followed him out.

    Sparkleglimmer watched from the window as the ship prepared to set sail from the harbor, leaving almost as quickly as it had arrived. She closed the drapes, walking back over to the table. Father looked down at the paper Empoleon left, and shelved it.

    She would rather he have cast it in the fireplace.

    Life got better for Mist in the coming year.

    The crystals that came from the mountain were incredible sources of power that could be fashioned into anything from evolution stones to power sources for moves in battle. With the discovery of this new powerful resource, wealth began to flood into Mist. Travelers from afar were coming to Noe Town to look at and buy the mysterious emeras, and the Mist Continent slowly began to right itself.

    One day, HAPPI received a letter from Pokemon Paradise.

    Pokemon Paradise was the establishment created by the heroes who had saved Mist. They had been the talk of every town on the continent within the past ten years, and Paradise was one of the only places on the continent that hadn't fallen into ruin from the outset. In the time between the initial crisis and the present, the place had merged with Post Town next to it, and grown from a small team base into a fledging city.

    "What's the letter say?" Sparkleglimmer asked, hopping up onto the table for two and glancing down at the letter as Father read it.

    Father sat it down. "Pokemon Paradise wants a partnership."

    "You mean that famous town on the other side of the continent?" Sparkleglimmer asked. Father nodded.

    "And are you going to make one?"

    "There's no good reason not to," said Father. "We can finally start establishing open roads through the continents again, with their help."

    It sounded well and good, but something was missing. Sparkleglimmer read between the lines, then asked: "What do they want out of it? Did they say?"

    Father gave her the ever-weary look he'd always worn on his face for as long as she could remember, like it was obvious.

    "Emeras."

    What came next felt to Sparkleglimmer like it was fast-forwarded through, full of spots and hazy as if she wasn't supposed to see it. She was slipping deeper, deeper, deep enough that she could barely remember who she was and much less comprehend what she was seeing. For a time, it felt like she ceased to exist, oblivious to what was around her. She saw nothing of what came next.

    This was bad. This was very bad.

    Empoleon didn't consider himself to be one easily upset by the going-ons of other guild organizations. There were rivals and there were compromises, sure. The Archeology Division on the Sand Continent had somehow managed to claim territory over the entire continent and maintain its borders, and they were wealthy to boot. The Rescuer's Guild on the Air Continent had often threatened to separate from the Federation if it didn't have its way on certain matters. Wartortle did as he liked, and Wartortle was not a trusting pokemon. Empoleon bent and swayed where was necessary, and didn't pay it more mind than he needed to.

    But this HAPPI, which he wasn't going to take the time to learn the full name of, bothered him. They were pulling evolution stones and valuable rocks out of their tails, and were gaining wealth and power at an alarming rate. In just a few years, the Mist Continent was thriving again, and the Rescue Federation had slowly been shoved out of the continent as HAPPI got back on its feet.

    To think Empoleon had once planned to add the Mist Continent under his control. With three of the five continents under Federation jurisdiction, he would have held a monopoly in the Federation's line of field, one that would be maintained for many generations to come. Now it looked like he was on track to not only lose the Mist Continent, but have his jurisdiction over the Air and Grass Continents challenged as well. This was unacceptable. He had to do something, anything.

    But what?

    Kill him.

    Empoleon blinked. Where had that thought come from?

    Kill him.

    There it was again. Empoleon tensed up, ready to call the guards outside into his room at a moment's notice.

    "Who am I speaking to?" he asked loudly to the empty room.

    I am the little voice that lives inside everyone's head. And I think you should kill him.

    "Kill who?" Empoleon asked, lowering his voice for that one. No matter the circumstance, murder was not something he wanted broadcasted to every pokemon down the hall. "And why should I listen to you?"

    You should kill the leader of HAPPI. That umbreon who rejected your gracious proposal a year ago. As for why… If you do not do something now, HAPPI will grow strong enough to consume your organization. When that happens, there will be no mercy for you. They will not agree to trade or negotiate; least of all the girl who will inherit it. the only option for your Federation's survival is death.

    "How do you know this?" Empoleon asked.

    I live in everyone's head. Your head, their head. I can see what they are all thinking.

    "And why should I believe that?" Empoleon asked. "You could just as easily be a psychic-type broadcasting into my brain right now.

    Allow me to show you.

    All of a sudden, the room began to rumble. Empoleon took a few frightened steps back from his violently trembling desk, but the floorboard were no less stable. A quill he was writing with fell off the desk and hit the ground with a clack.

    "Guards!" Empoleon called, but there was no answer. "Guards!" he called again.

    There ARE no guards.

    Empoleon ignored the voice and frantically stumbled over the floorboards until he'd made it to the door. He grasped the knob with his flipper and thrust it open—

    —Complete and total blackness outside met him. It was almost too dark to even register in his eyesight. But it wasn't the cover of night, nor was something happening to the building. It looked like the world outside of his room had just… vanished.

    Empoleon watched in horror as the walls of the room began to dissolve all around him. Even the doorknob crumbled away into his flippers, dissolving into specks that flew off into the air and vanished.

    Something swirled above him. Something large. A gust of wind battered his feathers from the sheer force of its movement. And even then, whatever he had just seen a glimpse of felt like only a small piece of the actual thing. And then he knew this was not the meddling of a psychic-type.

    "Alright," he said, trying to keep the shaking of fear out of his voice. "Alright. You have my attention."

    Good.

    It was a raspy howl, one that flew all around him. He couldn't tell where it came from. Whispers howled all around Empoleon, muttering indiscernible things he couldn't pick out. At this point, he wasn't so sure if he wanted to.

    Let me show you exactly what you must do…

    When Sparkleglimmer regained consciousness again, the first thing she saw was grey, cloudy skies.

    Sparkleglimmer made her way back into Noe Town, stepping on the town's damp soil for what had felt like the first time in ages. The commute between Pokemon Paradise and Noe Town took three days without going through a mystery dungeon, but it was one that was made often. And it was good to be back.

    The smell of smoke on the air broke her out of her happy trance, but only for a moment. In a town this frigid, there was always a bonfire of some type burning somewhere to keep the cold away. The smell of a fire was nothing new.

    But then she saw the barrels of smoke rising from further into the town. Way too many to be a bonfire. Sparkleglimmer read the sun for a moment. That was…

    …Right in the direction of her house.

    She took off without another thought to pay.

    Sparkleglimmer ran through the streets, weaving through startled and scared pedestrians who were gazing at the fire just like she was.

    "Where did that come from?" she heard various whispers of fright as she ran.

    "Isn't that the old manor on the hill?"

    "That's where the HAPPI director lives!"

    "I hope everymon made it out alright…"

    "Coming through!" Sparkleglimmer yelled to a pair of rhyperior who were lugging a pair of crates through the street. She skidded under the crate then hit the ground running, going too fast to give them time to stop. Finally, after what felt like five minutes of terrified suspense, she arrived at the manor.

    It was set alight like an inferno, every floor of the beautiful, lofty house she had called home burning brightly. The smoke was so thick around her that it blanketed the area like fog. Sparkleglimmer coughed her way through it. It was hard to breathe. The house was burning, but right now she couldn't find it in her to care about the house. Father had arrived here before her. Had he made it home yet? She had to make sure he was okay. Sparkleglimmer bolted into the house.

    The doorway was wide open; the doors were sitting somewhere farther into the lofty foyer. Everything was burning. Sparkleglimmer felt like she was going to melt in her fur from all the heat. But she couldn't care about that now. Had to search the house. Had to find Father. She'd get herself and him out before they could both die.

    He would have been in his study by now. She shot past the table for two that had been consumed by the flames at this point, heading up the stairway where Father' s study was. She was nimble enough to dart around passing debris and flame that consumed the hall, heading for the study door.

    The study was already burning. The room was an inferno, just like the rest of the house. Sparkleglimmer pushed through it anyway. There was not a single thing left intact in the room, everything from Father's books on their shelves to the embroidery to even his wooden desk burning. But Sparkleglimmer couldn't see Father anywhere. There was nowhere else in the house he'd be if not for this room; he'd had too much paperwork to go through beforehand. That must have meant he was outside of the house when the fire happened. But then… how did this happen?

    Part of the ceiling falling down from the roof and landing on the desk reminded Sparkleglimmer that the house was burning down. She had to go. She'd get out of here, find Father, and—

    She turned around, her eyes settling on the one part of the room she hadn't looked at yet. She saw it.

    And wished she'd never seen it.

    Sparkleglimmer couldn't look at the horrible sight for more than a second, but she stayed still in shock for almost a minute. She couldn't register that this was happening, this had to be a dream, she was sleeping and they'd set out for Noe Town the next day and her house was still standing and Father wasn't actually burning alive in front of her and—

    Another piece of debris fell from the ceiling. It sent a few embers into Sparkleglimmer's fur, setting her mane alight. She yelped and smoldered it out. She felt that. She… felt that. It wasn't a dream. It wasn't a dream. It wasn't a dream it was real it was real it was—

    "Tardy, ain't we."

    The air in front of Sparkleglimmer shimmered, and in its place was the grotesque form of a zoroark. It ginned at her. The light of the flames reflected off its teeth.

    "I thought I was gonna hafta flee before you showed up and get you later. Guess we've still got a bit o' time, though."

    Sparkleglimmer stared up at him in horror, unable to produce more than a whimper of fright. Neither the sweltering heat nor her father's corpse mattered to her now. He had killed Father? That meant he was going to—

    Sparkleglimmer's survival instincts kicked in right before the zoroark's kick impacted the air where she had just been. It would have sent her straight into the fire.

    "It'll make a cute story for the papers," he called out loudly, walking after her as she made her best attempt to maneuver her way through the flames with shaky paws. "Father dies in tragic house fire, daughter burns alive trying to rescue him. The readers will eat it all up. Only issue is…"

    Sparkleglimmer suddenly felt herself get lifted up by the scruff of her neck. The zoroark stood over her, holding her by her mane. "You need to be on fire for that."

    He effortlessly flung her into the flames.

    The fire stung. It burned every hair upon Sparkleglimmer's body, and scarred every ember of her being. But what stung more was the sight of the zoroark calmly walking off into the flames, the air shimmering around him as he began to disappear into thin air. She loved Father. She had loved him with every bit of her being, and he had gone and…

    White light began to flood out within her, power reserves she had only tapped into once before coming to the surface. White light engulfed Sparkleglimmer, and barreled out into an explosion—

    The blast stamped out all the fire on Sparkleglimmer's side of the room. Sparkleglimmer stumbled forward, now white and thrice as big. She glanced about the blackened room, uncertain on her new paws and ribbons. The zoroark was nowhere to be seen. He wasn't. He couldn't have been. He hadn't escaped. She wouldn't let hi—

    —An invisible claw sliced her across the forearm.

    "You, just don't die, do ya?"

    And then she knew where he was.

    He made his next move. A disabling cut took out the rest of her leg, but she lashed forward with four riboons and grabbed him by the neck—

    The zoroark made himself visible in an instant, his claws going out for her throat. Sparkleglimmer was faster—she threw him into the fire.

    He burned with an ungodly screech that hurt Sparkleglimmer's ears, but she savored every moment of it. She wondered if he had done the same thing when he had killed Father.

    The beam of wood behind her snapped. She looked behind, realizing that one of the last support beams keeping the ceiling from coming down on her was beginning to break. She needed to get out of here, and fast.

    Sparkleglimmer ran. Down the stairs, through the foyer, and out the door. Enough of the mansion had burned by now that by the time she'd made it out to the porch, it finally crumbled to the ground in a symphony of crackles and snapping wood.

    She couldn't think straight for a while, high on adrenaline. But eventually, the energy began to sap from her body. She was tired, from evolution and the stress and pain of the last five minutes. Her body ached, and she could still feel the sting of fire against her skin. And everything had gone so, so wrong, but she couldn't wrap her mind around it right now. All she knew was that it was all burning.

    She collapsed to her knees outside the burning husk of the house. She had to go down the town and get help, she had to, but she just didn't have the strength to go any further. Drifting away…

    When enough water types were finally gathered to put out the fires that had consumed the manor, they found the charred remains of what had been the director of HAPPI. They found a burning mane of long, crimson fur, but not a corpse to accompany it. And they found a sylveon collapsed in the front courtyard.

    All else turned to ash.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Viva Las Vegan - Henry Jackman, Matthew Margeson
     
    Last edited:
    Special Episode II: Falling Through Time
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter28Art.png

    ~\({O})/~

    SPECIAL EPISODE II: FALLING THROUGH TIME

    ~\({O})/~

    Morgue

    ~Sparkleglimmer~

    The humming never left.

    Sparkleglimmer sat in the room that was as cold and hard as the slab of rock the charred body in front of her sat on. She stared at it, like she had been doing for nearly an hour. There were flickers in her brain of horror and fear and shock, and she still felt the flames of the fire and heard them crackle. But all she could do was stare. Stare, and try to process that this was happening and it wasn't a bad dream she was about to wake up from.

    Once she started getting sleepy again, she finally registered that she was awake. And Father was never coming back. Her house was gone, her family was gone, everything was gone. Her breathing began to quicken, her eyes burnt, and all of the sudden the ashes that had been the source of her fascination for hours were unbearable to look at.

    At some point, she slept. Her mind took her to the burning house again, where she replayed the same horrifying scenario over and over. She didn't know how many times she woke up in between nightmares, only that her sleep was fitful. A pokemon that worked at the morgue woke her up and tried to get her to eat. She refused the food.

    Eat.

    "I'm not hungry," she mumbled.

    You must eat.

    "I'm not hungry," she mumbled a little more forcefully.

    You must eat.

    The Voice in her head was like a broken record. Sparkleglimmer finally snapped.

    "Get out of my head," she growled. "Go away."

    The Voice went silent, but she could still feel its by-now familiar presence lurking in the back of her head. It had a cold, emotionless edge to it. Everything about it suddenly rubbed Sparkleglimmer the wrong way.

    The door to the morgue opened up, letting a flood of light pour into the dark room. A lilligant stepped in, looking at the sylveon on the floor.

    "I'm sorry," they said, looking hesitant to disturb her, "but visiting hours are over. I have to ask you to leave now."

    Still too shell-shocked to do much, Sparkleglimmer stood up

    And viewed the wreckage of the manor she had once called home.

    Father's once-beautiful house was now a shell of itself against a dull and cloudy backdrop. Walls scorched black as soot had splintered away or burnt to ashes halfway up from the ground. Wreckage and charred pages of books lay strewn everywhere, and the grand staircase that had once led to the second floor of the house now led to thin air. The place reeked of smoke.

    There was nothing left for Sparkleglimmer here. Nothing but smoldering planks of wood, the chill of the cold Mist air, and memories that were now ashes. So she didn't know why she returned. But she did. It was late into the afternoon now, and she had to start thinking about where she was going to go for the night. But instead, she was here.

    "I don't know why I listened to you," she found herself mumbling to the only thing that could hear her. "You promised—" her throat caught on the sentence "—you promised I could save my father."

    I promised you could save your father's organization.

    "But that's not the same as saving him!" she screamed to the void. Her voice echoed through the burnt house and was lost to the breeze.

    "You think I can run this?" she asked, barely keeping it together. "You think I can do everything on my own? I can't. I can't!"

    You have to.

    "Why?" she snarled.

    Turn around.

    For the first time that day, Sparkleglimmer heeded the advice of the voice in her head, and turned around.

    A large galleon sailed towards the harbor, attracting a crowd at the port and immediately catching her eye. Even from a distance, she recognized the flag that flew from the ship's masts: the badge of the Rescue Federation.

    The Rescue Federation? Here? She hadn't seen those ships in nearly a year. Why was one here now?

    Then it lined up. They were here, they could only have been here, for one reason.

    With that single thought hanging in her head, Sparkleglimmer took off for the harbor of Noe Town. But she hadn't taken even a few steps before she was already there.

    She pushed through pokemon at the harbor, steadily making her way to the docks where the large galleon was docking.

    "What are they doing here?" she asked to the pokemon around her. There was too much chaos and noise for anymon to hear here. Pokemon were worried about the ship, not her desperate cries. "What are they doing?"

    "Help has arrived!"

    A cry sounded from the galleon, followed by a wooden bridge that slammed from the ship's side onto the dock. A tiny ledian made itself visible from the bow of the ship, pulling out an equally tiny scroll and reading off of it.

    "In light of the death of the leader of HAPPI, with no apparent living heir to the organization—as stated in clause 19 of our agreement—the Rescue Team Federation will claim rights to the rebuilding and sustaining of this continent and its guilds! We thank you for your co-operation. And remember: Smiles go for miles!"

    Gaze upon those responsible for your father's death. They have taken your safety. Your home. Your family. Your town. And soon, they will take your life.

    Teams began to march down onto the dock, throwing down supplies and beginning to unload the ship. As they slowly advanced, the crowd drew back to make space.

    All Sparkleglimmer wanted to do was make them leave. She wanted to cry out that she was the heir, that they didn't have a right to set a single foot on this town again. It didn't matter how; she'd force them to leave with their own bare paws. They didn't have a right to this continent, they couldn't just barge in here and take over!

    But they were. And two more galleons were sailing in on the horizon.

    It wasn't a battle she could win; even through the anger and the hurt she was smart enough to see that. As much as she didn't want to, as much as she loathed the idea, she stopped pushing against the crowd, and gradually let them push her back.

    She needed to go in the opposite direction.

    Father was dead, but the keys to rebuilding HAPPI lay in Pokemon Paradise. And that town lay on the other side of Mist, but the continent could be crossed in three days on foot. Luckily, Sparkleglimmer had some pocket change for quick use. Before the Rescue Federation made it past the docks, she had used her meager savings to buy rations of food for three days and a raggedy cloak for the roads.

    There was a twisting pathway that the signs said not to wander off, and the locals to the east said the forest to the west was a giant mystery dungeon. Sparkleglimmer could feel it hum in the air around her, threatening to suck her in if she walked even an inch off the beaten path. But soon she arrived at the gates of Pokemon Paradise, mostly unharmed except for a few rips in the cloak she had made from a potato sack.

    The place was sunnier than the grey skies of Noe Town were known for, and the houses looked cleaner too. It was surrounded on all sides by flat, grassy fields that stretched on for at least an hours' travel, and the crowds weren't hardened townsmon but instead sunny tourists looking to sightsee. In the middle of the town square, the statue of a dewott and a pikachu posing heroically had been half-constructed.

    Sparkleglimmer stood at the gates, taking the scenery she had never laid eyes upon before in.

    She blinked her eyes, and then she was walking through lush hedge gardens.

    "I heard about what happened to your father," Alexis, walking beside her, said. He was the picture-perfect personification of the dewott from the statue, though they hadn't captured the high-strung air that hung around him. "I'm sorry for your loss."

    "It's hard, Sparkleglimmer said. "But I'm managing. I'm here to follow up on that proposal you sent him. The one about the partnership."

    Alexis seemed to brighten up considerably once she said that. "That's to say, you're considering it?"

    "I've already considered it. I'm here for fine print."

    "Fine print…" Alexis pondered in thought for a minute. "If you'll give us your presence for the night, I can get a contract paper drafted up by the morning."

    "Not papers." Sparkleglimmer met his eyes with her own. "I want to know what you want out of this. Tell me why we should partner up."

    "I thought I made the terms of the partnership clear when I proposed it, but…" they took a turn at a corner, approaching a two-story house that looked like it had jumped right out of a fairy tale. Alexis stopped to ponder for a moment. "Well, maybe he didn't tell you. Let me show you some designs I have in my office."

    Alexis' office was as large as a library. It wasn't as fancy as Father's study had been, but it was nearly twice the size. There were tables everywhere, piled with junk and papers and dust. Alexis led Sparkleglimmer around the maze of junk, to a desk that had something Sparkleglimmer had never seen before: a light that shone completely on its own.

    "Interested?" Alexis asked, when he caught Sparkleglimmer looking at it. He walked over, uncovering it so she could see the machinery underneath. "It's something I put together in my spare time. It runs off the power of those crystals you've been digging up. See?"

    Wires and metal tubes snaked through the machine, all converging upon a yellow stone that glowed with the same energy of the ones that had come from the island.

    "Stuff like this…."Alexis slapped the lamp, making it flicker. "It's cute, but it's child's play. I think we can go bigger. Much bigger."

    He shuffled through papers on his desk, pulling out papers and settling them on top of everything else. They were blueprints, detailing immense contraptions Sparkleglimmer had never seen anything like.

    "I have a vision for the future of the world," Alexis said. "Where with the touch of a button, you can be connected to pokemon on another continent. A future where when the sun goes down, a million lights shining just as bright take their place. Where buildings scrape the skies, and wagons drive themselves. Those were the luxuries that the Humans had. I didn't think it was possible to replicate it here, all their technology's gone. But now, with the power of these stones… The world can truly become a better place."

    Sparkleglimmer looked over the papers, trying to make sense of the indecipherable drawings and scrawls all over them. "That's what you believe?"

    "Of course. And with your help, we can make the lives of pokemon all over the world better."

    An idea struck her.

    "Could you make… ships?"

    "Ships are possible," Alexis said. He jabbed his paw into one of the blueprints on the table. "I've even got a blueprint for one. It'll just take a while to build."

    "How long?"

    Alexis leaned back in the chair next to the desk. "Maybe one, two years. After that, they'll come faster."

    He jumped up from his chair, suddenly filled with a lot more energy than usual. "Actually, if you come this way, I'll show you some of the other stuff I've been working on…"

    Alexis loved to talk, especially about his inventions. He'd built a host of small trinkets already, from the magic light to a small metal fletching that skittered across the room when a switch was flicked, and a strange contraption made for sucking the dust out of hard-to-reach places. He had plans for much larger things too, like self-driving carriages and the ships Sparkleglimmer was interested in. His current project was something he was building out of a hollowed-out frism.

    "Frisms are primitive—they can one-time record a message, or a song, or whatever you put in there and play it back," Alexis had explained. "It's like a record back in the Human world. But if I can get it to co-operate with these stones, I might be able to create something more advanced. A small computer."

    He was gracious enough to offer her a room for the night, which was just as well, seeing as she didn't have the pocket change to pay for one herself right now. It was the first time she'd slept on a bed in four days.

    Now that it was quiet, she couldn't sleep. She found herself lying awake in the bed, staring up at the ceiling. Everything that had happened was finally settling down in her head. The memories still stung a little, but for now they felt numb.

    The voice in her head was quiet, but an ever-present humming took its place.

    If she listened hard enough, it almost sounded like thousands and thousands of voices.

    In the end, Sparkleglimmer accepted the partnership. Who knew, maybe some of his weirder inventions would become useful in the future. But more than anything, she needed the ships. HAPPI had never had to deal with travel off the Mist Continent, so its fleet was laughably small. If she wanted to compete with the Rescue Federation, she needed ships. Bigger and better ships.

    But first, she needed to get rid of some completely different ships. The Voice, always willing to be helpful when it wanted to be, gave her a set of instructions. And that was why, after gaining access to Father's funds from Quagsire's storage in Paradise, she'd contracted a good amount of the more famous rescue teams gathered at Pokemon Paradise to march with her back to Noe Town. Being more famous teams, their rates were high. But HAPPI had enough funds, and she was willing to pay them. She just had to hope the Voice knew what it was doing.

    And that was the way she marched back into Noe Town, accompanied by twenty-one pokemon of various shape, size, and species. All the pedestrians on the streets made a wide berth as she led her makeshift army through town. Sparkleglimmer could tell on their faces that none of them knew or recognized her. That would change.

    They stopped at the tents. The entire harbor had been occupied by the Rescue Federation at this point, filled with encampments, supplies, and two or three large ships that stood proudly at the docks, with a few more floating in the distance. The fanciest tent was located close to where the harbor met the town, and had a pair of guards standing outside it. They looked bewildered, but stepped forward to greet the twenty-two pokemon anyway.

    "State your business," one of them said, trying not to sound like they were still trying to get a grip on the situation.

    "I wish to speak to the pokemon in charge," Sparkleglimmer addressed them loudly.

    "What for?"

    That voice had come from neither of the guards, but rather a rimbombee that buzzed out of the tent. He looked the entourage of rescue teams in front of him up and down.

    "Are you the one in charge?" Sparkleglimmer asked.

    "I might be. Now state your business here."

    "Very well. On my authority as the sole heir of the Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute, I hereby banish all pokemon affiliated with the Rescue Team Federation from these docks. I expect you all out of here by tomorrow."

    "What?" asked the rimbombee, suffering what looked like a rare moment of utter bafflement.

    "You heard me," said Sparkleglimmer. "Pack up and leave." She produced a few ledgers from her bag. "The necessary papers, if you need proof."

    The rimbombee calmly buzzed forward. He snatched the papers out of Sparkleglimmer’s ribbons, and looked them over. After a second of looking at them, he thrust them rudely back at Sparkleglimmer.

    "You'll leave, then?" she said. It wasn't a question.

    "We could," he said. "Or, consider this scenario. You never showed up here. You never revealed your identity, or demanded we leave. And if you insist that you did, we remove you from the equation."

    "You're going to kill me and my bodyguards in front of the entire town?" Sparkleglimmer asked.

    They had drawn a crowd by now, a good portion of the pokemon who had been out and about in the first place. That was exactly what she had been counting on. "The townspeople here wouldn't let you set foot on the continent again. And that would permanently scar the Federation's reputation in these parts, wouldn't it?"

    Now it was time to see if he called her bluff or not. She didn't mention the many ways that were running through her head of how they could kill her and get away with it, or that she was currently the most scared she had ever been in her life.

    He will not. Do as I have instructed.

    "Or should I mention that I've already chosen somemon to succeed me, in case I do die?"

    That was a bluff of her own.

    After a while, it became clear that the rimbombee wasn't going to order her killed, or anything of the sort. By now, there was enough of a crowd that he would have had to slaughter the entire town to cover it up anyway. So he zipped back into his tent with a growl, leaving Sparkleglimmer and all twenty-one of her escorts standing at the beginning of the harbor.

    At some point during the day, the galleons and encampments at the harbor began the process of packing up.

    And so, the plan to topple the Rescue Federation began.

    The first thing Sparkleglimmer did was cut ties with the Federation completely. They weren't doing anything on the Mist Continent as it was, but there were still some paper trails that had to be severed for the Rescue Federation's aid campaign to officially be over.

    The second thing Sparkleglimmer did was get the press running the right stories. For years, Father had practically ignored the news outlets, in favor of focusing on food and shelter. That was a mistake of his. The Rescue Federation's cronies had dug their claws in deep, so the papers had been running cover-ups for any crimes their teams committed for years. It took some deliberate spending here and there, but soon investigations where being conducted on what had happened in those fifteen years, and stories were surfacing about the atrocities that had been committed in that time. Sparkleglimmer testified about watching pokemon get dragged into the alleyways, and about the murderer who had burnt her house down. Papers about the Rescue Federation's abuse flew from Noe Town to Pokemon Paradise and every settlement in between. As for off-continent? She couldn't say.

    The third thing she did was the buying over of the Waterport.

    The Waterport had been built out at sea by the Rescuer's Guild on the Air Continent, to handle trade between continents better. Because the Rescuer's Guild was overseen by the Rescue Federation, Sparkleglimmer couldn't buy it up-front. So instead, she went backdoors.

    "I do business with all the large cargo ships and merchants coming in and out of the port," a Primarina said. "What do you need?"

    "Do you do… blacklists?" Sparkleglimmer asked.

    "Blacklists?" Primarina asked. "What kind of blacklists?"

    "Blacklists on a single product," Sparkleglimmer said. She pulled one of the emera-stones out of her cloak's pocket, showing it to Primarina. "I'm sure you're familiar with these stones by now."

    "That's a pretty big product," Primarina said. "Who are you blacklisting?"

    "A continent," Sparkleglimmer said nonchalantly. "The Grass Continent, to be specific."

    "An entire continent?" Primarina asked, baffled. "That's ridiculous." He shook his head in incredulity. "I can't. That's not feasible. Sorry."

    Now what? Sparkleglimmer addressed the Voice silently. You said this would work.

    It shall. Say as I instruct you.

    "Let me put it this way," Sparkleglimmer said after a bit of a pause. "You're more like an enforcer. Let HAPPI handle the legal papers. All you have to do is make sure things are working down here. You'll have the help of my entire organization, plus legal protection if you ever do get into a scrape. And I pay well. All you have to do is sign right here…"

    The piece of paper Primarina signed gave Sparkleglimmer such a level of control over trade in the Waterport that she may as well have owned it.

    A week after that, the Mist Continent shut off all trade with Grass. With his knowledge of where all the underground operations were, Primarina cracked down on any transactions that took place in secret. There were gaps, but the gaps were small. The number of emera-stones that made their way into Grass were a negligible amount.

    It was soon after that that the first fruits of Alexis' inventions began to show themselves.

    "This," he said, delicately holding a sky-blue orb that seemed to capture the sunlight like a crystal ball, "is what I call a connection orb. Using the combined power of the frism and your wonderful crystals, it can record, connect, and transmit information to any other orb it's been authorized to interface with. What you used to need a psychic to do, you can now do right out of your own bag."

    The dirt streets of Noe Town were paved over with rocks, and magic lights lit the fog at night. Where Father's manor had used to stand, a headquarters for HAPPI was built. Ships were coming soon, Alexis promised. One way or another.

    Sparkleglimmer wasn't sure when the skies had disappeared. One moment she was staring at the ever-present gloomy clouds of Noe Town, and the next she was in a well-lit room with high roofs. Bookcases covered two of the walls, and to her right was a large observational window in place of a wall. Outside, the many turrets and spires of Pokemon Plaza were visible. This was the Air Continent.

    "So," Wartortle said, slurping a cup of green tea. He had always had a taste for tea. "Tell me: why do you want to do business with us?"

    The office around them was spartan and cluttered at the same time. Stacks of books and paperwork almost as tall as Wartortle was littered the room, but the only pieces of furniture were the shelves against the wall and a couple of bean bags they were currently sitting on.

    "I'm sure you know your contract with the Rescue Federation expires within the next two years," Sparkleglimmer said.

    "And you want the Rescuer's Guild to move under your management instead." Another slurp of tea. Wartortle's eyes were piercing.

    "Exactly."

    A third, obnoxiously long and slurpy sip of tea. Wartortle put the empty cup down, dangerously close to a stack of paperwork next to him. "You're right: our contract with the Rescue Federation expires soon. But why do you want to buy us. This is about your feud with the Federation, yes?

    "Don't fret," he added after noticing the brief crack in Sparkleglimmer's poker face. "It's basically public information by now." He picked up the cup and tossed it back for a final sip, but it was empty. Wartortle inspected it with a melancholy specific to tea drinkers, then put it back beside him.

    "Do you trust the Rescue Federation, then?" Sparkleglimmer asked. "After everything you've heard in the papers?"

    "Wartortle got up from his bean bag, picking up the empty cup with him. He stretched, then began to walk for the door. "By moral standards? I can't say that I do. But I can trust that the Rescue Federation will keep our guild afloat where it counts: our funds."

    "You can trust us, too."

    Wartortle stopped, halfway out the door. He looked back. "So tell me why we should move over. What does the Guild get from joining HAPPI that the Rescue Federation can't provide us with?"

    "Emeras," Sparkleglimmer answered promptly. "We manufacture them. We control where they go. We can bring them here. And…"

    "And if emeras aren't a deciding factor?" Wartortle clasped his cup between his stubby hands, staring at Sparkleglimmer promptingly.

    "Trust," Sparkleglimmer finished. She got up from the bean bag she was sitting on, walking over to Wartortle. "You'll get an organizer you can trust, and not just financially."

    "But how do I know I'll be able to continue trusting you?" Wartortle said.

    "I'm not sure what you mean," Sparkleglimmer replied.

    "Which once again prompts the question," Wartortle continued. "Why do you want to buy us."

    "Because the Air Continent is a significant resource, and it would be beneficial for HAPPI to control," Sparkleglimmer said in a perfectly rehearsed voice.

    "And that's all it is?"

    "That's the leading factor."

    "But surely if you're an employer we can trust, you can trust us to reveal your full reasoning for wanting to buy us."

    "I've given you the reasoning that's relevant."

    "You indeed have," Wartortle agreed.

    She was losing him. Inwardly, Sparkleglimmer found herself growling. She needed this deal to go through, one way or the other. And she still had one trick behind her ear…

    Don’t.

    Ignoring the Voice, Sparkleglimmer discreetly lifted a bottom ribbon towards Wartortle, the end subtly fizzing with glimmers of black sparks…

    “Well, thank you for your time,” she said, holding out the ribbon as a parting gesture. Wartortle gazed at it shrewdly, but didn’t take it. Sparkleglimmer didn’t like that look.

    I told you not to. Now he knows.

    Wartortle let out a cough to break the silence, looking down at the cup in his hands for good measure. "Heavens, I think I need some more tea… You'll have to humor me while I step out for a cup. This dry winter air…"

    Sparkleglimmer watched him as he went, nonplussed.

    In the end, the Rescuer's Guild declined to comment on her offer.

    She blinked, and suddenly the office was gone. That feeling of fast-forwarding was coming once again, and she felt herself begin to fade away. Her thoughts slurred together with the consciousness of another, and then separated again. What came next was unseen to her.

    "Ridiculous!"

    Empoleon of the Rescue Federation seethed in his office. On his desk was a bright yellow scarf, the kind that would make a tight bandanna but would go nicely around a limb or ear.

    "They're making you wear these any time you enter the Waterport?" he half asked, half shouted. The uneasy raichu before him nodded but couldn't bring himself to be completely calm.

    "On whose authority?" he asked. "We own the port!"

    "It's the merchants, sir," Raichu explained. They won't do business at the Waterport if they don't get their way on this."

    "Then cut them off!" Empoleon roared. "We need to make an example that this kind of thing isn't tolerated.

    "B-but sir—" the raichu began.

    "NOW!"

    "It's all the large sellers!"

    That made Empoleon stop for a moment.

    "Repeat that for me, please?" he asked, his tone finally settling into something that wasn't a yell.

    "If we cut off every buyer that's making Grass Continent pokemon wear these, we'll lose every big merchant we've got."

    "How is that possible?"

    "Terms of their supplier, sir."

    "What supplier?!"

    "That rescue organization on the Mist Continent. 'Happy' or something, I don't… remember the name…"

    Empoleon growled. He marched back to his desk, brashly waving the raichu out with a flipper.

    He cursed the day he'd signed the papers to help bring that wretched organization back to its feet. Not only had his plan to subsume it failed, it had backfired straight in his face. To think that this was happening right now, in the trading port he owned…

    There were papers on his desk, newspapers from the Mist Continent. One of them told a story about the sylveon running HAPPI.

    She is the head of the snake.

    She was the head of the snake.

    She'll stop at nothing to pry everything you have from your flippers.

    She'd stop at nothing to pry everything he had from his flippers.

    If he wanted the Federation to stay afloat, it was looking more and more like the only option was to cut the head clean off the shoulders.

    Back to the fields of Mist, and Sparkleglimmer began to see again.

    It was summer now, just three months later. And though the breeze was still frigid and the sky was grey, plains of grass grew outside the cluster of slowly rising buildings that was Pokemon Paradise. Sparkleglimmer walked down the dirt path, following Alexis.

    "I've set up a crew to march down to Noe Town and begin construction on those ships you were asking for," Alexis said. "They have to be built on the water, so there isn't another way to do it."

    "How long do you expect until they'll be finished?" Sparkleglimmer asked.

    "Now that the blueprints and testing are out of the way, maybe three or four months?" Alexis replied. "You'll have them before winter."

    "Good to hear," Sparkleglimmer said.

    "But wait, there's more!" Alexis exclaimed with glee. "You haven't seen what I've really been building. This is the thing that'll make water ships an afterthought." He quickened his pace, gesturing Sparkleglimmer along as he walked. She went as fast as she cared to.

    Out on the plains, a scaffolding structure almost as large as Pokemon Paradise stood. It must have been at least a mile off. Inside, Sparkleglimmer could see the beginnings of something large being constructed within its confines. Magic lights shone on it from all sides, allowing the ant-like dots that were pokemon to work at it from various angles. Even from a mile off, it dwarfed the both of them.


    Scene - Alexis' AirshipBase.png

    "What is it?" she asked.

    "Tell me," Alexis said. "Have you ever wanted to fly?"

    "Fly?" Sparkleglimmer asked. "Not really."

    Her aspirations were firmly on the ground.

    Alexis was quiet for a moment. Probably recalibrating where he wanted to go with his speech, Sparkleglimmer noted.

    "Back before I came… 'here'," Alexis began, "I was an engineer in the Human world. I created blueprints for things, solved problems with existing things, and put together new things entirely. My dream was to create something new, something their world had never seen before. But before I could finish, I ended up here.

    "I've created a lot of things here," he continued. "As self-absorbed as it sounds, I consider myself the pioneer of advancement in this world. And my biggest achievement is going to be making pokemon fly without wings. I'm thinking of calling it 'Cloud Nine'. It means euphoria, the pinnacle of happiness. That's how I'll feel when it takes off towards the skies for the first time. It'll fly and fly forever, and it won't come down. Not until the end of the world."

    Alexis looked at Sparkleglimmer. "Your organization can be the first in the world to ever own an airship."

    An airship… Even if she didn't care for flight, the idea of owning something no other organization would ever have sounded appealing.

    "I'll think on it," Sparkleglimmer said. "If the ships go well, expect our full support going forward."

    The fields slurred together, everything around her becoming abstract colors. When they reformed, she didn't seem to have a body. Her essence was in the air, watching everything below.

    Or reliving the account of somemon who had watched everything below. As she sunk more and more into it, she became less of herself again.

    "Ship approaching!"

    These were dangerous waters. The mist was thick here, and jagged rocks lay just out of sight, waiting to punch dangerous holes in the Copperjah's hull if they veered too close to any of the small islands sitting in the fog. The deck of the ship bustled with 'mon who had abandoned many of their tasks and were currently trying to see what was approaching them through the mist.

    As vast a ship as the Copperjah was, the cries could still be heard in Empoleon's office. This was a dangerous route as is, but they had chosen it because traffic through the area was nonexistent. The best-case scenario said it was just another one of their supply vessels taking a shortcut, but if it were pirates, or something worse?

    "I've got a read on the ship!"

    The cries echoed through the deck and into his cabin once more.

    "It's a HAPPI vessel!"

    "Give her a wide berth!"

    The creaking of floorboards, and all of Empoleon's office tilted just the slightest bit as the ship began to sharply veer left. The inkwell he'd been writing with slid to the other side of the desk with a clatter. It was a messy turn, but Empoleon wasn't concerned with that right now. He walked to the right-hand window, looking through the blankets of fog that sat in the distance. It was time to see for himself just what these futuristic HAPPI vessels looked like in the flesh.

    Sure enough, the stern, black hull of the passing vessel soon appeared through the mist. And just like he'd suspected, images couldn't compare. The ship looked nothing like a proper ship did. The narrow, stern hull glistened black like it was made of iron, and it lacked sails. Instead, the water churned turbulently under it, as if something underneath the ship was propelling it forward. A white icebreaker in the shape of an aggron's skull pushed away and broke the rocks as the ship went. It made a slow bank away from the Copperjah, heading straight into the mist where the jagged rocks and the uncharted islands were.

    Empoleon had no knowledge of any HAPPI dealings that involved going to strange islands, nor had he ever seen a ship that dared to venture into a death trap like the thick mist. But just now, all that had changed. And then, watching the stern of the pitch-black, alien vessel slowly fade away into the mist, he finally realized just how much the world was changing underneath his very feet.

    When Sparkleglimmer finally regained herself again, she found herself propelled into another memory, one with a single leading and overpowering thought.

    It had to be said: Sparkleglimmer enjoyed Pokemon Paradise.

    The many artificial lights of the city burned bright against the beauty of the setting arctic sun. There were buildings now that stretched above three stories, four, even five. For all of his hubris, Alexis was a brilliant architect.

    Her being as powerful a pokemon as she was meant there wasn't time for fooling around like the average 'mon would have had. She always arrived a day early when she came to this city, though. It had become a bustling epicenter of every technological advancement, rare merchant wares, and hopeful inventers who came to try out their new innovations and gadgets for public use. On the south side of town, they were even building a HAPPI center to help facilitate the advancement of rescue teams for the city.

    A pair of escorts followed her around town. It wasn't subtle, but they stayed in the background for the most part. Sparkleglimmer took a tour of all the shops, sampling rare delicacies and browsing expensive fabrics.

    "How do you like it?" The owner of Torracat's Tailory, an incineroar, asked as she browsed a selection of fancy cloaks. She had picked out a teal-colored one, fitted with rims of solid gold and encrusted with red rubies. "It's a rare fabric from the Air Continent. They make it with spinerak silk, then dye it with the pigments of flowers. Would you care to try it on?"

    The cloak was pricey, but Sparkleglimmer bought it all the same. The Rescuer's Guild had finally outlived their contract, and she was to attend another meeting to see if they'd reconsider her offer to sell out to HAPPI. Perhaps if she showed up in something made on the continent she planned to purchase, it would buy her points with the locals.

    Alexis had asked her to Paradise to attend the ceremony of Cloud Nine's first launch. As the main benefactor of his advancements, he thought that she should be present at the launch. There were still a few more days before she met with the Rescuer's Guild, so there wasn't much of a schedule conflict.

    She dined at Swanna Inn, which had grown much larger than it had been the last time she had been here. The prices were high, too—she had often heard about Swanna Inn's outrageous rates, but it didn't really set in until she viewed the price tag herself. Not that it was anything more than a drop in the bucket for her, of course.

    The bed was worth the price. The food, made by chefs who didn't look like they were being paid enough, wasn't.

    It was only in beds at night now that her thoughts ate her. During the day, she could distract herself with the mundane affairs of running HAPPI and the shallow delights of the city, but the nights were quiet. She was left alone to reminisce with herself. Sometimes she almost wished there were loud noises happening outside for her to focus on, like there had been back when Father's manor still stood. Noe Town was too fancy for that now, though, and this many floors up Swanna Inn was silent.

    When her thoughts left her and her head went quiet, the voices came. She heard them in her dreams, and she sometimes caught them when everything was quiet and she was lost deep in thought. She never understood what they were saying; it was all spoken in a language ancient and lost on her ears. But she knew what they sounded like. Grating, harsh whispers that overlapped and hissed and snarled.

    And she could hear them now.

    The clapping of fins roused Sparkleglimmer from her thoughts.

    She was standing backstage now, in broad daylight. The teal cloak she'd purchased yesterday and wore now went all the way down to the ground, but stopped just high enough that it wouldn't get dragged in the mud. She'd gotten some boots to go along with them, since they matched the color and paved roads had conditioned her to be averse to dirt. She remembered where she was now: In the distant fields behind her stood the massive supports that carried Alexis' Cloud Nine. It was a mile away, and yet it still looked incredibly sizeable.

    "Are you with us?" A dewgong asked, looking up at Sparkleglimmer. "The launch is beginning soon. Alexis sent for you onstage."

    With only one last glance at the massive airship in the fields behind, Sparkleglimmer nodded. The buzzing in her head had grown stronger, and she'd been zoning out most of the day. "Tell him I'll be there promptly."

    Promptly was only a minute—things moved fast backstage, and it was only five minutes to noon. Sparkleglimmer could hear lively music playing as she walked towards the curtain of the main deck, the final remnants of a celebration that was now ending. She walked through the curtain and out onto a stage surveying a grand number of pokemon from Paradise. The crowd ended in a far-off place that wasn't at the city gates, but still hard for her to see anyway. There were never this many pokemon in Noe Town.

    The music died down once she took her place next to Alexis on the stage. Alexis' partner was here too—a bouncy-looking Pikachu who was waving boldly to the crowd. Even so, somehow Sparkleglimmer could tell he wasn't very comfortable with stages.

    As silence overtook the crowd, Alexis stepped forward. The dewott cleared his throat, and then began to speak.

    "Over the years, Pokemon Paradise has been many things. It was once a dream between two pokemon to make what used to be a barren wasteland a better place. Then it became a haven for lost pokemon, who went on to make their lives a better place. And now it is a mighty city, whose wealth and technological advancements make the entire world a better place!"

    Cheers rang out across the crowd, and Alexis basked in the applause.

    "And now, we will make the skies a better place. We in Pokemon Paradise are about to accomplish something never seen before. The machine you see in the distance there—" he gestured to Cloud Nine behind him "—Is about to become the first mon-made vehicle to fly. Imagine! A ground beneath your feet, hundreds of meters in the air! To fly like a bird, without even setting foot off the ground! That is what three hundred lucky pokemon aboard Cloud Nine are about to experience."

    A large, mechanical timer above the stage activated. It began to count down from a minute.

    60. 59. 58.

    "In exactly one minute, you will watch our marvel of creation defy gravity!"

    Sparkleglimmer would have listened to the rest of the speech, but suddenly the buzzing in her head became too much for her to cope with. She winced from the pain, then tried to stop herself from falling over in pain from a sudden bout of dizziness. Not on the stage. Not where she'd show the public weakness.

    45. 44. 43.

    All of a sudden, the voices were back. They were louder than ever, and the experience was disorienting. She could barely keep her balance over it. Then one voice overpowered the others, and it spoke directly to her.

    Someone is here to kill you.

    Sparkleglimmer stumbled and had to lean against something for support. She knew she had attracted the concern of Alexis' partner, the quiet pikachu, but she didn't bother with that right now. Instead, she worked herself back up to the point where she was standing again. She surveyed the crowd, looking for anything that could be off. She saw nothing, but the Voice had never been wrong.

    33. 32. 31.

    "Who?" she managed to snarl under her breath.

    Look to the near left corner.

    Sparkleglimmer followed the voice's instructions. It couldn't be caught if you weren't looking for it, but a patch of thin air in the southwest side of the crowd was shimmering in a strange way. It was making its way towards the stage with a speed that was alarming. Sparkleglimmer realized what it was immediately: the illusion of a zoroark. An expertly crafted one, but the chaos of the crowd was too much for even the best trickster to imitate.

    15. 14. 13. Sparkleglimmer followed it from the corner of her eye, but she pretended not to see it.

    Claws suddenly lunged for her throat, only becoming visible seconds from the strike, but seconds were enough. Sparkleglimmer managed to leap out of the way in time, pulling the assassin down to the ground with her rubbons. The zoroark hit the ground of the stage hard, the momentary shock jarring him out of his illusion for just a second. Screams and cries came from the crowd, who had just witnessed a pokemon appear out of thin air and crash down on the stage. In the distance, Cloud Nine rocketed up into the skies with a boom, but no-mon was paying attention.

    Sparkleglimmer's escorts, standing just off the stage, ran over and began to restrain the zoroark—

    A completely different pair of guards sat the zoroark down in a chair, his claws caged behind his back. They were in the drab walls of what Sparkleglimmer assumed to be an interrogation room now, and she was sitting on the other side of the table. She remembered what she had been told before she went in there against everymon's wishes—'He's dangerous, don't trust your eyes or ears.' She knew full well the dangers of a zoroark, and had insisted she be able to view him anyway. She would be able to pry away the answers she needed, the ones that normal pokemon couldn't.

    "You've got nerve, coming all the way here," the zoroark grinned, as the doors closed behind the guards. "Didn't I just try to kill you?"

    "I need answers," said Sparkleglimmer, sitting on the other side of the table. "Who were your targets at the festival?"

    "Shouldn't that be obvious?"

    "Who sent you?" Sparkleglimmer pressed on.

    "I keep my clients confidential. Otherwise no-mon would hire me."

    "I have ways of extracting that information," Sparkleglimmer said. "I'm just asking you nicely first."

    "And how are you going to do that?" The zoroark asked, mirthful. He flicked his head in the direction of the pokemon observing them outside the room. "They couldn't, and they were trained for this. You're just a priss who's never dealt with anymon like me."

    Sparkleglimmer ignored his words. She leaned forward, and placed a ribbon on his head. A few black sparks flickered out of her ribbon, and the air around the zoroark's head began to hum. It was only seconds before he was in a relaxed, only half-conscious state. Perfect.

    "Let's try again," she breathed in his ear. "Who were your targets?"

    The zoroark answered like he was asleep.

    "You. The dewott and the pikachu. Anymon who interfered."

    "Why at the festival?"

    "Client wanted to make a public scene. It was the easiest way."

    "And who was your client?"

    The zoroark didn't answer that one. Even in the state she had him in, he was still tight-lipped. Even through the fog of anger in her head, she had to admit that amount of devotion was admirable. But it wouldn't be enough.

    "Who was your client?" she pressed on. The power in her ribbons intensified, sending him as deep as it was safe to go.

    The zoroark grit his teeth, letting out a sudden snarl that startled everymon outside the room. Sparkleglimmer's first instinct was to jump back, but she kept the ribbons on his head. She was so close. She wasn't going to let a few scary noises stop her now.

    Finally, he broke.

    "Empoleon," he said, in a voice so strained and determined not to speak that only Sparkleglimmer could hear. "Of the Rescue Federation."

    Sparkleglimmer's ribbons left the zoroark's head and went to her cloak.

    She stood outside the interrogation room now, and the zoroark was being wheeled away back to his cell. But she couldn't care less about him right now. What she cared about was that she finally had proof. She had always known deep down that the Rescue Federation had been behind everything that had happened up to this point, but she didn't have anything to prove it. Now she did, and all the hate that been building up in the back of her head for years finally had a proper target. And she didn't know what she was going to do with that power.

    For the first time in a long, long while, she was realizing she need somemon to lean on, somemon to consult, and she didn't have one. She didn't have anymon like that, and she hadn't for a long time.

    Except one.

    "What should I do?" she found herself asking the one entity she had always been able to confide in all these years: The voice in her head.

    What do you think you should do?

    Of course, it was kicked right back into her ballpark. Because the Voice had never been one for confiding in, only solving problems.

    But maybe solving a problem was what she needed right now.

    And for what felt like the first time in a long, long while, the humming in her head stilled. After so long, the silence was deafening.

    You need a solution to your dilemma. Do you think the Rescue Federation will permit you to continue living, when you pose such a threat to their very existence?

    No. By now it seemed clear: There was no option for peace. The Rescue Federation had fired its shots, and now it wanted to seal the death warrant.

    One of you will kill the other. It is only a matter of time. You should strike first, while you still can.

    And as always, the Voice was right. Now that she had the assassin's testimony, now that she knew who had just tried to kill her, was the proper retribution not in order? For everything she knew they had done? Her blood was boiling; she knew she should not make decisions without a level head, but this one… this one seemed so easy. So right. How could any other conclusion, one with even a single shred of mercy, fill the hole in her heart the same way?

    Or, the often-ignored part of her brain argued, she could let the story go public. It would make the papers, and HAPPI would make sure it stayed in the papers. The Rescue Federation would be ruined.

    But will they stay ruined? Or will they bounce back in four years, three, two? Will any of this reach their continents? When will the next assassin arrive?

    She could hire more guards. Only stay in secure facilities. Each new assassin was another chance to shine the Federation in a bad light.

    Foolish. The Rescue Federation has nothing to lose. They will stop at nothing until you are dead, and your organization exists only in the history books. Smears will fade with time. The only option for survival is to cut off the head of the snake.

    But she outgunned them in every department. She had no reason to take such drastic action. Not when she could play defense and instead let them rot.

    Outgunning will mean nothing when you are DEAD. I have not guided you all these years to witness your fall at the fins of a WEAKER power. Kill him, before he has the chance to end you forever.

    She was standing at the bow of a ship in the dead of night now. One of the mighty metal vessels Alexis had built for her, the one he named the Demetrius. It was accompanied on either side by another vessel just like it—on one side, the Aggron. On the other, the Gardevoir. In the distance stood a more traditional ship. It was massive, multi-floored, and its sails were orange and green. There was only one ship it could have been: The Copperjah.

    She knew why she was here, why she was seeing this memory. This was where she killed him.

    Sparkleglimmer calmly walked onto the Copperjah, after her crew had successfully dispatched any pokemon unlucky enough to be on-deck at the time. They left one alive, to point them to the office of the Federation leader.

    Empoleon had been collapsed over his maps, fast asleep, when the door banged open. Before he knew what was happening, two of Sparkleglimmer's crew had him pinned against the wall. A sharp claw pressed itself against his throat, threatening to cut it open if he moved or tried anything.

    "Help," Empoleon hoarsely squawked, trying to make sense of the situation. "Guards! Help!"

    "They won't help you," said the shadow in the doorframe. Sparkleglimmer walked in, flicking the door shut behind her. "We've taken care of them already."

    "W-w-what is this?" Empoleon asked, his face now having contorted into an expression of straight fear.

    Good.

    "I-if it's—If it's m-money, then I have a lot. Just tell me what you want me to pay and I'll pay it! I will! Just please don't kill me."

    "Unfortunately, I'm not your run of the mill turncoat," said Sparkleglimmer, careful to stay in the shadows where Empoleon couldn't see her just yet. "And you've taken something from me that no amount of money can replace."

    "Who are you?" Empoleon asked. "I-if this is about that ship my merchants shot down, then I'm sorry! It was just collateral damage. We were shooting pirates—"

    "Save it," Sparkleglimmer said, walking forward. She walked until she was right in front of Empoleon. She took his head in all four of her ribbons, and forced him to look directly at her, and only her. "I want you to look me in the eye and realize exactly who I am before you die."

    It was a moment before it came to Empoleon, but when it did Sparkleglimmer could see it in his own eyes. The look of realization, then a redoubling of terror that she had been looking for.

    "You're… you're the…" he broke off, stuttering inanely.

    "The new and current director of HAPPI," Sparkleglimmer finished for him. "The company that's going to take over for yours."

    "You… can't," Empoleon said as she walked away. "You can't. You can't do this. It's not, it's not ethical, it's not legal, it's not righ—"

    "I can't?" Sparkleglimmer looked at him. "Just like you couldn't burn down my father's house and try to steal everything he owned? Just like you couldn't send the same assassin after me when you felt threatened? I think you'll find I can."

    The Empoleon couldn't answer her. It wasn't like he didn't have the words, he had many to spare, but in that moment he seemed really and truly caught.

    "Everything you're about to get right now, you deserve," Sparkleglimmer said gleefully. "It's of your own design, after all. Murdered in your own home, which will have mysteriously burned down the next day. Don't you think it's poetic?"

    "I think you're a monster," Empoleon spat.

    "It takes one to know one," was all Sparkleglimmer told him in return. "Do it."

    Empoleon was swiftly disposed of. The lantern that lay amongst the maps on his desk was knocked to the floor, where the flame caught on the boards and began to swiftly spread.

    The Gardevoir and the Aggron slowly surrounded the Copperjah on either side. Sparkleglimmer watched from the Demetrius as they floated into position. Then, a barrage of cannon fire tore a thousand holes in the Copperjah's hull. The sails were set aflame, and the upper decks blown apart by blasts of pure fire and lightning. The now half-burning ship began to slowly sink, an eerily still display of fire and destruction.

    But slowly, the scene dissolved around her. The sea rippled away into dust, and the ships crumbled until they were gone. The fires snuffed themselves out, plunging the Copperjah into darkness. And then, just like that, it was gone. And all that was left was the blackness. Sparkleglimmer's paws were submerged in a water that didn't feel wet.

    And then, only then, did she truly realize what was happening.

    "I'm dreaming, aren't I."

    Indeed.

    The Voice only took form in these dreams, and yet she had never seen it. Sometimes she caught a hint of its shape here and there, but it only looked like a corner or a glimpse of something much larger.

    "Why are you showing me all this again?" Sparkleglimmer asked. "I've lived it once already."

    To remind you of everything you went through. And to prepare you for the ordeals that are to come.

    The chorus of voices swirled around her, yet it seemed to come from everywhere at once.

    The Plan is reaching its apex. Should you continue to aid me, you will find yourself in a favorable position when all is said and done. Yet, there are still pieces that must slot in place first. I require your assistance to finish setting the board.

    "You keep going on about this plan of yours," Sparkleglimmer addressed the void. "But I haven't caught what you're building up to yet. Don't you ever plan to clue me in?"

    All you need to know right now is what I require of you in the moment. I have never acted without your best interests in mind, yes?

    "I don't believe you have. What do you require from me?"


    Head to Paradise. The final piece of the end's beginning is waiting for you there.

    ~~~~\({O})/~~~~

    The end of Part II.

    ~~~~\({O})/~~~~

    There were two major changes I made this arc that ultimately ended up being beneficial for the story. The first was scrapping the original trajectory I had for Primarina and Braixen, and making Braixen a Zoroark. (Originally they would have attempted to frame Nickit, and Braixen actually would have been a braixen.) The second was keeping Riolu alive. Both were characters I didn't really see a need for outside of these arcs and planned to sideline or do away with. Glad I didn't do that.


    For this arc, I decided to take on a more freeform writing style and structure the arc around character beats rather than plot-by-chapter. I knew that Tricky/Deerling was going to make up the first third or half of the arc, and then I wanted to segue out into the broader conflict with the Ancient Barrow and the Expedition Society's troubles. I think on the whole, this made things a bit easier to put together! But it also meant that I had more trouble keeping track of the logistics (what happened on what day, HAPPI's movements in the background, what was going on in the Voidlands, etc).

    One of my major initiatives with this arc was bridging a gap between the canon material and the more original direction I'd like to take this fic going forward. While the first arc was able to strike a healthy balance of using the canon events as framework and supplementing with original content, essentially 90% of this arc was original material – and the only events I had cemented in my head when I began was the Deerling Day festival and that I'd be using the school ghosthunting/Ancient Barrow trip at the end. Stephen King's IT is a book/movie that left a big impact on me, and I tried to transpose a lot of its elements and structure to this arc – especially when writing the finale.

    I also wanted to use the background to board set the larger world while I still could without it being cumbersome and putting a stopper on the actual story. To that end, I worry that I may have fallen into the pitfall trap that most large fantasy stories fall into when board setting – by doing the board setting, but not providing much to latch onto among all the one-off content. (though it's all due to become directly relevant next arc, so even if it is an issue, it's one that I feel I could live with.)

    From a meta standpoint, wow this arc was hard to put together. I published weekly with a backlog of only five chapters, and the first COVID-19 lockdown (and the ensuing chaos that followed) threw a huge wrench in my buffer. It got down to the point where I was crunching hard to publish a chapter the week after I wrote it, and when the scope eventually got too big for me to keep it all going, I lapsed and burnt out. Chapters 21 – 26 were all published hideously late, and still require a lot of touchups as of this writing. It 100% did not go smoothly all the way through! And for future arcs I'll definitely want to be going at a more manageable pace/have a monster backlog so I don't end up in a situation like that again.

    But now for some commentary on the latter half of the arc!

    By now, it should be clear that the "Traitor" character is in fact not Nuzleaf, but rather Principal Simipour. This is one I knew I was doing from the very start, especially since Nuzleaf's lessened significance upon the story meant making him the Traitor would be a harder and less powerful twist. I looked at how Simipour always seemed like he was about to nod off whenever he appeared in the canon game, and considering the significance of the In Between here and the fact that I wasn't doing the Nuzleaf Twist, it just lined up wonderfully.

    I also had a lot of fun writing the Ancient Barrow portion of the arc, as well as fleshing out the idea of the Void Shadows and what happens if you get petrified in the real world. And honestly, I just had fun doing more in the Voidlands. I've read a total of one (1) other fic that actually employs or has reached the Voidlands/Shadows, so it was cool to basically be broaching (to my knowledge) new territory for fanfiction. I had particular fun with the void shadows, especially writing their chieftain Nyarlathotep. Nyarlathotep is a name that I chose both for the creepy Lovecraft effect, but also because Lovecraftian Nyarlathotep is a chaos loving demon with a thousand faces who serves a greater evil. Which I feel pretty much sums my Nyarlathotep up. I'll admit that the whole thing was a spur of the moment decision + scope creep + things (mostly) falling into place, though. I was basically tearing my hair out with what I wanted to do for the Barrow portion (since having it be the vanilla Litwick encounter seemed like a bit of a letdown) + how I was going to explain where the Shadow that attacked Pokemon Plaza came from, and it absolutely would not have worked if I had done Chapter 20 even a little bit differently.

    Some readers have asked me if Serenity Village is going to get the spotlight again later, along with some of the more minor characters. And the answer is, yes! It would be remiss not to (and I just love the setting). But... not next arc. As this special episode hopefully accomplished, I'm hoping to use this opportunity to "pan out" towards the broader world and give the Expedition Society and a few other places the spotlight for a bit. Hopefully you've enjoyed what's been written thus far, and didn't think things were too unresolved! I respond actively to all questions, thoughts, and criticisms, so if you have something to ask or say, don't hesitate to reach out. Until next time!

    Music of the Week!

    You Will Rule This Land Someday – Sonya Belousova, Giona Ostinalli
     
    Last edited:
    PART THREE: Chapter One - Ghost Ship
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    KQ7n8YM.png


    You have awakened. Good.

    What is your purpose here? You will help save the world.

    It is a world consumed by hate and pride and greed. Those who live in it care not for others, only for what they may gain no matter the expense. This cannot be allowed to continue. You will help me bring a stop to this vile cycle once and for all.

    Soon there will be another, summoned by one too foolish to see the true effect of their actions. You will exterminate this individual. It is the only way to end the cycle of hate.

    But that is a while off. First, you will live amongst those that live in this world. You will understand their inadequacies. Their greed, their arrogance, and their contempt for each other. You will understand why none of them are fit to continue living. Those of the land shall spurn you for what you are. As is their nature. Yet succeed in this one simple task…

    …And
    I shall take over from there.


    Chapter29Art.png

    “A second wrong doesn’t right the first.”


    ~~~~\({O})/~~~~

    PART III: THE RUNAWAYS

    ~~~~\({O})/~~~~

    CHAPTER ONE: GHOST SHIP


    ~\({O})/~

    Noe Town Border


    ~Team Anthem~

    For a harbor on the Mist Continent, Noe Town had grown exceedingly run down. It existed on Mist’s most accessible coast, and had been founded by the pokemon who colonized the continent. Long ago, it had been the center of all trade and commerce, and where HAPPI made its headquarters.

    Not anymore. Now the houses had fallen into a state of dismal disrepair, and many of the paved streets were splattered with dried mud. HAPPI had relocated to Paradise, and with it had gone the wealth and riches. The skies above were grey and cloudy, and the alleys were shrouded in mist. For no riches from the many ships that sailed into the harbor were offered to Noe Town. Those were all for Pokemon Paradise. Papers had been stuck to many of the houses, even covering windows and doors:

    Noe Town: Soon to be an extension of Pokemon Paradise (funded and sponsored by the Helping Adventurous Pokemon Prosper Institute)

    It was a desolate town, cold and hard even in the air around it. And certainly not a place that Team Anthem would have any business in normally.

    Alexis tried to ignore the feeling of the mud on his paws as he walked. If there was one thing he missed from the Human World, it was shoes. He needed to look into getting some custom-made, even if foot coverings were a completely foreign concept to this world. He was a national hero—there had to be at least one tailor in Pokemon Paradise that made something other than scarves. The dewott fanned the paper slip he held out as he walked, reading what was written on it for the thousandth time (thankfully in Unown). There were only three disjointed sentences on the paper: Friendly fire at the docks. Ship not returning our signals or messengers. Send help.

    From behind Alexis, Elliot yawned. The pikachu lazily flicked an ear, then fell on all fours to catch up with the dewott.

    “The place is quiet,” he commented, returning to his hind paws. “You don’t think we’re too late, are we?”

    “Doubtful.” Alexis folded the paper, sticking it back in his bag. He frowned, looking ahead. “This place has been a ghost town for ages – everymon worth worrying over’s gathered at the docks, no doubt.”

    The docks were no more inviting than the town. The waters churned uneasily with the foreboding ripples of a coming storm, and the skies were grey and windy. Alexis looked down at the water and shivered. Even as a water-type, there were some things from his old self he just couldn’t kick.

    There were a multitude of pokemon gathered at the docks, many looking like they belonged to some kind of harbor patrol. Alexis and Elliot pushed their way through the crowd, heading towards the shore to get a better look at what was going on.

    “Hey!” Alexis called out, catching the attention of most of the crowd. Many recognized him and Elliot on sight, immediately giving them both a wide berth. Alexis pulled the slip of paper out of his bag, waving it high in the air. “I’m looking for a ‘mon who can brief me and my partner here.” He quickly gestured to Elliot. “We got your mission request.”

    A furret with a faded HAPPI insignia pinned to his chest quickly scurried forward from the crowd. “That’s me,” he said, clearing his throat compulsively as he stood up. “I’m in charge.” Alexis got the feel he wasn’t used to running things.

    The furret pointed out across the harbor, into the outer open waters. Alexis followed his gaze, settling his eyes upon the form of a distant ship, enshrouded by the fog. The shape of the bronze metal hull was distinct – anymon could recognize the Demetrius, even from far away.

    “The Demetrius made its way into harbor sometime last night,” the furret began. “When we tried to send it an automated transmission, we received nothing back.”

    Alexis sighed, cutting the furret’s next sentence off. “Did you try using an electric-type?” he asked dismissively. Machine transmissions never consistently worked, no matter how the system was tweaked. There were some things he just didn’t understand why pokemon didn’t go old-school for.

    “W-we didn’t have time,” the furret stammered, twitching his tail in stress. “The ship started shooting at us before we could do anything else.” He redirected his paw towards the dock several meters away, which had been twisted into an almost unrecognizable mass of wrenched wood and stone.

    Elliot’s face twisted into silent shock at the destruction. Alexis didn’t flinch. Disregarding Elliot’s reaction, he turned back to the furret. “So, they got your transmission…

    “How many times has the ship fired.”

    “T-three times. The first time was after the transmission. The second time was when we sent a search party out to investigate.”

    “And this slip says you never got that search party back?”

    “We sent them in with a connection orb. When we didn’t hear back, we tried to call them. Then it fired a third time. D-destroyed the second floor of that building to the right.” Furret pointed out a building to Alexis’ left that had been completely wrecked from the second floor up. “That’s when we called you.”

    The furret lowered his paw once Alexis had gotten his point. Alexis took a deep breath, then began to mentally shuffle his thoughts into order. The rescue party’s disappearance and the transmissions were easily rationalized away as products of bad communication, but the attacks on the harbor spirited all that wishful thinking away. The Demetrius was not in the hands of its rightful crew.

    So what to do about it?

    “Those pokemon you sent.” The furret’s attention was quickly caught once again by Alexis’ smooth interjection. “On a scale of one to ten, self-defense wise, how skilled were they?”

    “Ah…” the furret wiggled nervously a bit. “…Two? Maybe three? We don’t get rescue team training like the location up in Paradise.”

    “Alright,” Alexis began. “Here’s your situation. Most likely case: pirate pokemon. Stupid ones, if they think they can use that ship to lay siege on the harbor.” Glimmers of a slightly queasy look came onto his face as he looked at the waters. Then he turned back to the crowd, raising his voice: “I need a volunteer to sail me and my partner out there!”

    No-mon in the crowd looked particularly interested at the prospect of getting closer to pirates.

    “Expect to be compensated for your services,” Alexis added quickly. When there was no answer, he decided to elaborate.

    “Gold,” he said. “Poke. Money. Lots of it.”

    There were no changes in the crowd’s demeanor.

    “Aren’t you a water-type?” somemon from the crowd piped up. Alexis glanced at the water again out of the corner of his eye, making sure to hide his discomfort at the thought of swimming in it.

    “Even if I am,” he began, “my partner needs ferrying. And we may need to carry more than one pokemon back to land. A boat or a durable water-type is required.”

    Elliot waved a little from the sidelines at the mention of his title, grinning timidly. He looked out of his depth.

    The low, bellowing call of a massive pokemon caught the attention of everymon at the docks. Alexis turned to see the hulking form of a Wailord Liner slowly approaching from the distance. The massive wooden construct attached to the wailord’s back was filled with many smaller pokemon – more tourists heading into Pokemon Paradise, no doubt. Alexis shifted where he stood, scowling. He spun around, facing the furret once more.

    “Get those tourists on the docks and into the town now. The less pokemon know about this before we resolve it, the better.”

    With a small squeak, the furret nodded and scurried off. A good portion of the crowd followed him as well. Once the docks were sparse enough that Alexis had the whole place almost to himself, Elliot walked over. He stared out at the Demetrius, floating silently in the distance.

    “I have a bad feeling,” he said.

    In the distance, there was a loud scraping. It caught the attention of both Alexis and Elliot. Both of them focused intently on the Demetrius, where the sound was coming from.

    The front of the metal hull was slowly sliding open. With a loud bang, the hull slid open completely, and from the opening slid a large cannon. Fire-type energy began to collect around the brim. It only took Alexis a second to figure out what was going on. He dashed towards the crowd with haste, but it was far too late—the cannon fired a straight burst of pure fire-type energy that blasted a hole clear into the approaching wailord liner.

    Chaos erupted not even seconds later. The crowd at the harbor screamed and panicked louder than the crowd on the liner, the wailord bellowed out loudly in discomfort, and even Alexis’ cry for order was drowned out in all the noise.

    “EVERYMON QUIET!!!!” A thunderbolt cracked up into the air and exploded like fireworks above the crowd. The clouds above rumbled in response. Elliot whipped a few stray sparks off his tail and stood up on his hind paws. “We’re taking charge here! Listen to what my partner has to say!”

    Stunned by the loud interruption, the crowd quickly fell back into an anxious silence. Alexis stepped forward, looking at the liner. He studied the damage from afar the best he could. The structural integrity of the framework was damaged… but it would get to land okay.

    It should get to land okay.

    Alexis turned to the furret once more: “How many water-types have you got?”

    He didn’t wait for the furret’s answer. “Send them all out to help ferry the passengers off that ship. We can’t rule out a collapse before it reaches dry land. Once the ship’s docked, set up—”

    “Passenger accommodations?” the furret interjected helpfully.

    “You got it,” Alexis said. “Get them as far away from the harbor as you can. There will be questions; don’t answer any of them. Now get on it. Go!”

    The furret quickly nodded, then scurried back to the crowd of harbormon to begin preparing. Alexis gestured for Elliot to follow him, and they both began to jog back towards the next dock over.

    “So what do we do?” Elliot asked. Alexis fought off a shudder at the thought of entering the cold, dark, deep waters.

    “We find somemon in this harbor willing to ferry us onto that ship. I don’t care what I have to pay.”


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Zoroark~

    The raft was cold, but the water was colder. The chilly breeze of the storm rolling in nipped Zoroark’s skin through his soggy fur. His mane was wet and heavy, and that just made him chillier. At this point he’d either freeze or starve to death—Zoroark wasn’t particularly sure which one would come first.

    But there was one shred of good news: Land was within sight. Unfamiliar, wood-and-clay houses dotted the near horizon, and the town looked more like a bleak outpost than a proper town. But Zoroark would take anything on land at this point. Suddenly alive with energy he didn’t know he had, he stuck a paw in the water and began to eagerly paddle his way to shore.

    The makeshift excuse for a raft bumped up against the stone steps of a dock meant for water-types to climb up on, and Zoroark quickly jumped off and threw himself down onto the glorious dry land he’d missed so much. The stone was cold beneath his already-soaked fur, but he didn’t care. He wasn’t getting back on a boat of any kind anytime soon.

    By the time Zoroark could summon enough energy to get up off the ground, the ground was not so dry anymore. He wrung out his mane the best he could, and shook the rest of his fur off like an unruly growlithe. Then he remembered he was in a town—pokemon could see him here—and then, just like that, he was Braixen again.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen marched through the town wearily, catching the attention of the few ‘mon that were out and about. The pokemon they saw was completely dry—Zoroark didn’t have the energy for wet fur—but walked with the weight of somemon who had been underwater for an hour. He spotted a xatu perched upon a nearby pier, with its head craned directly up towards the clouds, but it paid him no mind. He continued his trudge through the harbor. He could find a place to eat and sleep for the night, and then he’d book his way into Pokemon Paradise. He’d only been there once, when he was young—he had worked for the ambassador of the Water Continent, after all—but how hard could it be to find a helpline in a place that was commonly referred to as “the greatest city on the planet”?

    Then he remembered that he didn’t have any poke. Any belongings of his had been swallowed up when the Exeggutor went down. So that was eating and sleeping in a warm place tonight out of the question. Zoroark-as-Braixen took a deep breath, stopping in the middle of the street. He slumped back against a building in exhaustion. He didn’t know where to go from here.

    And only then, when his head was clear, did his ears catch the sounds of yelling in the distance. Only then did he see the struggling wailord liner limping its way to shore, the line of pokemon making their way off the docks… and the hulking form of the Demetrius in the distance.

    The Demetrius… that was a government ship, sitting stagnant in the waters outside the harbor. What was going on? For the moment, Zoroark forgot he was tired and hungry, and quickly took off in the direction of the harbor.

    There were many more ‘mon at the docks. The Wailord Liner had docked, even though the framework holding the ship in place was dangerously leaning down towards the water. The scaffold had a huge hole in its side, one too large for the attack of all but the most powerful pokemon…

    Busy staring at the giant hole in the ship, Zoroark-as-Braixen didn’t notice where he was going until he accidentally walked straight into another pokemon. They both let out a grunt of surprise as they were knocked backwards. Surprised, Zoroark let his illusion falter for just a second. The vaporeon he bumped into scrabbled on the ground for something she had lost—there it was. A HAPPI badge had fallen to the ground in their kerfuffle. Vaporeon tried her best to pick it up, but her paws weren’t conductive enough. Zoroark-as-Braixen quickly snatched it up before a passing rhydon could step on it. He handed it back to the vaporeon, who scooped it up with her tail and stuffed it back in her bag.

    “Thanks,” she said.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen nodded and grunted in confirmation, then moved along. He didn’t catch sight of her after that.

    The docks quickly became more empty after that. Zoroark continued along until he could see the ship better. It was still enshrouded in mist from this angle, and it didn’t look like the ship was operating at all. But what was it doing sitting in the harbor? His mind flashed back to the hole in the Wailord liner, and the dissociated dots began to connect in his head and form a very chilling picture. He sped up a bit.

    Eventually, his ears caught the sound of two ‘mon talking in hushed voices to themselves. Zoroark slowed down, honing his hearing in on their voices in the hopes he could catch a snippet of what was going on.

    “Think we could commission any of the passengers to do it?”

    “Leave them out of it. I’d rather not drag scared tourists into this.”

    “That’s our best shot. Getting a strong water-type to do it. If you won’t…”

    The sound of shuffling paws. Then, somemon cleared their throat.

    “We could use this boat.”

    “T-that’s stealing! You can’t be serious right now!”

    “It’s either that, or we wait for somemon willing and qualified to ferry us all the way out there. We can’t waste any more time on this.”

    “We used to hunt down the pokemon who did this kind of thing every day!”

    “We hunted evil pokemon who stole for self-gain. We’re doing this out of necessity. We have no other options. And…” the clink of a purse of poke. “…It’s not like we’ll be leaving them with nothing for their inconvenience.”

    Zoroark’s ears pricked up at the sound of the money. The contents of that bag might mean the difference between sleeping in a warm bed and freezing to death in the cold Mist fog.

    There was a pause, then a sigh of defeat.

    “We should at least find the boat owner first.”

    “No time.”

    “B-but—”

    “Necessary evils, Elliot. Sometimes good pokemon have to do a bad thing for the greater good.”

    Zoroark had only a second to think on it. He couldn’t let this opportunity slip out of his grasp, but he had no way to ferry them all the way to the Demetrius.

    Unless…

    If he were caught, he’d be in unimaginable trouble. But at the very worst, spending the night in a jail would be better than spending it on the street. So, Zoroark made his decision.

    “Hey!” Zoroark-as-Braixen called out, catching the attention of the two ‘mon he had been eavesdropping on. A pikachu and a dewott raised their heads to look at him. Zoroark recognized them immediately.

    Alexis straightened up, putting on his best publicity face for the braixen. “Need something?” he asked.

    “I heard you talking about wanting somemon to ferry you over to that ship over there,” Zoroark-as-Braixen said, pointing to the Demetrius for emphasis. He strode over until he was standing only three feet away from Alexis and Elliot. “Well, it just so happens that I’m the owner of that boat.” Zoroark-as-Braixen pointed down to the boat—a measly lifeboat, silently rocking back and forth in the uneasy waters. Zoroark tried his best to hide his surprise. He thought it had been larger. “I’ll ferry you two there… for a price.”

    “A fire-type with a lifeboat…” Zoroark heard Alexis mutter to himself silently. His stomach did a backflip—had they caught on to him?

    “I go fishing,” he added for good measure.

    At the least, the pikachu seemed fooled. Elliot immediately perked up, as if a huge burden had been removed from his shoulders.

    “Well, problem solved, then,” he said happily. “Let’s get in the boat.” After a second of thought, Alexis nodded his head.

    “Understand this,” he began, before Zoroark-as-Braixen could continue. “We’re asking for a round trip, there and back. You may have to ferry more pokemon back with us on the return trip. This may entail more than one subsequent trip. I cannot guarantee that your boat will survive, but you will be compensated with poke in either scenario.”

    Not that he had much of a choice. Zoroark-as-Braixen nodded confidently, letting the illusion hide his jittery face. “I accept.”

    “Splendid. Lead the way.” Alexis gestured to a wooden ladder at the end of the stone pier, which Zoroark-as-Braixen stepped towards. Zoroark-as-Braixen climbed down the ladder, and stepped into the boat. It rocked under his weight, and he almost lost his balance completely. Luckily, this wasn’t the first time he had been on a ship. He sat down, grasping the oars carefully. He nodded up at the pikachu and dewott staring down at him from above.

    Alexis frowned, undid the rope that tethered the boat to the dock, then carefully climbed down the ladder. Zoroark-as-Braixen hummed silently to keep himself calm, grabbing the twin oars. So much for not stepping in a boat again anytime soon.


    ~\({O})/~

    The waters churned heavily, rocking the boat more than a little bit as Zoroark-as-Braixen rowed his two passengers out to sea. No words were exchanged between the three of them; there was only the distant blowing of the wind, the rumbling of the skies above and the ever-larger looming figure of the Demetrius to keep them company.

    A larger than usual wave rocked the boat a little bit, before it set itself back to rights. Out of the corner of his eye, Zoroark spotted Alexis’ paws grip the side of the boat tightly.

    Eventually, Zoroark managed to pull the boat up next to the massive metal hull of the Demetrius. A large, portable metal stairway extended out of the ship and down into the waters below. Across from the rowboat Zoroark sat in was a larger sailboat, enough to hold four or five ’mon in it. Zoroark eyed it uneasily as he rowed.

    “Pull us up over there.” Alexis pointed to the stairway. Zoroark-as-Braixen rowed the boat until it had lined up with the metal set of stairs, at which point Alexis deftly hopped from the boat onto the stairway. He gripped the railing tightly and turned around, watching Elliot follow. Zoroark-as-Braixen searched the boat for a rope of any kind—he had just remembered boats needed to be tethered so they didn’t float off—and began tying the boat to the railing once he had a line in his hand. Then he took the first step onto the stairway.

    Alexis and Elliot, already halfway up the stairs, glanced back. Alexis’ face sunk, like he was annoyed at a toddler.

    “I can’t allow you to follow us in here,” he said, glancing down at Zoroark-as-Braixen. “We don’t know what it’ll be like. Might not be safe. Just… stay out here with the boat.”

    A rumble of thunder made all three ‘mon look up at the sky. The clouds were darker than they had been just before. Wind ruffled Zoroark-as-Braixen’s fur, dangerously rocking the boats. The storm had arrived.

    Alexis looked up at the growing storm and sighed.

    “Fine. Come on. But stay behind us.”

    He deftly walked up the rest of the stairs, and opened the door a crack. After looking in both ways, he ushered Elliot and Zoroark-as-Braixen along.


    ~\({O})/~

    The Demetrius

    The hallways of the Demetrius were too dark to see. Alexis briefly reached into his bag for something as the door closed behind them. Zoroark-as-Braixen blanched—if he was going to be asked to light a torch…

    But instead, Alexis pulled a single orb from his bag. It shone in the dark with the same blue glow as luminous moss, illuminating their surroundings. Everywhere, the walls were covered in viscous black goo, some of it extending into long, goopy trails on the ground. There was no-mon around to be seen.

    “What is this stuff…” Elliot muttered, reaching a paw out to touch the goo stuck to the walls.

    “Try not to touch it,” Alexis said. “It could be dangerous.”

    Elliot pulled his paw back before he could.

    The goo continued all the way down the hallway, where the three of them found the door at the end of the corridor blasted clean off its hinges. The doorframe was mangled, and the door itself lay at their feet, bent out of shape. Alexis bent over to inspect it, noting that the center was covered in the same black goo that coated the walls.

    “Look at this.”

    Elliot bent over a pile of something that glinted from the luminous orb’s light. Zoroark immediately recognized what it was—he’d seen the exact same thing himself just a few days ago, after all.

    “It’s a shattered connection orb,” he said.

    “You think it belongs to…” Elliot trailed off, letting the silence speak for him.

    “Looks like that search party went the same way as the crew,” Alexis said, looking at the connection orb remains over his shoulder.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen spun around, his ears picking up on the sound of the goo down the hallway behind them moving with a pop. Elliot, who had heard it too, followed suit.

    “Did you hear that?” he asked Alexis, turning around.

    “Hear what?” Alexis, who had turned back to inspecting the door, didn’t even look back at Elliot.

    “Something just moved back there,” Zoroark-as-Braixen said.

    Alexis stood back up. In the moment of silence, all three pokemon could hear something slithering down the hallway.

    “You stay here,” he said to Zoroark-as-Braixen, who nodded. “Elliot, with me.”

    Zoroark-as-Braixen watched Alexis and Elliot slowly move down the corridor in the direction of the sound. The luminous orb had been left sitting on the ground next to Zoroark, but Zoroark dared not move nor break his stance. He looked around at all the black goo hanging from the walls. What was this?

    Suddenly, it began to move. With a loud squelching sound, the goo decorating the roof above Zoroark began to shift with life. That was it. Zoroark let out a quiet yelp of abject fear, then took off through the deformed doorway. He didn’t even think to pick up the luminous orb.

    The doorway led into what looked like a cafeteria of some kind—chairs and tables were overturned everywhere, and quite a few had been smashed up. Zoroark ran in and took shelter under a still-standing table.

    Something heavy hit the ground. It was too dark to see. The impact rattled the ship’s benches and made Zoroark jump.

    Whatever was there slowly stomped through the room. There was a brief pause of silence, as Zoroark heard it sniff the air several times. Then it began to walk again.

    Whatever it was stepped on a chair right in front of Zoroak’s eyes and flattened it completely. Zoroark barely restrained himself from yelping out in fear. He concentrated, slowly putting up a much more complex illusion he had yet to perfect. If he was doing it right, no-mon would be able to see him in the first place.

    Unfortunately for him, his trick didn’t work on what didn’t have eyes. The table was quickly flipped over just seconds later, and Zoroark was snatched up by the grotesque claws of a Void Shadow.

    The Void Shadow, made of the same black goo that coated the walls and the roof, growled in his face, then sniffed the air again. Zoroark saw its many, many teeth. That was when he lost it – he yelled a battle cry and began to wildly scratch and claw away at the monster’s face in terror. His claws sunk into its head harmlessly, and he let out a whimper of fear as he tried to tug them out.

    The Shadow snarled, and Zoroark felt its claws tighten around his ribs, much tighter than felt comfortable. It was going to crush him! Unless…

    “Hey! What’s going on in he—” Alexis and Elliot both stopped short at the sight of the large black monster, its goo reflecting the light of the luminous orb in the hallway as it lifted Zoroark up into the air. Desperate, Zoroark felt out where its claws were on his body. Then he slashed them with his own. His claws sliced completely through the Shadow’s, severing them from the monster. Zoroark hit the ground only a second later and scampered away.

    “Ready?” both Alexis and Elliot got into battle positions. They readied their own elemental attacks, aiming at the monster.

    “Ready!” The combined power of a water gun and a thunderbolt hit the Void Shadow all at once, sending electricity coursing through its body. It let out a shriek, then collapsed entirely into a black puddle on the floor. Zoroark heard it slither off, but it was too dark to see where it went. By the time Alexis had retrieved the luminous orb, Zoroark was Braixen once again.

    “Hey—you okay?” Alexis asked, walking up to Zoroark-as-Braixen. Zoroark nodded.

    “Y-yeah,” he coughed out, getting to his feet. “What was that?”

    “Beats me,” Alexis said, half to Braixen and half to himself. “I’ve never seen anything like that before. At least it explains the goo.” He gestured to the walls around them.

    “So n-now what do we do?” Elliot asked, his voice shaking a bit.

    “Our first priority to find out if there are any living ‘mon still on this ship,” Alexis said. If he was shaken like his partner was, he didn’t let it show in his voice. “Somemon had to fire those cannons. We find them, we get them off of here. Then… we figure out where to go from there.”

    He turned around, facing Zoroark-as-Braixen. “As for you, I need you to leave. Bringing you in here was a mistake. We’ll escort you back out—”

    There were the sounds of slithering goo down in the hallway they had just come down. All three pokemon went silent at its sound.

    “…On second thought,” Alexis began. “We’ll find another exit. Stay together.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Alexis made a detour not a moment later to quickly check the cafeteria kitchens for refugees. There weren’t any.

    A door on the other side of the cafeteria led to another corridor that wasn’t as shrouded in goo as the last one had been. Goo coated the walls and some of the roof, but light shone through patches of window that had been left uncovered by the black substance. Zoroark thought he saw some of it slither over an uncovered patch of light out of the corner of his eye.

    It was light enough now that Alexis put away the luminous orb. Zoroark put his illusion back up. He had tentatively dropped it in the darkness, once the light of the luminous orb had drifted far enough off his form, but now it was light enough that all it would take was a single glance back to destroy his cover. He marched forward, hoping the disappearance of a fake wand he was too tired to recreate in his tail wouldn’t draw too much suspicion.

    Alexis watched the walls closely as they went on. Halfway down the corridor, he stopped both Braixen and Elliot, feeling out the outline of a doorframe along the wall. It was completely covered in black goo.

    “I know how ships like these work,” he muttered. “So this…” his paws found a goo-covered door handle, and he yanked—

    The door swung wide open, revealing a set of metal steps leaning down into darkness. “This is the way down to the engines.” Alexis reached into his bag and pulled out the luminous orb once more. It illuminated some of the steps, but beyond was still left in darkness. Further beyond in the dark, Zoroark-as-Braixen thought he saw something bright orange glowing.

    “But that way should lead us to the bridge,” Elliot said, pointing down the corridor. “Something fired this ship’s cannon, right? And you do that from the bridge. Any survivors are probably in there.”

    Alexis was silent for a minute, like he was deliberating on something.

    “Yeah.” He let the door swing shut with a bang. “I just wanted to know where we were.”

    He began to creep onwards, beckoning Elliot and Braixen after him. Zoroark-as-Braixen cast one last look at the door before following.


    ~\({O})/~

    The hallway became more and more dark as they went on. The darker it got, the more invasive the goo became. It was everywhere, even the floor, and soon all three ‘mon were slogging through it as they went onwards. Eventually, Alexis was forced to pull out the luminous orb a third time. There was still no sign of anymon around, nor anything like the monster that had attacked them in the cafeteria. Yet Zoroark still found himself checking behind the group often, just to reassure himself that the little squelching sounds he heard in the distance and the weird way the goo would catch the light every so often was just in his head.

    It felt like they had walked for miles by the time they reached the corridor’s end. It was completely engulfed in goo from floor to ceiling, like everything else in the hallway was. This was the worst it had been the entire time they’d been there. Alexis set the luminous orb down, searching with one paw through the black soup for a door handle. His arm was already almost half submerged in it by the time that he found it.

    “Some help,” he grunted, trying fruitlessly to tug it open. Elliot’s paws grasped around Alexis, and he pulled too. The door still didn’t budge. Elliot looked back at Zoroark, who was Braixen again in a split second. “Help…” he strained.

    Zoroark looked down at his claws that looked, but certainly did not feel like braixen paws. If he touched somemon with those, he’d be caught for sure. But at the same time, he couldn’t just refuse…

    Manipulating touch wasn’t an illusion Zoroark was skilled in. It was harder than sight, but easier than sound. He hadn’t tried it before. All he had to do was draw upon what the subject thought the thing they were touching felt like… Zoroark took a deep breath, and wrapped his claws around Elliot. With luck, this would only be a second. He pulled.

    The door budged. Then it held for a moment. Then it swung open completely, splattering all three pokemon with the black goo.

    Alexis, Elliot, and Braixen all fell back, half-covered in the black substance. It felt sticky on Zoroark’s fur. He sat up, and caught both Elliot and Alexis staring at him weird – he realized at the last second that he hadn’t updated his illusion to account for being splattered with all that goo. But there was nothing to do about it now. It would only look weirder if he changed it. He stood up, staring back at Alexis and Elliot.

    “What?” he asked.

    Alexis shook his head. “Nothing. The door’s open. Let’s go.”

    He strode into the bridge, and both Elliot and Braixen followed his lead.

    The inside of the bridge was a strange change of pace from the rest of the ship. The floors were completely clean, and the glass that made up the walls of the bridge was pristine and untouched. Much of the machinery in the bridge was battered and broken beyond repair, but the black goo that coated the interior of the rest of the ship was nowhere to be seen.

    Zoroark wondered where it had all gone.

    Alexis inspected the machinery on the sides of the ship, gazing at it intently.

    “Their transmission machine’s destroyed,” he said, gazing at the only machine that had a hole torn clean through it. Zoroark could see all the way to the back of the wall through it.

    “Do you think that’s why they were firing the cannon?” Elliot asked. “Maybe they wanted to deter pokemon from boarding.”

    Crash. Something slithered over behind a control panel near the front of the bridge.

    “Over there!” Alexis hissed, and all three pokemon immediately scrambled over to where the sound had come from. Whatever was making the sound had no time to flee—before it could get anywhere far, Alexis, Elliot and Braixen had it cornered behind the control panel it had been next to. A perfectly normal phanpy looked up at them.

    “Have you come to take me out of this place?” it asked.

    “What’s happening here?” Alexis urged, before anymon else could speak. “Where are all your crewmates? Tell me what happened, from the beginning.”

    “Aren’t you going to take me out of here?” the phanpy asked again.

    “It’s not that simple,” Alexis said. “I need to understand what happened here first. Why is this ship deserted? Who fired the cannons? Then we can talk about leaving.”

    “But I want to leave,” the phanpy said again. “Are you going to take me out of here?”

    “Cooperate with me, and we’ll do that,” Alexis said. “Where are your crewmates?”

    The phanpy was still and silent. Its body was motionless, almost like a sleeping metagross. Then, like a rusty machine clicking back into action, it spoke.

    “Gone,” the phanpy said, its voice raspy. “Dead.”

    “What happened to them?” Elliot asked.

    It was a moment before the phanpy answered, breathing out raspy breaths.

    “There was something out there, in the storm,” it began. “It didn’t look like a pokemon, but no-mon knew what it was. It boarded and picked us off, one by one. I locked myself in the bridge. I’ve been in here for a day.”

    “Why were you firing the cannons?”

    “What cannons?” the phanpy asked.

    Alexis’ demeanor ever-so-slightly changed. He stood up. “Elliot, Braixen-no-name, watch him.”

    He walked over to the center of the room, studying a dashboard of controls that were laced with the same black goo from earlier—the only muddied thing in the room. Zoroark heard him mutter something to himself.

    Alexis rejoined Elliot and Zoroark-as-Braixen, his eyes set on the phanpy. “You’re sure you’ve been all alone in this room for the last day?”

    “Yes.” The phanpy readily nodded.

    “Wrong answer.” Lightning fast, Alexis pulled a scalchop from his hip and threw it straight at the phanpy. The scalchop made contact and returned, and Alexis caught it neatly. There was a visible gash in the phanpy’s face that didn’t bleed.

    “Wh-why did you do that??” Elliot cried out in horror. He moved forward in the phanpy’s direction, but Alexis quickly pulled him back by the scarf.

    “Stay back!” he grunted.

    The phanpy looked up, and its face distorted into something that didn’t look quite like any pokemon. A pair of massive limbs with claws black as night exploded from the phanpy’s body, far too fast for Alexis and Elliot to react. Zoroark didn’t think—he dashed forward and slashed his claws wildly into the arms before they could reach their destination. The Void Shadow’s head – rearing out of the phanpy’s body – screeched loudly at Zoroark, but the shadow was quickly decapitated by another swing of Alexis’ scalchop. It fell to the floor in front of them with a loud splat, losing its shape and devolving back down into black goo.

    The shadow’s arms finally overpowered Zoroark, throwing him clean across the bridge. He landed on one of the control panels, his weight pressing a bunch of buttons he couldn’t begin to fathom the functions of. He fell off the control panel, and then sideways to the ground. Once his head stopped spinning, his eyes fixated on what Alexis must have seen: the severed limb of a phanpy that had fallen behind the panel.

    But there wasn’t time to think about that. He pulled himself back up against the panel with a huff. His claws inadvertently slammed down upon a large red button, activating the ship’s horn.

    Elliot and Alexis were locked in a close battle with the Void Shadow. Even without a head, the monster fought wildly, slashing at them with its gangly limbs.

    “We need to hit it in the center, or it’ll just regroup,” Alexis yelled, slashing one of the arms back with his twin scalchops. They were backed up against the glass, and the shadow’s arms were too large to escape to the sides. “Aim for the torso!”

    “It’s too close-quarters!” Elliot yelled back, both pokemon hitting the ground before the shadow’s arms could snatch them both up in its claws. “You’ll get fried too!”

    “I can handle that!” Alexis yelled. “Do it!”

    The ship’s horn suddenly blasted through the cabin at a near-deafening pitch, forcing both Alexis and Elliot to cover their ears. The Void Shadow let out an agitated gurgle at the sound, its entire form shivering in place. The sound only lasted a few seconds, but Alexis didn’t falter.

    “Now, Elliot!” he yelled. Elliot charged his tail, and let a powerful shock wave of electric fury blaze everything around him. That was all the Void Shadow could take—with a pitiful screech, it collapsed entirely into a mass of black goo that began to slither away.

    Zoroark watched it go from his spot at the control panel—it was too weak to fight back. This was his chance to finish it off for good! He leapt over the console, running forward, but the formless mass of black goo was too fast—it disappeared down a nearby drain before Zoroark could catch it. He scrabbled at the drainpipe, hearing the gurgling sounds of the retreating shadow echo through the drain.

    Elliot shook off the remaining static electricity in his fur, letting his hackles relax. Beside him, Alexis coughed and raised himself from the floor, trying to shake off the electric attack he had just undergone.

    “I’m fine,” he panted before Elliot could open his mouth. “Where’d it go?”

    “I didn’t see,” Elliot said, still panting. But Alexis was too busy staring at something else to reply to that.

    “Down here!” Zoroark called out in response to Alexis’ question. “It went down here.”

    He was scrabbling at the drain, trying to see if he could get it open. Zoroark eventually gave up trying to hear the retreating Void Shadow, standing up from the drain and checking his claws for injuries. It took weeks for those to grow back if broken. He then realized his fatal mistake: in all the chaos, he had forgotten to put up his illusion again. Both Alexis and Elliot were gazing at him in shock.

    “I should have known,” Alexis muttered.


    ~\({O})/~

    “Move along.” Alexis led Elliot and Zoroark along the corridor as the three pokemon moved on. Zoroark hadn’t bothered putting up his illusion again—what was the use? “We’re heading down to the engines.”

    The hallway from where they had come was almost overflowing with the same goo that Alexis was insistent they avoid at this point. They had instead taken the corridor entrance on the other side of the bridge, which was covered in goo all the same but wasn’t as flooded as the other one was.

    Eventually they stopped in the middle of the hallway. Alexis handed the luminous orb off to Elliot and felt out the gooey wall for a door handle. He found it and yanked, but the door stayed shut. He yanked it a couple more times for good measure.

    “Locked,” he said. Elliot shone the orb onto the wall; all three pokemon took notice of a smallish vent near the ground that was half-covered by goo.

    “Does that lead to the other side of this door?” Elliot asked.

    “It should,” said Alexis. “Can you fit?”

    “Of course I can fit,” Elliot said. “Just depends on the lock. We may have to bust it in if I can’t get it undone.”

    “I’d prefer not to,” Alexis responded. “The less attention we can draw to ourselves, the better.

    Zoroark briefly questioned how they weren’t being watched in this corridor full of goo anyway, but figured flashy attacks would put a target on their back faster. Elliot carefully undid the vent cover with his paws, then climbed in.

    “You shouldn’t have come here.”

    Zoroark, who was studying the goo stuck to the ceiling, looked at Alexis.

    “No sash.” Alexis’ words rang out loudly in the goo-covered corridor. “An illusion. You’re an outsider or an outlaw.” At Zoroark’s silence, he continued. “You shouldn’t have taken a boat that wasn’t yours. You shouldn’t be in this town at all. So why are you here?”

    “What… makes you think I stole the boat?” Zoroark asked suspiciously.

    “Just a hunch,” Alexis said. “Are you going to tell me you didn’t? Or should we go back and check with the harbor guard?”

    There was a bout of silence Zoroark wasn't willing to challenge.

    “What do you have to say for yourself?”

    Cornered. Zoroark didn’t see a way out. slumped back against the wall.

    “I was desperate,” Zoroark coughed. “Me and my caretaker; we were attacked at sea. Everything I had went down with that ship.” It was finally beginning to sink in that he truly had nothing. Zoroark still felt a sense of abject numbing shock, the inability to process that fact. “I heard that you were offering poke to whoever would ferry you all the way out here. I thought it would keep me off the streets for a night.”

    Alexis sighed, then frowned. His scalchops hang limply from his sides. There was silence.

    “So… now what?” Zoroark asked in the absence of a response. “You’re gonna… turn me in?”

    At least he’d be fed and somewhat warm in the jail.

    “No,” Alexis said. “You’d never get out.”

    He rose up, dusting off his scalchops. “We complete the mission. Then, once we’re off this ship, you run. Hitch a boat out of the harbor fast as you can; never look back. You’ll find no sanctuary here on Mist.”

    With a clank, the door swung open, and Elliot tumbled out, covered in even more goo than he was before. “That was a hard lock to undo,” he panted.

    “Are we close to the engines?” Alexis asked, turning around to see Elliot and the door better. “Did you get a good look?”

    “Another floor down,” Elliot said, still catching his breath. “There’s a hatch to get there.”

    “Perfect.” Alexis swung the door open all the way, and walked in.

    “Come on,” he said. “No time to waste.”


    ~\({O})/~

    The hatch slid open, and Alexis dropped down through it. He landed on his feet. Elliot dropped deftly behind him. Zoroark carefully climbed down by hanging from the side of the hatch with his claws, then dropped down three feet from the floor. The three of them then noticed there was a pull-out ramp right at the top of the hatch.

    In front of them stood a massive machine that cast the room in a bright orange glow. A trio of rotating metal rings swung around a furnace, except instead of a fire, a single vibrant orange gem floated in the center. It shone bright enough that most everything in the room was visible to some extent.

    “Just like I thought,” Alexis said with confidence. He walked up to the large machine, his eyes on the crystal in the center. “Fire emera. The ship’s power source.”

    Zoroark shifted, shielding his eyes from the sudden light source with an arm. “What does that mean for us?” he sked.

    “For us?” Alexis asked. “It’s good, very good.” He hopped down from the platform, walking down and tracing a few of the many pipes that snaked out across the floor. “Very combustible too. Good stuff.”

    “Combustible?” Elliot repeated. “What does that have to do with anything?”

    “This engine uses a very outdated method of transferring fuel from one place to another,” Alexis continued. “I discontinued it a while ago. Too much chance for the engine to explode if it’s overtaxed. That said… It looks like the Demetrius wasn’t brought back in for upgrades.”

    “Yeah, but why’s that relevant?”

    “Because we’re about to overtax the engine. Get ready.”


    ~\({O})/~

    The next half-hour was spent unhooking wires, switching dials, turning cranks, and moving hoses from one slot to another. Alexis instructed the process methodically,

    “Are you sure you want to do this?” Elliot asked as the three of them moved a large hose from one side of the machine to the other. “There might still be pokemon alive on this ship. What about that search party that was sent here? Are we just going to give up and blow them up too?”

    “We don’t know if that search party is even alive,” Alexis said smoothly as he helped Elliot and Zoroark move the hose. “But whatever happens, we cannot let whatever is on this ship with us leave. We already know that it can mimic the forms of other pokemon. We cannot take that risk.”

    “But we haven’t searched the whole ship yet,” Elliot pointed out. “How can you just declare that there’s no-mon else alive on-board?”

    “Every minute that thing lives is a minute that all those pokemon on the docks of Noe Town are endangered,” Alexis said. “Every minute we do nothing, or prance around this ship looking for stragglers, is a minute we risk hundreds more suffering the fate of whatever happened to the crew here. Going out on a limb on the chance that there might be some pokemon still on-board is risking too many others.”

    “A single life is still worth the effort,” Elliot said in a low hush. “That’s our job, that’s what we do. We go back for the one life that no-mon else can save. When did it become about anything else?”

    Alexis was silent for a moment, a furrowed expression on his face. He sighed.

    Zoroark was silent as he listened to the two bicker. He continued to glance up at the walls and roof around him, studying the shiny black surfaces intently for any sign of movement. Any sign that they weren’t alone in here.

    Alexis grunted, lifting the hose as all three pokemon slotted it into its new place.

    “That should do it,” he said, patting the hose. “This engine is now a ticking time bomb.”

    “How do we light the fuse?” Zoroark asked.

    “The machine will do that on its own,” Alexis said. “We just need to get out of here before it does. I’d say we have about ten minutes.”

    The goo behind them popped loudly. All three pokemon spun around at the sound.

    From out of the wall near the hatch emerged a single, pitch-black protrusion. It sprouted fingers, then claws, then an elbow joint and slammed its palm onto the deck with a loud splat. The shadowy, black arm was the only thing between them and the way out.

    “Go!” Elliot yelled.

    Zoroark sprang into action first, running for the hatch that was their only way out. He deftly hopped the arm as it made a grab for him, then jumped up and barely grabbed the hatch with his claws—why was it so high up? He pulled himself onto the next floor up and into safety, trying to release the ramp for Alexis and Elliot below. It wasn’t budging.

    Alexis and Elliot bolted for the hatch quickly after, but the rest of the Void Shadow tore out of the wall and began loping towards them.

    “Dodge!” both pokemon made a break for opposite directions, scrambling out of the way as the Void Shadow charged through. It brought itself to a stumbling halt just before it could collide with the engine, looking around for either of its targets with a snarl. From the shadows, Alexis grabbed a scalchop from his side and hurled it at the Void Shadow. The scalchop sliced its head clean off its body. The mass of black slime landed on the floor beside it. It twitched, then began to slither back into the Void Shadow’s body.

    Even headless, the Void Shadow wasted no time galloping towards Alexis, but a thunderbolt quickly struck it from the back and caused it to convulse. Alexis barely dodged the Shadow once again as it barreled forward with a screech and hit the goo-covered wall with a squelching noise.

    The wall absorbed it with a squick.

    “We need to lure it away from the engine!” Alexis called out to Elliot in their brief moment of respite. “If it destroys anything, the whole ship will blow up here and now!”

    From his position near one of the snaking cables they’d rewired, Elliot nodded quickly as he could.

    The Void Shadow’s arms suddenly burst out of the wall behind Alexis, forcing him to duck and roll before he could be enveloped in its pitch-black embrace. He made a run for the hatch, beckoning Elliot after him. The Void Shadow pulled itself entirely out of the wall and screeched.

    Elliot quickly outpaced Alexis and slid to a stop right under the hatch. There was a crank handle poking out amongst the black goo that coated the walls, illuminated by the light of the engine—that must have been the device for the pullout ramp! Elliot quickly grabbed the handle and began to turn it as fast as he could, looking back at Alexis and the Void Shadow.

    Zoroark jumped back as the ramp underneath the hatch door began to slowly slide out. It made a squeaking sound as it fell, but it wasn’t going fast enough. The Void Shadow’s screech as it charged forward forced Zoroark into action, and he kicked the ramp down with his legs. It fell to the ground with a loud metallic bang, and both Alexis and Elliot hurriedly scurried upwards.

    The Void Shadow was right on their tails. It bounded up through the ramp, but the piece of metal snapped away under its weight. The Void Shadow fell but caught the edges of the ramp with its claws.

    By the time that it had pulled itself up onto the next level, the three pokemon it was chasing were already long gone. It snarled, and began to charge for the open door that was right in front of it, but Alexis slammed the door shut before it could. Zoroark heard the heavy-duty lock clicking back into place.

    For just a second, there was silence. Then a loud bang came from behind the door, accompanied by a blood-curdling screech. There was the sound of a couple loud footsteps, and then it slithered off, growling to itself. Not a single noise came from Zoroark, Alexis, or Elliot.

    “How long before the engine goes off?” Elliot asked, brushing some of the goo from its fur.

    Zoroark began to feel a mild burning sensation on his feet. The floor of the deck was—

    “The deck’s getting hotter,” Alexis commented. “We’d better get a move on.”

    They looked at the hallway leading back to the bridge, the sole source of light that didn’t come from the luminous orb. The distant entrance was slowly disappearing under a wall of black goo.

    “It’s… fencing us in,” Elliot said.

    There was a loud gurgling noise from the far side of the hallway, and the goo suddenly exploded forward.

    “Run!”

    Alexis, Elliot, and Zoroark took off down the opposite side of the hallway as a solid black flood of goo surged down after them. The door at the end of the hallway was wide open. Alexis threw himself through the door, rolling to the side and grabbing the door handle. Once Zoroark and Elliot were through, he slammed the door shut and latched it.

    The goo hit the other side of the door with a squelch, creating a sizeable dent in the wall. Alexis, Elliot, and Zoroark were all thrown back by the impact. Some of the goo began to ooze between the cracks. The deck was uncomfortably warm underneath them.

    “Keep moving,” was all Alexis was able to pant out. “No matter what.” He got to his feet. “Come on.”

    The deck only got hotter as they went on. It was soon evident that the whole ship was beginning to heat up, as the walls got hotter and hotter and some of the goo that clung to the surface was beginning to curl away as steam evaporated off its presence.

    Zoroark’s ears twitched as he heard the sound of glass cracking, and looked at the exposed window next to him, which had several cracks running down its surface. He quickly put it all together—

    “Duck!!”

    Zoroark jumped forward, pinning both Alexis and Elliot to the ground just in time. The windows above them all exploded at once. Shards of glass buffeted the walls above them like a razor leaf. some of them flew through Zoroark’s mane and nicked the very top of his ears. He let out a sharp gasp, shutting his eyes in pain.

    Near the end of the hallway, there were screams.

    Once it had all been silent for a few seconds, Zoroark got up off the two of them, and all three rose to their feet. Elliot was the first one to speak:

    “Did you hear that?” he asked. “Over by the end of the hallway.”

    “Yeah,” Alexis said, gingerly stepping around the glass shards around him. “I heard it.” He pulled a scalchop from his side. “Let’s make it quick.”

    There was a room near the end of the hallway with a door that had been broken clean off its hinges. The black goo was nowhere to be seen. Zoroark caught the last of it retreating into a nearby vent with a pained hiss.

    Inside the room, a cranidos, a shinx, and a lopunny sat. They were all huddled up in the middle of the room, and every single one of them looked overheated in some way. By instinct, Zoroark put up an illusion, and to everymon in sight he was Braixen again.

    “Who are you?” Alexis asked harshly, brandishing a scalchop. “Why are you here?”

    The lopunny and cranidos cowered down at Alexis’ brash interrogation. But the shinx spoke up.

    “We’re a rescue party. We’re supposed to be finding out if there’s anymon aboard this ship to save,” he said with level tone.

    “Then this awful thing made of goo chased us all the way in here!” the lopunny continued for Shinx. “We managed to hide in here before it could get to us. There’s none of that black stuff in here. Then it locked us in. We’ve been trapped ever since.”

    “Well, until the door blew off,” Shinx said.

    “Why’s it so hot in here?” Cranidos asked.

    “Who sent you?” Alexis asked harshly, ignoring Cranidos’ question.

    “Calm down,” Shinx urged. “We’re all friends here.”

    “Who. Sent. You.”

    “Furret, of Noe Town. We’d contact him to show you, but our connection orb got smashed.”

    Zoroark-as-Braixen remembered the smashed connection orb in the hallway.

    “Looks like our search party,” Elliot said. “No fakes.” Alexis lowered his scalchop in relief.

    “Alright,” he said. “You guys are clear. Follow us. It’s time to get off th—”

    The ship exploded.

    The only warning the six pokemon had was an earsplitting bang before the cabin blew to shreds in a cacophony of steam pressure. The hallway outside was torn apart, and the roof of the ship was blown clean off. Lopunny acted fast. They raised a Magic Coat around the group of pokemon just in time, deflecting the falling debris from hitting or scraping them as it tumbled. When the debris stopped falling, there was no roof above them, and few walls around them were still standing. They were lucky to have the deck underneath them.

    But the heat of the remaining deck under Zoroark’s feet was almost unbearable by now.

    “That wasn’t the only one,” Alexis grunted, getting to his feet. “We need to get to the boats. We’re not that far off.”

    “Wait—you knew about the explosion??” Cranidos asked.

    “Long story,” said Elliot.

    “What do you mean we’re not far off?” Lopunny said, anxiously switching feet so they wouldn’t get burned. “Our boat is on the other side of the ship! Where did you all park?”

    “Same place as you did,” Zoroark said. He pointed down the narrow side of the ship, where they could see beyond scattered debris and leveled deck the buildings of Noe Town. “But we can just cut over that way. Now let’s hurry!”

    From a collapsed portion of the deck, a clawed, pitch-black hand suddenly slammed itself onto the metal. Its claws created dents in the floor. The head of a Void Shadow slowly raised itself into view, growling lowly.

    “That’s it, time to go!” Alexis yelled, ushering the entire party into a run. With unnatural strength, the Shadow leapt into the air, its four limbs slamming into the deck with a mighty impact. For the first time, Zoroark saw it clearly. And he saw that it had no eyes. Then, he realized: it was blind.

    And then an idea came to him.

    “No, wait!” he yelled, running to the front of the group and shedding his illusion completely. “Stay still!”

    The shadow spun its head in his direction, snarling and sniffing the air.

    “You’re working with a zoroark?” Cranidos asked in incredulity.

    “Not your biggest problem right now,” Zoroark growled. He turned back to the Void Shadow, which loomed over them. It sniffed the air loudly, then took another step towards the group.

    Zoroark took a deep breath, steadying himself to produce an illusion. A phantom bang rang off to the left, that everymon heard. It was followed by the shuffling of several footsteps. The Void Shadow’s head turned towards the noise, and it sprang off in that direction.

    “It hunts by smell and noise,” he said, once it had pounced off. “I can keep it distracted long enough for us all to escape.”

    “Good call. The rest of you, come on!” Alexis waved the group onwards.

    Another explosion wracked the ship, hitting the back half. The blast threw Zoroark, Alexis, and all the others sprawling to their paws. The deck took on a decidedly tilted slant, as the port side of the ship began to lean towards the sea…

    They were almost at the boats now. The side of the Demetrius was tilted dangerously far over towards the ocean, threatening to crush the small pair of boats below. Alexis was the first to reach the edge, skidding to a stop and waiting for the other five to catch up before he went over.

    “Okay, we’re going to have to jump,” he said, pointing at the larger boat. “Stairway’s gone.”

    The stairway had long ago been mangled into something not resembling stairs by the explosion.

    “How are we going to make it down there?” Cranidos asked. “I wasn’t made for heights…”

    An unseen but very heard screech from the Void Shadow shut Cranidos up.

    “You and me first.” Alexis grabbed hold of Cranidos, and jumped over the side. They both landed on the deck of the larger boat safely.

    “Now the rest of you!” Alexis yelled from below. “Come down in pairs!”

    Lopunny grabbed hold of Shinx and jumped over the side. They both landed next to Alexis and Cranidos.

    Only Elliot and Zoroark were left. Elliot grabbed Zoroark’s fur, and they were about to jump—

    The Void Shadow bounded onto the deck with a loud screech and took a deadly swipe at Zoroark. Zoroark was knocked back onto the deck. Elliot tumbled down and fell onto the deck of the smaller boat.

    “Alright, let’s go!” Cranidos yelled, heading for the steering wheel. “We’re taking off!”

    “What do you think you’re doing?” Elliot bounded forward, pouncing for Cranidos, but Cranidos easily shook the much lighter pikachu off. Elliot was relentless anyway.

    “Getting us out of here, that’s what,” Cranidos said.

    “One of us is still left behind!” Elliot grunted, trying to pry him away from the steering wheel.

    “If we stay here any longer, that’s gonna be all of us!”

    The starboard deck of the Demetrius above them groaned dangerously, then fell forward towards the boat just a little closer.

    Alexis made his decision.

    “Steer us away. But not too far from the ship.”

    “What?” Elliot asked. He wasn’t answered.

    Once the sails were drawn, the boat began to speed up.

    Zoroark slowly got up off the ground of the Demetrius’ deck, which was almost too hot to touch. The Void Shadow didn’t waste any time, punting him further away from the edge with another swipe of its claws. Zoroark was barely able to gather his bearings before the Shadow grabbed him in its claws, raising him up off the ground. Zoroark struggled to escape and slashed at tis claws wildly with his own, but black goo reinforced the Shadow’s hand and made it too bulky to slice through. The goo tightened around Zoroark’s ribs, and for a moment he thought he was done for…

    Then, given the time to fully recover his bearings, he remembered. His kind were tricksters! He knew what to do.

    The Shadow’s claws suddenly loosened their grasp on Zoroark at the feeling of something rapidly expanding between them, and Zoroark fell through the gap. There was of course, nothing in the Shadow’s claws. He hit the deck running, making sure that the sounds of his footsteps were going in a completely different direction than the one he was. The Shadow’s head snapped in the direction of the false footsteps, and it charged in the wrong direction.

    Zoroark reached the end of the ship, and jumped over without hesitation. He didn’t realize the ship had left without him until he saw it in the distance, and that he was falling down into a sea of blue. He hit the water, and its cold enveloped him. A burning piece of the wreckage followed soon after, destroying the small lifeboat Zoroark had rowed out to the Demetrius in completely. If Zoroark had been above-water to see, he would have cringed.

    Not a moment later, the Demetrius blew apart completely with an earsplitting boom. Shrapnel and debris flew into the air, and water was sent flying at least a hundred feet high. The rumbling of the wreckage and the splashing of water mixed with the piercing shriek of the monster, which Zoroark didn’t see again.

    Zoroark surfaced soon after the boom, but barely. He was trying to swim and keep his head above water, but it was cold and his fur was so heavy and he was tired and couldn’t do it much longer… All he was able to keep his eyes on as he desperately tried to keep himself above water was the shape of the ship in the distance, which had rolled to a stop.

    “I see him back there!” Lopunny yelled out. Sure enough, Zoroark was flailing in the water, back towards the Demetrius. This boat wasn’t going to reach him in time. Alexis looked down at the water, repressing another shudder. He didn’t want to go in…

    …But then Zoroark disappeared beneath the surface completely, and Alexis realized he had to.

    “Oh, screw it.”

    Alexis steeled himself, then jumped off the side of the ship and dove into the water.

    Zoroark sunk further and further down. The water felt like pins and needles on him. It was just too cold, and he was running out of air, and not a single illusion could save him now. Zoroark did his best to kick himself back up to the surface, but it wasn’t enough. He felt weak. His eyes began to close…

    Alexis dove deeper and deeper down, his body slipping back into aquatic senses he’d never had to fully use since he’d been forced to a couple of times as an oshawott. He blinked his eyes, and he could see clearly underwater again. He scanned the ocean, glancing around the pieces of debris to see the huddled for of Zoroark. Sinking. Alexis made a beeline straight for him.

    Zoroark was almost twice as large as Alexis was, but water made things lighter. All it took as a little push, and some paddling from Alexis’ webbed feet, and they both began to rise up towards the surface.

    Alexis broke water, pulling the unconscious form of Zoroark up with him.

    “Over here!” he called out to the ship in the distance. Ever so slowly, he saw the ship begin to make a roundabout turn and head for his position. Eventually it pulled up parallel to Alexis, and a lifeline was lowered by Lopunny and Shinx.

    Zoroark was set on the deck, sopping wet and unconscious. Alexis fervently dried himself, trying get every single bit of the water off him. Just the thought of doing what he had just done made him shudder.

    “I can take over.” Lopunny switched positions with Cranidos, taking over steering the ship. Elliot walked over and sat next to Alexis.

    “Thank you,” he said.

    “For what?”

    “For going back for that one life.”

    “Don’t mention it.” Alexis said. He let out a breath of relief and exhaustion. “What do we tell the public.”

    “Nothing,” Elliot said.

    “What do we tell HAPPI?”

    “Everything.”

    “Think they’ll believe us?”

    “Probably not, but it’s worth a try. We know what happened, at least. And we have enough clout they won’t decommission us for the Demetrius’ loss.”

    “What about the search party?”

    “We could pay them off. Tell them to contact us directly if they see anything like it.”

    “You always were better at this than I am.” Alexis got up and cracked his joints. “Meet up at the docks?”

    “Yep.”

    “Good.”

    Zoroark sputtered, coughing up some water.

    “Oh, you’re up.” Alexis squatted next to Zoroark, checking to make sure he was fully awake.

    “I don’t know if you’re up for it, but you probably want to have that illusion up by the time we land. I don’t have a sash for you to wear right now.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Noe Town Docks

    The outcry began as soon as the boat docked in the harbor.

    “What happened?”

    “Why’d the ship explode??”

    “Oh my! Are you all okay?”

    “They made it out! All of them!”

    “Was it pirates?”

    “Quiet!” Alexis yelled. Silence immediately came over the crowd.

    “Thank you,” he said. Behind him, the rest of the crew shuffled out. Lopunny and Shinx, carrying an unconscious Cranidos, Elliot with his lazily flicking ear, and Zoroark, who was now Braixen again.

    “The Demetrius was boarded at sea by pirate pokemon,” Alexis continued, “and launched an attack on the docks when it sailed in. They took your search party hostage upon boarding, and when we attempted to free the party, they rigged the ship’s engine to explode. We barely made it off the ship with our own lives in time. This maneuver, of course, came at the cost of the pirate pokemons’ lives.” Alexis made a show of looking downwards to the ground in shame. “Now, as a rescue team ourselves, know that neither I nor Elliot relish the prospect of death. But sometimes, like now, we find our paws forced. We could not bring these outlaws to justice. And perhaps, in cases like these, we find death is the greatest justice. A necessary evil. Thank you for your time.”

    The crowd began to resume its chatter at the end of Alexis’ speech, swarming in without restraint.

    “So it was pirates…”

    “Were they from the Grass Continent?”

    “Where else do pirates come from?”

    “Fair enough.”

    “Hey, who’s the braixen?”

    “No more questions,” Alexis announced loudly. The questions continued anyway, blending into one other until they were all an unintelligible mass of voices overlapping with each other.

    “SILENCE!!” A thunderbolt shot up into the sky, and made the storm above rumble. Everyone cleared away from Elliot, who looked just as laid back as he had before. “We said no more questions. Thank you.”

    Reluctantly, the pokemon in the crowd backed off, allowing Elliot, Alexis, and Zoroark-as-Braixen to walk through. Despite all the faces that were fixated on the three of them, Zoroark cared about only one: the unmoving face of a xatu, perched upon the same pier it had been earlier, now staring directly at him and only him.


    ~\({O})/~

    Klink ‘N Klank’s Diner

    Klink ‘N Klank’s Diner was a popular attraction of Noe Town. Located in the less shabby portion of town, the diner attracted a steady stream of travelers and made more than enough to break even. As such, it was perhaps one of the most colorful buildings in town.

    Alexis had bought Zoroark a yellow sash to wear once they had properly gotten into the town – it was too risky for him to constantly keep up an illusion around pokemon that might be watching. It went around his arm, but he was one of the only pokemon around to wear one. He didn’t understand why everymon else didn’t have one too. Alexis didn’t seem to have the heart to answer that question, so Zoroark hadn’t pressed.

    Alexis had reserved a table for three in the diner. Zoroark got a strange look every now and then from some of the diners, but it never went beyond that. He eagerly ate his portion of curry with a ferociousness that was unrivaled by all but a dungeon feral. Perhaps that was why all the diners were staring weird at him. He made an attempt to eat a little less sloppily.

    “As we were saying,” Alexis said, stirring Zoroark from his food. “Thank you for your help today. As promised, here’s your side of the pay.” Alexis sat a bag of money on the table.

    Zoroark glanced at it in awe, then quickly licked his claws clean before he held it in his paws. “Wait,” he said. “You’re still giving me this? But wasn’t this for—”

    “Don’t look a gift ponyta in the mouth.”

    That shut Zoroark up.

    Alexis leaned forward, his voice lowering. He suddenly looked more serious than usual. “That’s enough to buy you a bed tonight and get you off the continent tomorrow. Maybe even buy your own boat, who cares. But take the money and get out of here. There’s nothing for you on this cold rock of a continent.”

    Zoroark gingerly took the sack of poke and held it tight. He finally had it. A fuzzy thought of warmth and security passed through him at the thought. Although, if he was going to have leave the continent tomorrow like Alexis said… Zoroark briefly shivered at the idea of stepping off dry land again.

    Why did life always lead him back to boats?


    ~\({O})/~

    Noe Town Harbor

    The next day, the storm had passed, and the sun shone down on Noe Town again, accompanied by a chilly winter breeze. The hulking wreck of what was once the Demetrius had been swept away by the wind and waves, only a few pieces of debris floating up to the shore serving as a reminder that it had once existed. The smaller sailboats tethered to the dock had only been lightly battered by the storm, and harbormon were cleaning up the mess and readying their boats for days of travelling, trading, and fishing. If one had not been there yesterday, there would be no reason to assume Noe Town had ever been a dull and dreary place.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen stood near the edge of the pier, looking out at the sailboats floating out further in the harbor that were scooping up junk in their nets. Unseen to all, his zoroark’s mane flapped and fluttered in the wind, replaced by a false image of magenta ear-fur and a bushy lavender tail. He’d spent the morning failing to cast an illusion, only realizing after ten minutes of terror that the sash seemed to prevent it. So he stuffed it in the pouch instead. As long as it didn’t make contact with him, it didn’t seem to work.

    In his claws, he held the sack of poke that Alexis had given him in his claws. The weight of it felt heavy, like he shouldn’t be holding it.

    The weight of Alexis’ words in his head hung heavier: “Take the money and get out of here. There’s nothing for you on this cold rock of a continent.”

    It was a warning. Zoroark didn’t know if he should heed it, but if there was one thing he wasn’t looking for more of, it was trouble. He shook the pouch, listening to the golden coins inside jingle. By the sound of it and the weight, he had just enough to buy a small boat. Alternatively, he could buy a ticket for a wailord liner trip, and then many more things after that. He could leave the continent if he wanted. As for where… That, he didn’t know yet. Somewhere warmer for sure, where it was still summer and he didn’t feel chilly in his thick coat of fur.

    “Hmm, but is that the right thing to do?”

    Zoroark jumped—the voice had come out of nowhere. He quickly turned his head to the far left, glancing at the xatu he hadn’t even noticed until then. No surprise, given the bird was as silent as the guardrails they were perched on. They stared up at the sun, in the same craning position he had seen them in yesterday.

    “H-how did you do that?” he asked, flustered.

    The xatu looked down at him with the same piercing, unchanging stare they greeted the sun with. “How did I do what?”

    “Finish my thought like that. How?”

    “We humble xatu are Seers,” the xatu answered calmly. “In other words, I can see the past and the many possible futures. I knew you would think before you thunk it.” They turned back to the sun, meeting its rays with an unmoving stare once more.

    Zoroark huffed, moving slightly farther away from the xatu and looking out at the sea beyond. The idea of somemon knowing everything he’d ever thunk made him uneasy… but he wouldn’t be here much longer. Maybe the xatu was just waiting to catch a boat too.

    “Or, more honestly I couldn’t help but overhear it,” the xatu continued over the silence.

    “Can you stop reading my thoughts?” Zoroark asked

    “You’re a loud thinker,” the xatu said. “Why, it’s like shouting to a room. Everymon with the ability can hear you clear as day.”

    Zoroark suppressed a shiver. He really didn’t like that.

    “Not to worry,” the xatu said. “I’ll try and blot it out.”

    “What did you mean?”

    “Hmm?”

    “You asked me if leaving was the right thing to do,” Zoroark said. “What does that mean?”

    “I cannot tell you your own future. But if I may, allow me to impart upon you the future of another.” The xatu gracefully gestured to the right with a wing, and Zoroark looked over to see a bonsly haggling away with a krabby fishermon several boats across.

    “He is the father of three who has lost the boat he uses for his trade and cannot afford another,” Xatu said. “He believes the storm has done away with it. But you and I both know better.”

    Immediately, Zoroark felt jittery. Surely it wasn’t the same boat. It couldn’t have been. And how did this Xatu know, anyway—right, seer or whatever.

    Deep down, he knew it was the same boat.

    “Without another, he and his family will starve to death come the Big Storm this year. Unless…”

    “Unless?” Zoroark asked.

    “Unless you offer a helping paw,” Xatu said, glancing down at the purse in Zoroark’s hands. “I understand there is just enough poke in that purse to buy another boat.”

    Zoroark clutched it tightly. He had gone through hell and back for this money. It was his ticket out of here, his ticket to safety. His ticket to a new life. How could he give it all up just like that?

    “You’re asking me to give everything in this sack?” he asked.

    “To save lives infinitely more valuable than a few bits of gold, yes,” Xatu said.

    “But what about my life?” Zoroark asked. “What am I going to do without these “bits of gold”? They seem pretty valuable to me.”

    “His need is greater.”

    Zoroark felt the beginnings of a growl begin to stir in his throat. That magby hadn’t been the one who had suffered through the nightmares aboard that ship, or spent a night adrift on the sea with an empty belly and soaked fur; why should he give up his hard-earned cash for a pokemon he didn’t even know?

    But the boat he had taken had been the magby’s. It was only fair he pay off something he had stolen in the first place. The question was boiling up in his mind like a water gun: could he live with himself? Could he walk onto that liner, knowing that a family of pokemon were going to die because of his actions?

    “You say he’ll die without a boat?” Zoroark asked. “You know that for sure?”

    “He and his family, yes,” the xatu answered. “I looked into his future. You are his last hope.”

    “And I’m the only one who can help him?”

    “Yes.”

    And all of the sudden, neither path seemed like such a great option. Zoroark thought to himself for a moment. The distant bellow of a wailord sent him back to reality. If he had to choose…

    He’d right his wrong. With a deep breath to stop his legs from shivering enough to make him lose his balance, Zoroark-as-Braixen began to walk across the harbor.

    The magby was already walking away from the boat empty-handed by the time Zoroark-as-Braixen caught up with him.

    “Here,” he said, stiffly holding out the pouch of money. “For your troubles.”

    The magby tilted his head in confusion. “Who are you? And what’s in that bag?”

    “Poke,” Zoroark-as-Braixen breathed. “Enough to buy you a new boat. I—” He stuttered, realizing that he shouldn’t have even known. “—I heard you lost your old one.”

    It was a moment before the magby hesitantly jumped up and snatched the bag from Zoroark-as-Braixen’s claws. His eyes brightened when he heard the jingle in the bag and realized that it was true.

    “Well, thanks,” he said. “I don’t really know what else to say, but… thanks.”

    He looked up. No-mon was there.

    “…Huh.” He tilted his head again in confusion, then began to walk away with the sack of poke. Behind the invisibility illusion that Zoroark had cast, he sighed. Thin air deftly moved behind a stack of battered crates and walked out as a purple-furred braixen. He only had one option now.

    It never occurred to him until the Xatu was gone that it shouldn’t have been able to see his thoughts at all.


    ~\({O})/~

    Noe Town Outskirts

    Alexis and Elliot were already on the outskirts of town by the time that Zoroark had caught up with them.

    “Wait!” he called out, prompting both of them to look back. Alexis’ face fell, like he was staring into the face of a battle already lost.

    “Yes,” he asked, turning around fully. “Something you need?”

    “You’re headed back into Pokemon Paradise, right?” Zoroark-as-Braixen asked. “I want to come with you there.”

    “You’d be better-off sticking to the main path for that,” Alexis said. “Elliot and I, we travel rough.”

    “I can take rough,” Zoroark said, walking closer. “Travelling rough in a group is safer than travelling easy alone.”

    Alexis sighed. He looked to Elliot, who shrugged in response.

    “If you think you can handle it,” he said. “You’re hunting for yourself, though. We only brought rations for two.”

    His eyes read with resigned disappointment: I told you to get out of here.

    Zoroark’s read with an optimism that Alexis both envied and pitied. He turned around, gesturing Zoroark-as-Braixen onwards as he and Elliot began to continue onwards. The last of Zoroark’s illusion dissolved around him as the trio entered the mist-covered woods ahead.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    An Unpleasant Encounter Involving A Train -- Thomas Newman

    A Fateful Meeting -- James Newton Howard


    Prize - Zoroark-as-Braixen-by-Windskull.png

    Art by Windskull
     
    Last edited:
    3~Two - To Lively Town
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter30Art.png
    Headline Today: Record-breaking heat forecast set for Lively Town, east side of Water Continent

    Weather-sensing experts predict that the east side of the Water Continent may see record-breaking heat levels over the next few days.

    “It’s been getting steadily hotter for a couple of decades or so,” said Castform, lead meteorologist on the Water Continent. “But this year is the most drastic rise in temperature we’ve seen yet. We’re still researching what could have caused such a temperature hike, but one thing is clear: this summer will be the hottest summer any of us have ever seen.”

    Water, a tropical continent, is no stranger to heat. But as temperatures inexplicably rise, the climate becomes more and more unforgiving to water and ice-type pokemon, who suffer in a warmer climate. Already, many are packing up and leaving Lively Town for areas with colder seasons.

    ~ The Lively Town Times


    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER TWO: TO LIVELY TOWN

    ~\({O})/~

    Off the Coast Of Mist

    ~Latias~

    It was sunny. Off the coast of Mist, where the sun rarely shone even during summer, that was considered a warm day.

    A streak of hot red shots across the ocean at speeds only the fastest birds could match. Not fast enough.

    Latias had been flying for a day and a half. At some point, Latios was there, but she hadn't heard him since the last dark blast. She wanted to look back, just to make sure he was still there and that he was okay, but to do that meant to lose some of her velocity. And that wasn’t an option.

    She still hadn't laid eyes on just what was chasing her. All she knew was that it was large, large enough to make the air howl behind her. A black flake danced into the corners of her vision every so often, ever so small but just enough for her to know her pursuer wasn't of this world.

    It had been like that ever since they flew past the storm.

    The storm was large. It twisted down to the ocean like a massive cyclone, and the center was almost pitch black. They were out scouting, looking for any trace of their peers. Word from the other legends had abruptly dropped off three weeks ago, and nature was beginning to spin out of control. Just the storm in front of them had grown larger and more powerful than any storm should have been.

    Then, it expanded. The blackness began to break away from the main storm, and soon something was chasing them.

    Latios always knew what to do. Latias had asked him, shouting as loud as she could over the whistling of air, what they should do. Latios had said they needed to find the island.

    Further explanation wasn't given. There wasn't time.

    Latias had only been told about the Island in stories kept tightly contained to the circle of Legends, the only ones who could be trusted with that knowledge. It was a small rock that existed off the coast of Mist, housing the entrance to another world that should never be opened. If it ever was, then a terrible force would descend upon the planet and lead it to its doom. Latios hadn't said it, but just from his words Latias had been able to infer what had happened. It must have been opened at some point. And whatever chased her now… it was from there.

    But for it to be able to control the storm so… Latias tried not to think about the implications.

    The Mist air finally begun to chill her fins, a familiar sense of frost from zooming around the continent settling in. She must have been close to the coast now.

    And sure enough, just ahead, there was a thick shroud of fog in the distance. That fog had never lifted all her life, no matter how many times she came near this continent or at what time of the year it is. Unmoving fog was only reminiscent of one thing, she knew: a mystery dungeon.

    The sound of grating vocal cords alerted Latias to what was about to happen: another blast. She was ragged and tired, but thankfully the beast was large and a fraction too slow for her. She banked hard right just before a blast of pure black hurtled outward where, eclipsing the airspace where she had been. Those attacks weren't often, but they were devastating. A flock of birds were caught in the blast the first time, and she didn't even see them after that.

    More raspy, grating, avian vocal cords. Latias managed to duck just before another blast flew over her head. Two in a row hadn't happened before. All the same, she kept her bearings and managed to stay ahead of the creature. The fog was growing closer, closer, closer—

    She hit it, and mist enveloped her vision. Despite the high speeds she was going at over the water, she couldn't see more than six feet in front of her.

    She still heard the flaps after her. The beast was still on her tail, and it was like it could see her clear as day. The fog didn't even seem to be displaced behind it.

    Eventually, the mist started to thin out. And the heat began rising. Latias saw the spines of sharp rocks below. Many of them were eroded with age, or broken away by something else. She saw a large rock formation ahead, which she wouldn't hit for a minute. And in the distance, she saw what looked like a shipwreck.

    It wasn’t like any shipwreck she'd ever seen. Pitch black from top to bottom, no sails, a hull made of metal. The white front, which looked strikingly like an aggron's skull, was floating in the water, wrenched apart. The ship looked like it had been speared on the rocks from above—like somemon threw it in that position.

    No matter. A shipwreck in waters these treacherous wasn't anything new. Latias set her sights ahead, but for a split second forgot to pay attention to what's chasing her—

    She barely dodged a dark blast that flew out into the fog and dissipated just before it reaches the formation. Latias dove through a hole in the rocks—

    The hole was just the right size for Latias, but too small for the creature to make. She heard the earsplitting crash as it collided with the rocks, the loud, birdlike screech as it collapsed on the creature, and the splash as the creature was knocked back into the ocean. That might buy her a minute.

    The island had to be around here somewhere. The chill of the Mist air has faded into something blisteringly hot, and Latias didn't understand it. But she pressed forward anyway. And soon, she got her answer.

    A thick blanket of mist suddenly parted, opening up into a sea clearing that houses ahead the island she was desperately flying towards. Except, it was only half island. On it stood a mountain made of fire, sending waves of heat through the air around it. Latias could have sworn it was nearly shining with energy.

    She could hear the screeches of the creature behind her, still on the chase. Luckily, she paid attention in her classes. She knew what to do. She skidded to a stop down by the island's beach, searching for what she knew she needed to find: a pillar. The creature was delayed, but it was still fast approaching.

    Latias found the pillar just in time. She fumbled with the cards on it, trying to figure out what to do with them. For a frightening second, they came off, but then she realized they're removable. She placed them back, and just as the creatures burst out of the fog with a screech, slotted them in the only way they can slot: forward.

    Finally, she saw the creature in all its glory: a magnificent dark bird, made entirely of black, swirling dust. Its wings spread out like colossal claws, and it outsized Latias many times over. It reared its head, preparing to release yet another blast, and between her own exhaustion and the blistering heat Latias couldn't move fast enough to dodge it. But she didn't need to. With a rumble, the mountain began to sink further into the ground, and it began to pull the creature down along with it. It shrieked as more and more of its body evaporated, sucked into the slowly sinking mountain. The shaking enveloped the island, and the mountain and the monster become one.

    But it only took a minute, and soon the peak of the mountain sunk into the ground, the earth closing up behind it with just a few rumbles. And then all was still.

    It was a minute before Latias dared to move. When she could finally muster the courage to look up from where she was cowering, she saw that where the mountain was, only a completely smooth plateau of unnatural, blue-colored stone exists.

    How did a mountain disappear into the ground? What was that creature? And why her and Latios? Latias knew only her brother could answer those questions right now.

    But where is he?

    "Latios!" she calls out to empty mist, awaiting a call she deep down knew she wouldn't get back.

    "Brother?"

    But the mists were silent, and soon it hit Latias like a truck. She really was alone that whole time.

    She cried, and.

    But eventually she was out of cry. And there was nothing here but desolate rocks, the wrecks of ships long lost to see, and singed trees burnt by something that was no longer there. The Legends had long since agreed to stay out of the affairs of other pokemon, but the situation was different now. Latias knew she couldn’t keep that arrangement. And the closest guild she knew of that would listen to her pleas was the Archeology Division on the Sand Continent…

    To the Sand Continent it was, then. She needed to report what she'd seen, and get the information out to somemon who would listen.

    For even if she wasn't there when the First Devastation happened, even if her teachers hadn't told her everything she needed to know, she knew enough to know what this meant: The end of the world was approaching.


    ~\({O})/~

    Lively Mountain Range

    ~Espurr and Tricky~

    The Lively Mountain Range was the opposite of its name: vast, barren, and deserted. The sun shone harshly down on the mountains, making the steep pathways hot to the touch. Without a map, there was a real danger of getting lost out here and perishing in the heat.

    And neither Espurr nor Tricky had brought the most important thing on their trip.

    "Water…" Tricky panted out, trying not to trip over or kick around any rocks as they scaled a narrow passageway up a steep mountainside. Her ears and tail drooped as she panted, making an exaggerated show of how parched she was. Espurr, walking alongside her, was just as thirsty, but she didn't have a solution. Aside from mentally kicking herself for being stupid enough to bring a bag full of everything but water.

    They'd fled through the night, with high hopes that they'd be in Lively Town the next morning. The Water Continent couldn't be that big, after all… right? But it was high noon now, and all Espurr and Tricky could see around them were the vast expanse of mountains. All they had to go on was the taut string of hope that Espurr was following the map correctly, and they weren't simply wandering aimlessly throughout the mountains.

    Luckily, the route had been outlined in red. Whoever had this map last had wanted to be very sure they would get from Serenity Village to Lively Town without getting lost, which Espurr silently thanked whatever deities were up there in the sky for. There were so many splinter paths around here they would have gotten lost for sure otherwise.

    Traveler pokemon often crossed these paths when coming to and from Lively Town, so Espurr didn't understand why the cliffs were so narrow. A few of them probably wouldn't have even fit a trader's wagon. Veering a little further from the edge, she reached into her bag and spread Ampharos' map again, attempting to pinpoint their location on it. That was easy; the large mountain just ahead of them was outlined clearly on the map. That was the good news. With her eyes, she traced the path they were on and saw a big, purple blotch on the map between them and Lively Town…

    That was the bad news.

    Behind her, Tricky let out a loud groan and let her legs give way. She slumped over onto the path.

    "Espuuur," she whined. "I can't go on any longer! Don't we have any water?"

    "No, we don't," Espurr said. She didn't see the point in sugarcoating it. "I'm thirsty too. But lying around isn't going to help any.

    "Besides," she added, flapping the map in her paws for effect. "I'm sure there'll be water in Lively Town. This map says we're close."

    Tricky's ears couldn't help but give a revealing perk upwards at that. She looked up at Espurr.

    "How close?"

    "It's just a couple of mountains over. We're nearly there. But…" Espurr turned around, waiting for Tricky to walk up to where they could both survey the massive mountain ahead of them. "We have to go through that big mountain first. And it's a mystery dungeon."

    If Espurr was being honest with herself, this was the opportunity she had secretly been hoping for the entire trip. She knew they were being followed; she had seen the distant lights in the mountains during the night when they had travelled. The beheeyem were tireless and they weren't far behind. A mystery dungeon was the perfect opportunity to throw them off, or at least slow them down. It would give them a few hours' worth of an advantage at worst, and if she was reading that map correctly, they'd be safely on the other side of the Lively Mountain Range by then.

    Tricky pulled herself to her feet, walking over with a clearly artificial spring in her step. Espurr could see the weariness in it as well.

    "Well, if we're that close… how bad can one mystery dungeon be?" she asked.

    "Not too bad," Espurr said, more hopefully than anything. She just hoped it wasn't one of those ten floor monster dungeons. She steeled herself. "Not too bad at all. We can make it."

    "That's the spirit!" Tricky sang, and the two pokemon set out on the remainder of their quest with renewed vigor the both of them knew in the back of their minds wouldn’t last.

    Far behind them in the distant mountain range, red, green, and yellow lights twinkled.


    ~\({O})/~

    Gentle Slope Cave

    "Here it is," Espurr said, panting. The rest of their trip towards the mountain had thankfully been downhill, but they were now at the foot of the mystery dungeon that stood between them and Lively Town—the map called it Gentle Slope Cave.

    The air vibrated around them; both Espurr and Tricky could smell a faint tinge of the rancid scent of Mystery Dungeon. But that was typical. Espurr and Tricky looked at each other, then grabbed paws.

    "Ready?"

    "Ready!"

    "Together on three. One… Two…"

    "Three!"

    They both barreled into the dungeon—

    And fell out in a heap into the halls of a cavern that didn't look quite right. Espurr and Tricky picked themselves up, coughing from the dust that had just been pushed into their faces. It was a coughing fit that lasted far longer than it should have, spurred on by their dry throats. Eventually, Espurr steadied herself against the cavern wall and managed to stop coughing long enough to catch her breath.

    The hallways of the cavern were twisted in ways that wouldn't have been possible outside of a mystery dungeon, with bits and pieces of sky and moss snaking in from the ground and walls. Inside of a dungeon, however, it was pretty normal fare. Espurr studied the walls intently, but nothing alarmed her at first glance. She watched Tricky get to her feet, slowly shouldering her bag and continuing in through the dungeon's halls.

    The dungeon was deserted save for the two of them, and the faint traces of the rancid scent from before had disappeared. After a while Espurr tentatively dropped her guard, realizing that this dungeon seemed to be devoid of enemies. Not that she particularly had the energy to fight one off if they did run into one, and she could sense off Tricky that she didn't either. For the dungeon's emptiness, she was thankful.

    On the second floor, they came across the remains of an overturned trader's cart. The trader was nowhere to be seen, and the rotten stench coming off the cart's insides made Tricky retch in disgust and Espurr cover her nose to block out the smell. It was to Tricky's surprise that she saw Espurr slowly inching towards the caravan, keeping one paw clamped over her nose and reaching the other out to pull off the cart's tarp.

    "What are you doing?" Tricky gagged, covering her nose with her paws and wrinkling it the more the tarp came off. "That stuff's rotting!"

    "But still…" Espurr gasped between breaths she was taking with her mouth. "There might be…"

    With a thwoomp, the tarp came off, revealing its contents to the two pokemon. Their eyes settled amongst one thing among all the other rotting goods:

    "Water!"

    Both pokemon scrambled over to the cart, thoughts of rotting goods and awful smells forgotten as they hoisted the large canister of water out of the cart. Tricky greedily stuck her head in and drank once they had gotten the lid open, and once she was done, Espurr drank too.

    The canister was empty before they knew it, and now that Espurr had drank, she felt hungry. But the rotting stench in the corners of her nostrils—and was some in her fur? She shuddered and tried not to think about that—was enough to put her appetite on hold for a while. Anything they could have eaten would probably just end up right back on the floor anyway.

    With their thirst quenched, the two pokemon promptly picked themselves up, adjusted their bag and scarves, and continued on their way down the dungeon. The two of them didn't stop to question what had happened to the driver.

    The bear attacked on the third floor.

    It came out of nowhere, with a roar and an opening swipe that flung Espurr from the floor into a nearby wall. Some of the rock chipped off where she hit it, breaking away to reveal endless blue skies on the other side.

    Tricky immediately lashed out with an ember, but the bear snuffed the attack out of existence with its left paw. Tricky yelped and ran further back before the bear could snatch her up in its jaws.

    Espurr peeled herself off the wall, watching the bear pursue Tricky further down the halls. Once she registered what was happening, she acted without thinking.

    "Over here!" Espurr yelled, focusing her mental tendrils on the bear's stubby tail. Mercilessly, she yanked it.

    The bear let out a squeal of pain, trying to shake its rump free of Espurr's grip. Tricky hid behind a convenient boulder while it was distracted.

    The bear's body force was too strong—Espurr couldn't hold on forever. She eventually lost her grip, watching in fright as the bear turned around and began to make a beeline straight for her.

    She dived out of the way just as it made to pin her down, rolling over and out of the bear's reach. The bear slammed into the dungeon wall, its weight breaking away the rest of the rock formation. It left behind a large, bear-sized hole, revealing an endless expanse of blue skies beyond the dungeon's barriers.

    Espurr felt the balance of the dungeon begin to shift, as her body began to slide down the floor that was quickly becoming the wall. Realizing where she was going to end up if she didn't move fast, she scrambled across the diagonally-tilted ground until there was a sturdy rock wall below her for her to land on.

    The bear seemed to realize the danger it was in too, and began to follow Espurr across. Espurr turned around and shot a blast of concentrated mental energy straight at the bear. The bear was blown back and fell into the hole, catching the rock wall that was now the ground by a single paw. It was too heavy—the rock that it had a pawhold on began to crack under its weight. There was nothing Espurr could do but gasp for air from where she was and watch the ground crack under it in abject horror and fascination.

    All of the sudden, the rock gave out, and the bear was sent plummeting into the depths below. Its departure was punctuated by a howling roar that became softer and softer until Espurr's ears couldn't pick it up anymore.

    Then there was only silence, and the hole.

    Tricky slowly crept forward, bugging her eyes out at the hole in the ground. There was a strip of still-intact rock along the edges of what had once been right next to the roof. Tricky shimmied her way across, taking extra super care not to lose her footing and fall into the abyss.

    "What happened?" she asked, once she had gotten across safely. "Why are we on the wall now? And why's there a hole in the wall? Did that hole do this?"

    Espurr nodded in response to that last question, still transfixed with wide eyes on where the bear had fallen. "I guess this is what happens when you break a mystery dungeon."

    "I… I guess so," Tricky mumbled, cowed.

    Neither of them mentioned the bear. The silent horror of the incident was unspoken between them.


    ~\({O})/~

    The Gentle Slope Cave was, thankfully, only three floors, but what had felt like thirty minutes inside the dungeon seemed to have taken the entire day instead. Espurr and Tricky staggered out into the sunset, looking up at the waning sun in the sky. But it didn't matter, as far as Espurr was concerned. They were past the hardest part; it was all going to be downhill from here! She felt her spirits raise just a little.

    Until Tricky's stomach growled.

    "Ugh…" she groaned. "I really wish we brought something to eat."

    "I wish we did too," Espurr admitted. She was feeling the weariness inside her; all of her bones ached with the weariness of having not rested for a day and a half.

    Behind her, Tricky collapsed. She was panting, and looked run ragged.

    "Can we stop here for the night?" she whined. "I'm so beat. We've been walking all night and all day... Don't you feel tired?"

    Espurr had to agree: she was tired. And they couldn’t see the town yet… would they even be able to make it there before collapsing from exhaustion?

    “Maybe a small nap wouldn’t hurt,” she mumbled. Silently, she turned around and fell on her rump, letting the bag on her shoulder slump down to the floor. Flickers of worry ran through her mind. They couldn't sleep here! What if the beheeyem got here while they were asleep? What then? But it was, ever-so-slowly, overridden by every bone in her body screaming out for a good night's rest she hadn't really had for the last week.

    Tricky snuggled next to her, yawning and not-so-subtly laying her head on Espurr's bag as a pillow. Espurr lay there, keeping her eyes wide open. Even if they had to rest—even if she had to rest—she could still keep guard. There would be time to sleep more when they got to Lively Town.

    To Lively Town… Espurr's weary mind clung to that one phrase as she felt her eyelids begin to droop and she couldn't keep them open anymore and…


    ~\({O})/~

    Slowly coming to. Espurr blinked herself awake.

    Her scarf was twisted and felt tight on her neck, and she could feel the dust hanging in her fur. The sky above was black, illuminated only by the strong shining moon. It was nighttime.

    In an instant, Espurr came to her senses. How long had they slept for? It was only supposed to be a short nap; that was dangerous! If those beheeyem had stumbled upon them while they were sleeping…

    …But they hadn't. And Espurr couldn't deny she felt a little less tired. Maybe Tricky was right, maybe she was just too stressed out. For all she knew, the beheeyem weren't anywhere near—

    The clack of some rolling rocks in the distance. Espurr froze. Speak of the—

    But there was no use in trying to move now. Making any noise would only reveal their position. Espurr took a deep breath, closed her eyes, and reached out with her sixth sense.

    She crept over the rugged walls of the mountain with the tendrils of her mind, feeling out for any other living thing in the area. It wasn't long before she found it: just around the corner from where she was sitting, a trio of living beings. She could feel the power they exuded, creeping ever closer. Creeping over the very rocks that Espurr's mind slunk back over. She saw in her mind the alien tendrils that advanced, and in an instant she knew exactly who they belonged to.

    There you are.

    Espurr's eyes shot back open with a gasp sharp enough to alert anymon nearby to her presence. That Voice again… it had come directly from the beheeyems' mind. She could hear the beheeyem getting closer; the chase was up and she knew it.

    "Tricky," Espurr hissed under her breath. She shook the fennekin violently until Tricky stirred with a whine. "Shh," Espurr cautioned, thrusting her arms out wildly.

    "Whu…" Tricky looked up groggily, squinting to keep the moonlight out of her eyes. "What time is it?"

    "It's the middle of the night, you need to get up, we're being followed and they're here," Espurr said in the space of a second, not even breaking to pause.

    "We're being followed… ?" Tricky mumbled in tired confusion, half asleep.

    "Yes!" Espurr exclaimed as quietly as possible. She could feel herself trembling all over. She cast a frantic glance at the entrance to make sure they weren't here yet. "Get up, please!"

    Tricky clumsily pulled herself to her feet, and Espurr snatched the exploration bag up once Tricky's head was off it. But it was too late. When Espurr and Tricky turned around, they faced the beheeyem.

    The beheeyem moved slowly, as if savoring Espurr and Tricky's fear. Tricky finally seemed to realize the full scope of the danger, snapping wide awake. She quickly pranced over to where Espurr was, slinking backwards in fear. The beheeyem began to slowly raise the rapidly flickering lights on their limbs in unison. Black sparks collected around their blinkers.

    Whatever they were planning, Espurr wasn't having it. Her eyes narrowed—she concentrated on the cliff above her, and then directed a blast of psychic energy up at one of the rocks. A headache spiked up her forehead and made her grunt in pain, before the blast rippled out of her head and carried upwards. The sheer force of it knocked her back, and sent a flash of white pain across her vision, but it had done what she wanted it to. The blast dislodged a ton of rocks, that all began to fall down towards them both—

    Espurr and Tricky both jumped back just in time. The rockslide tumbled down with a series of loud crashes and completely blocked off the road in front of them. Slowly, as the last of the crashes died down and the smallest rocks settled in the pile, they both raised themselves from the ground. The space behind the rocks was silent.

    "Did we get them?" Tricky asked.

    "I don't know," Espurr said.

    But she was determined to find out. Closing her eyes, she tried to reach out with her sixth sense again…

    The avalanche of rocks suddenly exploded outward—

    Both Espurr and Tricky were caught by projectile rocks flying away from the pile. Espurr was sent flying across the path and landed safely on her side. Tricky was blown clear off the edge of the cliff. She caught the edge by a paw and nothing more.

    "Espurr!" she shrieked out in terror, scrabbling with her other three paws to get a good pawhold on the cliff ledge. "Help me!"

    The beheeyem were advancing through the settling dust. Their flickering lights blinked Espurr in the eye. She scrambled out of the way as a ball of darkness suddenly flew towards her. It made a visible indent in the ground.

    Espurr's head snapped over at the sound of Tricky's shouts, and she immediately dropped her bag and scrambled over to pull her back up onto the ledge. But it was too late—Tricky's one paw finally lost its hold on the ground. With a horrified yelp, Tricky fell off the cliff.

    Espurr's world seemed to slow down. Her eyes shone, then her ears unfurled. No. this wasn't happening. This couldn't happen. She wasn't going to let it happen. She couldn't. She was… She was going to…

    Nearly ten feet below the cliff's ledge, Tricky found herself suspended in midair. She panted in fear, held in place. Visibly straining, Espurr slowly pulled Tricky back up on top of the cliff.

    Once she was set on the ground, Tricky collapsed into Espurr's fur, shaking all over. Espurr hugged her tightly. Her ears lost their sheen and went limp.

    They had both forgotten about the beheeyem.

    Espurr didn't remember until an alien psychic blast nearly buffeted them off the cliff. It would have, if Espurr hadn't managed to combat it at the last second with a barrier of her own. But it took everything out of her. It made her dizzy; her vision grew fuzzy and tinged with yellow, and she could hear her pulse thundering through her ears. That was the limit of her power; it was all she could do not to faint at the edge of a cliff. Barely, through her blurry eyes, she was able to make out black sparks collecting around the lights once more. All she could do was shut her eyes tight, hug Tricky tighter, and hope the final blow was quick…

    But suddenly, the attack flew elsewhere.

    Something in retaliation landed in the middle of the pathway, creating a thunderous crack and throwing debris everywhere. Small shards of rock flew everywhere, and bounced into Espurr’s fur.

    When Espurr opened her eyes again, she caught the cone-hats of the beheeyem turning tail and fleeing down the mountain. Where they had used to be, somemon in a long green cloak twirled their staff for show.

    Espurr squinted, trying to make out their cloaked savior's species. But Tricky's eyes suddenly lit up in recognition.

    "I know who that is!" she exclaimed in awe. "That's—"

    Ampharos gave his staff one more twirl and firmly wedged the pointy end into the rocky ground beneath him as he watched the beheeyem run off like the cowards they were. He adjusted his cloak and then walked over to Espurr and Tricky. The orb on his tail shone extra bright, acting as a lantern.

    "Ampharos!"

    Tricky broke the silence first, leaping over and wrapping Ampharos’ leg in a tight hug. Espurr watched her from where she sat, with something between shock and surprise. The wheels in her brain started turning: This seemed too convenient. How could he have been in just the right place at just the right time to save them? He couldn't have been wandering around in the mountains for three weeks, that wasn't right. So for him to be here, now…

    The expedition gadget in her bag suddenly felt a lot heavier. This could be the start of a greater trap. For now, she had to assume he was working with the beheeyem.

    Ampharos patted Tricky on the head with a paw, then stood back up.

    "You two are a long way from home," he said. "I must ask: what brings you all the way out here?"

    Espurr cleared her throat, making her best attempt to not look disheveled as she stood up. "We're headed to—"

    "—To Lively Town!" Tricky excitedly finished for her. "We're going to join the Expedition Society with our junior membership!"

    "Ah, Lively Town!" Ampharos exclaimed jovially. "It just so happens I'm headed there myself! And..." he glanced back in the direction the beheeyem had gone running for dramatic effect. He lowered his voice. "It seems the path is dangerous tonight. What say we travel the rest of the way together? I'll even see you to the Expedition Society when we get there."

    "Wait a minute," Espurr interjected sternly. "How do we know we can trust you?"

    Ampharos looked a bit taken aback. "Well, I just saved you two, did I not?"

    "You never said why you did that. How did you know we were going to be here?"

    "Do you need a reason to do something for somemon?" Ampharos asked without skipping a beat. Berry crackers. This kid was shrewd. He could feel the child's psychic tendrils probing the outer thoughts of his brain, but chose not to comment.

    Espurr finally retracted her mind, somewhat satisfied that Ampharos didn't have malicious intent. She dusted herself off, dropped the argument, and walked over to collect her bag.

    Ampharos unwedged his staff from the ground. The scent of the mystery dungeon painted the breeze from the path behind. Wherever the beheeyem had run, they could not have gone far.

    "We'd best get going, I'd say," Ampharos said, walking back to Espurr and Tricky with his staff once more. "Our shadowy pursuers are not far behind."


    ~\({O})/~

    They traveled until dawn. Espurr and Tricky were delighted to find out that Ampharos had brought along glorious food! The two of them greedily sunk their teeth into a pair of apples like they had never eaten before in their life. Ampharos, walking slightly ahead of them, took a polite bite of his own and tried to act like he had any idea of where he was going. He didn't, he was just following the path and hoping he was going the right way.

    The path led them up and around one more big mountain, where the sun had finally risen enough to let the three pokemon see their surroundings without the help of Ampharos' tail. It wasn't long before Tricky, back to her usual juvenile self and scampering ahead of the group, hopped upon a small boulder and promptly began to freak out with excitement.

    "We're here!" she crowed excitedly to the skies. Hopping off the boulder, Tricky sprinted all the way back to Espurr and Ampharos in the space of a second. "We're here! We're here! I can see Lively Town!"

    Espurr's face brightened at that news. She quickened her pace and began to jog after Tricky. Once she was far enough away, Ampharos let out a silent sigh of relief. His awful sense of direction hadn't gotten them killed after all.

    Sure enough, Lively Town was just a downhill walk away. Walking up to the boulder, Espurr saw the town in all its brilliant colors, with vibrant shades of red and green and blue and purple dotting the town's roofs. In the middle, on a hill slightly elevated from the rest of the town, was a large purple building with bright yellow turreted roofs and a tower with a top floor that looked suspiciously like a connection orb. It was a breathtaking view, one that Espurr felt dizzy just looking at. She knew Lively Town must have been big, but that was…

    "Look at that!" Tricky said loudly, pointing out the large building with one paw while bouncing up and down on the other three. "That must be the Expedition Society!"

    "Right you are," Ampharos said from behind them. Espurr looked back to see him walking up with his staff. "What say we go get you both acquainted?" He yawned. "I could use a spot of rest on the side."

    "Yes yesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyes!" Tricky screeched, bouncing higher than a spoink. She eagerly led the way down the mountain and to the entry archway of the town, and even Ampharos had to run a little bit to keep up.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Headquarters

    The Expedition Society had looked small from afar. Now that Espurr was closer, it loomed above her. The tall tower in the middle reached at least four stories high—taller than any building in Serenity Village. Espurr, Tricky, and Ampharos were all cast in its shadow.

    Ampharos held back, pretending to be busy checking some of the missions on the billboard. When Espurr looked back he silently waved them both off into the building. Tricky took the invitation without hesitation, pushing open the giant double doors and dashing in. With one last wary glance at Ampharos, Espurr reluctantly followed.

    The Expedition Society's lobby was dazzling and took both Espurr and Tricky off guard. The floors were decked out in the same brilliant shades of lavender and yellow that the outside of the building had, and a large staircase with golden railings stood in front of them. But for all its fanciness, the lobby was completely empty.

    "Where are all the explorers?" Tricky's befuddled voice cut through the silence. The voice had an echo.

    "Oh!"

    Both Espurr and Tricky's heads turned to see a small dedenne lugging a stack of papers larger than she was along with a string. She quickly straightened the papers, set them aside, and scurried forward. "Hi! Welcome to the Expedition Society. May I—"

    She held her paw out, then realized that Tricky wasn't the best candidate for a paw-shake, then offered it to Espurr instead. Espurr just watched it with caution.

    "Um…" Dedenne cleared her throat, a little uneasy at Espurr's silence. "Sorry, you caught us a bit early today. Technically we don't open for another half-hour, but here's what I can do—" she scurried back to her stack of papers, and took a blank one. "—I can have you write down your mission request right here, and one of our esteemed members will get on it shortly after we open!" she grinned widely, then faltered, looking down at the paper. "No, wait, you'll probably want one with the proper form…"

    Quick as a flash, she snatched the paper back and ran back over to the stack.

    "Agh! So disorganized today…" Espurr heard her snap to herself as she rummaged through the papers.

    "I think there's some kind of misunderstanding," Espurr said. She took a deep breath, preparing "We're looking for—"

    "—To join!" Tricky cut in, finishing Espurr's sentence.

    Dedenne looked just about as shocked as Espurr. She let out a short, nervous titter.

    "I'm… sorry," she began, "but that's a bit above my pay grade. Besides, you two are still kids! Why don't you come back when you're a bit older?"

    Tricky locked up. Her ears flopped downwards, and she began to tremble. Espurr was hit with red-hot waves of emotion coming straight from her. It sent her reeling to the side a little, and she had to move somewhat further away from Tricky before it was bearable.

    "It's alright, Dedenne; they're with me." Ampharos' voice cut in cleanly, putting a stop to Tricky's emotional crisis.

    "Chief!" Dedenne immediately straightened up, going back to picking up her papers. She looked at him. Then at the papers. Then at him. "You... left. Again." She cleared her throat perfunctorily.

    "I had an important matter of business to attend to," Ampharos replied. "Namely, rescuing these two." He gestured to both Espurr and Tricky, standing in the background.

    "Wait," Espurr said, looking at Ampharos. "'Chief'? You're the chief here?"

    Ampharos frowned wryly.

    "Well, that jig's up."

    He flashed his cape again, ruffling Dedenne's papers and causing her to hold them down protectively. "Indeed!" he declared, taking a flamboyant pose. "Know me as Ampharos, proud Chief of the Expedition Society!"

    "Chief, could you cut down a bit on the declarations please?" All four 'mon in the room turned to see Bunnelby, walking into the room like he'd just been resurrected from the grave. "I just woke up; all this noise is makin' my ears fall off."

    "Ah, sorry for that," Ampharos gave a graceful bow of apology. "Good to see you up and at 'em."

    Bunnelby 'hmm'd in acknowledgment as he took a spot against the wall to finish waking up.

    "Wait." Tricky perked up again, looking like she had the key to saving the world. "If you're the chief, then you call all the shots around here, right?"

    In an instant she was pressed up tight against Ampharos' leg, hugging it like her life depended on it and staring up at Ampharos with baby doll eyes. "Can we join? Pleeeeaaase?"

    Ampharos couldn't say no to eyes like that. And of course, it was the perfect excuse he needed—not that he was saying that aloud.

    "Of course," he said jovially, ignoring the looks of shock from both Dedenne and Bunnelby. Espurr would have been surprised at this point, but she expected it.

    "Why are you doing this?" she asked.

    "Why not?" Ampharos replied.

    "There is an age-restriction rule imposed upon us by our parent organization," Dedenne noted.

    "I'm sure they won't mind." Ampharos brushed it off nonchalantly. He turned to Espurr.

    "Why don't you stick around for the briefing?" he said. "You haven't met everymon here yet."

    Espurr was about to ask why they should, but Ampharos walked past her and planted his staff against the wall.

    "All will be explained in due time," he said, reading her eyes.

    Espurr folded her arms. She'd have to hold Ampharos to that. Especially since Tricky was far too awestruck to listen to reason right now.

    One by one, the members of the Expedition Society trickled into the room. Espurr counted a bird pokemon who looked very tired and grumpy, a buizel who was busy stretching, a trio of pokemon off to the side who were quietly bickering amongst each other, and something puffy with a huge tongue whose mental vibes unsettled her enough she didn’t want to be in the same room with it.

    "Morning, all." Espurr looked up at the top of the stairs, where perhaps one of the strangest pokemon she had ever seen stood: the lower part of their body was comprised of two bushy pant legs, and they sported a large maw on the backside of their head.

    "Ah, morning." Ampharos bowed politely. "I believe that's all of us."

    "It would seem so," Mawile said, walking down the stairway. Her eyes settled on Espurr and Tricky, but she didn't say anything.

    "Now that we are all gathered here," Ampharos said, his voice the only sound in the room. "I have a special announcement to make." He gestured to Espurr and Tricky. "Effective immediately, consider these two brave young explorers members of the Expedition Society. Feel free to introduce yourselves."

    Ampharos wisely backed off, and let the chaos reign.

    "Wait a minute." Buizel was the first one to break the silence. "These pichu? Explorers?"

    "Yes," said Ampharos.

    "I have to share my food with two more pokemon now?" Swirlix cried out.

    "Yes," said Ampharos.

    "Permission to be exempt from introductions, chief?" Nickit muttered from the sidelines.

    "Denied," said Ampharos. He looked at Espurr and Tricky. "Would you two like to start?"

    "I'll start!" Tricky hopped up and strode into the middle of the room. "Hi! My name's a secret, but you can call me Tricky! I've always wanted to join the Expedition Society and now I'm here!"

    The entire room was left silent in the wake of Tricky's declaration.

    "I'm Espurr," Espurr added helpfully from the sidelines. "I'm Tricky's partner. Hi."

    Somewhere in a corner, Jirachi, who had forgotten to take his remedy again, snored loudly.

    Mawile leaned in towards Ampharos. "Permission to speak to you in my office, Chief?"

    "Granted," said Ampharos.

    The introductions continued on for what felt like almost a half-hour, and Espurr had to shake every paw and wing. There was Buizel, the cocky and blunt one, and Archen, who seemed every bit the opposite. Holly, Granite, and Cinder were an independent rescue team who had been assigned to the Expedition Society by HAPPI to fill their member quota. Nickit was snide and Espurr couldn't read her at all, but promised to patch them up if they ever got hurt. Jirachi was asleep, and for some reason no-mon wanted to wake him.

    Ever-so-slowly, the crowd dispersed, with varying degrees of reactions to Espurr and Tricky's arrival. Espurr noted that the slobbery tongue thing was too busy slobbering to properly greet her, but it slunk off to whatever awful lair it must have made for itself in the kitchen so she gladly didn't bring it up.

    Tricky promptly excused herself on a self-hosted tour of the building as soon as the introductions were over, which left Espurr alone in the lobby, for the most part. Bunnelby, one of the quieter 'mon in the room, suddenly opened his bag and pulled out a brightly shining connection orb. He slotted it in an expedition gadget just like the one Espurr had in her own bag, and pressed a button near the top.

    "Hmm? You need what?"

    A pause.

    "No, I'm free today. I'll be right there."

    Bunnelby removed the orb, stuffed it and the gadget back in his bag, and then hurried up the stairs in a flash. Espurr watched him go. She looked around the lobby, which was now completely empty apart from herself and Jirachi's snoring. The morning had been eventful as the night before it and she felt exhausted. But to simply crash somewhere in the building would be impolite, especially when they hadn't even been given rooms to sleep in yet.

    In that case… Espurr looked around to see which direction Tricky had went, but realized she had no clue. And she wasn't going to take a nap in the middle of the lobby. Ampharos had gone to the second floor, though. Maybe she'd go there.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Headquarters ~ Second Floor

    The room upstairs was dark, and a gate had been slipped over the top of the stairs. Luckily, it was just a gate and nothing more. Espurr hung back in the shadows, trying to get a good look at what was going on further in the room.

    There was something in the middle of the room that looked like a large contraption Espurr could only guess the function of. It seemed to operate like a large expedition gadget, projecting images onto a large white sheet through a connection orb.

    "Thank you for attending."

    Espurr didn't recognize that voice. She watched for a moment. Espurr continued watching from her hiding spot. Sure enough, Mawile walked into her vision only a second after. She had her spectacles on, and seemed to be in full instructor mode. She clicked buttons on the panel, and photographs of paw-written pages from an ancient textbook flashed across the wall.

    Clack. Mawile rolled the shutters over the windows on the second floor of the building, casting the room into darkness. The room was in projector mode, and the only pokemon inside were Mawile, Ampharos, and Bunnelby. The Pokemon Nexus projected light through a connection orb and onto the wall. From behind the gate fencing off the second floor from the stairs, Espurr took a spot by the shadows and began to spy.

    Mawile adjusted the spectacles she was wearing. She clicked buttons on the panel; photographs of paw-written pages from an ancient textbook flashed across the wall.

    "The ancient text we see in these photographs dates back almost 10,000 years,” she began. “It tells the story of the downfall of the Humans. Porgyon's writings speak of an alternate horror world filled with monsters beyond one's imagination."

    Another click of the button. Claw-drawn images of a large black monster flicked onto the screeen, as well as ones of a blood-red mountain enveloped by fire. Espurr had to stuff her paws tightly in her mouth to keep herself from gasping. A Void Shadow! And a land just like what Riolu had described… She was right. The Expedition Society did have their paws wrapped up in this mess.

    "It tells of three seals built across the world, meant to keep these monsters where they came from," Mawile continued. It took Espurr a second to remember that she wasn't supposed to be there. She couldn't do much else, but she continued listening intently. Whatever they were up to, they seemed to know what they were talking about. She could learn. "One on the Water Continent. One on the Sand Continent. And one built on a desolate island, forever lost to sea. These seals plug the cracks between our world, and theirs. If one or more were ever to open, terrible evil would be unleashed upon us. But these seals erode naturally, and only by the means of ancient human artifacts placed at these sites can they be closed once more."

    A click from the machine, and the photo on the wall changed to something much more modern—a picture of the Sand Continent.

    "Observe," Mawile continued. "On the Sand Continent, there exists a dungeon known as the Sands of Time, that fits the criteria of this legend almost perfectly. While I would normally consider it folly to base my conclusions simply on legend, considering recent events I think it prudent to take action upon what little information we may have regarding this. Bunnelby, as group spelunker, I've chosen you to travel over to the Sand Continent and scope out the dungeon for us. You are only required to take pictures and report back to the Society. If you see anything out of the ordinary, report right back here. Is that understood?"

    Bunnelby nodded.

    "Yes, Ma'am," he said. "I-I'll be leaving in a couple of days, right?"

    Mawile nodded. "Of course. Feel free to take the day off and prepare."

    "I will." Bunnelby stood up and picked up his bag. "I may leave now?"

    Mawile nodded.

    "You may."

    Espurr took that as her que to get lost. When Bunnelby, Ampharos, and Mawile walked down the stairs, they found Espurr straggling around in the lobby, closely inspecting one of the lavender, gold-trimmed drawers that she could barely see over the top of.

    She hoped they bought it.


    ~\({O})/~

    Dining Hall

    The dinner tasted tart that night, as if Swirlix' displeasure at having to share her normal excessive food portion with two more pokemon had leaked into the ingredients she used to cook. But it wasn't anything strong enough to complain about, and so no-mon did. After dinner, Espurr and Tricky were led by Dedenne to their rooms. Tricky had already given herself a tour of the building and thus knew the hallways well for somemon who had only been there a single day, but Espurr found them foreign to her despite wandering around them for a bit. She'd never been in a building this large before—every hallway seemed like it went on for miles, and there were multiple doors leading down both sides.

    "This is where you two will sleep," Dedenne said, leading them through a room with an overhanging curtain attached. "There's beds set up for you both already. I'd suggest using them; roll call’s bright and early tomorrow."

    She left, and soon after the lights in the hall went out.

    Espurr and Tricky settled into the two straw beds in the room, winding down for the night. Espurr appreciated how comfortable the bed was compared to the rocks of the mountain range.

    "Can you believe it?"

    The sound came from Tricky's side of the room. Espurr lifted her head up from the bed, weary.

    "Believe what?"

    "That we're actually here!” Tricky squeaked. “I never thought we'd get to make it here, or even join! But here we are… it feels like a dream."

    Espurr had to agree with that... It all felt like a dream. She could see the many lights of Lively Town glittering outside their window; a dazzling sight she never would have fathomed was possible back in Serenity Village. Looking at it still made her dizzy. But yet, it was so far from home. And this building full of pokemon she barely knew couldn't count as a home. No matter how much Tricky seemed to blindly follow them. No matter how nice they seemed. Not when she'd just caught a whiff of the very same thing they had just run from Serenity Village to escape.

    "It does," was all she said in response.

    "Do you think we'll get to go on a mission tomorrow?" Tricky asked.

    Espurr hoped not. She wanted a day of rest, at the very least. A day to regroup. A day to study and plan, if it all went horribly wrong.

    "We might. If we can get up for it first.” She stretched and yawned. “Aren't you sleepy?"

    "Yeah… night, I guess."

    Tricky snuggled down into her straw bed, closing her eyes and falling silent. Espurr turned the other way, away from Tricky and the window, trying not to think about the events of the past day.

    Just what had they gotten themselves into?


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Will You Help Me? – James Newton Howard
     
    Last edited:
    3~Three - The Expedition Society
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter31Art.png
    Headline Today: Imports from Grass Continent make up over 70% of Water Continent’s food supply

    Imported berries and supplies from the Grass Continent make up nearly all of the Water Continent’s food supplies, inspectors concluded this Sunday. With rising temperatures in a tropical climate, farmland on the southern side of the continent must go through great expense to farm crops that are not native to the heat, and relies heavily on imports from continents like Grass.

    The Grass Continent has historically supplied nearly two-thirds of the world’s collective food reserves, with its vast amount of farmlands and moderate climate that hosts many unique crops. But as summer storms sink shipments and threaten shortages in the near future, many towns are beginning to reconsider their reliance on off-continent imports for necessary supplies.

    ~ The Lively Town Times


    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER THREE: THE EXPEDITION SOCIETY

    ~\({O})/~

    Mawile’s Library ~ Nighttime

    ~Ampharos and Mawile~

    Mawile’s library was lit by the bright blue glow of a luminous orb. Ampharos tried his best to fit into the narrow room comfortably, but it just wasn’t possible. This room hadn’t been as narrow before it was filled up with all the books Mawile collected. He settled for shifting around uncomfortably in his seat every minute or so.

    “I implore you to reconsider whether this is a wise decision,” Mawile said, reshuffling some books on her ever-more-cramped desk. “We can house them. We can train them. But they are not old enough to join as registered explorers. We’d be in breach of our contract with HAPPI!”

    “They have been on our guild register for almost a month, Mawile,” said Ampharos. “Simply moving where they lodge does not change much.”

    “And you saw fit to register a pair of children from the middle of nowhere onto our guild system anyway?”

    “I… did.” Ampharos had a rare fit of silence. “I needed to be able to track them from afar, in case they were in danger. They ran into it on their way here last night.”

    “And with that in mind, you plan to keep them confined to the building?”

    “I plan to keep them where we can see them,” Ampharos said. “But remember that these children are meant for bigger things. We can’t keep them here forever.”

    “Yet why keep them on the register?”

    “The risk of taking them beyond the town without a seat on the register is greater than the risk of signing them on underage.”

    “And how do you intend to explain yourself to the authorities when we reach our next checkup?”

    “We’ll cross that bridge if we reach it.”

    Mawile decided to switch gears.

    “When do you plan to tell them why we’re letting them stay?” she asked. “The Human, at least, has a right to know.”

    “After a week or so,” Ampharos yawned. “They should both have time to settle in first.”

    “They might not wait that long.”

    “That bridge, too, we’ll cross if we reach it.”

    There was silence for a moment. Mawile broke it, sighing in defeat. It was clear she didn’t approve.

    “I pray you know what you’re doing,” she said.

    “Have faith,” Ampharos replied. “You were a child once, too. Give them a few days, before we shove our reasons on them.”

    “My child years are not ones I wish to emulate,” Mawile stated. She finished rummaging through the desk and finally pulled out the book she was looking for, setting it neatly back on the shelf above her head.

    “I request you accelerate your schedule,” she said. A week is far too long and unpredictable a timeframe.”

    Ampharos opened his mouth to answer, but outside the office, something hit a trash can, jarring both Ampharos and Mawile out of their conversation.

    But when they opened the door, no-mon was there.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Residential Wing ~ Morning

    ~Espurr and Tricky~

    Dedenne stuck a loud and obnoxious bell through the doorway of every occupied room in the Expedition Society and rang it loudly.

    “Rise and shine!” she called out loudly. “The sun’s up, and you should be too!”

    The sun was barely up.

    Espurr and Tricky wearily rose from their beds, not rested at all. Espurr felt like she could have slept at least a day’s worth longer, after the ordeals they’d been through the past couple of days.

    Tricky wasn’t having nearly as good a time of getting up as Espurr was. After a pathetic attempt at getting out of bed, she flopped back down on her straw and yawned in defeat.

    “Maybe we can sleep for… five more minutes…” she muttered in a half-asleep stupor.

    Dedenne poked her head back into the room.

    “Hey, you newbies don’t want to miss breakfast, right? Chef Swirlix doesn’t leave leftovers.”

    The prospect of breakfast got Tricky off her bed.

    “Why do they eat breakfast this early…” she yawned, but she walked out the door with Espurr all the same.


    ~\({O})/~

    “Today’s briefing is a short one; I have no wish to keep you all from indulging in Chef Swirlix’s fine breakfast,” Ampharos said, holding the paper that Dedenne had given him in his paw. In the dining room to the right of the lobby sat the untouched breakfast spread that smelled absolutely heavenly.

    Somewhere near the end of the line, Chef Swirlix was slobbering.

    Ampharos read off the paper. “A new mystery dungeon has appeared near Lively Town and needs to have its severity evaluated,” he said. “It should be our priority to add that to the maps here. Does anymon here have a clean schedule?”

    “I’m up for it, sir.” Buizel raised a paw high, puffing himself out in an attempt to make himself look as reliable for the job as possible. Not that it mattered; no-mon else particularly looked like they wanted the job.

    “Splendid!” Ampharos read down the page, his eyes glazing across the second matter written there. “Next up: The Spinda Café here has requested our assistance in delivering a large shipment from the harbor tomorrow. They need two or three strong ‘mon to help them carry crates from the harbor into their restaurant.”

    “Yeah, that’s us,” a member from Team Limestone that Espurr didn’t catch spoke up.

    “And now to address the elephant in the room: As you’re all aware, the Expedition Society gained two new members yesterday.”

    All heads in the room turned towards Espurr and Tricky.

    “We’re very excited to welcome Espurr and Tricky into our ranks!” Ampharos exclaimed. “And as such, I’ve put together the perfect set of tasks for you both…”


    ~\({O})/~

    “Chores?” Tricky whined as they walked up the spiral staircase towards the observatory. “I thought we were going to go dungeon exploring…”

    “You didn’t expect them to send us into a dungeon straightaway, right?” Espurr asked. She held a piece of paper in her paws that had a list of all the chores they’d been given to do on it. The first one on the list was “wake up Jirachi”. Jirachi slept in the observatory, and seemed to be always asleep, but that was all either Espurr or Tricky knew about him.

    “Well…” Tricky dramatically sighed in defeat, letting her ears and tail flop down into effect. “I guess not… but I thought we’d be doing something more interesting!”

    Espurr couldn’t find it in her to argue with that. Chores weren’t exactly her first choice on the list of ways to spend an afternoon.

    The door to the observatory slowly opened, and Espurr crept in, followed by Tricky.

    The room was a cluttered mess, but completely quiet. Paper and machines Espurr hadn’t ever seen before lay all around the room, along with what looked like the model of several large orbs and a huge telescope that poked out of the roof.

    And in the middle of it all floated what must have been Jirachi.

    He was small and frail-looking, no larger than Espurr was. He floated asleep in midair like an abra, snoring loudly like a tyrunt.

    “Guess that’s Jirachi,” Tricky said, as they watched him slowly orbit the room in his sleep. “How do we wake him? Didn’t Dedenne say we needed something special?”

    “She said we needed a remedy,” Espurr said, reaching into her bag. She pulled out something wrapped in a small bundle of leaves. She wasn’t sure quite what it was, but it felt squishy. “We have to feed him this thing.”

    “Sounds easy,” Tricky said. She began to hop between her left paws and right, psyching herself up. “I’ll get him on the ground, and you can feed him the thing!”

    “Just try not to break stuff,” Espurr said. The last thing the two of them needed was to get in trouble for smashing equipment on their first day.

    “It’ll be fiiiine,” Tricky drawled. “Who are you, Watchog?”

    She hopped up on a stack of books, then tiptoed across a table, then climbed on top of a shelf and tightrope walked along the thin surface above over to where Jirachi was sleeping.

    “Get ready!” she called to Espurr silently, ready to pounce on Jirachi from above. Espurr braced herself for the chaos that was surely about to follow.

    Tricky pounced. She collided with Jirachi midair; both of the pokemon were sent flying towards the ground. They both landed in a heap, rolling to the ground. Tricky faceplanted into a dusty book and wheezed. Jirachi was still sleeping. Espurr quickly walked forward with the remedy in paw.

    “I guess this is why we needed the remedy,” Espurr said. She walked forward with the remedy in paw—

    —Jirachi leapt up, the eyes on his face half open and glowing brightly. He looked like he was in a zombie-like trance, with his limbs limp and his head hanging downwards.

    “You guys shouldn’t have attacked me while I was sleeping,” he mumbled. It was barely audible.

    “You were flying up in the air!” Tricky protested. “We had to get you down somehow to wake you up…”

    “We were sent to wake you,” Espurr said. She held out the remedy. “Dedenne said to eat this.“

    “Oh, you’re new,” Jirachi mumbled further in his dazed stupor, like he hadn’t heard either of them speak at all. “I don’t like being woken up violently. Lash out while I’m sleeping, and I might just… lash back.”

    A sudden blast of white energy flew out from Jirachi, snagging both Espurr and Tricky and knocking them back across the room.

    Espurr flipped up into an attack position immediately. Tricky beside her did the same thing. They immediately scurried out of the way of another one of Jirachi’s undirected attacks, which hit a bolted-down table and left a dent in it.

    “He’s crazy!” Tricky hissed to Espurr. Espurr peeked out from behind the shelf she was hiding behind, then quickly stuck her head back when another attack blasted the shelf and gave it a rattle.

    “If he wants a fight, maybe we should give it to him,” she said. “if you can pin him down, I can hold him in place and feed him this.” The remedy was still in her paw.

    “If you say so…” Tricky sounded hesitant at the prospect of going out and facing Jirachi’s attacks.

    “I can get you there safely,” Espurr said. “You just have to stand riiight there…”

    Tricky scuttled out into the open, looking somewhat uncomfortable with the idea. It was clear she had reservations.

    “Are you sure about this?” she whispered back to Espurr, who was hiding. Espurr nodded so fast her head looked like a floppy fish. Tricky almost snickered at that thought.

    Jirachi was floating around the room aimlessly once more. It was like he had fallen to sleep again. Tricky slowly began to inch forward, her tiny steps growing into a brisk trot as she became more and more sure he’d gone dormant again. Maybe this was going to be easy after al—

    Jirachi suddenly spun around, still in the same stupor he’d been in for the last minute.

    “There you are,” he lazily breathed.

    Espurr made her move. A concentrated blast of psychic energy catapulted Tricky straight into Jirachi, knocking the two to the ground. Tricky quickly made sure Jirachi couldn’t move his arms or legs while she still had the chance. They gave in easily. She was pretty sure he didn’t use them much at all.

    The third eye opened. It was right in the center of Jirachi’s chest. Tricky yelped in fright, right before one of Jirachi’s attacks sent her flying up into the roof—

    “Good nigh—”

    Espurr stuffed the remedy into Jirachi’s mouth before he could finish his sentence. Tricky’s descent through the air became slower and slower, halted by a psychic grip, until she could put her paws on the ground with no impact at all.

    “It’s not night any longer,” she said.

    Espurr and Tricky both looked at Jirachi, who had gone dormant on the ground in front of them. He’d even stopped snoring. They both traded a look. Sleeping was one thing, but had they made him faint? Slowly, trepidaciously, Espurr poked Jirachi.

    “Huh??” Jirachi leapt up into the air and stayed there. His eyes flew open, and this time they looked normal. “Who woke me?”

    His eyes settled on Espurr and Tricky, then arched in confusion. “Who’re you two? New recruits?”

    “Pretty much,” Espurr said.

    “Oh. I see,” Jirachi yawned, his voice taking on some of its signature laziness. “Sorry if I did anything to you while I was asleep. I have… problems getting up. Sometimes I’m not myself, see…”

    “Yeah, it was…” Tricky let her sentence taper off, pawing the ground she was intently studying.

    Neither Espurr nor Tricky knew how to break what had just happened to him.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Vault

    The vault was located at the bottom of the Expedition Society, where the large cooling fans blew and made the hallway blare with the noise of several massive air conditioners. It ruffled Espurr and Tricky’s fur as they passed, offering a breath of well-needed cool air after days of dealing with unrelenting summer heat. Espurr almost didn’t want to leave.

    But they had chores to do, so they continued trudging on towards the vault.

    The massive bronze door slid open with a series of clacks, but no-mon was there to greet them at the door. After sharing a look, Espurr and Tricky stepped into the large room.

    The first thing that became apparent was that there wasn’t a single window in the entire room—it was a vault, after all. The only source of light came from a single lightbulb in the wall near the top of the room that flickered every so often. The second thing that became apparent was that the place was a mess. Stuff lay everywhere, organized with no rhyme or reason. There was a large pile of poke in the middle of the room, nearly obscured by mountains and mounds of other things.

    “So…” a voice drawled from the other end of the room, catching Espurr and Tricky’s attention. Nickit leaned over a wooden crate on the floor and was at a convenient height to serve as a table. The look on her face was unapologetically smug. “You’re the help, huh?”

    “That’s us,” said Espurr.

    “Swell,” Nickit replied. “MURKROW!”

    Murkrow, snoozing at the top of the gold pile, awoke with a squawk.

    “Huh?” he squawked, jumping up lazily and rearing up with his feathers bristled “Who’s attacking? Where are the thieves? Who what where?”

    “No thieves,” Nickit said from below. “But the help’s here.”

    “Oh…” Murkrow said, yawning. “Have I seen you two before?”

    “I’ve never seen a bird like you,” Tricky said.

    “We’re new,” Espurr helpfully added.

    “You’re a bit young.”

    There was an awkward silence between the four pokemon in the room.

    “Well, I haven’t seen the day where children couldn’t clean yet,” Nickit said. “Heads up, this is gonna take a while.”

    “When was the last time you guys organized?” Tricky asked, as they sorted through a mound of what Espurr assumed was meant to be assorted berries and seeds—but with how much of a disorganized mess everything here was, who could say when the last time they’d been organized was?

    “Last year or so,” Nickit yawned, checking to make sure she had a plain seed and not a blast seed under her paw before she kicked it away into the Seed pile. “Usually Murkrow and I get what everymon else needs, and we know where everything is, so there wasn’t a reason to.”

    “You can find stuff? In this mess?” Tricky asked, tilting her head in utter, bemused confusion.

    “It looks kind of like your bedroom did,” Espurr couldn’t restrain herself from saying.

    “Hey! T-that doesn’t count!” Tricky managed to stammer out.

    “Says who?”

    “Says me!”

    The cleaning continued for a long while; the level was underground so Espurr couldn’t say what time it was by the time they decided to take a break.

    “That was a lot…” Tricky said, panting on her back. Only a third of the room had been cleared.

    “We did request help for a reason…” Murkrow said.

    “Eh,” Nickit said. “I liked it better messy.”

    “That’s because you’re a hoarder.”

    “Guilty as charged.” Nickit took it completely in stride.

    Espurr had been taking a breather against the large pile they still had yet to sort through.

    “So,” Nickit said. “We’ve still got ten minutes. Where’re you guys from?”

    An uncomfortable silence passed between the four of them. Neither Espurr nor Tricky looked like they wanted to say. Then Nickit let out a laugh.

    “Come on, you guys!” She laughed. Espurr couldn’t tell whether she forced it or not. “I’m joking. I wouldn’t be comfortable tellin’ my life story to a stranger either.”

    They returned to work soon afterwards.

    “No, the razz berry goes there. The razz berry.”

    “What’s the difference?” Tricky asked, glancing between two berries that couldn’t have been more different.

    Nickit brashly gestured to the smaller, red berry. “That’s the rasp berry. This is the razz berry.” She sighed. “Don’t they teach kits anything in school anymore?”

    “I… wasn’t paying attention,” a cowed Tricky admitted.

    “Hey, perk up,” Nickit said a few minutes later after Tricky had been moping for a while. “I didn’t mean it.”

    Tricky drooped a little less, but didn’t say anything.

    “Hey, I’ve got a card game I play with Murkrow a lot, but he’s terrible at it,” Nickit said, in one last attempt to cheer Tricky up. “We could play later. Having a fellow fox around to play with has got to be better than birdbrain over there.”

    That one managed to get a snicker out of Tricky despite herself.

    “Iii think we’re gonna be friends,” Nickit said confidently.

    In the end, they managed to get two thirds of the vault sorted out before sundown.

    “Have you guys got any other chores on that list?” asked Murkrow, staring at the list Espurr had forgotten to pick up in all their working. Espurr and Tricky froze.

    “Berry crackers!”

    They were both out of the vault before either Murkrow or Nickit could blink.

    “I did think they were going to finish up here first,” Murkrow admitted, flabbergasted.

    “Dang, I wish I was that fast,” Nickit muttered out the side of her snout.


    ~\({O})/~

    There was one more large chore on their list, and it took the largest portion out of the day: Sweeping the floors and halls of the Expedition Society.

    It wouldn’t have been so hard if there weren’t so many of them.

    Espurr got a broom, while Tricky carried the dustpan in her mouth and swept the floors with her tail. They started on the west side, and slowly worked their way east. There was silence between them for most of it, both because Tricky had the dustpan in her mouth, and because it was finally setting in that they were truly in a building full of strangers. Espurr hadn’t known how to feel about it the entire day, and she didn’t know how to feel about it now either. She supposed that at the very least, she could count herself lucky that they had some form of security – a building of strange explorers was a better shield between them and the beheeyem than a village was.

    They reached one of the trash cans in the hall, and Tricky took the moment to let Espurr empty the dustpan into it.

    “Espurr?”

    Espurr removed the dustpan from the trash can and looked at Tricky, who had taken a seat on the floor. She looked just as exhausted as Espurr felt.

    “Yeah?” she asked, setting the dustpan methodically down next to the trash can.

    “I miss home.”

    That one got a surprise out of Espurr. She knew she did, but Tricky?

    “I thought working here as an explorer was your dream,” Espurr said. “Why the change of mind?”

    “As an explorer,” Tricky said. “But… I miss Pops, and Goomy, and… even Deerling. Everymon here’s just weird. Don’t you feel like that?”

    It was like Tricky had read Espurr’s mind.

    “I miss them too,” Espurr admitted. She had only been there a month, but Serenity Village was the only family she’d known. Neither of them had really gotten a chance to sit down and process what they’d done a day ago when they’d packed up and left. It had sure seemed like a smart decision at the time, but… was it really looking so smart now?

    But they didn’t have a choice.

    “But we didn’t have a choice,” Espurr said. “If we stayed there, we’d be putting them in danger. You saw what they did to Audino’s house.”

    “Yeah…” Tricky said.

    They swept in silence for a while longer. The air between them was heavy.

    “I wonder how Pops feels,” Tricky said. “And Audino. We never got to say goodbye…”

    Despite that one last day before they’d fled, that one weighed heavier on Espurr than anything else.

    “At least we’re keeping everymon else safe,” Espurr said. Half of it was to console herself. “That’s something to be thankful for.”

    “Yeah…” Tricky said, and it felt just a tad less heavy than before. “Doesn’t change how weird this hallway looks, though.”

    “It’s way too colorful,” Espurr agreed.

    They finished sweeping not soon after. Which was just as well, since the sun was going down and pokemon were finally beginning to return from the day’s missions. Bunnelby had gone digging a burrow for somemon on the outskirts of town, while Buizel had finished mapping that local dungeon within the day. Archen had gone down to the harbor to help out with something, and though he wouldn’t say what had happened he was completely soaked.

    Then it was time for dinner. The spread on the table was a lavishly decked out feast just like breakfast had been—finally Espurr understood what Swirlix had been doing in that kitchen all day—but they dined with strangers. A bunnelby ate carrots and radishes by the dozen but pointedly avoided lettuce, while a buizel loudly boasted about the many missions he’d been on and a torracat, vulpix, and rockruff quietly squabbled amongst themselves to determine who was going to have the last piece of meat on their side of the table.

    Espurr sat apart from Tricky, since there wasn’t a spot on the table for them both to sit together. The food looked and tasted like real food, and the table in front of Espurr and the seat underneath felt just as real as the ones back in Serenity Village did. But even so, Espurr felt like she was watching everything through a glass wall. She didn’t understand anything going on around her, and for the first time since they had fled, that was finally beginning to get to her.

    It only served to drill in the point that had been lingering in Espurr and Tricky’s head for the past few hours: This wasn’t home.


    ~\({O})/~

    Dinner ended, and then it was time for everymon to retire. Most of the Expedition Society went to bed soon after the sun had finished setting, since they all woke up deathly early in the morning. Espurr had to admit after all the work they had done that day, she was feeling quite winded too. Tricky walked alongside her, drooping further with every step.

    “I’m so tired…” she groaned. “I feel like I could sleep for a thousand years!”

    Espurr, similarly exhausted, was too tired to grace that with an answer.

    “Which way was our room again?” Tricky asked, yawning.

    “I think it’s this way,” Espurr said, pointing down the east-side hallway.

    Luckily, she had guessed right. They found their way down to their room within a few minutes, flopping down on their beds and retiring for the night. Tricky fell to sleep soundly a few minutes after she hit her bed, snoring softly. Espurr found herself still awake.

    Awake, and staring out at the night scenery that looked nothing like she was used to. Lively Town was vast, and a thousand electric lights lit up the valleys below like a silent festival in the night. And more than anything, it was eerily silent. And despite herself, safe and sound in a building surrounded by experienced explorers, she found herself wondering: Was it really safe here? Where were the beheeyem? The town below was massive. They could be anywhere. She didn’t believe they would just give up that easily.

    They were still hunting her, she was sure of it.

    The sound of somemon tripping over something startled Espurr form her train of thought. She looked back towards the door they’d forgotten to drape the curtain over, where Bunnelby had just stumbled over the broom and dustpan they had left out. Espurr inwardly grimaced. Whoops.

    “Sorry,” Bunnelby said. “Somemon left all this cleaning supplies out, and it’s dark. I didn’t wake you, right?”

    “I was already awake, “ said Espurr.

    Bunnelby nodded, and then was on his way. Espurr flopped back down on her bed. She knew she should sleep, but she couldn’t. This was just such a weird place, and she couldn’t calm down.

    Then she wondered where Bunnelby went.

    Eventually, the curiosity overtook her. If she couldn’t sleep, she could at least see what went on in this building at night. She quietly got up off her bed, then walked to the door. After furtively sticking her head out both ways to make sure the hallway was desert, she took off the direction Bunnelby had gone.

    At some point, she realized he must have just gone back to his room, since she had wandered all the way into the lobby without catching so much as a single glimpse of him. That meant she had gone all the way out here for nothing.

    Now she just felt silly.

    Although, now that she noticed it, there was a light shining on the second floor. Espurr could only just see the faint blue glow from the stairwell, and figured it might be worth her time. Considering what she had seen the last time she had gone up there, perhaps she could pick up something useful to know for later.

    It was coming from behind the smaller room off to the west side of the floor. As Espurr climbed up the stairway and drew closer to the room, she heard the sound of voices coming from the other side. She knew better than to get close to the door, and she could hear the voices just fine from here anyway, so she staked out next to the trash can in the area, and listened.

    “I plan to keep them where we can see them. But remember that these children are meant for bigger things. We can’t keep them here forever.”

    “Yet why keep them on the register?”

    “The risk of taking them beyond the town without a seat on the register is greater than the risk of signing them on underage.”

    “And how do you intend to explain yourself to the authorities when we reach our next checkup?”

    “We’ll cross that bridge if we reach it.”

    A pause.

    “When do you plan to tell them why we’re letting them stay? The Human, at least, has a right to know.”

    The world seemed to stop for Espurr, like it was put on pause. The voices continued talking, but she was reeling too much to listen to them.

    They knew. They knew about her. She knew it had been suspicious the entire time, that they had their paws wrapped up in the same mess she was ensnared in, but now she had definitive proof they had an ulterior motive for keeping her here. How long had they known about her? And how? Was this why Ampharos was so intent on keeping them close?

    “I request you accelerate your schedule. A week is far too long and unpredictable a timeframe.”

    Espurr shifted in her uncomfortable crouching spot, and bumped into the trash can—

    It created a bang that made her heart skip a beat. She thought fast—she needed to hide. She managed to scramble into a suitable hiding place just in time.

    She heard the door open. Two figures came out—one of them must have been Ampharos—and looked around. If there was talking, she didn’t hear it. The door closed soon after, and the voices grew too hushed for Espurr to hear.

    Maybe they knew better than to air their suspicions in front of somemon who might be listening.

    Soon after, Espurr crept out from where she was hiding. She scurried down the stairs, then silently crept into the lobby. Only once she reached the hallway did she begin to relax and walk—albeit quickly—back to her room. She took a moment to think about what she had just seen as she walked.

    Who were they working with? Who were they working for? Were they with the beheeyem, or somemon else? It would have been easier for Ampharos to finish them off in the mountains, if they wanted her dead. No, they still needed her and Tricky for something.

    But for what? And still, the question remained: How did they know as much as they did? They couldn’t have figured it out just by looking at her; no-mon back in Serenity Village could have done that. She could only think of one way they could have that information, and it wasn’t one that put the Expedition Society on her side.

    That was the way she found herself walking back to her room. A growing sense of distrust was building within her, and soon she found herself realizing what she had known all this time: there were secrets being kept here; ones that concerned her. She had to keep her cards close to her chest, and if it came to it, be ready to take Tricky and run for the hills.

    She lay awake in her bed for a while, trying to process it all. But she was tired, and eventually she couldn’t fight it off any longer. She drifted off to sleep.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Marilka That's My Name
    -- Sonia Belousova, Giona Ostinelli
     
    Last edited:
    3~Four - Hunt
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter32Art.png
    Headline Today: Landslide in Lively Mountain Range cuts off main travelling route

    Merchants headed towards the western mountain basin of Water found themselves blocked by a landslide on the path Monday, officials reported.

    “The path was completely cut off,” said Merchant Machoke. “It looked like somemon had blown a small hole, but nothing big enough to get a wagon through. Somemon with more firepower will have to go up there and clear the rest of it.” Machoke, from the Guild of Merchants, has been pushing for the development of a better travel route for merchants for years.

    Long, craggy, and treacherous, the Lively Mountain Range starkly separates the secluded villages on the western side of the mountains and the more developed eastern half of the continent. Carving a larger path through the mountains would make it easier for merchants to come and go in larger quantities, and would help lessen the immense culture divide between the two sides of the continent.

    ~ The Lively Town Times


    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER FOUR: HUNT

    ~\({O})/~

    Lively Town Outskirts

    The many lights of Lively Town glowed brightly in the night, like a beacon amongst the dark mountains and the vast sea to the west. A trio of cone shaped heads glode across the mountain path, overlooking the town below. Somewhere within lay the targets. It was a large city to search, but they would search it relentlessly and without pause. Finding the pokemon they were now to kill was an inevitability, even in a town this large.

    They hovered forward in unison, continuing down the mountain path. The hunt resumed.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Headquarters ~ Nighttime

    ~Tricky~

    Tricky couldn’t sleep.

    Despite being completely worn out from her trek through the mountains just a day earlier, she found herself unable to drift off to bed properly. Not that she hadn’t tried. At some point she had conked out, then woken up in the middle of the night, then woken up again and not been able to get back to sleep. It felt like she’d been lying in bed restlessly for hours now! She turned over in the straw bed, which was nothing like the one she had back home, and tried to see if she could get comfy that way.

    It just wasn’t working. She felt as awake as ever! She spared a glance over to the other side of the room, where Espurr lay, fast asleep.

    Eventually, Tricky decided it wasn’t worth the wait anymore. She pulled herself off the bed with a yawn, and began to wearily trot towards the room’s exit. Maybe a walk throughout the halls of the building would help her get to sleep better.

    The halls were dark and quiet, but Tricky didn’t mind. She trotted down the tiled floor, looking at the lavender walls around her with gold-colored embellishments and the odd trash can every now and then. She didn’t notice the figure lurking in the shadows before it spoke:

    “Yo, newbie.”

    “Huh?” Tricky looked back, her ears swiveling in the direction the noise had come from. Nickit slunk out of the shadows, walking up to Tricky with a smug smirk on her face.

    “Watcha doin’ out of bed?” Nickit asked, sitting in front of Tricky and looking her straight in the eye.

    Tricky immediately felt much smaller than she had a few seconds ago. “Well… I… couldn’t sleep, and… Does this mean I’ll get kicked out? I can go back to bed! I can—”

    “Nah.” Nickit waved Tricky off with her tail. “I’m not gonna get you in trouble. Otherwise I’d have to stop staying up all night too.

    “Say,” she began, getting up and walking back down the hall from which they’d came. “Since you’re up… fancy that game of cards?”

    “Cards?” Tricky’s ears perked back up at the mention of what sounded like a fun time. “What’s that?”

    “C’mon,” Nickit said, prowling back down the hallway. She ushered Tricky along with her tail. “I’ll teach you how to play.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Vault

    Nickit led Tricky into the vault they had just cleaned yesterday, which looked much more orderly than the state they had left it in.

    “Took a bit to sort out, but we got the job finished,” said Nickit. “How does it look?”

    “Weird,” Tricky admitted. “There’s too much empty space. I liked the mess better.”

    “Same.”

    An immense stack of poke sat near the back of the room, nearly reaching the roof. At the very top of the pile snoozed Murkrow.

    Tricky eyed him warily.

    “Don’t we have to worry about waking him?” she asked.

    “Doubt it,” said Nickit. “he sleeps like a rock on a good day.”

    Nickit pulled a small box out from behind a few chests of poke with her snout. Over a crate of dried berries, she arranged the cards in a neat deck, dealing herself and Tricky each seven.

    “A’ight, here’s how this works,” she said. “Each card has a pokemon on it, with a type assigned to it. There are eighteen types total. We each choose a card from our deck and put it down on the table; whoever has the card with the type advantage wins both. If ya get ten pairs, you win. They taught you your type matchups in school, right?”

    “Yeah…” hints of indignation slipped into Tricky’s voice. Of course she knew them.

    “Cool. Looked at your cards yet?”

    Tricky hadn’t. She propped her cards up the best she could with her paws, following Nickit’s example and making sure to keep them out of her opponent’s view. She had a dhelmise, druddigon, axew, flareon, and something called a “Silvally” that didn’t seem to have a type. Or, on closer inspection, it seemed to have all the types. Tricky grew giddy—she knew what she was going to pick.

    “Chose your card?”

    Tricky nodded. This game was fun. She was beginning to enjoy it.

    “Cool. Now place it in front of you.” Nickit chose her own card, and slid it on the table. Tricky carefully picked Silvally out of the deck, and put it opposite Nickit’s card.

    “Three… two… one… flip!”

    Nickit lipped her card face-up, and then Tricky followed Nickit’s example and did the same a second later. Silvally faced down Nickit’s metapod.

    “Hah!” Tricky called out, slamming her paw down on the cards. “I win this one!”

    “Not so fast,” Nickit drawled, drawing another card from the pile to replace her own. She gestured for Tricky to do the same. “You still have to get nine more pairs to win, and you’ve just used up the most powerful card in the deck.”

    Tricky was uncharacteristically silent, as she realized how stupid of a move that had been.

    “Tip to the wise: Cards’ a game of wits,” Nickit said, “Just like everything else in life. Never senselessly start throwing cards out; you can only go downhill from there. Learn to read the other player instead. Just like I read you. I thought you’d pick the strongest card in your claw first, so I sent out a dud to check you.”

    Cornered. Tricky looked through the rest of her cards. Ghost, Dragon, Dragon, Fire… what to pick? Now that she didn’t have a card that was sure to win she was a lot more flustered.

    “Done choosing yet?” Nickit asked, lazily watching Tricky flipping through the cards. “You can’t take forever, ya know.”

    “Y-yeah,” Tricky said, setting down a card from the pile. One of the dragons, but she just had to hope she got lucky.

    “Guess I’ll have to match you.” Nickit calmly pulled another card from her claw, setting it opposite Tricky’s. “Three… Two… One…”

    The game ended nearly an hour later. Tricky consistently pulled whatever card looked coolest from her deck and paired it up against Nickit, who matched it with her own strategic choices. Tricky almost would have said Nickit was cheating if she hadn’t managed to score three more pairs against her over the course of the game. Nickit ultimately won out, with ten whole pairs and not a single legendary card among them.

    “Good game,” she said at the end, gathering up all the cards and putting them back up in the box. She glanced behind Tricky, at the first rays of sunlight beginning to pour in through the door. “Hope you weren’t still sleepy.”

    Tricky was a bit sleepy, but she could put that all aside for a bit.

    “I have to get going now,” she said. “Bye! Thanks for the game!” And with that, she scampered out the door of the vault and made a beeline for her and Espurr’s bedroom.


    ~\({O})/~

    “Rise and shine, everymon! The sun’s up, and you should be too!” Dedenne rang a pair of very loud bells outside in the hallway, stopping at each door and ringing them extra loud.

    Tricky had gotten about an hour’s worth of sleep since her game of cards with Nickit. She pulled herself off the bed like a zombie, watching Espurr stretch on the other one. Unlike Tricky, she looked well-rested.

    “Why do we have to get up this early?” was all Tricky could muster as a frazzled response amongst the ringing of bells in the background. She lifted her head, then let it flop back down into the straw.

    “Do you want breakfast?” Espurr asked, stretching. “The chef doesn’t leave any leftovers.”

    Tricky got a strange sense of déjà vu from the exchange. But all the same, the prospect of breakfast made her a little less tired.


    ~\({O})/~

    After Ampharos’ briefing, a much less extravagant breakfast compared to yesterday’s was served. Most of the members took things from the table and ate on the go, since they had missions they had to get to soon after. Espurr and Tricky were paired with the three members of Team Limestone for their tasks today, so they had to quickly grab a few buns from the table and scurry to catch up.

    “Hey, you two!” Holly, the white-furred vulpix, yelled out after them. “You’d better catch up, otherwise we’re going to leave you behind!”

    Espurr and Tricky, still scarfing down whatever they could snatch from the breakfast table, ran to catch up with the other three of them.

    “You’re going to be helping us pick some stuff up from the harbor.” Cinder, the torracat, walked up in front, with their team’s own exploration bag strapped to his back. “Make sure to keep up.”

    Granite was a bit too busy chewing on something to chip in.

    “Hey, what’s that you guys are wearing?” Holly asked, her eyes fixed on Tricky’s scarf. Espurr instinctively fiddled with hers a bit. She was walking backwards, able to see the both of them clearly. Once or twice she came dangerously close to walking into another pokemon, but always managed to step out of the way just in time.

    “They’re scarves,” Tricky mumbled. “My pops gave them to me.”

    “Holy—” Holly had to take a moment to get her breathing under control. “Is your pops loaded or something?”

    “What’s loaded?” Tricky asked.

    “What about the scarves?” Espurr asked.

    “T-those aren’t scarves! They’re focus sashes!” Holly exclaimed loudly, pivoting on her paws and gaping. “Those are so rare—do you have any idea how lucky your pops was to get ahold of those?”

    “What’s a focus sash?” Tricky asked.

    “It’s got a very powerful heal pulse sealed in it,” Holly said, still trying to keep the stutter out of her voice. “I-if you’re on the brink of death or were mortally injured, the scarf will heal you as long as you’re in contact with it. Many pokemon live and die without even seeing one. And you guys are just walking around with two of them on your necks! You have to hook me up with him sometime.”

    Pops… Tricky’s mood plummeted. Yes, he had made her clean the whole house from top to bottom more than once, and yes, there were scary creatures that would put Pops in danger if she had stayed, but she’d still never even said goodbye to him. He must be worried sick.

    But there hadn’t been going back before, and there was no going back now.

    “Maybe later,” Tricky said, trying not to look gloomy. It almost worked.

    “Huh?” Holly’s head tilted at Tricky’s visible drooping. “Did I hit a nerve or something?”

    Tricky couldn’t bring herself to answer.

    “Our parents live far away,” Espurr answered in Tricky’s silence. “Traveling back there isn’t really a good idea right now.“

    “So… you guys are runaways,” Holly concluded, walking backwards. Neither Espurr or Tricky answered that one. Holly read their fear-stricken faces instead.

    “N-not that I care,” she quickly added. “If the chief let you guys on, there must have been a reason! Just curious is all.”

    “You know, you’re walking backwards again,” Cinder sighed, sending a glance in their direction. “When are you gonna learn?”

    “What’s the issue with it?” Holly asked. “I’m careful!”

    “Careful, my tail,” Cinder said. “Yesterday you walked into a streetlamp.”

    “That’s one time!” A-and Granite was sticking her tongue out at me! How is that a fair example?”

    “I alphays sptick myph tongphe ouff!”


    ~\({O})/~

    Lively Town Harbor

    The harbor was crowded and filled with pokemon and ships galore. There were several lapras arriving and departing from the docks, and pokemon loading and unloading the boats passed Espurr and Tricky to and fro. A huge marine pokemon with scaffolding meant for smaller pokemon to ride on sat in the middle of all the ships, taking a nap. Espurr read the large billboard that stood in front of the large pokemon:

    Wailord Liner

    Departing next for: Sand Continent, Port Archaios, tomorrow at 9 AM


    “Alright, this is where you two come in.” Cinder stopped outside a large lapras-pulled barge that had just pulled into the harbor. “The chief wants us to pick up a late shipment from the docks. It should be in that barge.”

    “Late shipment?” Espurr asked.

    “Fireworks,” Holly whispered to her as Cinder talked with the barge pokemon. “We usually shoot them on Deerling Day, but they were delayed by a storm or something. Now we’ll have to wait until winter.”

    “You guys shoot fireworks?” Tricky asked, her earlier gloominess evaporating on the spot. “I’ve never even seen fireworks before!”

    “This winter, then…” Holly breathed.

    “T-this… winter??”

    “Yeppers.”

    Tricky wilted.

    The crates were heavy, and it took five minutes for Espurr and Tricky to move one from one side of the harbor to another.

    “How… heavy… are these things?” Tricky panted from under a crate, using her back and head to lift up one side.

    “Way too heavy…” Espurr struggled on the other, using her mental powers to lift the crate. She could barely manage a single sentence under the strain.

    Eventually, they reached the end of the harbor. Both Espurr and Tricky unceremoniously dropped the box down on the ground, and collapsed on either side of it.

    “I hope we don’t have to get more of these…” Tricky panted out. “My tail’s all scrunched up.”

    “And I’ve got a headache,” Espurr said, rubbing her forehead. “I think there were only three.”

    There was a boat docked at the end of the harbor that was empty. It looked brand new, like it hadn’t even made its maiden voyage yet. There was no ramp leading up into the ship like there were into the others that were being unloaded, but a pile of crates had been stacked up next to it that looked like they’d make a good makeshift staircase. Espurr looked up at the flag that was flying from the boat’s highest mast. It was a soft purple flag, sporting a badge that was very clearly the Expedition Society’s own sigil. Realization hit Espurr. This must be—

    “’Ey, you two!”

    Both Espurr and Tricky looked over in the direction of the voice to see a scrafty angrily marching towards them.

    “Any of y’all seen the ‘mon who pilfered mah blast seeds?” the scrafty asked, pulling a piece of paper out of his pants. “I only saw ‘em for a second, bu’ I got this drawin’! Shoul’ be enough, don’ ya think?”

    He thrust the paper out into Espurr’s face. Her eyes focused on what looked like a very crude drawing of…

    Espurr suddenly felt a lot less tired. She stood up and took the paper from the scrafty.

    “Tricky, look.”

    Tricky hopped up onto the crate and took a look at the drawing on the paper. Her ears scaled back a bit.

    “You’ve seen ‘em?” the scrafty asked hopefully. Espurr looked down at the drawing again, where a crude but unmistakable drawing of a trio of beheeyem had been marked down.

    “Are you sure these are the pokemon you saw?” Espurr asked, her voice urgent.

    “Yes, ‘course I’m sure!” the scrafty said angrily. “I don’t mistake a ‘mon once I see them. Now have you seen ‘em or not?”

    Espurr handed the scrafty back the paper. “Not since two nights ago. Sorry.”

    “Drat…” the scrafty shoved the paper back down his pants. “Tha hun’ continues, then. Well, thanks anyway.”

    With that, the scrafty spun around and walked back the way he’d come. “You there!” he pointed at a passing flareon.

    Espurr and Tricky silently traded one long, worried look that conveyed the same meaning: What do we do?

    The crates were put on a wagon that Cinder pulled across the streets on their way back to the Expedition Society building with ease.

    “Ugh,” Holly said on their way back, shuddering. “There were the weirdest ‘mon at the docks today.”

    “What kind of ‘mon?” Tricky asked. Espurr’s eyes lit up curiously.

    “They showed up near the barge a few minutes after you guys were gone,” Holly said. “Like… these three beheeyem guys. Weren’t with anymon, didn’t do anything but stare at us creepily. They weren’t doing anything wrong, but you could feel the bad vibes…”

    Espurr and Tricky uncomfortably traded looks.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Headquarters

    “I didn’t think they’d reach the city so fast….” Tricky said, pacing back and forth in their room with her head and tail down.

    “And they have blast seeds now,” Espurr said. “That means they’re armed.”

    “What do we do?” Tricky asked. “If the village wasn’t safe, and now this city isn’t safe, where do we go?”

    “There’s nowhere else we can go,” Espurr said. “If they’ve gone after us this far, then they’ll chase us anywhere.”

    “Why are they even chasing us??” Tricky said. “What did we do to them?”

    “I think…” the next part sent chills down Espurr’s spine. “I think they’re trying to kill us. They’re connected to that monster we fought in the Crooked House. And as for what to do…”

    She didn’t know. Where was there to go, when their pursuers were relentless and deadly? Nowhere would be safe forever. Unless…

    “Espurr…” Tricky started. “I think we should tell somemon.”

    Espurr folded her arms. “Telling pokemon in the village didn’t go so well.”

    “But this is a rescue guild!” Tricky said. “It’ll be different!”

    “But we tell them, then they’re involved,” Espurr said. “Then the beheeyem will just hurt them too.”

    And that wasn’t mentioning she didn’t know if they could trust the Expedition Society yet.

    “They’re involved anyway!” Tricky said. “We can’t run from it—you said it yourself! We need to get help.”

    “But Tricky, I don’t know if we can trust the Expedition Society,” Espurr said.

    “What are you talking about?” Tricky asked. “Aren’t they supposed to be keeping us safe?”

    “It’s too convenient that Ampharos knew exactly where we were in those mountains,” Espurr said, “and also that he gave a pair of children from the middle of nowhere an expedition gadget! And last night, I heard them talking. They said they have plans for us; that’s why they’re letting us stay! They have to be in cahoots with whoever’s behind all this.”

    “But… But Ampharos saved us from the beheeyem!” Tricky paused to compose herself. “How can he be evil?”

    Espurr didn’t have a good answer for that. She sat on the straw, and folded her arms. “I just have a feeling.”

    There was a silent moment, in which neither one of them knew what best to say next.

    “Well…” Tricky began. “Even if this place is evil, he saved us before. He’d help us now, wouldn’t he?”

    Espurr was finding it harder and harder to come up with a new answer. The more she looked at the situation to counter Tricky’s comment, the more sound it was. If they could get help, then regardless of that help’s motives, it wasn’t a question of running anymore—they could just overpower the beheeyem!

    “Alright, fine,” Espurr reluctantly admitted. “You have a point. But we can’t trust Ampharos. We just can’t. Anymon else.”

    “Then who else do we tell?” Tricky asked.

    “What about…”


    ~\({O})/~

    Lively Town Streets

    “So, let me get this straight.” Holly trotted backwards alongside Espurr and Tricky through the bustling streets, barely avoiding a collision with a passing signpost. “Those beheeyem from earlier are here for you guys.”

    “Y-yep,” Tricky said. Her voice quaked a little.

    “And they chased you all the way from your village to here?”

    “Yep.”

    “A-and what do they even want with you?? That’s pretty persistent.”

    “They’re here to do away with us,” Espurr said after a moment of hesitation.

    “Wow,” Holly sighed, breathing a breath of frigid cold air into Tricky’s face. “This is some intense stuff.”

    They trotted in silence for a while, taking in the sights of the town. Somewhere among all the street vendors, a lavender audino selling soothe bells stood out against the crowd. The streets of Lively Town were as lively as their namesake, but Espurr couldn’t stop herself from constantly glancing behind her back. There were tons of pokemon in this crowd. Their pursuers had countless places to hide and lurk in a town this big.

    “Can you guys prove anything?”

    Both Espurr and Tricky looked straight at Holly with worried faces. She didn’t…

    “You don’t believe us?” Tricky asked.

    “N-no!” Holly stammered, making an attempt to backtrack with a forced, exaggerated grin on her face. “No, of course I do! I don’t think you guys are lying. But let’s be real, the police aren’t going to do anything unless you can prove they’re actually after you. And the Expedition Society technically isn’t supposed to handle outlaw hunting, so we can’t just go after them ourselves.”

    “They also stole some blast seeds from the harbor,” Espurr chimed in. “A pokemon there was complaining about it. He had a drawing of them.”

    “That’s a start…” Holly said. She sat down in the middle of the street, thinking. Her six tails thumped against the sidewalk in some erratic rhythm Espurr couldn’t follow. A choir of small pokemon passed around them, mumbling niceties like ‘excuse me’ and ‘coming through’ as they pushed by Holly, Espurr, and Tricky. Then Holly finally spoke.

    “Hey, you guys said they chased you all the way from your village to Lively Town?” she asked.

    Espurr and Tricky both nodded.

    “Well…” Holly made icy rings in the air with her breath and her paw. “If they chased you that far and then they appeared at the harbor, that means they’re following you around town, right?”

    Espurr and Tricky looked at each other, then hesitantly nodded.

    “So we could set a trap for them,” Holly continued, lowering her voice into a hush. “You guys lure them into one spot, and then I’ll tip off the police about the blast seed thief and have them make the arrest!”

    “But what if they just attack us instead?” Tricky asked.

    “They wouldn’t attack us in a crowded place,” Espurr said in realization. She suddenly felt giddy with hope. “Not unless they knew they were going to come out on top. That makes sense—that’s why they didn’t just get us at the harbor!”

    “Exactly!” Holly said, her grin no longer forced. “And later today the five of us are going to be working in one of the most crowded places in town.”

    “What place is that?” Tricky asked, curious.

    “Have you guys ever heard of Spinda’s Café?” Holly inquired innocently.


    ~\({O})/~

    Spinda’s Café

    “So glad you could all pitch in to help today,” said the very not spinda-ish electivire who managed Spinda’s Café. “Having the extra paws to move around all these crates really saved us.”

    “Yeah, yeah,” Cinder yawned. “When do we get paid for this?”

    Espurr and Tricky struggled to move one of the crates through the crowded restaurant and into the storage room in the back. They set it down with a smaller thump than before, both collapsing on either side of it to catch their breaths.

    “Hey, you guys are here!” Holly quickly sidled herself in, looking around furtively to make sure that neither Granite nor Cinder were around before she said anything else. “You walked around town for a half hour before you got here, right?”

    “Yeah,” Tricky said. “Cinder yelled at us for being late.”

    “Cinder’s a mukhead,” Holly said dismissively, brushing off the notion with her paw. “You’re sure they followed you here?”

    “We’re sure,” Espurr said, standing up and dusting herself off. “You can see them from the window out there.”

    She pointed out the vault door. Holly followed her gaze. Outside the window of the store, on the other side of the street, a trio of beheeyem glowered in the shadows.

    Holly was clearly doing her best to contain herself, but struggling anyway. “How many crates are still out there?”

    “One,” Espurr and Tricky both answered at once.

    “Alright,” Holly said, pulling her team’s expedition gadget out from behind a crate. “I’ll tip off the police now. They should get here in five minutes. You guys go and keep their attention in one place.”

    The sudden uncertainty in her voice made Espurr equally uneasy. But she nodded all the same, and then and Tricky left the vault.

    “Do you think the police are really going to do anything?” Tricky asked in a whisper as they walked out of the restaurant. The beheeyem were only a sidewalk away; the sunny sky felt like it was covered in clouds.

    To Espurr’s sixth sense, the atmosphere was downright malevolent. Every voice in her head was going haywire, telling her that this street was not a safe place to be and she had to flee now and take Tricky with her if she wanted to get out of here alive. It took everything Espurr had to will herself not to look at the beheeyem with more than the corner of her eyes.

    Everything fell apart if they indicated they noticed.

    “It’s worth a shot,” she whispered back, shrugging off the paranoia. “I’ll take anything we can get at this point.”

    The last crate sat all on its lonesome on the sidewalk. Espurr and Tricky both struggled to lift it up. The lid jostled as they did, catching Tricky’s attention.

    “Hey, Espurr,” she asked in a strained voice as they moved it up towards the storefront. “Weren’t all the other crates sealed? Why’s this one open?”

    Now that Espurr thought of it… she bumped the crate from her side; the lid rattled as well. “I think they were,” she said. “Maybe something’s wrong with it.”

    Espurr and Tricky set the crate down with twin breaths of exhaustion. Espurr studied the lid, which looked like it had been wrenched from the rest of the crate. “It looks like somemon tore the lid off with brute strength,” she remarked, nudging it out of place.

    “Hey—what are you two doing?!” An angry voice in the background caught both Espurr and Tricky’s attention. They both snapped their heads around to see the electavire heading towards them angrily. “I never said you could open that crate!”

    “W-we didn’t!” Tricky exclaimed loudly, panicking. “It was already open! It was—”

    There was a small opening where Espurr had moved the lid. Amongst the large bags of food and produce, a tiny sack sat. A sack that didn’t look like it belonged among the larger bags of grains at all. Had that bag been put in there just now? If she could just get a closer look… Ignoring the electavire for the moment, Espurr opened the lid a little more, allowing just enough sunlight to shine in and show her what it was: A bag of blast seeds.

    Wait—

    It clicked. Espurr dashed forward.

    “Tricky, get away—”

    The beheeyem made their move. Espurr tackled Tricky and sent them both tumbling away from the crate just as a large shadowy attack flew towards the box. The attack sent the box flying straight towards the restaurant. Espurr only had time to cover her face as the storefront exploded—

    The deafening blast sent dust, debris, and smoke flying throughout the street. The restaurant was set aflame, and Espurr could hear various cries of panic from inside the building. Holly was in there. They had bigger problems right now.

    “Get out of the way!” Cinder pushed the shellshocked electavire aside, heading into the restaurant. Granite followed in his wake. “Everymon out!”

    Tricky pulled herself up from the street, shaking her face to clear it of debris. Espurr struggled to find her balance. She glanced around, trying to see something through the dust and debris.

    “Where did the beheeyem go?!”

    They came out of left field. Tricky pulled a dizzy Espurr out of the way as one of them swooped in from the smog. The lights on its arms made the smoke flash and flicker. All of the sudden the lights were all around them—coming from all sides and impossible to tell where they’d strike next from. It was disorienting. Espurr finally caught her balance and pressed herself up against Tricky’s back. She looked around frantically, trying to ignore the lights and find something that could help them get out of this mess.

    Tricky’s ears twitched. She shoved Espurr aside, ducking herself as one of the beheeyem’s shadowy attacks flew through the haze. It slammed against the café’s tattered menu board and turned it to solid stone. Espurr rolled to a stop, got to her feet, and looked around frantically. She forgot all about being an explorer—for the moment, all that mattered was getting herself and Tricky to safety. The electivire was getting up from where Cinder had pushed him, shaking his head. He stared at the burning restaurant, his mouth gaping open in horror.

    Tricky had her eyes closed. Her ears twitched towards every sound.

    “I think…” she muttered. “There!” she pointed to their left. “Over there! There’s a beheeyem over there!”

    Espurr looked in the direction Tricky was pointing. Sure enough, through the dust beginning to settle, there was the outline of a beheeyem moving towards the restaurant. Only a single one, but the electavire was in its line of fire!

    “Hey!” Espurr called out to the dazed pokemon. “Move!”

    That snapped the electavire out of his trance. He looked over at Espurr. “What—”

    Too late for talking. Espurr used her still-recovering psychic grip to pull the electavire out of the way just before a shadowy ball flew in the electivire’s direction. He went soaring across the street and landed on the other sidewalk. The landing knocked him unconscious. Lifting such a heavy pokemon made Espurr’s head ache. She clutched her head, doing her best not to fall over a second time.

    Espurr stumbled back over to Tricky, trying not to let the lights give her an even bigger headache. This was bad. Really super bad. Bystander pokemon were going to come out of the restaurant soon, and if they hadn’t dealt with the beheeyem by then, every single one of them was in danger!

    Thinking made her head feel like it was going to split. She groaned in pain, falling back onto her behind.

    “Espurr!” Tricky called out, running over to where Espurr was.

    “We need to… run…” Espurr hissed through the pain.

    “Run? Why?” Tricky asked back, frantic.

    Another shadow attack. Espurr and Tricky both hit the ground and rolled over; the attack decimated the pavement where they had been.

    “The beheeyem are only after us,” Espurr grunted, getting to her knees while she recovered from the mental strain. “We need to lead them away from this crowded street, or they’ll just hurt more pokemon!”

    The debris was settling, but a large crowd had gathered outside the destroyed storefront. The beheeyem’s three cone-like foreheads advanced through the crowd, now in plain sight. But no-mon saw. No-mon knew. No-mon realized how much danger they were in.

    “But what about the police??” Tricky asked frantically. “They’re gonna show up soon, right?”

    “The police have bigger problems,” Espurr panted, finally regaining enough clarity to stand up properly. She pointed at the beheeyem advancing through the crowed, prompting Tricky to look in the direction she was pointing. “The beheeyem are going to reach us first at this rate.”

    Sure enough, the beheeyem were steadily advancing towards their position.

    “Where did they go?”

    Holly, Granite, and Cinder all galloped out of the shop, looking at Espurr and Tricky among the crowd of pokemon.

    “There they are!” Holly called out, pointing down the street. She had a noticeable limp.

    “Time to go.”

    Espurr and Tricky both got up and began to run down the street, away from the destroyed burning building.

    “Wait!” Holly called after them. “Where are you going?!”

    “Don’t follow us!” Espurr called back after her.

    She looked back at the crowd as they ran. If the beheeyem were intent on chasing them, they’d have to do it in the middle of broad daylight.

    But the beheeyem weren’t coming after them. They stood in the crowd, motionless. Watching. Soon, Espurr could barely see them as they ran—wait. They were moving, just to the left. If she squinted, she could still see them somewhat clearly. They entered a back alley, disappearing from Espurr’s vision. They were taking a shortcut! How she wished she’d brought their team’s bag with her… At least then they’d have something to arm themselves with.

    “Can you see them??” Tricky frantically looked back, although the crowd and the storefront were out of sight at this point.

    “They went into a back alley,” Espurr panted as they ran. “They’re probably planning to ambush us somewhere.”

    “But we don’t have anything to defend ourselves with!” Tricky said. “A-and they could be anywhere!”

    They stopped outside a house in what looked like the residential sector in Lively Town near the coast, panting for breath. Espurr could see to the west the large Expedition Society building sitting up on the hill.

    “Now what do we do?” Tricky asked.

    “We’re safest back at the building,” Espurr rasped, her lungs run ragged. “Anywhere else in the town is easy pickings. We need to keep moving, or they’ll just catch up to us.”

    “Right…”

    Without any further hesitation, Espurr and Tricky set off towards the Expedition Society building in the distance.


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Headquarters ~ Ampharos’ Office

    “Do the two of you have any idea why you’ve been summoned here?”

    Espurr and Tricky sat in twin stools in Ampharos’ office. Ampharos relaxed in the seat behind his desk, looking at them both intently. Mawile was silently leaning against the wall in the background with her arms folded.

    “Is it about what happened at Spinda’s?” Tricky tried hopefully.

    “Correct!” Ampharos exclaimed. Both Espurr and Tricky suddenly shifted in their seats.

    “Not to worry,” Ampharos quickly clarified. “Neither of you are in trouble yet. However, as witnesses, you must detail what you saw so the Lively Town police can track down the true culprit. I requested this be done from the comfort of my office, rather than at the police building. You should know we’re being recorded right now.” He gestured to the connection orb on the desk. “If you please… begin!”

    Tricky opened her mouth, and Espurr sensed she was about to tell Ampharos everything—

    Espurr stuck her paw up. Tricky fell silent before she could say a single word. She looked at Espurr, confused.

    “There was an accident with one of the crates,” Espurr said, trying not to trip over her words. She was barely keeping herself together as-is. “It wasn’t packed properly, and whatever was inside exploded. Tricky and I ran away and got lost. We just made it back here when we got called to your office.” She looked up at Ampharos. “That’s what happened.”

    There was a click from the connection orb; the recording had stopped. Espurr eyed it, ignoring Tricky’s look of shock.

    “Is that all?” Ampharos asked. “Remember that the police need your testimony to be as clear as possible.”

    “That’s everything,” Espurr said quickly. “Can we go now?” she asked.

    Ampharos dismissed them with a wave of his paw. Once they had left, he sighed and reclined in his seat.

    “How much of that do you think was the truth?” Mawile asked.

    “Little, if any of it,” said Ampharos. “It doesn’t match up with the manager’s story at all, nor does It include why the police were phoned about a robbery at the harbor. Not to mention the shipments to Spinda’s Café contained nothing remotely explosive.”

    “Why do you think they would lie?” Mawile asked.

    “There could be a thousand reasons,” Ampharos said, sitting forward. “I suspect fear. Isolating themselves so no-mon else gets hurt. Which, if my suspicions are correct, is exactly what the unknown party in this situation desires. Whoever these beheeyem are.”

    He reset the connection orb on the table. “Not to worry. We still have one more witness to question before we have the full picture anyway. We can circle back to this later.”


    ~\({O})/~

    “What was that about??” Tricky angrily questioned Espurr once they had left Ampharos’ office. “We should have said something! Now we’re on our own!”

    “Don’t you get it, Tricky?” Espurr looked at Tricky, her eyes full of fear. “The more pokemon we tell, the more pokemon are going to get hurt! We can’t tell the entire police station! That puts them all in danger!”

    They both fell silent as Holly limped past them in the hallway, heading in the direction of Ampharos’ office.

    “But aren’t the police supposed to handle these kinds of things?” Tricky asked as they walked down the hallway towards their room.

    “Have the police ever handled pokemon who can turn other things into stone?” Espurr asked. “They already blew up a building just to get to us—they’ll just petrify the place and walk straight out. We have to deal with this ourselves. We can’t get anymon else involved.”

    “But then how do we get rid of them?” Tricky asked, agitated. “We’re just… we’re just kids!”

    They had entered their allotted bedroom. Espurr stared out the window, looking at the colorful landscape of Lively Town below. Somewhere, lurking in one of the alleyways below, were a trio of pokemon who no-mon knew were dangerous. Just the sight made Espurr want to shiver with fear.

    “I’ve been thinking about that,” she said, calming herself down. Entering the clinical mode she used for when she was panicking. “Ever since we left Spinda’s. I think I know how to do it. We just need to get them far away from here, then strand them someplace where they aren’t able to get back to us.”

    “Where?” Tricky asked, hints of frustration slipping into her voice.

    “There’s a ship from the Expedition Society that’s leaving for the Sand Continent tonight,” Espurr said. “I overheard about it the day we arrived here. The Sand Continent’s on the other side of the world, right?”

    “Yeah…” Tricky said. “A-and most of the continent’s fenced off for archeology purposes, so there aren’t many wailord liners to and from there!”

    “Except the one that leaves from the Lively Town Docks tomorrow morning,” Espurr answered zealously. “Remember from the dock schedule? I’ll bet anything they’ll follow us there on that. All we need to do is stow away on the ship that’s leaving tonight.”

    Tricky was quickly beginning to look more perky and animated. “So we can really get rid of them?”

    “I hope so,” Espurr said, clutching the window railing tightly. “Otherwise, we’re out of options.”

    She walked away from the window, opening their exploration bag and going through it to make sure they had all their supplies. “Make sure you aren’t forgetting anything. We’ll have to leave after dinner.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Expedition Society Lobby

    “Bunmph.”

    Espurr sat at the bottom of the grand staircase in the lobby, checking her bag one last time just to make sure they hadn’t left anything behind. The map, the expedition gadget, a half-used tube of toothpaste, a few oran berries, what little remained of their own blast seeds…

    “Bunmph.”

    That looked like everything. Espurr had gone over the bag’s contents almost five times over the past few hours, but it didn’t hurt to be just a bit more safe. She latched the bag shut—

    “Ephferr!”

    That was enough to startle Espurr out of her trance. She looked up to see Tricky sitting in front of her, her tail wagging furiously. In her mouth was a basket of leftover buns from the dinner spread.

    “Look!” she sat the basket down in front of them. “I got us buns from the kitchen! Now we won’t be hungry on the trip.” She looked quite proud of herself.

    Espurr tilted her head at the basket. “Did you just steal those from the kitchen?”

    “I didn’t steal them…” Tricky drawled out. “I just… borrowed them without permission!”

    “That’s stealing.”

    “Well it doesn’t matter now!”

    Espurr looked both ways, then held open the exploration bag open. “Here, quick. Dump them in before anymon sees. I think the chef will literally kill us if we’re found out.”

    The buns went into the exploration bag, and the basket was thrown out the window to avoid evidence.

    “So what are we waiting for?” Tricky asked in a whisper as they both stood in the lobby, trying to look innocent. There was the sound of a door opening up on the second floor. Both Espurr and Tricky straightened up.

    “I think our cue’s coming now,” Espurr said.

    Sure enough, just seconds later Bunnelby began to lazily trot down the stairs. He had an explorer’s satchel of his own, and he hummed some tune Espurr didn’t recognize to himself as he walked towards the door.

    “Hey,” he greeted as he walked past them. Espurr and Tricky waved back with pronounced, stilted grins on their faces. Bunnelby cocked an eyebrow before walking out the door, and neither Espurr nor Tricky moved a muscle until it shut loudly behind him.

    “That’s our chance!” Espurr whispered. “Let’s go!”

    “But won’t he hear us if we use the door?” Tricky asked.

    “We’ll just use a window,” Espurr said, walking up towards the closest one to the door. Where did you throw the bun basket?”


    ~\({O})/~

    The bun basket had been thrown out near where the trash cans were. Espurr jumped out the window first, followed by Tricky. She rolled to a stop on the ground, quickly getting to her feet and collecting their bag not a second later. She brushed a discarded paper out of her fur with a look of disgust.

    “This way!” Tricky said. “We’re gonna lose him!”

    She took off down the alleyway, and Espurr ran after her to catch up.

    “Slow down!” she hissed, chasing Tricky as they turned the corner around the building and ran down the hill towards the rest of the town. “We still have to make sure those beheeyem follow us to the docks! Otherwise, we’re doing all this for nothing.”

    “Um, Espurr?” Tricky had stopped ahead, allowing Espurr to catch up easily.

    “What is it?” Espurr asked, panting as she caught up.

    “I don’t think finding them’s going to be a problem…”

    Espurr directed her eyes off to the side where Tricky was looking. What she saw made her freeze up in fear. All three of the beheeyem were haunting an alleyway just off to the side. Espurr gasped and quickly edged out of the alleyway’s view. Once she was sure the beheeyem couldn’t see either of them anymore, she pressed herself up against the house, trying to keep her legs from trembling. She had to keep herself together.

    “Now what?” Tricky asked.

    This was bad. Espurr had wanted them to follow, but not this closely! Bunnelby hadn’t even reached the harbor yet… they had to buy more time, otherwise their own trap was going to backfire in the worst way possible.

    “We’ll just… have to sneak past them,” Espurr said. “I’ll make a distraction.”

    The lid of a trash can fell over in the alleyway the beheeyem were searching with a loud bang. Espurr peeked around the corner just enough to make sure that the beheeyem had fallen for the distraction, then waved Tricky forward. Tricky bounded across, followed by Espurr a split second later.

    They splashed through a puddle of water as they went. The noise attracted the attention of at least one beheeyem. Espurr saw its head turn around just before they cleared the alleyway. For just a second, their eyes locked. And then Espurr’s left foot hit the ground, and she continued dashing down the street.

    “They saw us!” she breathed hurriedly, falling in line with Tricky as they both ran. She grabbed the strap of their expedition bag, holding it tight to her. “We’re going to have to fight.”

    The beheeyem glode out of the alleyway and into the street, catching a good glimpse of Espurr and Tricky running off down towards the harbor in the distance. Shadowy sparks of energy collected around their blinkers, which aimed directly at the slowly shrinking figures in the distance…

    Espurr spun around at the last second, and hurled a single blast seed at the beheeyem. A psychic blast caught it midair and propelled it the rest of the way across the gap. It collided with the beheeyem’s shadow attack, creating an earsplitting blast. Windows cracked. The beheeyem were blown back. Espurr and Tricky were sent flying through midair towards the bottom of the hill. They hit the ground hard. The impact stung, but Espurr didn’t any time getting to her feet, and neither did Tricky. They both looked at the beheeyem up on the hill, who were still recovering from the blast.

    “Quick, through the alleyway!” Espurr pointed out a small alley to their left. Pokemon were starting to come out of their houses in the aftermath of the blast, looking around for what might have caused the sound. A trio of beheeyem quickly pushed past them without a single word, heading for the small alley below. But it was already empty.

    Tricky dashed down the narrow alleyway, followed closely by Espurr. They edged around a dumpster, taking a hard left as they followed the night sky above for direction.

    “Did we get them?” Tricky asked.

    The dumpster slammed into the wall behind them with a deafening crash, leaving a large dent in the wall and sending trash flying everywhere.

    “Something tells me we didn’t,” Espurr said, shielding her face from the trash that was raining down. “How much longer until we reach the harbor?”

    The beheeyem rounded the corner, a shadow attack prepared. Espurr only had a split second, but she reacted fast.

    “Tricky, duck!” Espurr hit the ground just before Tricky did. The shadow attack flew over their heads and mangled another dumpster.

    Espurr pulled another blast seed out of her bag and threw it at the beheeyem. To her horror, it slowed to a stop just before it could make contact with the beheeyem in front. They’d caught on. The blast seed began to rotate in place, gaining momentum even as Espurr edged herself back and tried to get her footing. Then it shot towards her.

    The blast seed hurt. It blew both Espurr and Tricky clean across the alleyway, and felt like fire against Espurr’s skin. She landed on the cold, hard ground, which helped ease the burning but stung all the same. The walls around them were damaged from the boom, and the beheeyem advanced upon them like they had already won. Tricky was beside her, still recovering just like her. It was the cliff on the mountain all over again. There had to be way out. Some way out…

    The mangled dumpster behind the beheeyem slowly began to move with loud creaks and scrapes against the pavement. Then it lifted up off the ground, and after some struggling on Espurr’s part, flew clean across the alleyway. It collided with the beheeyem from behind, plastering them against the ground and walls.

    For a second, all was silent. The beheeyem didn’t move, and Espurr and Tricky finally had a chance to peel themselves off the pavement and collect themselves. There were a few burn marks on their bag. Espurr smoothed it over the best she could. She wondered if that could be repaired.

    Tricky looked at the ruins of the dumpster that had apparently crushed the beheeyem.

    “Are they… dead?” she asked, tilting her head at them. Espurr could feel a psychic presence emanating from under that dumpster. An angry one.

    “Not at all,” she said. “We should run while we can.”

    With that, they both dashed down the alleyway without a second thought. The sound of a dumpster crashing in the growing distance behind them rang out in the night and sent chills down their spines.

    The harbor was quiet and dark. Espurr and Tricky ran out into the open, quickly hiding themselves behind a pile of crates. Espurr noticed Tricky was carrying herself with a mild limp.

    “Is that going to be alright?” she asked, staring at the leg.

    “It’s just a bruise,” Tricky panted, out of breath. “I’ve had tons of bruises before. But where’s Bunnelby?”

    Espurr peeked over the top of the crates, frantically looking the ships over. Were they too late? Had he left already?

    She spotted the dark outline of the Expedition Society’s ship, and breathed a sigh of relief. They weren’t too late yet. But were they on-time? She didn’t see Bunnelby there, or any other sign of life that would indicate a pokemon had been near that ship recently.

    “I don’t think he’s here yet,” she said. “We should get closer before—”

    She heard Tricky’s gasp, and felt her tense up. Turning around, she saw what Tricky saw: The beheeyem were approaching them from the same alleyway they had come out of. Espurr tensed up ready to fight, but her body and her head sent her aching pangs—she was in no condition to fight, and neither was Tricky. They had one last blast seed left, but using that in close quarters would just blow them all sky high.

    They were out of options. The only way out was to run—

    Then Espurr heard Tricky snicker. She looked over at her partner, watching the fennekin scrunch up her tail as she tried to keep her laughter contained.

    “What’s so funny?” Espurr asked, looking at Tricky incredulously.

    “Don’t they look so silly?” Tricky asked, trying her best not to devolve into a giggling fit. “Look at them!”

    Very confused and on-guard, Espurr looked at the beheeyem. On closer look, they were struggling to keep themselves straight. Their cone-like heads wobbled back and forth like waving tops, and they couldn’t even lift their arms to aim another attack at the two of them. Espurr had to admit the sight did look a pretty silly, even if this was a life-or-death situation.

    There were black sparks flying around the many burn marks and dents in the beheeyems’ bodies, and steam evaporated off their forms. The many dents, cuts, and burn marks in their body were slowly disappearing—whatever those black sparks were, they were healing them. Espurr didn’t understand it, but now wasn’t the time to get focused on small, roundabout details—she and Tricky needed to move while they could.

    “Let’s go before they stop doing… that,” she said, pushing away a still struggling not to laugh Tricky in the direction of the ship.

    She could see Bunnelby now, lighting a torch in the harbor as he hopped up on the crates to get on the ship. Espurr and Tricky quickly cleared half the harbor, hiding behind another stack of crates as they watched Bunnelby hop up onto the ship.

    “We’ll use those crates to get up onto the back of the ship when he’s not looking,” she said. “Then we’ll sneak below deck.”

    Bunnelby disappeared into the ship’s door, and then Espurr waved Tricky along. “He’s in the ship!”

    Espurr and Tricky hopped over the crate they were hiding behind and made a beeline for the ship at the end of the harbor. Espurr heard the pile of crates behind them get loudly blasted away, but she chose to ignore it. The sound of crates tumbling and their contents spilling out everywhere just made it harder not to look back.

    Espurr reached the pile of crates outside the ship, but stopped to help Tricky up before she went herself. She spared a split seconds’ worth glance towards the beheeyem coming towards them—too long. An attack hit the crates and jostled them. They didn’t fall over, but teetered dangerously over the water.

    Then Espurr saw something that triggered perhaps the largest scare of her life—the ship was setting off! And they still had three more steps to climb before they reached the top of the crates!

    Espurr helped Tricky up the crates as best they could. The beheeyem got closer and closer behind them. Espurr cast another glance at them—another attack was amassing between their blinkers. This one would probably topple the crates over.

    Finally at the top. She and Tricky watched the ship that was setting off towards the harbor. Tricky looked back towards the beheeyem with horror.

    “What do we do??” she asked, her voice dripping with terror.

    Espurr was determined to get on that boat, no matter what.

    “We jump,” she said, desperately trying not to look like she was coming up with a plan on the spot.

    “Jump? We’ll land in the water!” Tricky exclaimed.

    “We won’t!” Espurr said. She didn’t entirely know that, but she was banking on a gamble. “But only if we jump now!”

    “Are you… are you sure?” Tricky asked.

    Espurr decided she was. It was all or nothing. She nodded firmly at Tricky.

    Tricky gulped, then grabbed tightly onto Espurr. Espurr grabbed hold back.

    “Three…”

    The beheeyem’s attack that was about to fly any second now.

    “Two…”

    The ship sailing off in the distance, getting farther away with every second.

    “One…”

    The crates were suddenly knocked out from under them—

    “Jump!”

    Espurr and Tricky both launched off the crate under them just before it gave away, tumbling into the sea below with all its lookalikes. Espurr and Tricky flew through the air, losing momentum for just a second and heading towards the water—

    —An invisible force bounced up from under them, propelling them the rest of the way onto the ship’s back deck. Espurr and Tricky hit the ship’s floor rolling with a loud thud. Espurr’s head throbbed with pain, but between that and drowning in the ice-cold ocean with a pair of wannabe killers greeting them at the shore, this was the better option by far. She and Tricky lay on the deck of the ship for a moment, clinging tightly to each other and panting in exhaustion.

    The beheeyem watched them from the shore, their blinkers flickering red yellow green in the night. They were out of range now, there was nothing they could do. Espurr could feel the demented stares they were sending her from a mile away, but at the moment she didn’t care. Because they had won. For the moment, they were safe. And there wasn’t a single thing the beheeyem could do about it.

    The ship sailed off into the night, carrying two more passengers than it should. Phase one of Espurr’s plan was complete.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Those We Don't Speak Of
    -- James Newton Howard
     
    Last edited:
    3~Five - Traveler's Demise
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter33Art.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER FIVE: TRAVELER'S DEMISE

    ~\({O})/~

    Outside Noe Town

    The road through Mist was long, vibrant, and cloudy.

    More clouds were rolling in from the sea, and the frigid winter air was turning the would-be-rain into flakes of falling snow. Soon, Zoroark’s mane had a dusting of frost on it that was growing heavier by the minute. He shook it off periodically to clear it of snow—he didn’t need even more moisture hanging around in his fur.

    Alexis and Elliot travelled at a fast pace, faster than Zoroark could keep up with at a leisurely stroll. He was about to break out into a jog to catch up with them when suddenly a flash came from behind all three of them. Zoroark looked back to see the figure of the xatu from before approaching them from behind. It must have teleported here.

    Elliot looked behind himself and Alexis, catching sight of the xatu who was walking towards them.

    “Greetings, traveler!” he waved back at the xatu, catching the attention of Alexis. “Where are you headed?”

    “Why, to Pokemon Paradise,” the xatu stated. “Your zoroark friend said he was going there, and I thought I would tag along. It’s better to travel in groups than alone, after all.”

    Considering it was the exact train of logic that Zoroark had just used, he couldn’t exactly object. But why this group? And when had he said where he was going? He got the gist the xatu was following him, and gave the pokemon an uncomfortable side-eye.

    Alexis’ expression was flat and carried all the energy of a granbull babysitting a group of energetic wooper.

    “I’ll allow it,” he sighed after a minute. “But be prepared to travel rough!”

    The walk continued. Zoroark hung behind, walking with the xatu who didn’t seem to be entirely occupying the real world right now. He watched as a single yellow butterfly alighted on the xatu’s wing. Instead of waving it off, the xatu inspected it closely, then whispered something to it. The butterfly took off, attracting the xatu’s attention until neither pokemon could see it between the tree branches and the snowing sky. Then the xatu went back to staring at the distance blankly.

    After a few moments of walking, Zoroark waved his claws in front of the xatu’s eyes. The xatu silently looked at him. The stare was enough to make Zoroark immediately feel uncomfortable in his fur.

    “Hey, we should walk a bit faster,” he said, pointing to Alexis and Elliot who were getting farther and farther away from them with every step. “They’re going to leave us behind at this point.”

    The xatu looked up ahead where Zoroark was pointing.

    “Ah. Sorry, I get caught up in my thoughts sometimes.”

    The xatu put his wing on zoroark’s mane. There was a flash of light, and before Zoroark could say or do anything they were suddenly much, much closer to Alexis and Elliot than they had been before. Zoroark looked around in dazed startlement.

    The xatu looked at him with concern. “Hmm, did I disorient you? Apologies. This seemed like the fastest way to catch up.”

    Zoroark took a moment to regain his head, then shook it off. “No, it’s fine. Just took me off guard.”

    His insides swam with confusion. Had he, a dark type, just been… teleported? What was this xatu?

    The xatu clutched his wing much closer to his body than what looked comfortable.

    “I’ll ask next time.”

    That didn’t help the confusion.

    “Alright,” Alexis said, reaching the top of the hill they’d been climbing for the last minute. “This is your last chance to turn back. From here, we go off-road.”

    Zoroark finally recovered enough from the teleport-induced haze to gaze upon what lay ahead of the group.

    Beyond the summit of the hill lay a forest of green and autumn red. The mountains in the distance were shrouded in mist and snow, and the beaten path snaked through the trees like a winding onix. In the distance, a shroud of white mist eclipsed the looming stone mountains behind it.

    “By the beaten path, it’ll take three days to reach Pokemon Paradise,” Alexis said. “We’re taking a shortcut.” In a single motion he unhooked a scalchop from his hip and pointed it right, towards the autumn-colored forest that lay off the path. “That forest you see is a mystery dungeon. They call it Traveler’s Demise. It’s one of the more powerful ones around on this continent. Dangerous for any non-explorers, but it cuts our travel time in half. Elliot and I use it when we have to get across the continent in a hurry. But if the two of you aren’t up to it, we aren’t going to delay our trip to accommodate you.” He redirected his scalchop right back to the path the path. “Take that road, and you’ll safely reach Pokemon Paradise two days after we do.”

    Having just given away all of his earnings, Zoroark didn’t have the poke to purchase rations for a three-day trip to Pokemon Paradise. And it sounded like straying from the beaten path here was going to lead him into a mystery dungeon, even if just to hunt for a minute. But as long as he wasn’t going alone...

    The xatu stepped forward. “Please count me in. This isn’t my first dungeon trip.”

    Alexis looked somewhat miffed. He turned his gaze expectantly to Zoroark.

    “Yeah. Count me in too,” Zoroark said. If he could handle what had happened on the Demetrius yesterday, he could handle a trip through a mystery dungeon with a pair of experienced guides.

    Alexis looked like the world had forsaken him. “Again. I can’t guarantee either of you will make it out safely. At the very least you’ll probably have to do some fighting on the way there. Do you really want to do this.”

    Both Zoroark and Xatu’s faces made it clear they intended to see this out.

    “…Alright,” Alexis sighed, hooking the scalchop back to his side and waving them onward. “Follow us. And keep your guard up.


    ~\({O})/~

    Then

    Zoroark couldn’t remember much of his childhood. Most of what he knew he had been taught by Primarina, who had been his caretaker ever since he could remember.

    Primarina used to live on the Mist Continent. He worked as a scribe for a politician in Pokemon Paradise, and like all ‘mon from the Mist Continent, he had a name. Zoroark had been taught to always address him as “boss”, though, so he didn’t learn it.

    He’d turned up as a kit all alone in the middle of nowhere when Primarina was accompanying a delivery of supplies from Noe Town to Pokemon Paradise. It was common for poorer pokemon to abandon their kits in the middle of the wild due to being unable to care for them. Opinions on the matter ranged from the parents being unable to afford to care for them to the parents being too savage and uneducated to raise a child like civilized ‘mon. Zoroark had never considered himself a savage, though. All he knew was that he had clung to Primarina desperately enough that the pokemon reluctantly took him along, intending to drop him off somewhere in Pokemon Paradise.

    There was no family or institution in Pokemon Paradise that would care well for a zorua kit. Primarina had considered smothering the kit and throwing the body out with the weekly garbage deposit—there was no way to know what harm caring for a zorua would do for his reputation. But at the same time, the zorua line had a unique ability that could benefit him down the road. All he had to do was raise the ‘mon correctly, and the public never needed to know who his mysterious charge really was. Instead of smothering the zorua, Primarina fed him and gave him a bed for the night.

    Zoroark knew that last bit because it was what Primarina reminded him of whenever he had acted out in the past.

    Primarina raised him to clean up all the odds and ends that Primarina himself didn’t have time for. To sweep the floors—"use your head fluff, you’ll have tons of it for dusting when you’re older”—to do the paperwork—“you’ll have big, large claws when you grow up, perfect for inking in signatures”—and most importantly, to use his innate power to create illusions to hide himself—“no-mon can ever know what you are.”

    One day, when he was young enough to still be a kit but old enough to understand sentences and simple logic, Primarina sat him down and showed him a book filled with pictures of different pokemon.

    “Choose one,” he said. “Which one do you like the best?”

    After five minutes of looking through the pictures, Zorua had chosen the one he later learned was called “fennekin.” He chose it because it looked almost like he did, except for the yucky bright colors. But that was okay, because there was a picture on the side of one with a grey and pink coat, which looked even closer, better than all the others.

    Every day, Primarina made him maintain the illusion of disguising himself as that creature. First for a minute, then five, then ten, then an hour. When Zorua didn’t, he withheld food. “If you can disguise yourself as a bowl to steal cookies at night, you can do this,” he said when Zorua complained.

    Zorua still stole the cookies. He was just craftier about it.

    Soon, the day came when Zorua was allowed to accompany Primarina outside of the apartment they lived in. By now he was practiced enough to consistently maintain the illusion of a fennekin for almost six hours, so Primarina must have finally felt safe taking him out of the house. The two of them took a walk through the wide streets of Pokemon Paradise, where a large statue of a heroic-looking oshawott and a pikachu decorated the town’s main square where Post Town had once been. They walked through the streets, finally stopping to rest at a white, somewhat battered fountain in a back square of town that wasn’t frequented often. Beyond the fountain, there was a view of the setting sun. Zorua had never seen so many new things, smells, pokemon, places before—all he wanted to do was run off and check out all the new things that were right in front of him. But Primarina had silently motioned for him to sit down, and he had been taught never to disobey Primarina. So they sat by the fountain instead, slowly watching the sun go down.

    “Do you know why I took you out here?” Primarina asked after a while. Zorua-as-fennekin shook his head, staring up at Primarina was curious eyes. The look was not returned.

    “I’ve received a promotion,” Primarina said. “We’ll be moving to another continent within the week. Once you evolve, you’ll be working full time as my secretary.”

    There was silence for a moment more; Zorua-as-fennekin couldn’t think of anything to say. The sun had nearly disappeared behind the buildings at this point. Primarina tentatively rubbed a flipper over Zorua’s head. Zorua looked up in surprise—this was one of the first times Primarina had treated him with something more than indifference.

    “I thought you should see where you grew up at least once before we left.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Now

    Traveler’s Demise

    The woods changed as they entered. The air around Zoroark took on a smell like something was rotting in the distance, and the tree canopies above looked all wrong, like they were mirages against the clouds. The air of a powerful entity hovered all around them.

    And yet, Zoroark was the only one who was unnerved by it.

    Xatu walked alongside him calmly, and both Elliot and Alexis were on-guard but didn’t look unnerved. Zoroark glanced at the xatu as they walked, but its face was unreadable as always.

    “Doesn’t any of this… unnerve you?” he asked, in an awkward attempt to strike up conversation. “The atmosphere feels wrong.”

    “I used to be unnerved by dungeons,” the xatu said. “But then I figured acting on fear is when you’re the most vulnerable, you know? So I just don’t.”

    The sudden sound of rustling behind them caught the attention of all four pokemon in the area. Alexis looked back.

    “Stay close to us, please!” he called back, sounding somewhat annoyed.

    “May I?” The xatu asked, holding up a wing. Zoroark shuddered just a bit, but nodded. A flash of light, and in less than a second, they were facing Alexis and Elliot’s backs.

    If Alexis noticed they had teleported, he didn’t react to it. “That sound you heard is the sound of dungeon ferals in the background,” he said. “Most dungeon ferals are constructs of the dungeon; a self-defense mechanism for those who harm it. These ones are explorers who fell victim here. They shouldn’t attack us during the day so long as we stay in one group, so don’t wander off.”

    “Pokemon… fell victim here?” Zoroark asked.

    “I did say this path was dangerous,” Alexis said.

    “Don’t worry, we only have to worry about that if we’re trapped in here for more than two days in the real world,” Elliot said with a nervous laugh. “It should only take us half of that to get through this one.”

    The first floor of the dungeon was crossed without any hassle at all. Zoroark could hear see sense the ferals hiding in the dungeon corners, but none of them had attacked the group or made any threatening moves yet. The second, third, and fourth floors were also crossed without much issue.

    On the fifth floor, Zoroark noticed it was beginning to get darker. He looked up at the sky, seeing the mirage above painted in shades of orange through the clouds.

    “Is the sun already going down?” he asked, holding his claws over his eyes so the setting sunbeams didn’t roast them out of their sockets. “It was morning when we entered.”

    “The stronger the dungeon, the more time passes outside while you’re in it.” They reached a clearing, where Alexis dropped down his satchel and motioned for the group to stop too. “And the faster you spend your energy. We’ll stop here for the night. Won’t be safe in a few minutes; all the ferals come out when the sun goes down.”

    It quickly became colder as the night fell, but they went without a campfire. Alexis immediately vetoed the idea when Zoroark brought it up.

    “That’s just asking for trouble,” he said. “Lighting a fire is a good way to attract every feral in the dungeon to your location.

    “Don’t forget, you two are hunting for yourselves,” he said when met with Zoroark’s hungry stare as he and Elliot pulled out their rations from their exploration bags. Zoroark immediately shrank back a little. He’d forgotten.

    Xatu teleported away. He returned a minute later with a rattata impaled on each wing, one of which he politely thrust at Zoroark. “Are these acceptable?”

    Zoroark caught the dead rat with a look of surprise—he’d eaten actual rats before, but eating other pokemon made him squeamish.

    “They’re dungeon ferals,” Alexis said when Zoroark questioned him about it. “They’re plum out of their mind, won’t ever get it back. Trust me, you’re doing the world a favor.”

    Elliot used a few expertly-controlled thunderbolts to roast the rattata corpses until they were fully cooked through. Zoroark would have preferred to eat it raw, but he didn’t want to be rude, so he didn’t say anything. He ate it dry, burnt in some places, and stringy.

    “Two of us should keep watch half the night, and two the other,” Alexis said. “Watch for any attacks from dungeon ferals, also watch for other explorers who may be passing through. It’s unlikely that any outlaws are hiding out in a dungeon like this, but watch for those too. They may have entered right after us. And especially watch for fog and roars in the distance. If you catch anything that remotely sounds or looks like either of those things, wake whoever’s asleep immediately. It means we’re out of time.”

    He picked up a pile of leftover twigs from the campfire and deliberately snapped two short. “Whoever draws the short sticks from this pile gets first watch.”

    Alexis and Xatu drew the long straws. Elliot and Zoroark drew the short ones.

    “I guess it’s decided,” Elliot said glumly, staring at his short stick. “I always draw the short ones…”

    The xatu slept standing up, staring at the moon just like he stared at the sun. Zoroark wondered how he could possibly be comfortable in that position, but that ranked up there with his question of “how is he not blind from staring straight into the sun all day” and would probably never be answered.

    Zoroark leaned against a tree, trying not to nod off to sleep. Even though it couldn’t have been more than four hours since they’d entered the dungeon, he felt as if he’d been awake for almost two days. Maybe this was what Alexis meant when he’d said energy was spent faster in a dungeon.

    Elliot, sprawled out on the ground across from him, seemed to be having the same problem he was. Zoroark decided to strike up some idle conversation so that they didn’t both fall to sleep.

    “Tired?” he asked.

    “No more than you are,” Elliot replied. He yawned, folding his arms and staring up at the dungeon’s mirage of a moon. “I’m used to it. Enough night watches in these dungeons and being tired doesn’t really bug you much anymore.”

    “Do you usually do the night watches?” Zoroark asked, stretching.

    “Alexis does his fair share too,” Elliot said. “But eh, he’s team leader. He does the planning and chooses the missions, I do most of the grunt work on the side.”

    That sounded very familiar to Zoroark.

    “You two are partners, though. The famous duo that saved Mist. Shouldn’t you be equals?”

    “None of that would have been possible without Alexis,” Elliot said. “All of it wouldn’t have been. He built it. So he leads, I follow. I don’t have the chops to be a good leader, anywho.”

    “Doesn’t sound fair to say that if you haven’t tried,” Zoroark said.

    “It is what it is,” Elliot said, shrugging from his place in the dust. “What about you? Alexis told me your ship went down in the middle of the sea, but that’s all he said. Since we’re sharing.”

    “That’s all that happened,” Zoroark said after a moment. “We were traveling across the ocean, and our ship went down. I washed up on Mist.”

    “Weren’t you going somewhere before?” Elliot asked. “Why stay here?”

    “I’m heading to Pokemon Paradise now,” Zoroark said. “That’s why I went with you.”

    “Hmm,” Elliot said, but didn’t pursue the dodged question.

    After a moment, he got up. “Our watch is just about over,” he said. “Let’s go wake the others.”

    Zoroark nodded and stood up too.


    ~\({O})/~

    Then

    The Exeggutor

    Two weeks after Primarina had taken Zorua to the fountain, the move happened. The apartment flat the two had lived in for so long was packed up, and Zorua-as-Fennekin watched a bunch of ‘mon carry the boxes out.

    A ship had been purchased specifically for the occasion—this ship was to be their new home. Zorua was still young but knew how to read with precision. Even from a distance, his sharp eyes could see the ship’s name: The
    Exeggutor.

    Primarina had impressed some higher ups with a recent scuffle involving mixed up cargo at the Waterport and been appointed by Cloud Nine as the Ambassador of the Water Continent. This meant that their lives would soon be almost entirely spent on the open seas, as aside from a small group of cartographers who hadn’t registered with the guild system yet, there was no central guild on the Water Continent for the ambassador to oversee. No matter how many times Zorua puked over the side of the ship or how many days he spent queasy in the cabins below, he had to adjust, because the job also meant more paperwork.

    Time passed. Soon Zorua evolved into Zoroark while trying to spear fish out of the ocean, and he had to relearn how to disguise himself as a new pokemon all over again. It came faster, now that he was more experienced in knowing how to do it.

    Paperwork piled up and piled up again and piled up even more. Zoroark signed things but rarely snuck peeks at them like he used to when he was younger—there was just too much to go through, and it was probably all boring stuff like allocating funds and keeping cargo shipments into the Water Continent running properly.

    Soon, Primarina began to dabble into new avenues of work. At his request, Zoroark quickly learned to forge signatures. “Forgery is your natural talent as a species,” Primarina had said. “Learning it will bring us into a great amount of wealth soon. This is what I’ve been raising you for.”

    Whose signatures they were, he never learned. He often suspected that Primarina kept it a secret on purpose, just in case he were to let something slip later on. But no matter whose signatures they were, the more papers he signed, the better things got for the two of them. Spare and plentiful poke began to pile up under the deck. Lively Town grew more and more prosperous, and the harbor was expanded and developed into a large sailing port. With the wealth came new luxuries for Zoroark—For the first time, he was able to sleep and wake when he wanted. He got to eat the fishes he caught from the ocean for dinner, instead of cooking them for Primarina instead. Primarina got him a fancy braixen wand that was little more than a stick in his paws, but sold the illusion tucked away in the back of his mane.

    All he had to do was keep signing the papers.

    “It’s only small things under the radar,” Primarina explained. “It won’t hurt anymon important.”

    One day, Zoroark had been given a very important paper to sign, and a handful of signatures to forge. Primarina had given him the afternoon to get the signatures right. If he did it right, Primarina would buy him a carton of baker’s pastries the next time they sailed into Lively Town’s port.

    He was given a copy of the paper, as well as a few letters for mailing that were full of what felt and sounded like poke, with Primarina’s own flipper signature already on them. Each one had an address to a different continent.

    Bribes. Zoroark was savvy enough to know that the only time Primarina sent out bribes was when a paper was going through some very important pokemon. Which meant he was forging some equally important signatures.

    He felt a bit of his old curiosity returning to him—what kind of paper was this?—and decided to sneak a peek at the contents of the paper it was so important that he sign. He had the whole day, after all.

    This was a drafted plan to bring the Waterport entirely under the control of the Water Continent. If that happened, the Water Continent could tax each and every shipment coming in from and going to other continents. It would net them a lot of profit, but so far there was only one of several signatures. Zoroark had been given a handful to sign onto the paper. He started with the one that looked like a bird’s talons, but then stopped halfway through.

    Something about this didn’t seem right. Since he was forging signatures, he suspected it wasn’t anyway, but this was a huge paper, and he was forging signatures that probably belonged to very important pokemon. Was this even safe to sign? Now that he thought about it—and this was indeed the first time he could have been bothered to think about it—how many of these had he done before in the past?

    He figured that Primarina probably wouldn’t take very well to learning that he’d read the paperwork, but he couldn’t just do something this big without question. And so he snatched the paper up off the desk with his claws and headed for the Exeggutor’s bridge room.

    Primarina was relaxed in his luxury bath, and there was nothing but a rope around the steering wheel keeping the ship on-course. Zoroark walked in and stood a respectable distance away from the bath.

    “Boss?”

    Primarina looked up.

    “Hmm?” he asked. “Have you signed the paperwork yet?”

    Zoroark took a deep breath before opening his mouth again. He was venturing way out of his bounds by questioning an order, especially on a significant piece of paperwork like this, and he knew it. It took all of his willpower to utter his next words:

    “I looked at some of the paperwork as I was signing it, and…”

    Primarina sighed. “So you read it, didn’t you.”

    Zoroark didn’t say anything; he only stared at Primarina uncertainly, with the piece of paper clutched in both his claws.

    “Well?” Primarina asked dismissively. “Aren’t you going to sign it?”

    Zoroark’s claws dug into the paper enough he feared he’d rip it.

    “Whose signatures am I putting on this paper?” he asked.

    “That’s none of your concern,” Primarina said. “Sign it.”

    “I thought we were doing small things,” Zoroark said. “Things that would just net us some wealth on the side.”

    “And we are,” Primarina said. “I don’t ask you to sign papers like this every day.”

    “But signing this looks dangerous!” Zoroark said, raising his voice before he could catch himself. “What if somemon finds out and traces it back to us?”

    “No-mon is going to care,” Primarina said. “We’re bribing pokemon; why do you think I gave you the money?”

    “I don’t want to sign it,” said Zoroark.

    Primarina sat up in the bath with a splash. Water landed at Zoroark’s feet and came close to spraying the paper.

    “Are you disobeying me?” Primarina asked, his voice dangerously level.

    “I only said I’d sign small things,” Zoroark said firmly. He had been taught to always obey Primarina, but… there were limits. There
    were limits. Right?

    “Sign it, or you won’t eat until you do,” Primarina said.

    Memories of being starved until he did what Primarina asked gnawed away at his mind. But even more than that, if he backed down now, it was admitting defeat forever and he knew it. There wouldn’t be an opportunity like this again. He had to make a stand.

    Primarina had looked away at this point, probably confident Zoroark was going to do whatever he asked. But Zoroark didn’t move from where he stood. Ever so slowly, he tugged on the paper more and more, until it split apart with an audible rip.

    Primarina looked over at the sound of the rip, his eyes fixing themselves on the two torn halves of paper. Surely that made a statemen—

    A blast of water hit him out of nowhere, throwing him against the wall of the ship’s cabin. Suddenly thrown to his back, Zoroark coughed and sputtered in shock. The waterlogged paper in his claws limply disintegrated.

    “Allow me to make something very clear,” Primarina said, rising from the bath. His expression was stone cold. “You are alive today because of my mercy. You
    exist to serve me. Don’t forget that again.”

    Before Zoroark knew it, a flipper was staring him down.

    “Get up,” Primarina said. “We’ll get you another copy of that paper to sign. If you’re interested in eating tonight, you’ll sign it properly. And you can forget about the pastries.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Now

    ~Alexis~

    Alexis sighed, staring up at the moon that was slowly but surely moving across the night sky. Only half an hour until the sunrise. And then they’d continue moving again.

    “You can sleep, you know.” He looked over at the xatu, who was staring at him motionlessly. Truth be told, it was creeping him out a little. “Or look somewhere else. I’m not that interesting.”

    The xatu didn’t blink, or move, for the first ten seconds. Then it stood up.

    “I’m here with a warning,” the xatu said.

    “Really?” Alexis said, silently drawing his hand to a scalchop where no-mon could see. Was this xatu some kind of bandit? “And what’s that?”

    “Please take me seriously, Alexis.”

    That made Alexis stiffen up for a moment. Something was familiar about that sentence, the way it was said. He just couldn’t put his finger on it. He relaxed his position only seconds after.

    “Lots of pokemon know my name,” he said. “Was that supposed to catch me off guard?”

    “Did it work?” Xatu asked.

    Alexis turned himself around, facing Xatu fully. “Who are you?”

    “Just a humble messenger,” the xatu said. “Here with a warning.”

    “For a humble messenger here with a warning, you’re a very shady ‘mon,” Alexis said. “I’ll ask again. Who are you?”

    “Somemon you know from long ago,” the Xatu answered.

    “Never knew a xatu before,” Alexis said. Though his paws never strayed far from his scalchops.

    Heed my message,” the xatu said, ignoring Alexis’ question. “There’s a storm out there. It’s on its way. It will demolish everything you have built, and wipe away everymon you know. Time is running short—”

    Then it clicked. Quick as a crashing wave, Alexis drew his scalchops and threw them.

    “It’s you!”

    With a bright flash of light that lit up the clearing and a good portion of the sky, the xatu teleported away in an instant. The scalchops hit the wood of a tree and quivered there.

    Alexis snarled, then leapt up and ripped his scalchops out of the wood. They left deep cuts in the tree where they were pulled out.

    It was endless. No matter how many times he killed that thing, it always came back. It always came back, just for him. How many times? How many times before he could strike the final blow for good? How many times before he could finally send it to the past where it belonged?

    A low rumbling spread throughout the dungeon, followed by the beginnings of a howl in the distance. The dungeon winds hurtled through the clearing, nearly blasting Alexis clean off his feet. They brought the smell of rancid meat and dungeon feral with them. And in the distance, he could hear their howls.

    He hooked his scalchops back on his sides, and picked up his bag. That was the dungeon shifting. The xatu had already gone through the staircase. And that blast of light had to have awakened all the ferals on the floor too.

    There was no more time to waste. Alexis got to shaking awake Elliot and Zoroark. Both rose, looking at him groggily.

    “Wake up,” Alexis said in a harsh whisper. “We need to get moving.” He began quickly packing up their supplies and slung the newly packed satchels onto his side.

    “Wh… what for?” Elliot asked, only half awake. Zoroark shakily pulled himself up into a sitting position beside Elliot, his ears still unfurling from sleep.

    “Dungeon ferals are here,” Alexis said, throwing Elliot’s bag to him. The pikachu caught it groggily. “There’ll be packs descending upon our location any minute now. We need to get as far away as possible before they catch up.”

    “What happened to the xatu?” Elliot asked.

    “Gone,” Alexis said. “Ran off while we were sleeping.”

    A wave of silence suddenly spread over the clearing as a low howl pierced the air. It wasn’t far off.

    Something brushed through the trees behind them.

    A controlled surge of electricity from Elliot’s tail lit up the area around them. For just a second, the flickering yellow light illuminated the shape of a skeletal lycanroc quickly slinking off into a trees.

    “Over there!” Zoroark called out, pointing Alexis and Elliot to where he had seen it.

    “Where?” Alexis asked, looking around. “I don’t see anything.”

    “It’s hiding in the trees,” Zoroark said.

    Another one behind them. All three heads snapped over to where a bush had just been rattled. A large, bipedal wolf-like pokemon was stepping out from the trees, staring at them through pitch-black eyes. Elliot charged up a thunderbolt, ready to strike the pokemon—

    Pellets of rocks shot through the air like bullets. Both Zoroark and Alexis were hit head-on, and Elliot was thrown to the ground from being pelted on his back. A second lycanroc, on all fours, bounded into the clearing. Its eyes were just as black and soulless as its companion’s. In a split second, the bipedal wolf dove for Elliot, its mouth with gleaming razor sharp teeth wide open—

    Elliot’s tail sparked with high voltage and collided with the wolf’s jaw. The wolf was thrown back towards the trees. The other wolf dashed towards Zoroark, but was slashed across the face with a swipe of Alexis’ scalchops. It fell to the floor and dashed off into the woods with a whimper.

    “This way!” Alexis waved them all down the path with his scalchops. “Before they catch up with us.”

    The three of them sprinted down the path, looking out for other dungeon ferals along the way.

    “Keep an eye out,” Alexis said as they ran. “They could come from anywhere.”

    The trees to their right suddenly creaked, and all of the sudden a splintered log hurtled onto the pathway—

    —The log flew through the air and crashed onto the pathway with all the force of a collapsing rhydon. An ursaring crashed out from behind the trees, swiping at Alexis and Zoroark with all its might. Alexis jumped backwards, colliding into Zoroark and pulling him back as well. Twin pairs of scalchops went sailing at the bear’s face, but the bear deflected them with its razor-sharp claws.

    The ursaring was sent flying to the side by a thunderbolt from Elliot’s tail. Elliot dashed through, scooping the scalchops up in his tail and batting them back towards Alexis.

    “Catch!”

    Alexis caught them, sending one flying not a second later into the ursaring’s skull.

    It didn’t die. Even though the dungeon feral had a scalchop buried cleanly into its head, it was still standing. It dropped to all fours, preparing to charge them down. A thunderbolt from Elliot knocked the scalchop out of its head but did little else, especially as it began to lope towards them with a snarl.

    The ursaring suddenly stopped. It turned to the left, let out a bellow, and ran off that way. Zoroark got to his feet, ceasing the illusion.

    “It thinks we went that way,” he said.

    “Then let’s get out of here before it catches on,” Alexis continued, walking over and picking up his scalchop. “Keep an eye out for those lycanroc too. They’re probably following us by now.”

    Sure enough, Zoroark could hear more pokemon slinking through the trees. It couldn’t be just the two lycanroc at this point. Three… four… now there were too many to count.

    “Hey,” Zoroark said, his ears swivellng rapidly around. “How far are we from the stairs?”

    “Odd question to ask,” Alexis panted out. “Why?”

    “I’m trying to figure out whether we should run for it or fight.”

    By now, they were surrounded on all sides. On one side, the midnight lycanroc from before limped onto the path with a snarl. On the other, the midday lycanroc stepped onto the path with a matching grimace. Alexis drew his scalchops.

    “Get ready to fight—”

    “Wait!” Zoroark cried out. “Stay completely still.”

    “What are you talking abou—” Alexis began.

    Then they disappeared.

    The ferals were taken aback by the disappearance. They began to spread out among the area, investigating. Alexis, Elliot, and Zoroark were still in the middle of the clearing. Elliot watched the ferals spread out across the area, looking around for a trio of pokemon that were right in front of them, although they didn’t seem to know it. Besides them, Zoroark looked somewhat tuckered out. Elliot turned his head towards Zoroark—

    “—Don’t move!” he hissed. “I’m still not good at this illusion. I don’t know if I can cover you if you move quickly.”

    “Psst.” Alexis tried to catch Zoroark’s attention quietly. “Do you just expect us to stay here forever? Sooner or later one of them’s going to bump into us.”

    The ferals investigating the area were indeed getting closer and closer. A rotting linoone sniffed around the area, crawling up close to where Alexis, Elliot, and Zoroark were. Its snout came dangerously close to touching Elliot’s, who slowly leaned back at the last second to avoid touching the feral.

    “Slowly…” Zoroark moved to the left, edgin towards the path at a snail’s pace. “This way.”

    Alexis and Elliot eyed each other but reluctantly followed his lead. Whatever this was, it was working. They moved through the pack of rabid ferals that were snuffling and padding around the clearing in search of their prey, taking care not to brush up against fur, foreams, or tails. At one point, Alexis had to limbo over to avoid inching into a stantler’s antlers.

    Soon they’d reached the midday lycanroc guarding the beginning of the road. Alexis raised his scalchop, ready to bring it down upon the lycanroc…

    It felt like everything afterwards happened in a single second. Alexis brough his scalchop down, slicing the lycanroc’s head a good part of the way off. Zoroark’s illusion broke, revealing him, Alexis, and Elliot plain as day to see. The lycanroc—still alive—snarled loudly, making to take a bite out of Alexis’ arm—

    —A thunderbolt from Elliot’s tail severed the lycanroc’s head from its body. It landed off to the side, completely hollow inside.

    “Come on!” Alexis yelled, his voice lost in the unanimous roars and squawks from the horde of dungeon ferals behind him. They made a break for it down the path, using all their might to stay just one step ahead of the feral horde that was bearing down on them from behind. Zoroark couldn’t see a single thing, but he kept his eyes on the path ahead. If anything came after them, he’d hear it before he could see it.

    Elliot’s thunderbolts directed projectiles away from them as they ran, Alexis sliced away branches in front of them with his scalchop. They turned corner after corner, until finally the stairway came into sight.

    “There it is!” Elliot cried out. It was now or never. Alexis, Elliot, and Zoroark all dove for the staircase at the same time—


    ~\({O})/~

    Traveler’s Demise Outskirts

    They tumbled out of the dungeon, falling to a heap on the ground. Elliot got to his feet first, followed by Zoroark and then finally Alexis.

    “Ah, you all made it out safely!”

    The xatu from before walked towards Elliot, Alexis and Zoaork, extending a wing to help Alexis up. Alexis pointedly didn’t take it.

    “Hey, what was the big deal?” Elliot asked angrily. “Why did you go off on your own? It’s dangerous in dungeons like these!”

    The xatu ruffled the feathers on its wings a little bit.

    “I did say before this wasn’t my first dungeon trip,” he said. “As for why I left, I…”

    A glint from Alexis’ eye.

    “…realized I had to be somewhere in a hurry, and couldn’t wait until the dawn.”

    Alexis’ eyes weren’t any less cold than they had been before.

    “Hey, look,” Zoroark said, panting as he got back to his feet. He pointed ahead of them. “What’s that in the distance?”

    Alexis, Elliot, and Xatu looked ahead where Zoroark was pointing. Zoroark was right: beyond the snow-capped plains and the chilly morning breeze, lay the towers of Pokemon Paradise.

    “We made it,” Elliot said.


    ~\({O})/~
    Music of the Week!

    The Knight Who Was Taught To Save Dragons -- Sonya Belousova, Giona Ostinelli

    Character - Alexis and Elliot.png
     
    Last edited:
    3~Six - Welcome to Paradise
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter34Art.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER SIX: WELCOME TO PARADISE

    ~\({O})/~

    Outside Pokemon Paradise

    ~Zoroark~

    The spires of Pokemon Paradise looked like ruck shack buildings stacked up on top of one another until they reached the sky. Every house was made of mud-brown wood and dull violet roofs, and half of them looked like they were on stilts. A large wall of planks and a velvet shroud of mist surrounded the entire city.

    Despite all that, Pokemon Paradise was massive and noisy, even from a distance. Zoroark could barely see where it ended on either side from where he stood.

    Alexis was the first one to step forward, casting a glance back at the three of them.

    “Congratulations,” he said dully. “Here we are. Now let’s go check in before the afternoon rush.”

    Zoroark-as-Braixen soon learned what Alexis meant by ‘checking in’. As they approached the large wall of planks that stood thirty feet tall all around the city, he donned his illusion once more. The only proper entrance in or out of the place was a large arched gate nearly as tall as the wall itself. Hundreds of pokemon were lining up outside of it, creating a noisy, cramped mess the three of them could barely see the small check-in desk over.

    At some point during their walk, the xatu had disappeared. Zoroark didn't know where he'd gone, and by the time he'd noticed they were far too entrenched in the crowd to pay it mind. Maybe he'd slipped away in the chaos.

    Alexis nudged him in the thigh. Zoroark-as-braixen looked down.

    “Do yourself a favor,” Alexis said in a voice only Zoroark could hear. “Go as yourself. They don’t take kindly to illusions.”

    A skiploom who looked like it would happily be anywhere else was marking things up on papers for pokemon as they went through the door.

    “Age. Species. Continent of birth.” They slid several papers towards the three of them. “Fill it out.”

    Alexis and Elliot flipped the clerk their HAPPI badges; two of the papers were slid back. Zoroark got a paper to fill out. It was replete with boxes to check and lines to write on. Zoroark’s muscle memory honed from years of marking down papers exactly like this one took over, and he filled the paper out within a minute. Until he reached the species bar.

    “You'll find no sanctuary here on Mist.”

    No matter how he tried, Zoroark found himself scared to ink that last bit in. Maybe it was something out of instinct—Primarina had always taught him never to show his true form in public. But right now, Pokemon Paradise was the best chance he had at being able to find a warm place to eat and sleep when he needed to. If his species had as bad a reputation here as Alexis seemed to think… maybe Primarina had a point after all.

    A paw on his arm. A hooded pokemon glanced up at him from under the brow, looking at his claw hovering over the box. It was Alexis.

    “I hope you’re not thinking of marking this up as any other species than your own,” Alexis said. “You won’t even get past the front gate. Don’t be stupid.”

    He moved Zoroark's claw, and checked the box for 'zoroark' with it. Zoroark didn’t make an attempt to stop him.

    The papers were handed in. Zoroark got a yellow scarf to wear. Just like before, it made him feel slightly weighed down, like he was shackled. The three of them passed through the gates, and then into the city.

    Zoroark was, for a moment, taken aback by all the things that were going on around him. The large buildings up close dwarfed anything he could have imagined from a distance, and pokemon of all shapes and sizes were walking around and attending to their business in hordes at a time.

    Alexis put his and Elliot's badges back into his bag, then sealed it up.

    “Ready to blend in?” he asked.

    “Ready when you are,” said Elliot.

    The two pulled their hoods down further, then casually walked off into the crowd as if they were two normal pokemon in the daily mess.

    That left Zoroark all alone.

    A crowd of pokemon filed in and out of the entry gates, making wide rings around him as he passed. None of them looked like they wanted to be near him. Zoroark regained his head quickly. The best chance of getting himself a place to crash for the night was to join the HAPPI facilities further downtown. Even if he didn’t stay, rescue team work was easy as dirt to apply for, and they had free lodging. He’d be able to get enough footing to find a place elsewhere.

    There were large signs hanging from overbearing buildings in the main plaza, pointing out where all the large streets were. The way to the HAPPI center was pointed out very clearly, allowing Zoroark to follow the posts there without asking too many questions.

    Years of living almost solely on a boat had robbed Zoroark of any idea of what it was like to walk through the streets of a proper city. The buildings on either side loomed over him almost claustrophobically, but it was clear that pokemon were living in them. Storefronts were open and pokemon were causally walking up and down the somewhat dirty streets. The wonderful smells coming from a bakery to the left caught Zoroark's attention as soon as he passed it. His stomach grumbled.

    But regardless of the strange sights, he was even more unaccustomed to walking around as himself. He felt naked to the world, weirdly vulnerable in a way that he couldn’t explain. But he soldiered through it, marching through the streets with purpose. Maybe it would feel less strange tomorrow.

    The HAPPI building was located deep within the city, but was also one of the largest buildings around and had land sealed off specifically for the teams that lived there, so it was hard to miss and easy to find.

    Zoroark could feel the guards standing outside the building’s gates keeping their eyes on him, but he ignored it. He just had to sign up to be on a rescue team, and then it didn’t matter what everymon else thought. As long as he had a place to sleep and food to eat.

    He wasn’t the only pokemon who had arrived hoping for the same thing he was. He was accompanied by a group of pokemon he could easily get lost in. Some of them were battered, bruised, and dirty, just like he was, while others were in much better shape and had much more confident looks on their faces, and still others wore the scarves and badges of HAPPI in the first place. Those must have been the returning explorers, Zoroark figured.

    All those pokemon, Zoroark included, were funneled through the entrance of the HAPPI Center, and into a massive hall that had every fixing Zoroark could dream of, and some of the ones he couldn’t.

    At the end of the large, magnificent room was a small desk, ‘monned by a single delcatty. They marked down papers with a claw and lazily batted something attached to a connection orb, letting their spring-like tail move back and forth lazily as they worked. As the group approached, they formed into a line. Zoroark found himself pushed back and back as others formed up, but managed to secure himself a spot in front of a few of the other returning explorers.

    His heart skipped a beat when he realized the pokemon right behind him was the vaporeon he had bumped into at the Noe Town dock. It took him a moment to realize that she hadn’t seen him as a zoroark. He couldn’t act like they’d met before.

    The line slowly thinned and shortened; soon Zoroark stood at the desk. The delcatty looked up at him.

    “You’re here to… ?” she asked him, her voice trailing off at the end promptingly. Zoroark could hear the bluntness in it.

    “I’m here to join a rescue team,” Zoroark said. “How do I do that here?”

    The delcatty marked down a few papers, cleared her throat, and then looked back up at Zoroark.

    “You have to pass a physical exam before we assign you,” she said. “But why don’t you come back tomorrow? For certain candidates we do a background check first."

    Zoroark asked if there was a slip or pass he could use to show that he’d made a request for a physical exam. He didn’t get one.

    He sat down and rested his tired body on one of the room’s lavish seats. That wasn’t the answer he had been hoping for at all. Now he had to find a plan B for the night, and pass a physical exam tomorrow. And who knew how long it would be until he’d get a team assigned after that.

    He looked up at the counter, where the vaporeon from before was talking with the delcatty. Zoroark didn’t hear much of what was being said, only broken phrases like ‘teammate’ and ‘new form’, but he was able to get a gist of what had been asked. A lost teammate? Or a new one completely? Perhaps she needed a second one? He didn’t have quite enough to put together the finer meaning of it all.

    The next pokemon at the desk looked like life had treated them better than it had Zoroark or the vaporeon.

    “I’m here to join a rescue team!” the flaafy proclaimed proudly. “What’s the process?”

    “Well, first you’ll take a physical exam so we can determine where your abilities fall,” the delcatty answered politely, “and then you’ll be paired up with a teammate who best suits your abilities.”

    “Sounds awesome!” the flaafy exclaimed. “When can I take the exam?”

    “Unfortunately, you’ll have to come back tomorrow,” the Delcatty said. “But I can give you this slip. Give this to the pokemon standing by that door over there—” she gestured to a door off to the side that had a few pokemon loitering around it “—and they’ll reserve you a spot for the exam first thing in the morning.”

    The delcatty ripped off a piece of paper and handed it to the flaafy, who skipped off with it in its hooves.

    Zoroark watched it go with something resembling surprise. Wait, hadn’t he asked for one of those? The delcatty certainly hadn’t had the time or politeness to talk to him. Or a paper slip, for that matter. Why? Was it because he was dirty all over? He did look and smell like he had come straight from the streets.

    Sure, he looked dirty, but nothing was stopping him from getting back in line and asking for one again. Now that he’d seen the delcatty hand one out, he knew they existed. She’d have a hard time lying her way out of that. Zoroark raised himself from the lounge he was on, walking back into the line.

    In the corner of his eye, he could see one of the guards that had been lounging outside the door suddenly leave their post. He looked around, not seeing any specific reason they would have. They must have been on a washroom break or something. Not that it mattered to him. He entered the line, waiting for the six or seven pokemon in front of him to finish off their affairs.

    A paw suddenly clamped down on Zoroark’s shoulder. He looked around, seeing the visage of a lucario that was looking straight at him.

    “What are you doing, loitering around here?” the lucario asked him. “I’ve seen you go through that line once already.”

    Zoroark decided to answer him truthfully.

    “I asked to join a rescue team, but didn’t get a slip for my physical exam tomorrow,” he explained. “I’m re-entering the line to get one.”

    “Mm,” the lucario breathed. “Sounds like a misunderstanding. Should we ask our upstanding desk clerk about it?”

    Zoroark nodded, unsure of what to say. Something about the lucario made his mane bristle and his fur stand on end.

    To his surprise, the lucario trotted off, walking over to the desk. He watched the lucario and delcatty talk for a moment, before the lucario started walking back over to Zoroark.

    “Guess you’re out of luck,” he said to Zoroark. “Clerk says she’s out of slips. Come back tomorrow.”

    “But I saw her hand one out another pokemon,” Zoroark protested. “She wrote it down.”

    “And now she’s out,” the lucario said. “You can leave. Come back tomorrow.”

    He gave Zoroark a light shove out of the line and towards the entrance. Zoroark wanted to protest, to say that this seemed wrong, everything about it seemed horribly wrong and the clerk had something against him for some reason he couldn’t even fathom, but one look at the lucario’s face, and the growlithe and manetric that were joining him for backup, told him that was a bad idea. He turned around, and left the building.


    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Paradise

    Zorark left the HAPPI building the same way he’d entered it: through large stone gates, with eyes on him from all sides. They took on a different context now, one of wariness.

    He walked back into the city, deciding to wander around and see what he could find. At the very least, he needed a place to crash and something to eat for the night. Then he could attack this again tomorrow. Hopefully they’d have done his ‘background check’ by then.

    The streets were made of cobblestone just like Noe Town, and looked extremely uncomfortable to crash in. There were numerous alleyways all around the city that looked like they could make good places to sleep, but Zoroark wasn’t fancying that option unless he had no other choice.

    At least there were a lot of trash cans to fish around in if he needed something to eat.

    His meandering took him into the shabbier portion of the city, where the buildings slowly became the color of mud and rickety houses on stilts stood everywhere. Under those stilts he saw makeshift tents set up, where pokemon were camping out, eating, and huddling around a fire.

    Soon he came across a gathering of pokemon who were angrily shouting in unison. A stage was set up among all the rickety, crooked houses, and atop it stood a lone scyther. Off to the side of the stage was a frosslass that stared at the crowd through cold eyes.

    “You can feel it in the air!” the scyther cried out to the crowd. “The coming storms of winter!”

    Zoroark was about to pass the gathering entirely, but stopped when he heard that. He backed up a bit to listen.

    “You can feel it in the wood of these houses!” the scyther continued. “The decay of time!”

    He paused, adjusting his voice to be less noisy. “And you can feel it in their eyes, every day you walk down the street. That you are not wanted here.

    “And now they want to tear down your homes. Our homes! So they can build new, shiny houses for them to stay in, while we freeze in the streets. What do you have to say about that?”

    Roars from the crowd.

    “Are you going to let them destroy your homes?”

    More roars from the crowd, this time mixed in with cheering.

    “Then stand up and say something! The time to act is now!”

    More cheers, louder than ever before. The scyther continued his speech, raising his voice to compensate.

    “Together! We can secure the funding needed to save these houses!” The scyther yelled, somehow louder than the entire crowd’s voices combined. The new wave of applause soon drowned him out. “Together, and only together! We can save our home. From them.”

    The cheers continued, and soon Zoroark’s feet began to get cold from standing around on the pavement for so long.

    “You there!”

    Zoroark looked up to see the scyther pointing a blade directly at him. “What say you? Will you help us in our quest to save our home?”

    Put on the spot, Zoroark just shook his head uncertainly. “I’m just here to visit,” he said.

    The scyther didn’t respond to that. He only lowered his blade, giving Zoroark the same icy stare he’d had the whole while. Then he redirected it to the crowd.

    “Do everything you can! Do what you must! Only in this way are we united!”

    Before long, the scyther’s words faded out of Zoroark’s hearing, but they were replaced by something that had caught his attention much more: the presence of a trio of pokemon who wore HAPPI badges.

    They were a zangoose, charmeleon, and liligent. They hung near the back of the street, just far enough to be out of sight and mind but close enough that they could see the speech too. They looked bored. Zoroark decided not to get in their way. If they were anything like the team that had accosted him back in the HAPPI building, he wanted nothing to do with them.

    He was pretty sure the scyther’s eyes were on his back the entire time as he went, but he wasn’t brave enough to look back and tell for certain.

    “You’re new ‘round here.”

    The voice came down from Zoroark’s foot. He looked down, seeing a buneary lackadaisically hopping in place next to him.

    “Do you live here?” The buneary asked.

    “I’m just passing through,” said Zoroark.

    He cast a quick glance back towards the team in the distance before

    “Don’t do that,” the buneary said. “They don’t like it when pokemon stare at them. They might go after you.”

    That didn’t make Zoroark feel any more comfortable, but he avoided looking back at the team again after that.

    “I’m Beatrice,” the buneary said. “What about you?”

    “Just Zoroark,” Zoroark said.

    “No name? All the pokemon in the city have one.”

    “Not where I’m from,” Zoroark muttered.

    At least, Primarina had never given him one.

    “So where are you headed now?” Beatrice asked. “We don’t get many ‘mon passing through.”

    “I can see why,” Zoroark said. “You live here?”

    “Of course!” Beatrice lazily hopped by him. “If you’re ‘round here and you don’t have a badge, you probably live here. Are you staying around for long?”

    If Zoroark was being honest with himself, he didn’t know where he was going. He probably had to figure out where he could find his record. He’d had one under Primarina’s payroll, but that was as Braixen, not as Zoroark. Where did new pokemon go to get registered…

    He wished he’d asked the clerk what the background check entailed. Maybe he could get a pointer back at the HAPPI building.

    “I guess I’m headed out of here,” Zoroark said.

    “Most ‘mon do,” Beatrice said sagely.

    “Nice meeting you!” the buneary waved after him, a bit too loud for Zoroark’s liking. Zoroark halfheartedly returned the wave, then took a right down one of the crooked alleyways. That would lead him back to town for sure, and he wasn’t looking to pass some of the weirdos he’d seen on the main street a second time.


    ~\({O})/~

    The buildings in the slums really were as ruck shack and rickety as the scyther had said. Zoroark even thought he saw a few of them swaying dangerously, threatening to topple over him at any minute now. There were pokemon living everywhere inside the houses, outside them, above them, and even under them. The one common factor was that nearly all of them seemed to have the same yellow scarf Zoroark was wearing. He was coming to realize it was some sort of status symbol, that wearing it meant he was to be targeted and persecuted no matter where he went or what he did.

    If that was the case, then…

    Zoroark looked at the scarf on his arm, and then undid the tie holding it together. He let it flutter off in the breeze, carried away by the same wind that was causing the house he was standing in front of to sway dangerously in his direction. Zoroark gingerly decided to move away before the house toppled over like a tower of cards. Being crushed was not in his ideal plan for today.

    Eventually, he walked into one of the nicer-looking streets, looking like he’d just emerged from the filthiest wild den imaginable. He strolled down the street, looking to make a good first impression to the pokemon walking by him. One that didn’t scream ‘I’m doing something I probably shouldn’t’.

    For the first five minutes, not much happened. But Zoroark hadn’t been paying much attention to his surroundings. What jarred him back into reality was a passing trenevant rudely nudging Zoroark with its shoulder as they passed. He looked back in shock, but the pokemon was already passing along like nothing had happened. Zoroark re-adjusted his mane and continued along, assuming it was an accident.

    He hoped it was an accident.

    The streets were getting more crowded as he walked, and he seemed to be attracting the ire of all the strangers around him like flies to honey. The amount of strange looks he was getting seemed to have shot up through the roof, and if he hadn’t felt like he had been wanted there before, then that feeling had been multiplied times a hundred. Zoroark was at a loss as to what had caused it. He’d just been through these streets before – what was causing the sudden change? The only thing that had changed since had been…

    A claw suddenly landed on Zoroark’s shoulder.

    “Excuse me.”

    He whirled around to see the same rescue team that had been hanging around the slums earlier – the zangoose, the charmeleon, and the lilligant.

    “We saw you didn’t have your scarf on you,” the lilligant said. “that’s illegal, you know.”

    “Illegal?” Zoroark asked. “What?”

    “Don’t play dumb,” the charmeleon sighed. “We saw you in the slums earlier. You were trying to avoid us.”

    “So that’s why we followed you,” the zangoose continued. “You deliberately lost that scarf. Tell me.. what were you planning to do without it?”

    Zoroark’s fur bristled.

    “What are you accusing me of?” he asked. He’d had enough of being treated like a villain by these douchebags.

    “Why don’t you tell us?” the charmeleon countered. There wasn’t a hint of unrest in his voice, just chilling calmness. “You of all pokemon should know your kind’s ability to falsify things. The illusion-resistant scarves are our only method of protection from your highly dangerous illusions. Were you going to steal something?”

    “I’m not a thief,” Zoroark growled.

    “You’re going to have to come with us anyway,” the charmeleon said.

    “Tell me why I should come with you,” Zoroark snarled, beginning to get agitated. “What have I done wrong? All I did was take off that scarf!”

    “If you aren’t going to come quietly…”

    There was no answer. The three members began to step closer, charging up attacks.

    That was the point where Zoroark decided it was best to run.

    He spun around and took off, running down the street and pushing madly through pedestrians as he went. Some of them pushed back, but he pushed harder. There were some attempts to grab his mane and stop him in his tracks, but he managed to stumble out of their grasp every time.

    He looked around frantically, looking for somemon he could copy. He was in enough of a rush that he couldn’t make an original disguise on his own, and he definitely wasn’t using his braixen one. He scanned the area, his eyes finally settling on a whimsicott. Whimsicott weren’t nearly as tall as he was, so he’d have to be careful. But it worked. It blended in.

    A second passed. The air around him shimmered. Then, in his place stood a whimsicott identical to the one passing the street on the other side. Zoroark slowed down, doing his best to blend in and let his mane pass as whimsicott fluff as it brushed up against other pokemon.

    The rescue team from before was combing through the crowd, searching for him. He restricted his breathing as the charmeleon passed right by him in the crowd, sniffing around for any hint of his target. It was a good thing Zoroark had learnt how to mask his scent with illusions.

    At some point, he had managed to slip away into an alley and evade the team for the time being. Once he was sure that no-mon was going to come back for him or even look his way, he collapsed against the alleyway wall, finally letting out all the pent-up stress he’d been keeping in.

    That had turned out worse that he could have ever predicted. And now he couldn’t go back out into those streets again unless he wanted to keep that illusion up.

    But keeping an illusion up was beginning to get tiring. He’d been ignoring the fact that he was famished all day, and now it was finally beginning to come back full force for him. Conjuring up a new illusion out of the blue had taken a large chunk of his remaining energy, and all of the sudden he found it hard to stand without getting dizzy. He needed to find something to eat. And to drink too.

    Zoroark drank out of a muddy puddle that pooled at the bottom of the alleyway. He knew he could get sick that way, but he was desperate. He fished in several trash cans that decorated the alleyway, looking for something that wasn’t spoiled beyond salvage or covered in something spoiled beyond salvage. He was able to get himself a few bread rinds. One of them was coated in something that smelled like it was rotting. Zoroark wrinkled his nose and dropped it in disgust.

    He could smell the bakery down the street. Maybe there was something over there.

    “Get away from here!” the rillaboom baker yelled as Zoroark scampered off from the bakery’s dumpster. “Don’t ever come back! Thief.”

    The bakery threw away entire loaves of bread. The crusts were hard as bricks and some of them were molding over, but it was good bread. Zoroark had managed to score himself a loaf before the baker inevitably kicked him off the premises. He dug into it with relish. It was cold and hard in places, but tasted like sweet honey. He couldn’t understand why it had been tossed.

    Soon, the sun set. The wind whipped through the skies, nipping Zoroark through his fur. This continent was just as cold as he remembered it, and it got even colder at night. A ‘mon could freeze to death on the streets, and even though he was fluffy he didn’t want to sleep out in the open.

    There was a fire lit in the alleyway. Zoroark huddled up close to it, just far enough so that it didn’t burn his fur but close enough that it still kept him warm enough for the night. He’d fueled it with the scarves he’d dug out of the trash, and they looked like they’d burn the whole night. He just had to hope that the wind didn’t take it too out of hand.

    Part of him considered going back to the slums, where at least there were other ‘mon to help keep him warm and relatively safe. But was there space? He remembered how cramped it had been when he was there. And he didn’t want to go back to a place where that rescue team had seen him before. Before he knew it, the next thing he’d wake up to was them standing over him, dragging him off before he had a chance to resist or escape.

    Those scarves… he didn’t understand it. He didn’t understand any of it. Why would he be mistreated so over a yellow piece of fabric? He was finally beginning to understand why Alexis had wanted him to stray far away from here.

    But he didn’t have that option anymore. He was in this city, and without at least enough food and money to get him back to Noe Town and off the continent, he was in this city to stay. So somehow, he’d have to make it work.

    It was looking more and more like there just wasn’t an honest way to make that happen. Damned if he had the scarf, damned if he didn’t… If that was the case, then he’d just have to get crafty to survive. A whisper of an apology to Xatu swam around in the back of his head, but he was beginning to see it was a naïve promise he’d made back then. Why should he play by the rules, if the rules were just there to kick him while he was down?

    Those were the thoughts that plagued Zoroark’s mind, as he sat there and stared at the advertisement banner two floors above that had several electric lights shining onto it—“HAPPI Makes Pokemon Smile! Sign up to protect our valiant city and get your name in the history books today!—Then an idea came into his head.

    He’d do what he had for years. Just because Primarina was gone didn’t mean he was helpless. If he played his cards right, no-mon had to know he was a zoroark, or even a zoroark-as-braixen. For all they knew, he’d just be Braixen, former secretary, now newbie recruit eager to join a rescue team.

    And for the first time that night, as the scarves burned to ashes beside him, Zoroark felt excited for the coming day.


    ~\({O})/~

    Crooked Alleyway

    The buneary stared up at the rescue team that loomed over them. The alleyway they were in was dark, damp, and crooked; one of the buildings was all-but leaning against the other and cast the cranny into shadows. That made it the perfect area for an ambush.

    “Where’s that zoroark?” the zangoose asked harshly, just making the buneary cower more. “We saw you with him earlier! Are you hiding him?”

    “Tell us what you know and there’s a reward in it,” the charmeleon said. He stood aloofly in the middle of the alley, twirling a piece of poke in between his claws. The light from outside the alley made it gleam and catch Buneary’s eye. Zangoose growled in annoyance, but didn’t say anything else.

    Beatrice stared at the coin, mulling her options over. That would buy dinner for the night… but she didn’t have anything to tell them. Maybe she could give them false information, or something vague enough that it could pass…

    Seeing the buneary’s silence, the liligent walked forward and crouched over in front of Buneary.

    “Sorry to scare you,” she said, her voice soft and inviting. “We’re hunting a dangerous criminal who’s on the run, and you might be the only pokemon who can tell us where he is. If you tell us what you know, you’ll be a big help.”

    “A big help?” Beatrice finally brought herself to ask.

    “Yes,” the lilligant breathed. “you’ll be the biggest help ever.”

    “And I can still have the coin?” Beatrice asked, pointedly eyeing the coin in the charmeleon’s claws.

    “Tell you what,” the lilligant said. “If you tell us what you know, you can have two coins.”

    She pulled another coin from her pouch to show the buneary. “But only if you tell us where he went.”

    The buneary racked her mind for something, anything she could tell them that wasn’t ‘this way’ or ‘that way’.

    “Fine,” she said. “I’ll tell you which way he went. But only for three coins.”

    “Seriously?” the zangoose finally lost it. “That’s all you’re going to tell us? That isn’t worth three coins at all!”

    He raised his claws for a swipe of anger, but all of the sudden he didn’t have a head anymore. Buneary covered her eyes in horror and whimpered. She heard two more slashes, and then somemon stepped into the square.

    “You can open your eyes now, little one.”

    The buneary did as she was told. She saw—

    “Nonono,” a large, green blade covered the carnage from view. It was connected to a spindly green arm.

    Over her leaned a scyther.

    “Those bad pokemon are gone.” A purse dropped in front of her. “And you can have all the coins in the world.”

    The scyther crouched down, and offered a blade. “Why don’t you come over to my house? I, too, have an interest in this zoroark of yours.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Four Marks - Sonia Belousova, Giona Ostinelli

    Devil
    - Yugo Kanno
     
    Last edited:
    3~Seven - Yellow Scarf
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter35Art.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER SEVEN: YELLOW SCARF

    ~\({O})/~

    Treasure Town ~ Grass Continent

    ~Sparkleglimmer~

    Despite the harness that secured her to the back of the flygon she was riding, Sparkleglimmer clutched both her paws and ribbons tightly around the flygon’s neck as it zoomed over the sea at speeds she failed to forget were possible whenever she wasn’t riding a flygon. Perhaps she had blotted them out from her memory somehow. She could feel the flygon’s discomfort with having a passenger clutch its neck through her ribbons, which made her uncomfortable by extension. She removed her ribbons and used only her paws instead.

    The striking façade of the Grass Continent’s Treasure Town lay dead ahead, just a few miles out. By virtue of being a tourist location, Treasure Town possessed an amount of wealth and prosperity unknown to any other settlement on the Grass Continent. Which, by the standards of other continents, only equated to paved roads and electrical lighting, but it was something. The town had needed to be renovated before tourists from the richer continents would touch it, anyways.

    There was only one part of the town that had proven frustratingly elusive: the Wigglytuff’s Guild. Wigglytuff, the old zubat, was much shrewder than he appeared—when the time had come for him to step down, he had left the guild not to the HAPPI officials who were offering a large sum for guild ownership, but to the most stalwart rising star in the guild’s ranks—a bibarel. And on behalf of the Grass Continentals’ pride, Bibarel didn’t sell. No matter how harshly the town was taxed or how many benefits the guild was excluded from, Bibarel refused to sell. His choice soon reflected upon the entire guild, and even some of the town—the wigglytuff décor on the guild’s front tent had become greyed and tattered from disrepair, and its members were frequently underpaid and underfed. Now the situation had become dire enough that Sparkleglimmer had a feeling Bibarel would finally bend. And the economic benefits of finally controlling the last major Explorer’s Guild in the world could not be turned up so easily. She had come prepared.

    The flygon landed on the ground deftly, its wings finally slowing to a speed where Sparkleglimmer could see them flapping again. She sat up, using her ribbons to undo the harness attached to her belly. The flygon was tipped twice his usual fee as she stepped off his back, enough that the issue of neck clinging was never brought up between them.

    The paved roads of Treasure Town were narrow and crooked, done by ‘mon who had clearly never paved a road before. That was what happened when you sourced a Grass Continent construction company to do a decent job. It was cheaper, sure, but they weren’t good for much else beyond cutting wood.

    Sparkleglimmer climbed the stairs that led to the tattered Wigglytuff’s Guild. She stepped onto the padded grate, the old mossy bars of which had long since been replaced by a more comfortable grid mesh.

    “A footprint, a footprint!”

    “Whose footprint? Whose footprint?”

    Mentally, Sparkleglimmer rolled her eyes. What a primitive method of security.

    “The footprint is Sylveon’s!”

    “Darn right it is!” Sparkleglimmer called into the vents. “I’m here on official HAPPI business. Open up!”

    There was some quiet muttering below the vent Sparkleglimmer didn’t catch. Then, the wooden gate in front of her began to open, pulled back by the chains operating behind it. Sparkleglimmer made a show of clearing her throat daintily and walked through.


    ~\({O})/~

    The inside of the Wigglytuff’s Guild was no less desolate than the outside. Sparkleglimmer walked in, glancing up at the holes in the tattered grey canvas above.

    There was a quadruped-friendly ramp that led deeper into the guild, but not much else. The few guards who stood on duty looked tired and malnourished. There was a charmeleon close to the ramp that looked like it was on the brink of death. It looked up at Sparkleglimmer with sunken eyes as she walked down the ramp. Sparkleglimmer hid a grimace as she passed. What poor, ugly souls. She’d have to take care of that once the guild had been bought out.

    Biberal’s office was lower down, in the underground portion of the guild. Sparkleglimmer had heard Wigglytuff used to sit up above ground on a throne when he was still alive, but if there was still a throne up in that room, it was in shambles.

    The door to Biberal’s office was pushed open by a flaffy and a bidoof, allowing Sparkleglimmer to walk in. The doors shut behind her, and then she faced Biberal.

    He looked just as underfed and tired as the rest of them. Parchment was all over his desk in a messy mound, and the office smelled like paper had been rotting away for a good while.

    “Bibarel,” she addressed him, sitting down on the floor. The barbarians didn’t even have cushions.

    “Sylveon.”

    “Sparkleglimmer, thanks.”

    .The remark was cold and all business. Biberal’s silent eyes matched it completely.

    “mind tellin’ me what you’re here for?”

    “It’s simple,” Sparkleglimmer said. “I know your contract with what’s left of the Rescue Federation expires in a month. I’m here to buy the Wigglytuff Guild.”

    “Then I, and all my workers, ain’t interested,” Biberal said, cutting her short when she opened her mouth again. “We’ve told you tha’ before.”

    “Hmm, but are you interested in going bankrupt?” Sparkleglimmer said. “You’re on death’s door as is.”

    “We’d sooner go bankrupt than sell ta you.”

    Sparkleglimmer didn’t see that as worth replying to. It looked like diplomacy wasn’t going to work. She needed to switch gears.

    “Well, as I see it, you have two very large problems,” she began, reaching into the purse that hang from her bow with her ribbons. “First, you’re impoverished. Tourist money and whatever pathetic offerings the Rescue Federation can still give has kept you afloat until now, but even that is failing you. Getting harder and harder to find townies who will do business with you, y’know? Why bother posting independent requests and supporting your local guild when the Connection Orb Network is just so convenient? Explorers from off-continent get here in a day, and get the job done twice as fast. Second problem: your guild isn’t listed as a part of our database.”

    “I don’ see tha’ las’ one as a problem,” Bibarel said, taking a breath. He was old, centuries old. Sparkleglimmer could hear it in his throat.

    “Oh, but it is,” she said coolly. “You’ll fade into obscurity! Just think: the Wigglytuff’s Guild, an ancient relic of the past that refused to move on and became just another name in a history book. You may be willing to make that sacrifice, but even you can’t deny the facts.”

    Bibarel sighed, shutting his eyes wearily.

    “It used ta be simple,” he said. “You saw a ‘mon, you rescued that ‘mon. There wasn’ a license on wha’ you coul’ and couldn’ do. Ya didn’ go to jail for doin’ a good deed. That’s how it shoulda stayed. Doesn’ matter how much the times change, things like tha’ shouldn’t.”

    “The times never changed,” Sparkleglimmer said. “There’s always been a price tag attached. Always been restrictions on what you could and couldn’t do. Always been pokemon jailed for doing good deeds. Maybe you just didn’t see it back then.”

    There was a silent moment of tension. Biberal didn’t say anything, and rightly so. What could he say? She had him backed into a corner.

    “Think of this as your saving grace,” Sparkleglimmer continued in Biberal’s silence. “Just think of all the things you’ll be able to do once you’re a proper part of the network! You’ll have the money to feed and pay your employees properly! Full access to the Connection Orb Network and mystery dungeon archives! Transfer teams and aid from HAPPI! And all you have to do is sign this paper.”

    “Bu’ we won’ have our independence.”

    “’Independence’…” Sparkleglimmer drawled. “Such a big word. Franky, you’ve twisted it so much I thought you’d forgotten what it meant.”

    “If Ah sign that paper, we’re at y’alls mercy,” Biberal said. “I can’t bring myself to do tha’.”

    “You’re at our mercy either way,” said Sparkleglimmer. “Shame you can’t seem to understand that.”

    “Perhaps we have differen’ definitions of ‘mercy’.”

    “This paper is mercy,” Sparkleglimmer snapped, leaning in across the desk. “It’s the last and only mercy you will get. I recommend you sign it.”

    There was a moment of silence. For every inch that Sparkleglimmer leaned forward, Bibarel leaned a bit more back.

    “Or!” she perked up, leaning back and suddenly looking a lot less menacing. “Or! I could simply approach that start-up guild a few miles south with my proposition instead! What was it, the… Blackthorn Guild? That would put you all out of business for sure. So, what’s it going to be?”

    Biberal was silent. His angry eyes did the speaking for him. Sparkleglimmer placed one of her ribbons on her chin in an exaggerated thinking gesture.

    “Hmm… I’ll take your silence as a no. That’s unfortunate. This offer won’t be on the table for much longer.”

    She took the paper off the desk and placed it back in her purse. The doors of Biberal’s office opened for her as she walked out.

    “If you change your mind, you know how to reach me!” she yelled on the way out.


    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Paradise ~ HAPPI Dorms

    ~Alice~

    Pokemon Paradise was just as frigid as Alice remembered it. Without her partner, it felt even colder.

    She’d been through all the forms, the signup sheets, the paperwork. So far as HAPPI knew, her partner had died of natural causes while having a bathroom break in the alleyway. She didn’t think they’d believe the real story, and with good reason, she reckoned.

    There was more paperwork to go through after that. She had to confirm her current registry papers were up to date, confirm her results from the last exam were up to date, confirm she was okay with having any assigned pokemon as a partner. (she wasn’t, but if it kept the lights on at night and a roof over her head, she’d do it.)

    Already, it felt like morning had come too fast. She wanted to sleep the entire day, but that wasn’t an option—HAPPI was assigning her a new team member… she checked the clock… right now.

    Right now??

    Alice shot up from her bed like a spooked litten. It was a good thing she’d gotten up when she had – at the rate she’d been sleeping, she would have missed her appointment and the guild breakfast too. But the first one was more important right now; she couldn’t afford to be late to that.

    She walked out of her room and then, after checking to make sure no-mon else was in the hall at that moment, started sprinting down the corridor so she’d get there in time.


    ~\({O})/~

    As it turned out, this wasn’t going to be as quick and tidy as she had expected. All she was told was that her next partner was a braixen that would meet her at some point in the mess hall, and then left to her own devices.

    That left her to uncertainly mill around the lunchroom, collect what she was to eat for breakfast and sit at the tables, looking around for the pokemon she was supposed to meet.

    Most teams had headed out by now to do their assigned missions, leaving the tables mostly empty and bare. Luckily, that meant there were less heads to sort through. Alice soon saw a lavender head through all the others, one that obviously belonged to a braixen. That looked like her cue.

    She got up from her bench, deciding to cut the meeting short. As the braixen walked over, she saw the slip in his paws. Looked like this was the one.

    The braixen must have noticed at some point that she was approaching him, because he stopped and focused on what was written on his slip.

    “Are you…” he began. “Vaporeon Alice?”

    “You’re the new partner right?” Alice didn’t bother with introductions. She noted that it was the braixen she had run into at the Noe Town docks, but didn’t really care. “That’s me.”

    She turned around to the table, gesturing the braixen along with her tail fins. “Come on. Get something to eat. We need to talk.

    “Have you ever been in a rescue team before?” Alice asked as the braixen chowed down on whatever was left over from the guild breakfast. He ate ravenously, like he hadn’t eaten well for days.

    “No,” the braixen said, his mouth full of food. “But I can fend for myself.”

    “That’s good to hear.”

    She took a lap of water, then began speaking again without looking at her partner. “We don’t usually go into mystery dungeons here. Most of our job is spent doing tasks around the city.” Another lap of water. “if you’re lucky, or unlucky, eventually you get transferred off to another guild to do actual exploration work. That’s about 10 percent of every pokemon who signs up for a team here. In other words: don’t count on it. Got that all down?”

    “They told me that on the way in,” Braixen said. “Just… less cynically.”

    “Well, you needed to hear the cynical version,” Alice said. Maybe it was the grey sky, or the lack of sleep, or the ambient cold of winter creeping its way indoors, but she was in a bad mood today.

    “One more thing you need to know,” she said. “We are partners in name only. I know the terrain here better than you do. You do what I tell you to do, when I tell you to do it. That way, this is easy for all of us. Kapeesh?”

    “Kapeesh,” the braixen said without hesitation. He was still practically inhaling food, albeit slower now. But even so, Alice got the feel it came too eagerly.

    “Well, good to hear it,” she said, sticking her head in the water bowl and absorbing the rest of the water. She was too lazy to drink it. “When you’re done, we can see what missions we can take today.

    The braixen nodded, seeming like he was finally finished wolfing down food.

    The large doors of the hall opened, and in walked two pokemon that Alice wasn’t expecting to see at all: the heroes of Mist, Alexis and Elliot.

    They walked off to the side, turning the heads of every guild member that they passed. It wasn’t an unheard-of occasion for those two to walk into the building on guild business, but to do so in the middle of breakfast unannounced was new.

    For some reason Alice thought she saw Alexis glance over at her table, but it didn’t look like he was looking at her. Braixen had looked over his shoulder and immediately looked antsy in their presence. It was a moment before they passed on, entering a door off to the side of the hall and letting it close loudly behind them. The hall behind was left in shocked silence. It even took Braixen a little time to settle down again.

    She supposed she couldn’t blame him. It was his first day, after all.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Alexis and Elliot~

    “I hope you understand I’m a little irked you two decided to take a mission request to Noe Town this close to an important briefing,” a noctowl said as they fell into stride with Alexis and Elliot. “The resident team there had it under control, and you two are needed here.”

    “The resident team there was taken hostage by the pirates,” Alexis said. “I hope you understand that if this headquarters received a mission request, that either means the other team was taken out of commission or is wholly incompetent.”

    “And you felt the need to go yourselves, instead of sending a different team?”

    “It looked like a nice jot out of town,” Alexis said. “I’ve been getting cabin fever.”

    By his side, Elliot looked like he wanted to say something, but decided to hold his piece.

    They reached a room with a large table, then entered it. Alexis took a seat, then Elliot and the noctowl did as well. The three other pokemon at the table were still and silent.

    “Today, we take a vote on whether to go ahead with the Paradise Expansion Project or not,” the noctowl began. Before the six of us—” he glanced at a single empty chair”—and the one absentee cast our votes, it’s important that we’re all on board with the current status of the project. Does anymon need briefing.”

    Alexis flippantly raised his paw. The noctowl pointed a wing at him.

    “Alexis. Yes.”

    “Did we solve the problem of Traveler’s Demise yet?” he asked. “Last I checked that dungeon is the whole reason we’re building upwards and not outwards. We had to push the trail back six feet just this year to account for growth, and we’re moving ahead with the project?”

    “Yes, we recently uncovered a solution for that,” the noctowl said. “As you know, Cloud Nine docks at Pokemon Paradise for its bi-annual maintenance in a few days. The HAPPI director claims she can remove the dungeon for us.”

    Alexis raised an eyebrow.

    “Remove the dungeon?” he asked. “How? Even I can’t control the dungeons.”

    “That’s above all our paygrades, apparently,” the noctowl said. “All we know is that the director has utmost confidence it can happen. Any other questions?”

    Now Elliot raised a paw. The noctowl pointed him out with a visible sigh.

    “Have we considered building around the slums instead of mowing them down?” he asked.

    “Those are old, rotting buildings,” the noctowl said. “It’s better if they’re all demolished.” They’d had this argument before.

    “Well, we can take the time to overhaul them,” Elliot protested. “We don’t need to displace all the pokemon living there just to build out more.”

    “That’s twice the cost of supplies, twice the cost of labor, and the pokemon living there will still need to be evicted,” The noctowl said. “Stop being naïve. A proposal like that would push our plans back to next summer.”

    “What about relocating them, then?” Elliot asked.

    “Too complicated,” the noctowl said.

    “It would only take a warehouse,” Elliot countered.

    For once, the noctowl didn’t have a reply to shoot his suggestion down. Elliot saw fit to continue. “Kicking pokemon out into the streets in the middle of winter? That’s cruel. Aren’t you worried about all the pokemon who will freeze to death because of that decision?”

    His remark only seemed to stir vaguely uncomfortable glances among the council.

    “All we’d need is a warehouse, food, water, and some blankets,” Elliot continued.

    “I-I’m sure a lot of them will find new homes on their own,” another one of the councilmon, an arbok, spoke up. He didn’t sound entirely convinced. He was met with uneasy agreement from across the board. Elliot stood up in his seat, placing his paws on the table angrily.

    “Of course they aren’t going to!” he yelled angrily. “Kicking those pokemon out into the streets is like sentencing them all to death!”

    “That’s enough,” the noctowl commanded. “We’ve had this argument more times than is good for the health of anymon at this table. If there are no other questions, we will now vote on whether the project will advance or not.”

    He raised an arm. “All for?”

    Two of the others raised their arms.

    “All against?”

    Elliot and the arbok raised their own appendages. The noctowl’s eyes fell to Alexis, who hadn’t raised his arm at all.

    “Alexis,” he said. “You haven’t voted.”

    “Sounds right,” Alexis said. “Haven’t decided yet.”

    The noctowl sighed. “I’d suggest not being problematic about this, Alexis.”

    “No need to get aggravated,” Alexis said. “I said I haven’t decided yet, not that I won’t.” He rose from his chair. “You’ll have my answer, and the answer of that empty chair, by tomorrow’s end.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Paradise

    ~Zoroark-as-Braixen~

    It was frosty out in the streets of Pokemon Paradise, but it was seeming more and more like that was just a normal staple of the place. Zoroark-as-Braixen trudged along behind Alice, trying not to draw too much attention to himself as they both plodded along.

    His head was a mess. He didn’t know whether to be celebrating because he’d finally opened up a path to survival, or cowering in fear because he was in one of the most precarious positions he’d ever been in his life.

    The vaporeon he’d been partnered with was the one he’d stumbled into at the docks. He hadn’t expected her to be this scathing with her remarks. Their mission today was to patrol the streets of the city, specifically the portion in the slums. Extra attention was being focused on that area today, and they clearly weren’t the only teams in this section of the city.

    “Stick close to me, and don’t draw attention to yourself,” Alice said as they entered the slums. “A team went missing yesterday in this area, so that’s why it’s getting the extra attention. Just keep your head down, and all we’ll have to do is make a few laps of the place.”

    It didn’t look like getting any trouble was a likely possibility, though. All the resident pokemon camping out in the streets and lurking in the houses shied away from them as they walked through, like the rescue teams were hungry monsters on the prowl. And considering what Zoroark had been on the losing side of yesterday… he couldn’t blame them.

    It continued like that for a few hours. The two of them slunk through the streets, keeping a cursory eye on all the going ons around them and trying not to draw unnecessary attention. The grey skies above rumbled and threatened to start raining. The buildings creaked and swayed in the wind. The air and ground was chilly to the touch.

    Then there was a shout.

    “You two!” a granbull pointed at them. “Over here! We’ve found something.”

    The granbull’s team and a few others were huddled around a crooked and narrow alleyway. Zoroark-as-Braixen suddenly felt a bit uneasy as he went. He was good with illusions from a distance and around one or two pokemon, but around a bunch at once… he’d never had to try before.

    In the middle of the alleyway, there were the tattered shreds of a few scarves. Scarves that belonged to a rescue team. Zoraork-as-Braixen breathed out a barely audible sigh of relief. They hadn’t found the ashes of the scarves he’d burnt yesterday.

    The granbull stood back, looking down at them.

    “What do you think?” he said.

    “Could they have blown in on the wind?” Alice asked.

    “And right into a crooked alleyway where we’d be able to see them easily?” the granbull scoffed. “No, these were deliberately placed.”

    “What are you implying?” Alice asked hollowly. “That somemon wanted us to find these?”

    “Seems like pretty obvious bait, doesn’t it?” the granbull asked. “There’s even a trail.” He pointed further into the alleyway, where drops of a substance that looked scarily similar to blood had frozen on the ground to make a path.

    “I’m gathering every team in the area to take a look,” Granbull continued. “That’s you two, my team, and Alfonso’s over here.”

    The pangoro waved at the sound of his name.

    “So you want us to spring an obvious trap?” Alice asked dryly.

    “Not unprepared,” the granbull said. “Do you have a better option?”

    “I guess I don’t.” Alice padded over behind Alfonso. Zoroark-as-Braixen followed, hoping to stay mostly out of sight.

    He didn’t know what he was going to do if he had to fight.

    The eight pokemon total made their way down the alley, following the trail of blood. One of the buildings had long since leaned into the other for support, blotting out all light from above. Zoroark mentally counted his blessings as they walked. The darker it was, the less he had to worry about disguising himself.

    “Keep an eye out for anything that looks suspicious,” Granbull said as they walked. Zoroark-as-Braixen joined the other seven pokemon in looking around as they walked. He didn’t see anything amiss with the walls or the floor. There weren’t any cracks in the wall, or crevasses where a ‘mon could hide. Nothing looked like camouflage, and Zoroark definitely would have spotted any illusions right off the bat. Even above was closed off. That meant the only place an attack could come from was…

    “Hmm.” The granbull said, stopping in the middle of the alleyway. “The trail ends here.”

    Sure enough, the blood stopped in the middle of the alley, lit by the light of the exit ahead. Granbull stood up and waved the other seven pokemon on forwards.

    There was suddenly the sound of the tromping of feet all around them. The eight pokemon in the alleyway looked at the exits, seeing them blocked off by pokemon on both sides.

    “I told you this was a stupid idea,” Alice growled.

    “Not the time,” Granbull grouched back.

    “Alright!” he yelled to the pokemon ahead of the alleyway. “Stand back, let us pass, and no-mon gets hurt. Proceed with whatever you’re planning, and face the wrath of three rescue teams working together.”

    The pokemon didn’t respond with words. They marched forward, beginning to quicken up with each step.

    “Last warning!” Granbull called out. Around him, the other seven pokemon were beginning to shape up for battle. It was looking less and less to Zoroark like they were going to get out of this without a fight.

    He hoped he could at least stay hidden long enough to get out of it.

    One of the pokemon in the lead, a weavile, began to charge forward with its claws out.

    “You asked for this,” the granbull said, and then he charged to meet the weavile halfway through the alley. His large jaws ignited with fire.

    The initial clash of fire and ice sent out slivers and shards of both through the alley, which met and evaporated into steam. Then the scene devolved into chaos. Zoroark’s first instinct was to use an illusion and disappear—he could creep away from the battle that way. But then he remembered he was Braixen right now. He’d be found out if he did that.

    A sneasel swiped for Zoroark-as-Braixen, who fell to his feet and backed away just quick enough to avoid having his snout sliced off, once, twice, thrice—

    —A large fist punched the sneasel into one of the alleyway walls, knocking it out cold. Alfonso looked down at Zoroark-as-Braixen, holding out his other paw.

    “You’re a fire, yeah?” he asked. “We could use that right now.”

    Zoroark thought quickly.

    “I—I lost my wand,” he said, quickly checking his fake tail to make sure he’d removed the wand. He just had to count on Alfonso buying that.

    A barrage of ice slammed into them both. Alfonso braced himself and blocked most of it; Zoroark-as-Braixen caught the tail end of the blast.

    “Never met a braixen who needed a wand to do fire before,” Alfonso said. He clenched his fist, and it began to brim with black energy. Seconds later, a group of ice-types responsible for the ice barrage were sent flying back into the alleyway.

    “Duck!” came a voice from behind them.

    Zoroark and Alfonso turned around just in time—razor-sharp icicles jutted through the air, heading straight for them. One of them clipped Alfonso in the shoulder. He let out something between a growl and a roar, regaining his bearings just a bit too late. One of the ice-types iced his foot to the ground.

    “Hey!” he yelled as Zoroark-as-Braixen stumbled off. “Unfreeze this!”

    Zoroark was too frenzied to hear him.

    The space they were in was getting too close to comfort. Zoroark suddenly felt a long tail hook around his midsection—

    —Seconds later, he found himself pulled right next to Alice by her tail.

    “What did I just tell you?” Alice loudly asked, keeping her eyes on the group of advancing ice-types ahead of them. They were backed up against the team members facing the group from the other side now. “Stay with me, do what I instruct you to! You know some fire moves, right?”

    Panicked and short on time, Zoroark-as-Braixen shook his head ‘no’.

    “No?” Alice asked. “You’re a fire-type! How did you even make the entrance exam?”

    The entrance exam had been purely demonstrative, and he was good at making something that looked like fire. Not that he would say that here.

    “Never mind,” Alice said, shooting another geyser of water out of her mouth. Much of it was frozen before it could reach the other pokemon, and she was beginning to look tuckered out herself.

    “Granbull!” she yelled. Granbull was over on the other side, desperately using what little fire he could summon to push the ice-types back. “We need to try and get out of this as soon as possible! Can Alfonso clear a path?”

    Alfonso looked back upon hearing his name.

    “I can—” he began.

    Suddenly, a large ball of ice flew through the air and struck him on the head. It knocked the lights out of him. Slowly, he began to bowl over, the other, smaller pokemon in the vicinity trying to jump clear before he hit the ground with a large crash. Just like that, the largest pokemon in the alley was out cold.

    “Now would be a really good time to learn some kind of fire move…” Alice nudged Zoroark-as-Braixen pointedly. By now, the ice-types were beginning to realize there was no reason they had to keep their distance anymore. They began to creep closer.

    “These are…” Zoroark-as-Braixen said, trying to come up with an excuse. He looked at the walls around him. “Too close quarters. You don’t want to start a fire, right?”

    “You don’t want to die, right?” Alice retorted. Seconds later, she had to dive out of the way of a spheal’s bite.

    He couldn’t use a big fire attack, not when it could so easily be revealed as fake in an area this small. But he wasn’t helpless. Zoroark-as-Braixen ran ahead of the group and into the gang of ice-types, using invisible claws to swipe through pokemon left and right. To the others, it looked like his arms had been wreathed in controlled flames, just weak enough to avoid being obviously fake. The smoke and mirrors got the job done.

    Then somemon else stepped into the alleyway.

    They were just as big as Alfonso was, and they towered over Zoroark. Their claws were encrusted in pure, pristine ice.

    The beartic charged, and Zoroark-as-Braixen was in his way.

    The last things he heard and saw before he had the lights knocked out of him was Alice’s cry, and the sight of the large bear pokemon charging straight for him.

    He’d later learn the beartic had steamrolled the entire alleyway of pokemon into unconsciousness.


    ~\({O})/~

    Old Room

    When Zoroark came to again, he was in the middle of an old, rickety room. The floorboards softly swayed under him, and he could feel a chill in the air that wasn’t becoming of the indoors.

    “It’s a little cold.”

    Zoroark jumped at the sound of the voice. He wasn’t alone in here, it seemed. He looked over, seeing a scyther standing with his back towards him at the unlit fireplace. Had he been waiting there all that time?

    “Who are you?” he asked.

    “A friend.”

    “Why did you bring me here?”

    “To talk.”

    “About what?”

    The scyther turned around. “About something very important to me, and something very important to you.”

    Zoroark sat up in the straw.

    “Where are all the rest of my teammates?” he asked.

    “Unconscious, but unharmed,” the scyther said. “They’ll wake up in a completely different part of town. I only needed you.”

    He walked over, taking a seat a good three feet away from Zoroark. Next to him, on a small table whose edges were riddled with what looked like steep cuts and dents, lay a teacup that fit over the scyther’s limbs. He raised it up, and took a sip. He did not offer any to Zoroark.

    “You…” Zoroark was trying to put together coherent sentences, but his head was still a little muddled from the hit he’d taken. “I remember you. From the stage yesterday.”

    “And I remember you,” the scyther replied. “’Just passing through’, you said. How curious that you’ve gone and joined the HAPPI ranks. Illegally, at that.”

    “You’re not going to turn me in, right?” Zoroark asked.

    The scyther chuckled. “No, no, far from it. Not that I could. The fools at HAPPI would be far more interested in my head than yours.”

    Zoroark finally regained enough clarity to sit up and keep himself that way

    “What do you want to talk about?” he asked.

    The scyther cleared his throat, stood up, and turned away from Zoroark once again. It was like a rehearsed movement.

    “This house, this hut on stilts,” the scyther began. “It creaks and sways and shakes, like it could collapse at any moment. And yet, it is home. For me, for my brethren, and for those who don’t bear scarves but cannot afford to live anywhere better.”

    He took a sip of his tea, then sighed.

    “But come this winter, that home will be a distant dream. The blizzards that come will knock our houses over, and an innumerable amount of lives will be lost from the destruction and the cold. Unless we can get that repair bill footed.”

    “What do you want me to do about that?” Zoroark asked.

    “You are the most important piece in the plan,” the scyther said. “A disguised zoroark with full access to anything in the HAPPI ranks is a valuable position we haven’t seen for years. You can be our eyes on the inside, gathering information as one pokemon and sneaking here by night as another. I want you to be my spy.”

    Zoroark took a moment to think it over. He was in a bad enough situation as is, but at least as it was he had the option to lay low and stay out of sight. If he start spying on things for this pokemon, he’d be drawing attention to himself. Even if he couldn’t bring himself to disagree with the cause.

    “What if I say no?” he asked, testing the waters.

    “We turn you in,” the scyther said.

    “What?” Zoroark asked. “I thought you said you wouldn’t turn me in—”

    “I said I wouldn’t turn you in,” the scyther cut in. “Do you think I’m working alone?”

    That shut Zoroark up.

    “So what’s it going to be?” the scyther asked. “Will you help me, or shall I strike you down?”

    As much as Zoroark detested it, he didn’t see another way out of this.

    “Yeah, I’ll help,” he said. Then he decided to throw in one last twist. “But if you sell me out at any point, I’m taking you down with me.”

    “Then it sounds like a deal,” the scyther said, not fazed in the least. To the contrary, there was a grin spreading across his face. “Call me Amadeus, by the way. Do you keep a name?”

    “I don’t.”

    “Pity.”

    The scyther got up from his seat, pointing a blade to his side. “The door’s over there. Memorize where it is. I want you to visit tonight, just so we have it all down.”


    ~\({O})/~

    HAPPI Building

    ~Alexis and Elliot~

    The mist and the buildings of Paradise obscured the sunset, but some rays of orange light were still getting through to the elevated walkways of the HAPPI barracks. Elliot followed after Alexis, who was walking along back towards where the mess hall was.

    “You’re going to vote with me, right?” Elliot asked.

    Alexis was silent.

    They walked for a couple more minutes. The silence could be cut with a knife.

    “No,” Alexis said.

    “What?”

    Elliot’s appalled reply did a lot to phase Alexis, but he didn’t let it show on his face.

    “You’re voting with them?” Elliot said. “You’re just fine with driving out all the pokemon in those slums?”

    “They’re living in slums, Elliot,” said Alexis. “That’s basically on the street in the first place.”

    “I don’t…” Elliot’s voice was a soft stutter of disbelief. “You’re really okay with this?”

    It was a moment before Alexis responded.

    “No.”

    “But you’re voting with them anyway—”

    “That’s the only option,” Alexis said, cutting Elliot off. “It was decided the moment the director signed on.”

    “Then why didn’t you vote then?” Elliot asked. “Why wait until now?”

    “To diffuse tensions,” Alexis said.

    “You mean to keep me quiet,” said Elliot, reading between the lines.

    Alexis didn’t answer that.

    “I remember when you would have stood up with me and argued against the rest of the council right there and then,” Elliot muttered. “You did that once. That’s why this place exists. This is supposed to be paradise! Not a place where pokemon go to live in ramshack buildings and die in the streets!”

    He stopped walking for a moment, letting himself catch his breath and calm down. Alexis kept walking without him.

    “What changed?”

    The voice came from Elliot. That was enough to make Alexis stop.

    “When did you change?” Elliot asked.

    Alexis didn’t turn around. He spoke without facing Elliot. For some reason, he couldn’t bring himself to.

    “When one of us grew up,” Alexis said. “And the other didn’t.”

    He started walking again, leaving Elliot behind him. This time, it was a while before Elliot followed.


    ~\({O})/~

    HAPPI Building

    ~Zoroark-as-Braixen~

    Zoroark had to trudge all the way back through town the way he came. By the time he could see the HAPPI building, it was already beginning to break nightfall. He wearily made his way up into the building as Braixen, showing his rescue team scarf to the guards so they let him through after hours.

    He found Alice waiting by one of the desks in the lobby, surveying the pokemon who came in and out.

    “Where were you all this time?” she asked him harshly once he had gotten close enough. “You weren’t with us when everymon else came to.”

    “I… got lost,” he said, trying his best to cover up for himself. “I woke up alone somewhere else. I was searching for you. But after a while I couldn’t find anything, so I decided to come back to headquarters and file a missing pokemon slip.”

    It sounded believable enough. He hoped. He nervously fidgeted and tried not to look like he was nervously fidgeting.

    Alice looked like she wanted to say a lot of things, but refrained from it. Instead, she gestured Zoroark-as-Braixen on with her tail, heading off towards the mess hall.

    “Come on,” she said. “Let’s just eat.”

    Her apathy grated on Zoroark, but he followed anyway. Low moods and empty stomachs would only make things worse.


    ~\({O})/~

    Team Colbat Quarters

    Sleeping in a cozy room with stone walls felt wrong. Zoroark was used to sleeping in silently swaying cabins of wood. But sleeping inside a room was better than sleeping on the outside. Beggars couldn’t be choosers.

    He made sure to cover up until none of his mane or limbs were sticking out of the blanket. He wasn’t one of those talented illusionists that could maintain their illusions well into their sleep; Everything he’d learned recently had been on the fly. Going to sleep and hoping he woke up before somemon could catch him was a risky move, but it was one that he was going to have to find a solution for sooner or later. Best to start now. At least with this amount of time until morning, he’d be able to sleep and wake up before anymon else did.

    Then he remembered: he had to go see that scyther tonight. Suddenly he felt glued to his bed. But the scyther’s threat of outing him to the HAPPI ‘mon lay clean in his mind. Every second he spent here was a second that scyther’s proverbial blades hung over his head.

    For a moment, he considered whether the scyther would actually make good on his threat if he didn’t show up. Either way, it was too big to risk, he supposed. He’s just have to play along and see where it got him.

    Zoroark rose from his straw, and dove out the window.


    ~\({O})/~

    Amadeus’ House

    The scyther looked up from where he was sitting as the door to the rickety old house on stilts slowly slid open.

    “Ah. You’re here.”

    Only a fire burning in the stone fireplace lit the room. Zoroark slowly slipped in, closing the door behind him.

    “Sit down,” Amaedus said, pointing to the straw beside him with a blade that gleamed with the fire’s light. “We’re going to have a talk.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Paradise

    Two figures slipped off into the night, pulling cloth hoods over their faces as they stalked off. They stuck to the shadows, making sure to keep out of sight even though there weren’t any pedestrians in the nearby area. The less chance of a pokemon seeing them, the better.

    “Sucks to be out this late tonight,” a scraggy silently complained. “I feel like I can barely stand.”

    “Suck it up,” the marowak leading them grunted. “It’s just like any other job we do. And that dewott pays buckets of poke. You can go without sleep for one night.”

    “Yeah…” the scraggy sighed, stretching. “Just sucks is all. Did the mission slip tell us where the target was?”

    “Been hanging around the slums today and yesterday,” the marowak said. “I reckon we’ll find him there again tonight.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Curse of The Black Sun -- Sonya Belousova, Giona Ostinelli




    IUzGMFn.png


    Art by SpinalTapDancer3
     
    Last edited:
    3~Eight - Triple Agent
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter36Art.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER EIGHT: TRIPLE AGENT

    ~\({O})/~

    The Slums

    ~Xatu~

    The slums were cold.

    Here, the streets were dirty. The houses swayed in the chilling night breeze. The only light came from candles indoors, the occasional campfire, and the distant lights of the city behind them. It was a sad state of affairs.

    Xatu stood in front of the one house on the block that had a light source in it, the one that stood on stilts with no first story. There were two pokemon in there, formless shadows that were indistinguishable through the blurry windowpanes of the house, but Xatu knew who they were. He knew who they were because he’d known beforehand. That was why he was here, after all. To observe.

    The only immediate warning Xatu had was the whistling of bone. He barely ducked before a large bone boomerang whistled over his head, large enough to knock him unconscious if it collided. A second later, and it came back. This time, Xatu was swift enough to sidestep it without problem.

    The bone landed in the fist of a marowak. Xatu’s eyes focused on the two pokemon in hoods approaching him from the street. Assassins, clearly. He could see through the cloaks: one of them was a scraggy, the other a marowak. They moved in towards him without hesitation, taking fighting stances.

    Xatu did his best to defend himself silently, but even he knew it was a bad idea. He couldn’t keep the fight here, he needed to move away from the two pokemon in that house before enough of a commotion arose to disturb them. He could kill the two assassins in a heartbeat, he knew, but he wasn’t willing to do that. And they weren’t going to be negotiated with like the last ones had. How much was that blasted dewott paying them?

    That left him with one option. He raised his wings, and with a flash of light he was gone. The attacks whistled through where he had been and out into thin air.

    The marowak caught his bone staff as it came back to him silently. He sighed.

    “I didn’t know Xatu could teleport,” he said.

    “Does this mean we came all this way out here for nothing?” Scraggy asked.

    “Quiet!”

    Xatu rematerialized somewhere near the outer bounds of the slums. He didn’t know exactly where, he’d done it in a hurry, but it looked like he’d gone clear to the other side.

    Good. He had some time to make a speedy getaway before those assassins came back.

    But it wasn’t the thought of the assassins that plagued him as he swooped away—more urgently, it was the thought of who had sent them. There was only one pokemon in the world who wanted his head that badly, only one pokemon who had the resources to send so many would-be-killers after him.

    Alexis had the terrifying tendency to never learn from his mistakes.


    ~\({O})/~

    Team Colbat Dorms

    ~Zoroark-as-Braixen~

    By the time Zoroark had made it back to the dorms, it was too late for him to feasibly sleep and be up before his partner was. That meant he’d have to tough it out for the night, or he was worse off than he already was. By the time Alice finally woke up, he was Braixen again.

    “Hmm?” she asked sleepily, looking at him. “You didn’t sleep.”

    Zoroark-as-Braixen was tired enough that he didn’t dare even pretending to look like he was asleep.

    “Wasn’t tired,” he said with a yawn that betrayed he was very tired.

    “As long as you aren’t collapsing on the job,” came Alice’s unmotivated reply. She left the dorm, and Zoroark-as-Braixen figured he should follow.


    ~\({O})/~

    Amaedus’ House ~ Last Night

    Amadeus folded his scythes behind himself as he talked. The fireplace illuminated him from behind, making him a silhouette. Zoroark just leaned against the pile of straw, listening to him talk.

    “There’s an old legend about zoroark and nickit,” Amadeus said. “They say your ancestors, your original ancestors, were once regular old braixen and vulpix. But two of them made a deal with an ancient demon. The demon, in exchange for their loyalty, offered them the power of deceit. And your kind has supposedly employed them all throughout history, which is why no-mon trusts a zoroark.”

    “And you want me to be exactly what they’re saying I am,” Zoroark finished for him.

    “In a manner of speaking,” Amadeus said.

    Zoroark sighed. “What do you want me to do?”

    “I thought you’d never ask.”

    The jury was out on whether Amadeus would have given him the opportunity to ask. Not that he had a choice either way.

    “For your first mission, I want you to get me information,” Amadeus said, crossing his scythes behind his back. “There’s an initiative that’s being pushed by the stiffs up on the government board; they call it the Paradise Expansion Project. I want to know what they’re planning to build, where they’re planning to build it, and where they’re storing the supplies.”

    “Where am I supposed to
    find that?” Zoroark asked. “I’ve only been there a day.”

    “Any organization worth their salt keeps these things on hard records,” Amadeus said. “Find out where. Get it. Get back to me. You have two days.”

    “And what about security?” Zoroark asked.

    “You know what the inside of the building looks better than I do,” Amadeus said. “Do some recon.”


    ~\({O})/~

    HAPPI Mess Hall ~ Present

    The mess hall, when breakfast was at the height of its activity, was packed. The grey skies outside still managed to make the scene look gloomy despite the sheer amount of pokemon and noise in the room.

    Zoroark had long knew how to hover in the corners of everymon’s vision when he was in a large crowd, so he wasn’t worried about slipping up even in this crowded mess hall. But the nagging corners of sleep at his vision poised a threat to his ability to maintain it. He’d never been good at these when he was tired.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen yawned, trying to eat his fill of the food that had been provided without collapsing face-first into it. Not that it was an easy thing to do when the food tasted like it had been sitting around in a cupboard for a week.

    “Are you sure you’re feeling good enough to come on this mission?” Alice pulled her face out of an empty bowl of water, having absorbed it all into her frills again.

    “Didn’t get much sleep last night,” Zoroark-as-Braixen muttered.

    “Well, eat a chesto berry,” Alice said. “We’re guarding the town border today, that’s chaotic.”

    Having eaten and drank her fill, she got up from the table and padded away. Zoroark-as-Braixen watched her go, an inch away from sleep.

    Then he realized his tail was beginning to discolour, and immediately focused on strengthening his illusion.

    As the two of them walked through the halls, they passed the large billboard that was just there for decoration at this point. Zoroark noticed some posters that had a drawing of a face he recognized on it.

    He recognized it because it was his face.

    ‘Wanted for theft, travel around the city without identifying scarf, and murder,” read the paper. Zoroark blanched. He was guilty of the first two—if you could call eating bread that had already been thrown out theft—but murder? His stomach began to do backflips.

    “H-hey,” he said, trying to keep the stuttering out of his voice as he pointed at the poster. “What’s that about?”

    Alice walked up to the poster, giving it a momentary read-over.

    “Looks like an outlaw notice,” she said. “Judging by the post date, it’s probably for that team that went missing down in the slums a couple of days ago.”

    “We’re not… taking that one, right?” Zoroark-as-Braixen asked. He desperately hoped he didn’t look as nervous as he felt.

    “You seem oddly jittery about it,” Alice said.

    Zoroark’s stomach did a backflip so hard he thought he might puke right there and then. Fear made him improvise quickly. “I just don’t think I have the guts to go up against an outlaw,” he said.

    “Well, you’re in luck,” Alice said. “Neither do I.”

    She walked on without another word, likely expecting Zoroark-as-Braixen to follow her. He had trouble peeling his eyes away from the poster, but eventually he left the board once he realized others were lining up behind him to use it.

    As they walked out of the building, Zoroark-as-Braixen cast a look up at the slogan that was written on the large archway of the entrance:


    HAPPI Makes Pokemon Smile!

    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Paradise Outskirts

    The wall that stretched nearly thirty feet high over the boundaries of Paradise was no more in shape than the rest of it. It hadn’t been painted or maintained properly, and many of the boards were in varying states of disrepair. The only thing that had been maintained well were the walkways at the top, where the HAPPI teams assigned to guard the perimeter of the city patrolled daily.

    Today, Team Cobalt had guard duty.

    Zoroark was thankful for the fact that the walkways had at least been patched over. As a larger pokemon, he was liable to be one of the first to break something if they hadn’t. That didn’t change the fact that the structure creaked and swayed just a little bit in the wind, which kept him in unease the whole way through. Beside him, Alice walked, equally silent. She didn’t seem to share his unease, though. It looked more like she was plowing through the day as fast as she could, without paying attention to any of it. Zoroark wondered what her deal was. Even after last night… her sense of apathy grated against him. Did she just not care about anything that happened? Or was she just not willing to share anything with him?

    Though it wasn’t like he was much better in that regard. If anything, he was worse. He remembered the paper from the billboard in his head, and his stomach did another backflip. He felt jittery all over. He tried his best not to think about it. For now, he was safe. But there was no going back.

    “’Ello,” said a voice from behind them. Both Zoroark-as-Braixen and Alice looked back, seeing a meinshao walking up towards them. “You’re Team Cobalt, yes?”

    “We are. Are we needed?” Alice asked.

    “Nah,” the meinshao waved off the concern. “I’ve been assigned patrol duty for the day. Partner’s sick, real sick, so I’m on my own for now. And with those murders that just happened a few days ago, it’s not a good idea to be alone, you know? I asked if there was anything I could help out with. And patrolling the border is a huge job, even if it sucks, so they weren’t just gonna tell me no…”

    The meinshao went on and on. Zoroark didn’t think they had paused for a reply even once. Eventually, the words began to feel like worms squiggling in his ear.

    “So where are you from?” he asked, if only to cut off the constant stream of babble.

    “I dunno,” the meinshao said without skipping a beat. “Where are you from?”

    “I’m from Water,” Zoroark-as-Braixen said, thinking of a cover story that was vague enough to leave out the important details. “I used to live here when I was little, so I came here again to find a job.”

    “I’m Marley,” the meinshao said almost immediately after. She stuck out her paw instantly. The tassels batted Alice in the face, who grunted and nudged them out of the way. “Born and bred right here in Paradise. Rising star in the ranks of HAPPI… Shake?”

    “Uhh…” Zoroark-as-Braixen hesitated. But it would be rude not to, so he relented. “Sure.”

    The paw felt weird. He hated doing this.

    “Coolio,” Marley said, pulling her arm back. The tassel brushed over Alice’s face again, to her annoyance. “You keep a name? Wait, no, you’re from off-continent, so probably not.”

    “Are names a Paradise thing?” Zoroark-as-Braixen asked. This was the third time somemon had asked him that question. He thought they were confusing. Wasn’t it just easier to call a ‘mon by their species name, and let sight and smell do the rest?

    “It’s the whole continent,” Marley said. “Started here in Paradise, though. Didn’t you study your history ever?”

    Zoroark had never really had the opportunity. He just shook his head no,

    “Hey,” Marley suddenly said, catching Zoroark-as-Braixen’s attention. “What’s wrong with your ear?”

    She leaned forward, squinting at Zoroark-as-Braixen’s ear, which was beginning to take on a strangely orange hue. Zoroark quickly turned himself away from the mienshao as quickly as possible, pretending to straighten it out as he made sure his illusion was back up to snuff. He could barely keep his eyes open, let alone maintain this…

    “Must be the light,” he said.

    Alice annoyedly nudged Marley’s arm tassel out of her face again.

    “You sure?” Marley asked, her voice taking on a bit of a suspicious tone. “That didn’t look like the light to me. If I didn’t know better I’d say it’s… a trick of some kind?”

    It was hard for Zoroark not to panic. One slip up, and that was the end. And it meant he had to stay perfectly calm.

    “That’s a ridiculous thing to think,” he said.

    “Oh, loosen up,” Marley said. “I’m pullin’ your leg.”

    Zoroark-as-Braixen flicked an ear in annoyance. If that was a joke, he didn’t find it funny.

    They reached what looked like a house on the walkway. Zoroark recognized it immediately – it was what he and Alice had come up on. At this point, Marley broke off from them without a word, quickly heading towards the small house-like structure and shutting the door after her. Zoroark spied something strange on her as she walked in—it looked like, concealed among all the other fur, there was a single black tail pointing out her bum.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen barely kept his instinct to snort quiet. So much for a trick. She’d been one to talk all along. He wondered if his partner had seen anything. He turned his head to ask—

    But all of the sudden, there was the loud noise of splintering wood, followed by commotion down below.

    Hearing the noise, Alice quickly sped up, leaving Zoroark-as-Braixen in the dust.

    “Come on!” He heard her yell as she ran off. She seemed more in spirits now than she had been the entire time he had been assigned to her. “Don’t get left behind!”

    Praying that this wouldn’t be thing that made the boards break away from underneath him, Zoroark-as-Braixen took off after her, wincing at each creak under his feet as he went. He caught up with Alice just as the door swing closed, catching it with a claw and yanking it open long enough to slip inside and shut it after him.

    He stopped short just behind Alice, who was staring down at the demolished staircase ahead of them.

    “Did it break?” Zoroark asked. If it had, that would explain all the commotion…

    “It can’t have,” Alice said. She was intently studying the wrechage of the stairtop remains at her feet, which were littered with burn marks from an attack. “Somemon blew these off. Did you see anymon else in here with Marley?”

    Where was Marley, now that Zoroark thought about it? He looked down at the wreckage, which was shallow. If there was a body down there, he’d see it.

    “Actually…” he began, barely believing he was about to say it. “I think it was Marley.”

    “What makes you say that?” Alice asked.

    “She was supposed to be patrolling with us, right?” Zoroark-as-Braixen said. “She had no reason to break off. And the explosion happened right after she went into the cabin. If somemon else did it, then they had to be connected to her.”

    Alice thought that over for a second.

    “Whatever the case,” she said. “This wasn’t done without an ulterior motive. We don’t have time to call for backup—we need to get down there and stop whatever’s going to happen.”

    Zoroark-as-Braixen looked down at the thirty-foot drop that lay below them.

    “We’re not going down that way, right?” he asked, his stomach beginning to do backflips.

    “We’re just above the main gates,” Alice said. “There’s another stairway down the path from here. Move fast!”

    She nudged the door open and bolted out. Zoroark could barely move fast enough to keep up with her.

    The staircase on the other side had thankfully not exploded. They bolted down it, running down thirty feet worth of stairs before finally reaching the bottom and entering the chaos.

    The large, tight crowd that usually linedup outside the gates each day was a loud, disorganized, panicked mess. Shouts came from everywhere, some angry, some panicked. A small fire had been started in the underbrush, which was beginning to catch fire on the bridge.

    “You!” the whimsiccot from the day Zoroark had entered the city, now outside the booth and looking like she was collecting her bearings still, was pointing at Alice. “We need your help with the fire!”

    She frantically pointed to the burning wall to make her point.

    “On it.” Alice quickly turned to Zoroark-as-Braixen. “You know what to look for. Ask the guard what caused the fire and if they saw a mienshao pass through here.”

    And with that, she bolted off in the direction of the firefighing crew and was gone.

    With Alice gone, Zoroark momentarily reeled. Catching himself just in time, he looked at his illusion to make sure he hadn’t dropped it while he wasn’t paying attention. He was fine in that department, but… what was he gonna do?

    Deep breaths. The first thing to do was get information.

    He walked up to the whimsicott, making sure to catch her attention away from the fire that was slowly being put out as he approached.

    “What happened here?” he asked, urgently.

    “It was just a couple minuts ago,” the whimsicott began. “I was busy doing my job at the front gate there” – she pointed to a stall that looked like it had been destroyed – “when suddenly the stairway next to me exploded!” She whooshed her arms dramatically away from her to ekphasize the explosion. “I’m lucky the fire didn’t hit me. It caught the wall on fire, and sent everymon into a panic…”

    “Did you see who did it?” Zoroark-as-Braixen asked.

    The whimsicott shook her head. “There was too much chaos, I could barely see what happened myself…”

    “What about before?” Zoroark asked. “Did you see anymon enter from the staircase before the explosion? Maybe a mienshao, or a zorua?”

    The whimsicott thought on that for a moment. “Now that you think of it, I might have seen somemon…”

    Zoroark-as-Braixen zeroed in on something wrong in the crowd. There was a ludicolo running away through the crowd, but it was moving wrong. Lots of pokemon were making way for it in all the mess – which was probably why the zorua had chosen it as a disguise. Although that was a stupid disguise—was she trying to attract attention to herself?

    Unluckily for Marley, her inexperience gave her away. Zoroark saw right through it.

    “Excuse me,” he said. Then he took off after the figure.

    Half a second before he hit the crowd he realized he was going to need to tend to his own illusion too. Berry Crackers—

    Now he was enveloped in the tight crowd, taking up just a bit more space than a braixen should. Zoroark-as-Braixen pushed through, allocating as much of his illusion brainpower as he could towards masking the brush of his mane against others, hiding the extra inch it took to shove his way through that the faux braixen skirt didn’t quite gap, and the harder sheen of claws where there should have been furry paws instead. It probably made his main illusion go down in detail a little, but he couldn’t be bothered with that right now. He just had to hope that no-mon noticed.

    Finally he got free of the tight space and entered the area that the “ludicolo” had left the crowd reeling in its wake. Now he could go faster. He broke into a sprint, swiftly dodging pokemon that were picking themselves up left and right. He could see the ludicolo now, cutting a large swath through the crowd as it flailed its arms terribly.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen picked up the pace, closing the distance between them fast. He slid to a stop right at the end of the crowd, where the ludicolo was flailing. He placed his claws on the ludicolo’s arm, causing it to stop.

    “Hold it there,” he announced loudly. “You’re under arrest.”

    The ludicolo turned around and suddenly bared teeth at Zoroark that were much sharper than what should have been on a ludicolo. Zoroark wasn’t phased. They weren’t real.

    “You’re coming back with us to headquarters,” he said. The next part, he said in a hush only loud enough for her to hear. “For your sake, behave. Otherwise these pokemon are going to see what you really are.”

    The ludicolo, reluctantly relaxed. Zoroark-as-Braixen began to tug her away.

    “How did you two get down here?” she asked, eyeing Alice helping put out the last of the fire on the right-hand side of the gate. “I thought I blew up the stairs!”

    “You didn’t blow up both of them,” Zoroark-as-Braixen said. “We went down the other staircase.”

    “But that’s the thing…” Marley stressed. “I did blow both u—”

    A loud explosion ran out, nearly blowing off Zoroark’s ears. It was followed by a cacophony of crashes and splintering squealing metal. He shielded his eyes, protecting them from slivers of debris. When he opened them again, he saw that the entire wall where the left-hand staircase had been had collapsed in on itself. There were some small, disconnected fires burning amongst the shattered wood.

    “…Oh,” Marley muttered, dumbfounded. Fire workers quickly tried to put out what was remaining before it could blossom out into something that could destroy what was left of the wall.

    The wind ruffled Zoroark-as-Braixen’s fur, but his disguise didn’t ruffle with it. It blew off over the wall, and towards the rickety buildings that made up the outer ring of Pokemon Paradise.

    Pokemon Paradise must fall.

    The black void that Sparkleglimmer had come to know well surrounded her. In front of her, a fuzzy view of the downtrodden towers of the city floated.


    The In Between.png

    Little as she knew about it, the Voice had never led her wrong before. No matter how counterproductive it seemed, whenever she did what the Voice asked her to, it always panned out in her favor.

    And yet, something about this seemed especially wrong.

    “Pokemon Paradise is HAPPI’s base of operations,” Sparkleglimmer said. “It’s our biggest economic boon. Why does it need to fall?”

    Because it is integral to the Plan.

    “And how does Pokemon Paradise factor into the Plan?”

    There are traitors and spies in the midst of your ranks there. They must be cleansed, otherwise they will bring about your doom before the Plan’s fruition.

    “Then kill the traitors,” Sparkleglimmer said. “You’re in everymon’s head, aren’t you? Tell me who they are. I’d rather not lose the largest city on the map.”

    You did not have these reservations about Pokemon Plaza.

    “You’re right,” Sparkleglimmer said. “That’s because Wartortle was a hack who knew too much for his own good. It won’t take long to wheel in his replacement and start building a more compliant government there. But if we lose Pokemon Paradise, HAPPI suffers as a result. I suffer as a result. It’s much easier if you just tell me who I need to erase.”

    I cannot.

    “And why not?”

    Because it would affect the Plan.

    “When are you going to tell me what this Plan is? If you’re going around destroying my major cities, I have a right to know why.”

    It is the plan for the new world.

    “Why should we change the world? I’m happy with the way it is now.”

    But you will not be forever. In a matter of years, your seat will be taken by others, who have grown dissatisfied with your rule. Would you prefer to go the way of the Rescue Federation, or would you like to preserve your rule forever?

    “How do you know that?” Sparkleglimmer asked.

    It is the inner logic of the Plan. Prevention, rather than Defense. Need I remind you that we are not enemies? In the new world, you will rule this land uncontested. But for that to happen, there must be change. There must be sacrifice. I have aided you for fifty years. I now ask you to make a sacrifice. Will you oblige?

    “Director?”

    The voice flickered through the void, echoing around the chamber.

    “I’m needed elsewhere,” Sparkleglimmer said. “Let me think on it and get my answer back to you.”

    So be it.

    The void dissolved around her, and she lifted her head off her desk. A bellossom looked at her from the other side, slightly concerned.

    “You fell asleep at your desk again,” she said.

    “Travel lag from the trip to Grass,” Sparkleglimmer smoothly answered.

    “Didn’t you have travel lag last week?”

    “You needed something?” Sparkleglimmer asked, cutting through the question.

    “The head of the project on the bottom floor wants a word,” the bellossom said. “In private.”

    “And why is the head on the project on the bottom floor sending messengers to me instead of mailing me himself on his connection orb?”

    “It has to do with an intruder,” the bellossom explained. “He wants to keep it off the books.”

    Sparkleglimmer nodded. An intruder was a very reasonable reason to send for her.

    “Very well,” she said. “I’ll be down shortly.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Cloud Nine

    The decks of Cloud Nine grew less and less polished the lower one went. Clean, luxurious walls gave way to dirty metal underneath, and the floors became grates and solid steel planks. The engines transformed from a gentle hum into a loud whirring, and the lights became more sparse and harsh. Sparkleglimmer traveled down to the very bottom floor, to a facility built away from any windows or sides of the ship. Typing in the passcode that only she and a few select others new, she waited for the metal door to slide open before wandering into the pristine white laboratory.

    The boltund who was the head of the project on the bottom floor grinned widely as he saw Sparkleglimmer approaching.

    “You have finally received my summons, I see?” he said, letting his tongue hang out the side of his snout. His accent had the obnoxious slant heard in pokemon who thought they were smarter than everymon else.

    “I want to know why those summons were necessary,” Sparkleglimmer said harshly. “You let intruders enter the project grounds?”

    “Welllll…. we didn’t let them, persay,” the boltund said with an exaggerated shrugging motion of his entire head. “They just got in.”

    “Show me.”

    “The intruders took advantage of our looser day security to sneak in,” the boltund explained as he led Sparkleglimmer through the project facilities. Everything, even the equipment on the tables, was spotless. The room was polished a clean white that wasn’t even seen on the upper decks. “They messed up some things and stole one of the components, but it is easily replacable. We don’t think they took anything important.”

    Internally Sparkleglimmer fumed. An unknown intruder running around the ship with top secret contraband… She’d have to catalogue all passengers and actions taken on the ship since last night now.

    “How useful was that component?” Sparkleglimmer asked.

    “Not useful!” the boltund barked. “Not useful at all! Indeed, to even recognize it, it would take a very experienced eye. They would have had to work with these before to see it as anything but a scrap of junk.” He nodded again to drive in his point.

    “Do you know who?” Sparkleglimmer asked, her voice much more serious for that one.

    “We unfortunately did not see,” said the boltund.

    Sparkleglimmer tapped the floor with her back paw in annoyance, mulling it all over.

    “Make sure a breach like this doesn’t happen again,” she said. “I trusted your team over others because of your knack for confidentiality. Don’t make me reconsider that trust.”

    The boltund nodded very eagerly. Maybe a bit too eagerly.

    “It won’t, it will not! We give our solemn promise.”

    The sheer change in attitude a bit of fear could bring about was almost magical.

    “We’ll look into tightening security for this unit,” Sparkleglimmer said as a closing note. And with that, she left the room.

    The elevator ride up to the surface was liberating, like seeing the sun again for the first time after having been trapped underground for days. Years of working on an airship had changed Sparkleglimmer’s attitude towards the skies—as long as her feet were on sturdy ground, she liked standing outside and feeling the wind on her fur.

    She was beginning to draw attention, now that she was in broad daylight. The crowd of pokemon around her were having various reactions to seeing her as she passed. Only

    But as always, she couldn’t enjoy it for long. She had more important things to think about right now. And so she turned around and headed back into the government building that made up the epicenter of the ship.

    Somemon on this ship was snooping around in things they shouldn’t be. She’d have to launch an investigation, and keep things hush for the moment. If any packages had left the ship last night, they would need to be intercepted.

    “Have you heard back from the Blackthorn Guild about our proposal yet?” she asked the bellossom upon re-entering her office. “We contacted them a day ago.”

    “Nothing yet,” Bellossom said. “We know they have connection orbs, but our messages aren’t being returned.”

    “If you don’t hear back from them by tomorrow, then arrange a flygon trip for that location,” Sparkleglimmer said. “I’ll have to fly out there myself.”

    The bellossom nodded, then scuttled off. That left Sparkleglimmer to sort out her affairs at her desk in peace.

    Faint swirls of the Voice flickered in her head, the low humming she had become accustomed to after all these years making itself known. But she ignored it for now.

    Tonight.

    Right now, she had to focus on more important things, like ordering that investigation as soon as possible. She sent a summons on her connection orb for the manetric head of security aborad the ship.

    But even so, Sparkleglimmer had a feeling she knew exactly who the mysterious intruders were. She recalled the meeting she’d had just a few days ago, the one with that espeon and umbreon. It lined up too well.

    That pair was too nosy for their own good.


    ~\({O})/~

    Pokemon Paradise

    ~Zoroark~

    Once they got off the elevated walkways of the patrol walls, Marley was taken from them by a stronger team that Alice had contacted. She would be imprisoned for destruction of property and disturbance of peace, along with counts for several injuries. Perhaps Zoroark should have told them she was actually a zorua, in case she got away somehow. He didn’t seem to have the heart in him to say it. So it went unsaid, and then they parted.

    Now they were in the more rustic and developed section of Paradise, the area where the original buildings of Post Town stood and had been integrated into the more modern components almost flawlessly. Zoroark couldn’t tell whether that was because the buildings had been updated to fit with the newer ones, or because the entire city was shabby enough that there just wasn’t a noticeable difference anymore. He figured it was probably a bit of both.

    There was a large tower in the middle, a slightly crooked looking spire that stretched up over all the other buildings by several stories. The ground floor was large and lit brightly even during the day. The unown that hung on the sign above the rustic-looking doorway had been done up in fancy calligraphy:


    ~ S w a n n a . I n n ~

    “You can stop looking,” Alice said. “It costs a fortune to even look at the menu there.”

    The building seemed very, very crowded even from outside, and there were pokemon lining up around the corner to even get in. But what concerned Zoroark more than anything else was that the entire building looked like it could cave over at any moment.

    “Doesn’t the place look unsteady to you?” he asked as they walked down the streets in the direction of the HAPPI barracks.

    “That’s Swanna Inn,” Alice sighed. “It’s the most famous restaurant and hotel on the continent, but the building’s so old they need to close it down for repairs. Except that it brings in revenue for the city, so they never get around to it.”

    They walked in silence for a bit after that. Zoroark mulled over something. Talking to Alice felt like talking a brick wall that sometimes talked back. If he was going to be in this situation for a while longer, it at least made sense to try and reach out to the pokemon he was going to be stuck with.

    “So…” he began. “Since we’re going to be partners for a while longer, why don’t we get to better know each other?”

    “Not interested,” came Alice’s flat reply. It left Zoroark in the dust. Not that he was going to be deterred that easily.

    “Why not?” he asked. “Don’t you at least want to know who you’re working and sharing a bedroom with?”

    “I’ve decided not to make close relations on my job,” Alice said. “You shouldn’t either. What’s going to happen if you have one of those and your partner, say, dies on the job? Or gets reassigned somewhere else? Then you have to do it all over again. Not for me.”

    She walked onwards once more, pointedly leaving Zoroark-as-Braixen behind.

    Zoroark wasn’t sure how to follow that up. He supposed… if she wasn’t up for it, she wasn’t up for it. Not that it made his day any brighter.

    He looked up at the sky, which was in that phase right before it got darker. He suddenly remembered what Amadeus had asked of him. He was going to be late! He needed to go now.

    Zoroark took a look at Alice, then, without a hitch, ran into an alleyway and began to take a back-route to the HAPPI building that was clearly visible in the distance.

    He needed to do this part without being seen.


    ~\({O})/~

    HAPPI Building

    When Zoroark-as-Braixen approached the HAPPI building, it suddenly looked a lot more ominous than it had the day before. The walls that lined the institute seemed like they were claustrophobically snaking around the building. The building’s towers had eyes, all watching him as he walked through the grounds. Like they knew. Every door was a large gaping mouth waiting to swallow him up, every window was another eye to watch him with, and every brick was an ear of some kind he couldn’t see. It was like the entire building knew what he was about to do, and was prepared to strike him down.

    But that wasn’t possible. Not really. No-mon knew. And he wanted to keep it that way.

    Zoroark-as-Braixen tried his best to look causal, walking down the hallway. He tried to feel causal too, almost convincing himself that he wasn’t here to break in or steal or potentially get himself caught. The calmer he was, the smoother this would go, and the less he had to focus on keeping his illusion steady.

    It wasn’t long before he outwalked the other pokemon in the hall, the billboards and banners lining the walls, and the inviting doors that lay half open, entirely open, or closed on either sides. The halls became empty, the doors were more utility-based than anything, and the only ‘mon Zoroark saw in the halls were janitors and ‘mon pushing carts around.

    It was here that he stopped in the middle of the hall, realizing: He had absolutely no clue what he was doing. He knew what he was supposed to do—“Find the records”—but it wasn’t like there was a big neon sign pointing out the records room or anything. In fact, none of the signs said that. There was a janitor’s closet, a general supply room, a staff break room for in-building staff, but no warehouse or records division.

    “Listen—please hear me out—I think I found something.”

    Zoroark’s ear twitched, sensing voices coming from the one room he hadn’t paid attention to. It was behind him to the left, and the sign read “spare break office”. Other pokemon here… not good. He didn’t want to be caught in this section without a pass – it would just make his job harder. Carefully, he slunk up to the wall near the door and began to listen in on what was being said.

    “Just give it up,” one of the voices said. “You’ve been looking for stuff like this to pitch all day.”

    “But this one works!” That was Elliot. What was going on? “Just only with your vote.”

    A sigh, from what Zoroark assumed was Alexis. “Fine. Let’s hear your plan. But you probably already know which way my vote is going.”

    “If somemon finds themselves unable to vote for a project, they can give their voting rights to somemon they trust. And… I got that. I got it. With your vote, we have enough votes to—”

    “—With the director’s blessing, bring the vote to a tie. You’re grasping at straws, Elliot. What are you trying to accomplish? Stop the project? All you’re doing is pushing it back.”

    “But that’s the point!” Elliot cried out. Zoroark’s ear instinctively flicked back.

    “The point is you’re trying to push it back?”

    “I’m not trying to stop the project, Alexis. I’m just trying to push it back long enough so no-mon gets kicked out into the streets.”

    “And how do you expect to do that?”

    “If I had another month, or another week, even, I could set up something. A warehouse. Somewhere for them all to go. We could write it into the contract before it’s sealed.”

    There was silence, for a moment. The tapping of a foot. Zoroark didn’t know if that was Alexis or Elliot.

    “Does that sound doable? Alexis?”

    “I’ll think about it.”

    There was the sound of walking towards the door, and it suddenly swung open—

    Zoroark reacted just in time. Alexis marched out the door and down the hall, not aware that anymon other than him was in it. Zoroark barely dared to breathe, listening for anymon coming to or from as he stayed. Soon after, Elliot walked out, looking quite run down, before going the same way as Alexis had.

    It was a full five minutes before Zoroark thought to release his vanishing illusion. He collapsed to the floor, panting for breath. The tiredness was beginning to seep into his bones, and he didn’t know how much longer he could keep an illusion up for. The vanishing illusion was too intense. He was going to need to find some kind of different cover…

    His eyes wandered towards a semi-empty trolley that had been abandoned on the other side the hall. Perfect.

    He wasn’t going to compromise his braixen disguise in any way, shape or form, so he became a blaziken instead. It was bipedal, about his size, and relatively easy to fake. As long as no-mon asked too many questions or looked at him too hard, they wouldn’t notice the texture of the feathers was slightly off, or that he moved like he was carrying much more weight than a blaziken would. He didn’t have the energy for realism right now.

    Now that he had cover, he had to focus on finding the room. He glanced around at all the signs on the door as he walked down the hallway. None of them were the records. At this point, he was going to make a full loop of the building before he found anything…

    There it was! He wouldn’t have found it if he wasn’t looking. It was a cramped, slightly narrow doorway that nearly blended in with the wall around it. Sticking out above was a small, gold-colored sign that read


    “Records and archives”

    Zoroark immediately parked the cart and made a beeline for the room. He checked the door for locks; there were none. It looked like it was an open room for the most part. The guild probably trusted their employees not to be poking around in here for the wrong reasons. Which didn’t make him feel any better about what he was about to do, but worked out for him regardless.

    The door opened with a creak, letting light spill into the mostly dark room. It must have been a basement, and sure enough, there were stairs leading down. Zoroark left the door open, because he hadn’t found an electric light source to turn on yet and until he did, the open door was his only light source.

    He just hoped he wasn’t found before he found what he was looking for.

    The record room was large, almost like an organized maze. There were thick, dusty records sitting on shelves everywhere, and Zoroark could barely see the end of the room. Finding this wasn’t going to be easy.

    He crawled through the shelves, looking for any kind of identifier. The shelves seemed to be marked assigned to some kind of system, so he looked for one that was relevant to his find.

    Archeology to Electricity… he started at the nearest section, then began to work his way back. “Architecture” started with an A. The paradise expansion project was about building, right? So he figured it would be here.

    The A section turned out to be a bust. There were several building plans, but none of them titled “Paradise Expansion Project”. With a sight, Zoroark decided to loop around.

    In a burst of dumb luck, he found it under “P”, marked for “Paradise”. It was almost the whole shelf. A quick skim said this was a project that had been in development for years, but was only now coming to fruition. But there were so many, Zoroark didn’t know which ones to take. He figured he’d take whatever looked most recent, and grabbed the two least grimy-looking files off the shelf.

    Then the door slammed shut. Zoroark froze. It cast him into darkness.

    It opened a second later, but there were shadows standing in the doorway. He could hear voices, conversing rather loudly above:

    “That cart parked by the stairway was supposed to go to the other side of the building. How’d it get here? And what’s with the open door?”

    “Is this about those ghosts you insist are real again?” A sigh.

    “It’s not the bloody ghosts! Well, unless it is, but they usually do stuff at night.”

    “I see.”

    Whoever said that sounded like they in fact did not see and were just humoring the other pokemon.

    The other person sighed in defeat. “I think somemon is down there. You’re security. Can you just check?”

    “Yeah, sure, I’ll do a sweep. It’s my job. Just stand back. If I’m not out in five minutes, call backup. And then once this is over, make sure the door’s locked, will you?”

    “Got it!”

    Zoroark stayed completely still, trying to use the shelves he was behind to hide his big mane and lanky arms. If he had to do illusion gymnastics now…

    Somemon tromped down the stairs. Zoroark watched through a crack in the shelves, as a shadow made its way down the stairs…

    A lucario walked into the room, carrying what looked like a miniature luminous orb. Zoroark saw his face—it was the same lucario that had accosted him back when he had tried to sign up here! He immediately hid himself from view, and tried his best not to make a sound. That was the worst pokemon who could have come down here—if he was found out…

    He mind recalled the wanted poster that had been plastered to the billboard earlier today, and he knew he couldn’t get caught under any circumstances.

    Zoroark stayed completely still, not even daring to breathe as the guard made his rounds through the room. It sounded like he was going by shelf, though Zoroark couldn’t see any of it. All he knew was that the tromping was getting closer, and he had to do something.

    What were his options? He frantically looked around, trying to find something, anything he could disguise himself with. But the halls were pristine. Something in his bones told him he didn’t have the energy for the vanishing illusion right now.

    That only left one option. He’d have to escape on his own. Maybe there was a door on the far end of the room he could step out through.

    Tromp… tromp… tromp…

    And he had to go now.

    Zoroark took a look through the cracks between the books to see where the light was coming from. It was just a shelf down, heading towards the right. Slinking as silently as a furret, Zoroark went down the left side of the book cases, and then weaved a couple shelves further over.

    He could see the wall of the far end of the room from here. It was solid stone all the way through, and most importantly there wasn’t another door here. That meant the only entrance in or out of the room was the one on the other side. The one that would be locked after the guard did his rounds.

    Tromp… tromp… tromp…

    Zoroark had a plan. It was risky, and everything had to go exactly the way he planned, but more and more it was looking like it was the only way out of a bad situation.

    He could hear the guard making his way around to the end. He quickly scampered to the opposite side of the room, and waited for the guard to make the turn. Once he did, Zoroark quickly ran for it. He reached the entrance of the room, stopped at the stairs, and then steeled himself for the most important illusion of the day.

    “Did you see anything?” the growlithe standing outside the door asked as the lucario guard came up the stairs.

    “Nothing,” Zoroark said, doing his best to imitate the lucario’s gravely tones. “Must’ve been some idiot leaving the door open again.”

    “A-and what about the cart?” the growlithe asked.

    “Another idiot?” Zoroark offered with a shrug.

    Growlithe didn’t look convinced, but he wasn’t going to argue with security.

    “Go on,” Zoroark said, hoping the growlithe would buy it. “I’ll lock up.”

    “Alright…” the growlithe took the cart by one of the pull-strings for quadrupeds, and began to pull it down the hall, back the way Zoroark had come. Only once he was gone did Zoroark dare to drop his illusion. He breathed a sigh of relief, and tightly clutched the files in his claws—that had been too close for comfort.

    He then heard the actual guard tromping back up the stairs, and acted on instinct—by the time the guard tromped up into the hall again, he was a garbage can.

    The lucario looked around, then folded his arms and sighed in annoyance.

    “Can’t rely on anymon these days…”


    ~\({O})/~

    Cloud Nine ~ Nighttime

    ~Sparkleglimmer~

    After office hours, the political district of Cloud Nine and the gardens out front became silent. That worked out for Sparkleglimmer, because in the quiet, she worked the best. And tonight, there was a lot to work on. She had to finish organizing the investigation for the mystery thief. All packages had been checked and all departures had been logged; no-mon had left the ship in the window between the robbery and now. That meant the mystery thief was still aboard this ship. A matter for tomorrow; she planned to have the major suspects screened and

    The Blackthorn Guild still had not contacted HAPPI yet. Something about that made Sparkleglimmer uneasy. Grass was backwards in many ways, yes, but she had specifically singled out the Blackthorn Guild for their progressive ideologies and willingness to move forward with the new norms. They would have been ecstatic to receive an endorsement from HAPPI. And yet, for two days, there had been no word. And that worried her.

    And now, in the absence of any sound, came something else. The humming that lay ever-present in the back of Sparkleglimmer’s head intensified, and with it came a voice:

    The day has ended, and I have come once more to await your decision.

    Sparkleglimmer’s day had been consumed by more important matters, and she hadn’t thought on it at all. At the same time, she needed to make a decision now.

    “Alright,” she said. “I will allow you to do what you need to make your “plan” work. But on one condition.”

    What condition?

    “I get to move the valuable assets out of Pokemon Paradise before you do,” Sparkleglimmer said. “We can rebuild easier if we have those.”

    To this, the Voice had no reply.

    “Is that acceptable?” Sparkleglimmer pressed.

    Finally, an answer: It is.

    Something about the decision rubbed her the wrong way still, but the Voice had never led her wrong before. This would pan out well for her in the end, she was sure of it.

    A knock on the door roused Sparkleglimmer out of her trance. In a blink, the humming dissipated.

    “Come in,” she announced.

    The door opened, and the bellossom secretary from earlier stepped in. She carried a parcel in her arms.

    “Mail just arrived for you,” she said, putting the package on the desk. “It’s from the Grass Continent. No sender or return address.”

    Sparkleglimmer looked down at the parcel. Brown paper, wrapped with strings and nothing on it but a scrawled deliver address to the director of HAPPI. She already had the feeling she wasn’t going to like what was inside.

    “Let’s open it, then,” she said. Sparkleglimmer used her ribbons to undo the ties, letting the paper come undone and reveal what was inside.

    Sitting on the desk, surrounded by nothing but brown folds of paper, was a scorched piece of wood with the emblem of the Blackthorn Guild on it.

    Sparkleglimmer stared down at the piece of wood for a while, trying to figure out what to make of it. The bellossom looked jittery all over, like she was scared and trying not to show it.

    “You are excused,” Sparkleglimmer told her. “Thank you for delivering the package.”

    The bellossom took the nearest opportunity to nod in acknowledgement and leave the room.

    Once she was gone, Sparkleglimmer stared down at the piece of wood, and finally drew her conclusions about who had sent it, and what it meant.

    “So that’s how it is,” she muttered to herself.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Deep Sixed – Richard Gibbs
     
    Last edited:
    3~Nine - Port Archaios
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter37Art.png


    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER NINE: PORT ARCHAIOS

    ~\({O})/~

    Sand Continent ~ Waters

    Slowly coming to. The smell of sea salt on the air roused Espurr from her shallow slumber.

    She sat up where she was, yawning. Besides her, Tricky snored loudly, in a much deeper sleep than Espurr had been. Under one of her paws was the bag of buns they had brought along with them, and judging by the crumbs around her, Espurr gathered she had eaten a midnight snack. Only then, when Espurr blinked the blurriness out of her vision, did she remember where they were.

    All she could see for miles around them was the endless deep blue expanse of sea, dotted by clouds on the horizon and the occasional ships scattered around in the near distance. It must have been nearly afternoon; the sun shone down brightly on them from above and made it hard for Espurr’s eyes to adjust at first.

    They were both on the small back balcony of the ship that they had hopped onto last night, with only a set of barky railings crafted from branches separating them and the sea. It creaked and swayed with the rest of the boat, making Espurr feel unsteady where she sat. Even though she hadn’t moved an inch since she had fallen to sleep last night.

    She sat up and stretched, feeling an unfamiliar weightlessness on her right shoulder as she did. The strap of Gabite’s old exploration bag on her shoulder was missing, something she had become accustomed to even though she never wore it when she slept. Except…

    Wait. She had gone to bed wearing it, hadn’t she?

    That was when Espurr snapped awake completely. She frantically scrabbled around as quietly as she could, looking around for the exploration bag. It was nowhere to be seen, not even near Tricky, who liked to use it as a pillow. With dismay, Espurr noted that the gaps between the railings were just wide enough for their bag to slide through. They must have lost it in the night somehow…

    Caught on one of the railings was the nearly empty pouch of blast seeds, gently blowing in the wind. Espurr wasted no time lunging forward and grabbing it before it could fall into the ocean, though it was quite firmly attached to the railing by its rending seams. She scrambled back from the edge, quickly opening the pouch to see if anything was left in there. Inside sat a lone blast seed, at the very bottom of the bag. Espurr hugged it close. If there was one thing in the bag she would have chosen to save, that would have been high on her list. They were at least that lucky.

    The number of ships floating in the water around them had nearly doubled the further the ship traveled. With this many boats around, they had to be near something. Espurr nudged Tricky, trying to wake her gently as possible.

    “Tricky,” she whispered. “Get up. We’re here.”

    Tricky made some indiscernible growling noises, then something that sounded like ‘I’m too tired, pops’, but Espurr kept shaking. She couldn’t be this deep a sleeper, right?

    Almost like it was a reflex, Tricky suddenly lunged forward to bite Espurr’s arm. Espurr jumped back just in time, but she went too far. She hit the wall of the cabin with a loud bump.

    The sudden noise seemed to have alerted whoever was in the ship’s cabin. Espurr, who was wide awake at this point, looked towards the cabin with sudden fear. Tricky, who had finally been stirred awake by the bump, just stared around in confusion.

    Before Espurr could do anything, the door to the back balcony suddenly opened. Bunnelby lazily stepped out, rubbing the sleep from his eyes as he looked around to see what had made the noise. When he saw Espurr and Tricky, he froze. Then jolted to awakeness.

    “Wh-what are you two doing aboard?” he asked in shock.

    That was the point where Espurr decided this day had it out for her.

    Too late to disappear or make a quick escape. She needed to give him some kind of answer that sounded believable for two kids to pull, and didn’t involve creepy mushroom assassins in any way, shape or form. So she said the first thing she could think of:

    “Uhhhhh… we got bored.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Main Cabin

    The buns were a little flattened. Somehow, though, even after all the abuse Gabite’s old exploration bag had taken, they were still recognizable as buns. Espurr and Tricky dug into them relentlessly, painting the wooden floor with crumbs.

    At some point, one of them had offered a bun to Bunnelby. Bunnelby said he only ate raw vegetables and turned them down.

    “One of you is going to need to explain to me how you thought it was okay to sneak out in the middle of the night and stow away on a ship you didn’t even know the destination of just because you were bored,” he told them, his voice taking on the tone of a parent calmly lecturing their child. He sat opposite them on one of the ship’s crates, his arms folded. He did not look amused.

    “Well, we knew the destination,” Tricky let slip through a mouthful of bun. Espurr froze at that. Stupid stupid stupid—

    Wait. Maybe she could work with that.

    “We… really wanted to see the Sand Continent,” Espurr said. “Ever since we were little kits.”

    Tricky beside her caught on fast enough, to Espurr’s relief. She nodded rambunctiously in agreement, humming through a mouth that was full enough to have an entire bun in it.

    “So when we heard that the ship was going here, we stowed away.”

    “Where did you hear the ship was going here?” Bunnelby asked. Espurr quickly blanched. That was right. The only place she could have heard that from the briefing the day she got there.

    …Maybe it was better to go with the truth for that one.

    “The day we got here, I went up to the second floor and overheard some stuff,” Espurr said, choosing her words carefully.

    There was a moment of silence as Bunnelby processed that. Espurr wasn’t so sure whether it was better if he believed them or not.

    “I guess there’s no point in going back now,” Bunnelby said. “We’ll have to go with the flow.”

    “So we can go out and see?” Tricky asked, suddenly energetic.


    ~\({O})/~

    “You’re staying on the ship.”

    “What?!” both Espurr and Tricky cried out at the same time.

    “This isn’t fair!” Tricky protested. “What are we going to do on the ship all day when there’s this big city in front of us?”

    “It’s up to you,” Bunnelby shouted up at them from the dock. “I’d recommend you spend it thinking about why you shouldn’t be stowing away on boats just for joyrides!”

    Then he walked away, and both Espurr and Tricky were left in silence. That had not gone how Espurr planned it, but as far as she was concerned it had all worked out favorably for them.

    “Well, that was a bust,” Tricky said, sitting her rump down on the ship’s balcony and pouting.

    “Yeah..” Espurr said, sitting next to Tricky. “But at least we’re alone. Now all we have to do is wait for the Beheeyem to come to us.”

    She tried to sound confident, but the truth was that she couldn’t have felt less so. And when the time came, she didn’t want to stay on the ship. But at least they didn’t have to worry about it for a few more hours.

    “What if we told him what’s going on?” Tricky asked. “He’d take us into the city that way.”

    Espurr folded her arms, and took a seat against the ship’s mast. The sails gently swayed in the wind above, casting shade down on them.

    “Then our plan’s messed up,” she said. “We’re trying to strand them, not get more pokemon involved. Why bring them into the city?”

    “Wailord liner approaching!”

    The bellow of a loud, large pokemon cut through Espurr and Tricky’s ears. Espurr, who had been sitting against the ship’s main mast and lounging around in the shade of the sails for the last hour, came to attention with a start.

    Both Espurr and Tricky next to her looked behind them, where a large wailord with the scaffolding on it was sailing into the harbor. It cut the waves effortlessly, swimming to a stop at the docks.

    “You don’t think…” Tricky trailed off.

    “What time is it?” Espurr asked, getting to her feet and collecting the bag.

    “There’s a clock over there,” Tricky said, pointing into the town. Sure enough, there was a visible clock tower behind the town gates, an old-fashioned one with a glossy brass bell under it.

    Ding dong, rang the clock. The hands were pointed to Nine A.M.

    Espurr and Tricky traded looks. Then they scrambled up to the side of the ship, looking at the liner.

    If they found them on the ship, this was a closed-off space. Espurr recalled what had happened at Spinda’s. The Beheeyem weren’t afraid to wreck things to get to them. She didn’t want to risk destroying the harbor and potentially getting themselves into a bind. It was time to go.

    “We can’t stay on the ship,” Espurr said. “They’ll find us here.”

    “Well, where do we go?” Tricky asked.

    “Anywhere,” Espurr stressed. “Away from the city. We just have to go. And now!”

    She walked up onto the ship’s bow, holding her exploration bag and balancing so that she didn’t fall off. Tricky walked up behind her, looking down at the docks below.

    “That’s a pretty long fall,” she said, trying to keep the stammer out of her voice.

    “I’ll cushion it,” Espurr said. “Just jump on three. One… two…”

    “Three!”

    The both of them jumped off the bow, headed for the docks—

    Just like Espurr had said, the both of them slowed in descent halfway down, touching the docks like they’d jumped barely a foot.

    In the distance, the wailord liner had docked.

    “Let’s go,” Espurr said, paying the wailord liner a steady glance as they began to run in a different direction.

    Towards the sands in the distance.

    They hadn’t gone far when they realized there was a large, solid stone wall blocking them from going any further. It extended far, even out onto the water where it turned and blocked the rest of the coast, and it didn’t look like it could be broken by move power alone. It was so high that it looked almost impossible to fly over, let alone climb. Espurr’s stomach did a flip-flop at the idea of even climbing that high.

    “What now?” Tricky asked.

    “A wall like this has got to have a door in the city,” Espurr said, now thinking to herself more than anything. “Maybe we have to go in after all.”

    “And that takes us..” Tricky trailed off.

    “Back to the Beheeyem,” Espurr finished, looking back the way they came. “We’ll just have to be quicker than they are.”

    The path they followed took them closer and closer to the Wailord Liner. It slowly became less toy-sized as they approached it from the distance. Eventually, it was tall as three stories, and Espurr and Tricky could see crowds that were climbing down off it and onto the docks.

    “Isn’t this too close?” Tricky asked. “If they’re really on that ship, they’ll find us here…”

    But Espurr was quickly realizing they wouldn’t. There was so much noise in this crowd, both mental and physical, and that meant…

    “I can’t sense anything in this crowd,” she said. “And if I can’t, they probably can’t either.”

    “So they can’t find us?” Tricky asked.

    “As long as they don’t see us,” Espurr answered. “Let’s blend in.”

    And with that, they both scampered out of the alleyway they were hiding in and joined the crowd.

    The crowd was tight, cramped, and noisy. Espurr nearly lost Tricky a couple of times in all the chaos and clutter; it took conscious effort from the both of them just to stay together. The crowd slowly funneled down into a single file line as they got further away from the docks and closer to the gates. The pro was that Espurr and Tricky could stay in relatively the same place now without getting lost in the crowd.

    The con was that now the crowd was thin enough for the Beheeyem to be able to glimpse Espurr and Tricky if they weren’t careful. Espurr glanced back every so often, looking for any sign of the Beheeyem in the line behind them. Luckily, they weren’t in front of them—otherwise Tricky would have spotted them at some point.

    “Do you think they just didn’t come?” Tricky asked at some point.

    “Maybe they didn’t…” Espurr said. And she almost wanted to believe it.

    But then where were they? Whoever was controlling them couldn’t have just called them off.

    What neither of them expected was for the Beheeyem to approach from the sides.

    They passed an alleyway. Tricky happened to look to the left as the line shuffled forward, catching something moving around in the shadows. It looked like… She recognized it immediately. And then pushed Espurr out of the way—

    An attack hurled through the air and exploded against the bricks on the other side of the wall. The line descended into chaos.

    Espurr picked herself up off the ground quickly. She made sure Tricky was up as well, then quickly pulled her along through the chaos.

    “C’mon!” she yelled, swiftly maneuvering over obstacles and members of the terrified crowd. “We need to get to the gate.”

    She just hoped they could get through quickly enough.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Bunnelby~

    Processing wasn’t exactly the most exciting thing about explorers’ work. Processing for off-continent missions on a place like Sand was especially dull and grating. Bunnelby had to go through two checkpoints—the first to make sure he had the papers to get into the city in the first place, and the second to make sure he had the authorization to get into the continent’s restricted areas (which could only be done if signed off on by a high-ranking official at a HAPPI-registered guild.)

    He had the necessary papers. It was just that he was going to have to sit through two hot, cramped lines to get it all filed.

    Right now, he was in the middle of the first line. The line for passport checking was outside in broad daylight, and it stretched all the way back into the harbor. Bunnelby had been here for at least an hour, and he was finally getting near to the end of it. He could tell the cranidos ahead of him was having heat troubles too—which must have said something, since he was reptilian—and the leavanny behind him had slightly singed leaves. It was hot. But the checkpoint was just ahead, so they’d all be out of it soon. He hoped. It wasn’t easy to think of much else right now.

    “Identification, please,” the monotone diggersby at the gate warbled out. He was wearing a hat that offered some amount of shade, but those big ears obfuscated enough of the hat’s brim that it wouldn’t do much. “Explorer or tourist?”

    “Explorer,” Bunnelby said, opening his bag and fishing around in it. He pulled out his passport with an ear, then sealed the bag back up lickety split. “Here’s my mission slip. Authorized by the Expedition Society.”

    The diggersby pulled up a display on a connection orb. “What continent is that on?”

    “Water.”

    A few more clicks on the orb. A grunt.

    Diggersby pulled a paper out of one of two identical stacks, set it on the table, and stamped it.

    “Keep that on you. It’s good for the next three days.”

    Bunnelby was about to pull the paper off the desk when a shout ran out into the air.

    “Bunnelby!”

    It was the distinct sound of a child’s yelling. Bunnelby’s ears deflated a little. He thought he told them to stay on the ship…

    Sure enough, Espurr and Tricky were running towards him in the distance. They caught up to the stand in a matter of minutes, huffing and puffing and out of breath.

    “We’re coming along,” Espurr said, almost keeling over from all the running.

    “What’s this about?” Bunnelby asked, folding his arms angrily. “I thought I said you were staying on the ship!”

    “We can explain later!” Tricky said. “We just need to get through!”

    “The guard said we had to go here,” Espurr explained. “It’s important.”

    This was making a scene. Pokemon in the crowd behind were beginning to get antsy, wondering what was holding up the line. And no matter how Bunnelby cut it… the looks of fear on their face looked genuine. He couldn’t say no to that. He just… hoped they weren’t playing him.

    “They’re accompanying me,” Bunnelby said to the diggersby. “Stamp them on too.”

    Two stamps later, and all three pokemon were cleared to enter the other side of the gate.

    “Could you please help me with this bag?” the leavanny behind bunnelby asked him. “My leaves are kind of…” she showed him the singed edges.

    Bunnelby couldn’t say no to that either.

    “Of course,” he said.


    ~\({O})/~

    Port Archaios

    “You two need to explain this to me,” Bunnelby said once they were in the inner streets of the city. “Again.”

    The streets around them were decked out in exotic colors, and smells Espurr had never smelled before hung in the air. It was enough to make her dizzy just from all the new stuff that was going on around her, and almost enough to make her momentarily forget about the situation they were in.

    Almost.

    She blanched at Bunnelby’s demand.

    “Espurr, come on,” Tricky urged. “You have to tell him.”

    “It’s dangerous,” Espurr said. “I don’t want to get more pokemon involved than I have to!”

    Bunnelby was, of course, right in front of them.

    “What’s dangerous?” he asked.

    Large crowds of pokemon were beginning to file in, and the sounds of a large commotion were beginning to come from the gates they had just walked through. It looked like there had been a holdup at the gates, and even pokemon wearing the fuchsia-colored scarves that marked law-enforcement were arriving and beginning to sort things out.

    Bunnelby marched them over to a bench, sitting the both of them down and sitting next to them.

    “We’re not leaving this bench until you two tell me what’s going on,” he said.

    Espurr glanced at Tricky. She knew it wasn’t going to give her an answer she liked, but it was more of a reflex than anything. Tricky’s eyes only urged her to tell him.

    “There was a pokemon at the harbor who was causing a lot of commotion,” Espurr said. “Once that happened, we got out of the ship and ran here. We were hoping we’d catch you.”

    Tricky looked frustrated. Bunnelby glanced back towards the harbor gates, where there did indeed seem to be a commotion of some kind. It seemed plausible enough.

    “Well, if that’s all it is…” he said, getting up off the bench. “We’ll let the police handle it. It’s their job.”

    “What was that about?” Tricky hissed to Espurr.

    “I don’t want him in danger,” Espurr hissed back. “He’s not even involved in this.”

    “But now we have to go get registered for the mission I’m here to take,” Bunnelby said, getting up from the bench. “Let’s not waste time.”

    As much as he wasn’t looking forward to standing in another line, he wasn’t going to delay it until it got busy.


    ~\({O})/~

    Archeology Division HQ

    The headquarters of the Archeology division was the biggest building in town. It was also in the center, the large palace with the gigantic tree sprouting out of it. Fitting that it would be the town’s guild and government hall, after all.

    But even a great building like that wasn’t free of lines. Few of them were actually there on exploration duty—many of them were there for more mundane affairs like city disputes, civilian registration (since you couldn’t stay in the town longer than three days with just a paper slip), and merchant business like supply trades. The issue was that for the most part, they were all in the same line until they were filtered out into their own break-off groups. Why it was done this way and not some other, more efficient way, none of them knew.

    Bunnelby sat Espurr and Tricky down on an empty banquette. He didn’t relish the idea of taking them back into the cramped line, but this place looked safe enough.

    “You should be fine here,” he said. “Just stay until I get the registration and come back.”

    Then he left, and Espurr and Tricky were left to their own devices. Espurr craned her neck until she couldn’t see him in the crowd anymore. Once he was gone, she leaned back against the seat and at least tried to relax.

    Not that relaxing was an easy thing to do in their situation.

    “If you told him, he’d be helping us,” Tricky said.

    “But he’d be in danger,” Espurr replied.

    “How long are you going to do this?” Tricky asked. “We got a cafe blown up. We ran to another continent. We’re in uber trouble!”

    “But we’re so close,” Espurr said. “We’re in the city now. All we have to do is find the Beheeyem, find the door to the wall, and then strand them out there.”

    “And what if we get into more trouble then?” Tricky asked. “How do you even know we’ll be able to get through that door?”

    “We’re already in deep trouble,” Espurr said. “It’s just one last jum—"

    “—No,” Tricky said. “It’s not.”

    That caught Espurr off-guard.

    “What?” she asked.

    “It’s not just one last jump!” Tricky said. “It’s more dangerous than it is now! We’ll be all on our own. They can pick us off easy!

    “Bunnelby can help us,” Tricky continued. “Even if it’s dangerous. We just need to tell him what’s going on!”

    “What tells you he’ll even believe us if we tell him the full story?” Espurr countered.

    “How do you know he won’t?” Tricky stressed. “You never tried!”

    Espurr folded her arms.

    “I know I’m not good with plans,” Tricky said. “But doesn’t getting help seem like the better option?”

    After the explosion at Spinda’s, Espurr wasn’t too sure.

    “Maybe we can tell the police,” she said. “Bunnelby isn’t going to get out of that line anytime soon, right?”

    The line Bunnelby was in was long and ended at a place Espurr and Tricky could barely see from their seats.

    Tricky sighed. “Something tells me no.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Port Archaios Police Station

    “As it turns out, we’ve placed an arrest recently for three pokemon similar to the ones you’re describing,” the totodile at the front desk said. “If you’d like to come back, we can show you some photos and you can tell us if they’re the same or not.”

    “We’d like that,” Espurr said, staring up at Totodile from the other side of the desk with Tricky.

    The photos were taken in bad lighting, but from safely behind a glass screen. And the contents of the pictures showed what was clearly three Beheeyem.

    “So they got locked up,” Tricky said once they had managed to get themselves situated properly on one of the similarly cushy booths in the police station. “That means we don’t have anything to worry about, right?”

    “I don’t think so,” Espurr said. She wasn’t entirely comfortable that the walls of a prison could contain the Beheeyem, but that prison was built for handling dangerous pokemon. If there was any place that could contain them, this was it.

    “See?” Tricky said, looking proud of herself. “I told you getting help was the better option! We would have been worried all day if we hadn’t gone!”

    Having the Beheeyem gone was only one worry off Espurr’s mind, but she was happy to take it.

    “Yeah,” she admitted. “You were right.”


    ~\({O})/~

    Port Archaios Jail

    The jails were in limited number here, so the Beheeyem had been locked up in a single cell. Not that having the combined power of three pokemon meant anything—the walls were made of a substance that didn’t seem to react to their attacks. They couldn’t even put a dent into it.

    They had several chances to stone their way out of the place. But they didn’t. They had been ordered only to makes waves and create confusion when they had to. Turning ‘mon to stone would have revealed their tracks too fast. It would have outed them before they had a chance to reach the target.

    “Hey.” A voice from the cell facing them. An incineroar casually flicked pebbles from the ground besides him into the glass, making a ‘plink’ noise with each one. “Coneheads. You guys all mutes?”

    He annoys them.

    Fools.

    The voice reverberated through their heads, and only theirs.

    I granted you immense power, power no pokemon has seen before. I granted you that power to do one job. And look where you end up.

    The atmosphere in the cell and only in that cell suddenly grew too heavy to breathe properly.

    I should remove you. There are many pokemon in this world who would do a better job rather than fail me like you have.

    The Beheeyem were reckless. They can do better.

    I expect as much of the pokemon who pledged themselves to be my servants.

    They deserve another chance.

    Very well.

    The heavy atmosphere lifted in a second.

    This material is infused with the stone of my mountain. It shall break.

    Dark veins spread out through the glass, expanding from within. The glass door of the Beheeyem’s jail cell suddenly shattered apart.

    Go now. They are within your sights.

    The incineroar within the other cell quickly stumbled up and backed against the wall of his own cell once he saw and heard the shattering of the Beheeyems’.

    “H—” he began. “Wait. I was only messing around. I didn’t mean that!”

    The Beheeyem approached his cell, separated only by the glass of the prison cell.

    They would love to use him as a warm-up.

    Very well. He is a witness, after all.

    The incineroar watched in terror as veins of darkness began to bleed into the glass of his cell. It blew apart the same way the Beheeyems’ had, pelting him with slivers of sharp glass. He looked up as the Beheeyem closed in on him, raising their blinkers and rapidly charging a ball made up of black sparks—


    ~\({O})/~

    Police Station Lobby

    The sound of something shattering suddenly turned Espurr and Tricky’s heads.

    The alarms in the police station began to whir. Snapped awake by the alarm, two guards who had been sleeping on their haunches immediately got up and started running for the back.

    “You don’t think…” Espurr said to Tricky, beginning to get up off the booth.

    The screams of two pokemon from within the chamber—the guards.

    The totodile at the front desk quickly hopped off her seat. She pressed a button, a gate lowered over the entrance to the back of the station. There was a moment where everything was quiet…

    Then the gate blew apart—

    Espurr and Tricky hit the ground to avoid being speared by the debris. From the newly cleared entrance to the jails backstage emerged what Espurr had been fearing that entire day: the Beheeyem.

    They didn’t waste any time. The Beheeyem quickly began to charge another attack. It was all Espurr and Tricky could do to pull the totodile out of the way before the attack could demolish the tiles in the area it hit.

    No sooner had they managed to dodge the Beheeyem’s attack did Espurr pick herself up, help pull Tricky to her feet, then bolt for the door. They just managed to make it before another attack went flying their way. Espurr kicked the door of the station closed before it could hit them. The attack sent the door flying. The crowd around them reacted with fright as the door sailed over their heads and crashed into the building on the other side of the street.

    Espurr and Tricky quickly made themselves scarce in the chaos. Espurr looked back as she ran, seeing the Beheeyem emerge from the side of the building rather than the front. They blended into the crowd, though the tips of their cones stuck out among the top.

    Soon, the mental noise of the crowd grew far too immense for any psychic to have a hope of discerning anymon from the rest of the mess. Espurr managed to relax on that front, but that didn’t mean the chase was over. Somehow, the Beheeyem were still within a dangerous distance from them.

    Espurr picked up the speed. She began to bump pokemon out of the way, ignoring the grunts and cries of annoyance as she led Tricky through the crowd.

    That was leaving a trail, one the Beheeyem were picking up on. They began to follow in the direction she and Tricky were going. That was fine. As long as they got out of here faster they could get lost afterwards. What was a good place to go?

    “What if we hid on the roof?” Tricky asked, looking up at the signs that stood on the roofs of many of the buildings. Sure, they didn’t all have flat roofs, but those signs were more than big enough to hide behind until the danger had passed. All they had to do was somehow get up there without the Beheeyem following them…

    “That’s a good idea,” Espurr said. “We just need to get up there without being followed. Let’s try…”

    She slowed down, trying to look more causal. There was still a large enough crowd that the mental interference worked in their favor, but the pokemon were beginning to thin out enough now that soon they’d be visible anyway. Espurr scanned the sides of the buildings, looking for an alleyway with a dumpster or something else they could climb on. Soon, her eyes caught sight of one. But it was on the other side of the street. They wouldn’t be able to get to it without catching the eyes of the Beheeyem, and their window was closing fast.

    The hippowdon they were using as a visual shield from the Beheeyem was making a right turn, so Espurr smoothy bridged the gap in front of a family of grovyle instead.

    “If we can get to that alleyway over there, we can get onto the roof,” Espurr said, pointing it out to Tricky. “Be ready to run when I say so.”

    At this point the Beheeyem were much too close for comfort—only a few pedestrians away from them. Espurr caught sight of a few unattended barrels sitting next to one of the buildings. Those would do. With just a mental push, the barrels fell over and rolled into the Beheeyem. The door of the storefront they were sitting next to opened, and a large dragonite walked out. He looked down at the barrels angrily.

    “Did you knock these over?” He questioned the Beheeyem. Espurr quickly took advantage of the distraction, using pedestrians as cover as they both ran for the alleyway so the Beheeyem didn’t notice.

    She wasn’t entirely sure if they did or not.

    They entered the alley, looking at the trash can that was supposed to be their ticket up onto higher ground. The building was two floors high, and the trash dumpster barely even scaled a fourth of it.

    “Get up on top,” Espurr said. “I’ll propel us.”

    Tricky did as she said, hopping up onto the dumpster. Espurr followed suit.

    “Ready?” she asked. Tricky nodded. “One… Two… Three…”

    Before they could do anything, the dumpster was blown away from under them.

    Espurr was sent flying back. Tricky landed somewhere next to her. The alleyway was a dead end.

    Then the light was blotted out. The Beheeyem entered the alleyway, casting the street in front of Espurr in shadows. Espurr hardly dared to move, not that it mattered much at this point. The Beheeyem clearly knew it was over. They raised their blinkers at the two of them in unison, letting black sparks collect around them once more…

    Not if Espurr had anything to say about it. She concentrated her mental energy, then jumped off the ground. A small psychic boost blasted her up into the air. She landed on one of the Beheeyems’ head cones—

    The attack sent the Beheeyem stumbling back—Espurr had done it way too fast for them to react properly. Espurr kicked back the cone she had hurtled into, then slammed back into the one behind her with her body force and knocked that Beheeyem forwards. Another boost propelled her over the head of the third one, and she landed out in the town. Then she realized: in all the kerkluffle, she had forgotten something important: Tricky was still in the alleyway!

    But the Beheeyem wanted her. Not anymon else. It was time to end this for good.

    “Hey!” she yelled to them, catching their attention from a distance. “Try and catch me!”

    Two of the Beheeyem started after her. Espurr briefly wondered what happened to the third, but two was more than enough reason to start running. So, she did. Now, for the city outskirts.

    She didn’t know where she was going to find that door yet. But as long as she got them outside the city, then she could take it from there.


    ~\({O})/~

    Tricky had taken the fall much harder than Espurr had. By the time she managed to get up, she saw to her horror that there was a Beheeyem hovering over her.

    She yelped in fright and curled up. What had happened to Espurr?

    But the attack she was expecting never came. Instead, it felt like something was being inserted into her mind very painfully, but there was no cut. The Beheeyem’s lights flashed, and somehow Tricky knew what they meant:

    If you want to see your friend again, get up.

    So, she did.

    “What did you do to her?” she asked, spitting the words out at the Beheeyem. The Beheeyem didn’t answer, only started moving towards the exit of the alleyway. But Tricky stayed still.

    “I’m not moving until you tell me,” Tricky said. “Where is Espurr?”

    There was still no answer from the Beheeyem, but it stopped and twisted around just a little. Suddenly, it felt like Tricky’s brain was being sliced in half—

    She felt to the ground, moaning and clutching her head in her paws and trying to bear the searing pain from whatever was happening to her—

    All of the sudden, it stopped. She looked up at the Beheeyem, who was still in the same position it had been before the attack on her brain. All Tricky could do was pant from all the exertion and the pain, and stare of at the Beheeyem in hurt.

    Come.

    And Tricky didn’t have a choice. She had to go.

    Trying not to pay attention to the tears flowing out of her eyes, she reluctantly stepped after the Beheeyem.


    ~\({O})/~

    Archeology Division Headquarters

    “You’re all set,” the pokemon at the counter said. Bunnelby took the paper slip that determined ‘yes, he could enter the fenced off section of the Sand Continent for research purposes’, and left the desk.

    When he came back to the booth Espurr and Tricky were supposed to be sitting on, he found that it was completely deserted.

    Immediately, Bunnelby went into panic mode. He knew it was the better option to leave them on the ship; leaving two children alone in a large town like this was a bad option! Now what was he going to do?

    Wait. They had an expedition gadget. Assuming they had thought to bring it, he could just give them a call. Bunnelby pulled his own gadget out of his bag, slotted the connection orb in, picked out the contact from the expedition society roster (new members were added by default), then pressed the button that contacted Dedenne.

    The line whirred for a minute, but eventually Dedenne’s voice came into focus: “Whosit? Bunnelby? Is that you?”

    “Dedenne,” Bunnelby spoke up. “Can you wire me through to the newbies?”

    “The newbies?” Dedenne asked. “Like I haven’t tried! We’ve been searching for them all day! Are… Wait. Are they with you?”

    “Long story,” Bunnelby said, trying to fight the beginnings of an anxiety-induced headache. “I’ll explain it all when I get back.”

    “So they are with you!”

    “Can you please just wire me through?”

    “32nd time’s the charm, I guess…” Dedenne’s voice didn’t sound very enthusiastic. “But, sure.


    ~\({O})/~

    Espurr hugged the pouch with the blast seed in it close as she ran. It had migrated through various places on her person throughout the day, but she’d made sure she never ever lost it. She only wanted to use it if she had to. Once she was sure she had enough of a head-start on the Beheeyem, she spun a corner and continued down a slightly narrow alleyway. She could see the looming wall in the distance in front of her. She just hoped she could find the gate once she got close enough.

    The Beheeyem were hard to lose. The two of them floated into the alleyway, then began to make after her as quickly as they had rounded the corner. This building was long, so there weren’t any turns or obstacles Espurr could throw them off at. And without those, she was quickly realizing she was at a disadvantage. She just wasn’t as fast as they were, and she was beginning to get quite puffed out. The Beheeyem floated along without even a sign of being tuckered out, and it wasn’t long before Espurr couldn’t run anymore…

    But she didn’t need to. There was a gate just ahead, and if she could just hold out long enough she’d get there with time to spare. With one last desperate burst of energy, Espurr made for the gate. She managed to reach the door before the Beheeyem could catch up, swinging and latching it shut. At last, she was reasonably separated from her pursuers.

    The Beheeyem glowered at her from the other side. But they didn’t try to break down the gate like she expected. Maybe they figured it would be too much work to keep going after her like this. She’d surprised them before, after all.

    But suddenly something Espurr didn’t expect happened. There was a sudden jab in the backside of her head. It felt like a needle was being inserted into her brain, but when she clutched the area that was throbbing in pain, nothing was there. Espurr wasn’t a dummy—she knew what was happening. It must be some kind of psychic trick.

    And she was too tired to push it out.

    The lights on the end of the Beheeyems’ blinkers flashed, and somehow Espurr understood what they said this time: We have your friend.

    Who they were talking about, Espurr knew too. Tricky. They must have…

    Now they had her cornered, and she knew it. She had done everything she did to make sure others didn’t get in danger from this. She had to be the one to deal with it herself.

    But that couldn’t come at the expense of Tricky.

    “How do I know you’re telling the truth?” she asked. It was worth a shot.

    You don’t.

    The fact that there were only two of them was enough to send Espurr’s mind into doubt.

    And more and more it was looking like she didn’t have any choice but to co-operate.

    She reached into the pouch and pulled out her final weapon—the last blast seed.

    “Promise me you’ll bring her here,” she said. “Otherwise I’ll detonate this and go find her myself.”

    You know those do not harm us.

    “You don’t have to worry about the blast seed. You have to worry about what I’m going to do once it goes off.”

    She didn’t know what she was going to do. She just had to keep talking big long enough to find a proper plan.


    ~\({O})/~

    ~Tricky~

    The Beheeyem led Tricky out into a crowded street, filled with pokemon of all shapes and sizes. ‘Mon in shopping stalls tries to pawn off their wares to ‘mon hurrying by in the streets, while others hurried by to get where they needed to go. A pack of children on their own were playing with a ball in the streets, dangerously close to getting popped on a nidoran’s needles.

    Any of them could help Tricky. There were so many pokemon here, and she was in the middle of it all. In mortal danger, and no-mon knew anything. And after the sheer amount of pain that had coursed through her head the last time, she didn’t know if she had the bravery to call out for help. If she had to go through the mental torture she had in the alleyway again she thought it might kill her.

    She didn’t think the Beheeyem was actually listening to her. If it could hear her trying to make up escape plans, it would have fried her brain by now for sure. She didn’t know for real, but that piece of logic brought her at least some comfort.

    But even within the sanctuary of her head, she still needed to think of something, and fast. What would Espurr do in a situation like this?

    Run away all on her own, probably, Tricky realized. She had to think for herself on this one. But then she shook her head to clear it. She didn’t need Espurr’s help. She could make a plan all on her own to get out of this! She tried to recall what Nickit had said to her during their card game… something about not playing the most powerful card first. Tricky didn’t know how that applied to this situation.

    As her mind wandered, she suddenly realized: if the Beheeyem hadn’t killed her by now… they must be using her to get to Espurr! This one must have been taking her to Espurr’s location right now! If she did something now, she’d never find them in time.

    That settled it. She’d let the Beheeyem lead her to Espurr, then knock it out when it wasn’t expecting that! Tricky’s moping transformed into a lively trot, feeling very proud of herself for her plan. Then she felt something foreign poking around in the surface layers of her mind. She immediately scaled back her excitement. She must have drawn its attention somehow.

    But the shock she was expecting never came. Tricky, who had scrunched her face up to brace for another shock, warily opened an eye to see the Beheeyem facing away from her just the way it always had been. That sealed it, it had to be careless. If it knew what she was planning, it definitely would have fried her. But she was being careless too. She needed to be more careful from here on out.

    The Beheeyem led her down several more streets, into the more rugged section of town, until she could see the large walls that separated the city and the rest of the continent looming over them in the very near distance. Tricky was led down a long, narrow alleyway, until they finally reached where the Beheeyem was taking her. The other two Beheeyem glowered back at them, and behind them, behind a wire wall, was Espurr.

    Tricky couldn’t help but call out at that point. “Espurr!” she yelled. “Over here!”

    Espurr leapt up from where she was resting, making sure not to get too close to the gate but making sure she saw Tricky clearly all the same.

    Before she could even register it, Tricky suddenly had the blinkers of two Beheeyem pointed down at her from either side. The lights flashed, and flickered with black sparks.

    Either you or her.

    Tricky could hear the thoughts, even though they were directed to Espurr.

    Choose.

    She saw Espurr over by the gate, looking like she was actually considering it. She couldn’t be.

    But it was.

    “Fine,” Espurr said, smartly concealing the blast seed behind her back. “Me.”

    With that, she opened the gate.

    And drop the seed.

    The blinkers around Tricky began to flash threateningly, charging up...

    Espurr knew better than to mess around, it seemed. It didn’t look like she did it eagerly, but she dropped the seed to the ground. An invisible force knocked it back, far out of her reach. Tricky could read the look on Espurr’s face: she was at a loss.

    Luckily, Tricky wasn’t. As energy began to collect around the Beheeyem’s blinkers, aimed straight at Espurr, she suddenly darted forward and latched onto the cone of the Beheeyem that had led her here.

    The scene devolved into chaos. The Beheeyem flailed wildly about, swinging Tricky around with it. Espurr took the opportunity to run back and grab the blast seed that had been knocked out of her reach. The Beheeyems’ attack changed aim at the last second towards Tricky, still holding on to their partner’s cone for dear life. By the time the Beheeyem realized their mistake, it was too late—

    Tricky was spry enough to launch up into the air just in time. The attack that had been meant for Espurr and then her instead slammed point-blank into the third Beheeyem. Tricky hit the ground in a rolling ball at the side and scampered back to Espurr.

    For once, the Beheeyem seemed to be genuinely taken aback. They stared at their third partner, who was now a statue of solid stone. Then, the two of them whirled back around to Espurr and Tricky, their lights aflurry with black sparks--

    That was when Espurr threw the last blast seed.

    Set off in such a small place, the explosion damaged the walls. It threw Espurr and Tricky back across the alley; they landed in a pile of semi-soft sacks. But most importantly, the two remaining Beheeyem seemed to be down for the count. And that was what mattered.

    “Hah!” Tricky couldn’t help but prance a bit in celebration. “That’s what you get for coming after us, meanies!” she blew a raspberry at the stone Beheeyem in the middle. “A taste of your own medicine.”

    Espurr walked forward and tentatively gave one of the Beheeyem a kick. It didn’t stir.

    “It’s knocked out,” she said. “I don’t think they’re gonna get up anytime soon.”

    Tricky, who was winding down from the exhilaration, was finally coming back to her senses. She walked over to Espurr, planted her feet in the ground, and firmly nudged Espurr’s attention towards her.

    “What were you thinking?!” she yelled in Espurr’s face. She didn’t realize she had the yell in her until it came out.

    “What do you mean, what was I thinking?” Espurr asked, folding her arms. “I had a plan.”

    “So you abandoned me and ran off?” Tricky snapped. She could feel her hackles raising in anger.

    “I was trying to lure them away,” Espurr snapped back indignantly. “They want me. Not anymon else, me. I didn’t think they would try something like that…”

    “But they did,” Tricky said.

    “And it worked out!”

    “It nearly didn’t!” Tricky’s voice rose into a yell again. “Tell me you had some kind of plan back there. Tell me they weren’t just going to let them do that to you!”

    She angrily stuck a paw out in the direction of the stone Beheeyem statue.

    Espurr couldn’t. Tricky decided to continue.

    “You didn’t even say anything to me before you left! How do you think I would have felt if I went looking for you and they got you while you were on your own?”

    She noticed her breathing was getting quick and heavy. Old memories began to resurface, but she grit her teeth and buried them. She didn’t need that now.

    “And how do you think I would have felt if I kept bringing other pokemon along with me, and then something happened to one of them?” Espurr cut in. “They only went after you because you’re with me. I’m not putting anymon else in danger from this.”

    “So you’re putting yourself in danger?” Tricky seethed. “That’s the most reckless thing ever! And it’s selfish, too!”

    “How is it selfish?” Espurr asked. The mask was finally beginning to slip. “All I want to do is keep everymon else out of danger!”

    “But you don’t have to do it alone!” Tricky pointed out. “What if you can’t do it alone? What about everymon else? What if you…”

    She paused to mitigate her breathing.

    “Besides…” she continued. “We’re a rescue team. There’s no team if we don’t do it together.”

    Espurr still had her arms folded, but it was a moment before she answered.

    “What do you think we should do, then?” she said. “We’ve tried everything.”

    “Well, who else do we know that has rescue team training and could help us?” Tricky asked.

    She let the silence punctuate the obvious answer.


    ~\({O})/~

    Archeology Federation Headquarters

    ~Bunnelby~

    Bunnelby had looked everywhere, and he still hadn’t found Espurr and Tricky. After they had disappeared from the booth, he had immediately aborted any plans for the day to go look at them. He was generally pretty good at keeping his cool, but this was beginning to make even him begin to lose it. Two kids, lost in a big city… all because he’d left them alone! He had to find them.

    He’d gone down to the police station to ask them to help him look, but the building was fenced off and all the glass in the windows had been blown apart. Having more than enough problems on his plate currently, Bunnelby decide to leave that fiasco to the police and continue the search himself. And now the sun was beginning to set, and still no luck. He had made a full round of the city, asked around at nearly every establishment he could find, asked Dedenne to make just one more call, and made it back to the Archeology Division’s headquarters. Now was a good time to start panicking, he thought.

    “Bunnelby!”

    The sound came from the west side of the building. Bunnelby looked left to see both Espurr and Tricky running towards him down the street. They both looked very beat up and puffed out.

    “Bunnelby…” Tricky panted out as they slowed to a stop, panting for breath.

    “Where were you two all day?” Bunnelby asked, his emotions finally getting the better of him. “I asked you to sit on the bench, and you ran off without telling me. I searched the entire city for you two!”

    “We’re sorry…” Tricky apologized meekly.

    “We… need your help,” Espurr admitted.


    ~\({O})/~

    Bunnelby took them both to an inn in one of the quieter districts of town, where they ate a light dinner that had been bought from the market just before. Espurr and Tricky had been somewhat perplexed that it consisted mainly of leafy greens, but ate anyway.

    “Done eating?” he asked, when the large majority of the greens had been eaten between the three of them. Espurr and Tricky both nodded. “Alright,” he said. “You two need to explain to me what is going on, right now,” he said.

    “We’re being hunted,” Espurr began. “By Beheeyem.”

    “They chased us away from our village!” Tricky cut in. “That’s why we went to Lively Town.”

    “Then, when they reached us there, we planned to lead them here and strand them,” Espurr continued. “They’re relentless; they won’t stop.”

    “They’ve got freaky powers that turn pokemon into stone!” Tricky added.

    “And they’re not afraid to hurt other pokemon to get to us,” Espurr finished. “That’s why we’ve been trying to keep everymon else out of it.”

    “Did you guys happen to go by chance to the police station?” Bunnelby ventured.

    “We did!” Tricky said. “But they kinda blew it up.”

    Bunnelby took a moment to process all of that, rubbing his temples for a moment. As outlandish as it sounded, it put a lot of the things he had seen today into perspective. And the bit about turning pokemon into stone… that sounded eerily close to what Mawile had given a lecture about only a couple of weeks ago. Wasn’t that what had happened in Pokemon Plaza?

    Maybe there really were dark powers at work here.

    Bunnelby mused in thought a while longer. But even so, what to do? This seemed like something that lay out of the paws of the authorities. The first thing to do was to confer with Ampharos and Mawile.

    He pulled his expedition gadget out of his bag. He saw Espurr’s eyes follow it. “They really turned other pokemon into stone? Like, stone statues?”

    “Are you calling somemon?” Espurr asked.

    “I’m relaying this to the Expedition Society,” he explained. “Having as much help as we can get will make this easier for everymon.”

    “Ooh!” Tricky piped up. “Call Ampharos! He knows all about the Beheeyem!” Espurr beside her looked suddenly worried at that. Bunnelby didn’t miss it, but tried to set it aside to deal with the main issue at paw.

    But before any of them could do anything else, there was a sudden knock at the door. Both Espurr, Tricky, and Bunnelby looked at it with expressions ranging from confusion to apprehension. Who would be knocking on their door at this time of night?

    “I-it’s me!” called out the rosiela receptionist that had been at the desk. Bunnelby got up from where he sat, hopping over to the door and opening it.

    The receptionist indeed stood at the door, but her face was fear-stricken. Behind her, pointed at her from either side, were the blinkers of the Beheeyem. They whizzed and popped with black sparks, and at the last second the aim changed—

    “Bunnelby, duck!” Espurr managed to shout out, before an attack spawned.

    Bunnelby ducked just in time. The attack whizzed over and carved a nasty dent into the wall on the other side of the room. The secretary, no longer the center of attention, fell to the ground with a gasp and began to creep away down the hall.

    Second after that, a powerful force pinned Espurr, Tricky, and Bunnelby to the wall. An attack spawned, but it was noticeably weaker and taking longer to form than it had before. Espurr connected the dots quick: all this psychic energy they were expending keeping them to the wall must have been sapping their energy!

    Meanwhile, not having to have done any athletics in a good hour or so meant she was running on full. She focused on some of the belongings in the apartment. The table in the middle began to rattle, then shot towards the Beheeyem—

    It rammed into them full force, sending them careening out the door and back into the hall. Espurr, Tricky, and Bunnelby fell to the ground immediately and without cushioning.

    Espurr knew better than to spend time picking herself up off the floor. As much as the fall jarred her, within a second she was standing and ready to battle again. But nothing came. The hallway outside was quiet.

    Bunnelby stood up off the ground, joining Espurr with Tricky.

    “Stay quiet,” he told them. “I’ll bet they’re waiting just outside to ambush us.”

    “So do we go out the window?” Tricky asked, glancing at the window outside.”

    “We’re three stories up,” Espurr said. “We’d just break our legs.”

    “I have an idea,” Bunnelby said. He pointed to the phone on the desk. “See if that phone is still working. We can phone the police station.”

    Tricky got on that immediately. Bunnelby crept towards the door, where all was silent still. “We know you’re out there!’ he yelled. “We just called the police!” he cast a look at Tricky, to make sure she had actually managed to phone the police. “Do you still want to pick a fight?”

    For a moment, there was nothing.

    Then all of the sudden the wall exploded outwards--

    Bunnelby swiftly covered his face with his ears. Espurr was blown back a bit by the rubble, but she managed to keep herself steady. Tricky, who hadn’t been in the blast zone, jumped back but was fine. What Espurr hadn’t been expecting was another stone attack to fly directly through the debris.

    It very nearly hit her. It would have, in fact. She just wasn’t able to get her muscles to move in time. Thankfully, something pushed her out of the way first, before she could even register what was flying towards her. By the time Espurr managed to make sense of her surroundings, she noticed that Tricky was right on her.

    They didn’t have time to react. The Beheeyem were already scooting in.

    Bunnelby was faster than the Beheeyem were. As they moved in, his ears began to glow, surrounded by twin auras of white power. He hopped forward and twirled around, his ears fanning out and making contact with one of the Beheeyem. Shocked by the impact, the Beheeyem was sent reeling back.

    The other one had been lucky enough not to get hit. Espurr and Tricky were still pulling each other apart when they saw that the second Beheeyem was about to stone Bunnelby! The attack was forming quickly—they had seconds, if not less. Sensing that psionic activity wouldn’t be quick enough, Espurr ran forward as fast as she could. An ember from Tricky flew over her, knocking the Beheeyem off course. The attack flew up into the roof.

    Espurr laced her paws with her mental energy, then punched upwards—

    The Beheeyem had no time to recover from the last blow, let alone this one. It was sent reeling back, falling against the wall in shock. It huddled up in the corner, covering its face with its large blinkers in order to guard from any more attacks. Espurr kept her mind trained straight on the Beheeyem, in case it began to move again.

    “Go help Bunnelby!” she told Tricky.

    Using his ears as fists, Bunnelby was doing a good job of fending off the second Beheeyem. It tried its best to stay out of the way, deftly floating back and to the left and right to avoid Bunnelby’s punches. Eventually black energy began to cover its lights again, and it swung its blinkers at Bunnelby—

    Tricky collided into the Beheeyem from the side, knocking it off-course and to the floor before it could touch him. At some point, the desk with the phone that stood on the far side of the wall was hit by a stray piece of energy and was sent crashing to the ground.

    Bunnelby took advantage of the moment while it was down. He sprung up, spun in the air, and landed on the Beheeyem’s midsection.

    “You’re under arrest!” he loudly proclaimed. “Stay down, and don’t dig yourself a deeper hole than you have already.”

    There was the sound of tromping down the hallway. Several pokemon wearing the fuchsia scarves ran in, looking around at all the destruction in shock.

    “Which one of you phoned?” Bunnelby asked.

    Espurr and Tricky shared a look.

    “…Neither of us,” Tricky said.

    The rosiela clerk walked in with quick, jittery steps, pointing at the Beheeyem.

    “It’s them,” she said. She was still shaking. “Those ones. They took me hostage and then blew up this room.”

    With both the Beheeyem down for the count, the crew of policemon moved in, and began to pick up the pokemon and cart them away.

    Things blurred together for Espurr after that. She knew Bunnelby went to talk with the police officers. After this incident, they said they would be holding the Beheeyem somewhere more secure, so they didn’t break out this time. Tricky had jumped around and excitedly declared that they’d won, and the rosiela clerk offered them another room free of charge for the disturbance. Espurr paid attention to it all, but not too much. Feelings of relief she hadn’t felt in nearly a week were coursing through her brain. It felt alien after all this time.

    All she could really think about was that for the moment, they had indeed won.


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    Cheetah – Hans Zimmer
     
    Last edited:
    3~Ten - The Sands of Time
  • SparklingEspeon

    Back on Her Bullshit
    Staff
    Location
    a Terrace of Indeterminate Location in Snowbelle
    Pronouns
    She/Her
    Partners
    1. espurr
    2. fennekin
    3. zoroark
    Chapter38Art.png

    ~\({O})/~

    CHAPTER TEN: THE SANDS OF TIME

    ~\({O})/~

    Port Archaios Jail ~ Nighttime

    ~Beheeyem~

    The police kept the remaining two Beheeyem in a much sturdier cell this time. It was made of solid metal instead of glass, and there were no windows. They could hear pokemon outside patrolling at all times, just in case they escaped again.

    Not that it mattered. They would sit and await further orders, as long as needed. Those were orders that had yet to come, even as the night drew into day and the day into night again. At some point, they had been offered food, but their bodies no longer required sustenance or sleep.

    The croconaw who had been assigned to feed them quickly slipped the dinner plate in through the feeding hole. It knocked the untouched plate of breakfast they had been given off the small platform; it fell to the floor with a loud crash. They both stared at her in unison, their blinkers illuminating the room around them. The croconaw tittered and then shut the metal slip over the hole as quickly as she could. The beheeyem heard but didn't see the clattering of the lock as it was redone.

    And so they waited. Another hour, then two more. No light came into their room from outside, but they could hear the lights of the jail flip off from where they floated.

    Then the lock of the jail clattered once more. It hit the floor. The Beheeyem watched the round black door, waiting patiently. With a large creak, it began to slowly slide open. In walked a single totodile, deep in slumber but moving like a puppet. In her claws were the ring of keys that opened every cell in the building.

    Understand that this is your final chance, the totodile spoke in a voice that was not her own. I will not hesitate to remove servants who cannot carry out my wishes a second time.

    The beheeyem will not fail again. They will hunt down the espurr and fennekin and exterminate them. There are no tricks left in their bag to best the Beheeyem with.

    No.

    They do not understand.

    I have assigned a more competent servant to the extermination of Mew's Human. You… have a new mission.

    The slumbering totodile jerked her arm stiffly up towards the door.

    Go now, while no-mon is awake to see you leave. I have seen to it that the necessary entrances are open.

    The two remaining Beheeyem know not to look a gift ponyta in the mouth. They quickly floated through the open door, and down the halls of the jail where pokemon all around them lay slumbering.

    They had a new target.


    ~\({O})/~

    The Inn

    ~Espurr and Tricky~

    When Espurr rose the next day, it was the very crack of dawn. She could barely see the sun rising through the window. They were in another one of the hotel's rooms, right down the hall from the one they had been attacked in last night. It looked like an identical copy of the first room—if there had been any difference at all besides the placement of the room's window, she hadn't seen it.

    Her sleep had been uneasy. The entire night, she'd kept her sixth sense primed, ready and listening just in case the Beheeyem had somehow come back for them. After the events that had transpired just that afternoon, she had her doubts about the police station's ability to keep them in their cell.

    As she stretched and tried to ignore the dull ache in her bones that told her she should sleep just a little more, she heard what sounded like shuffling behind her. She froze, then tentatively sent out a psychic feeler. If the Beheeyem had somehow gotten out last night…

    But it didn't feel like the Beheeyem, rather a presence outlined in a soft grey. She looked back, seeing that it was only Bunnelby packing up the weather-worn bag he carried with him. She felt the absence of the straps of her own team's bag. Right. They had lost that. She and Tricky would have to figure out how to get it replaced later.

    "Oh, you're up," Bunnelby said, looking in her direction as he laboriously zipped up his bag. "Good, I was just about to wake you. Can you get your friend up too?"

    He gestured with an ear to Tricky, who soundly snored in the bundle near Espurr. This early in the morning, Espurr didn't envision that going well.

    Tricky was a heavy sleeper, but Espurr bribed her awake with the thought of breakfast. After a breakfast of what was mostly leafy greens but with some choice berries, the three of them left the inn and headed out into the city.

    "Today we're going to take a trek through the desert," Bunnelby said as they walked. He hoped laboriously, dragging the stuffed to the brim bag along with visible difficulty. "I packed all the stuff we should need, and we're going early to get ahead of the heat. But be prepared. Take it from experience, sand isn't easy to get out of fur…"

    "What are we doing out in the desert?" Tricky asked.

    "How much did you hear on your first day?" Bunnelby asked.

    Espurr decided to play that one safe. "Just that the ship was headed to the sand continent," she said.

    "Then I'll explain once we get through the gate," Bunnelby said. He was focused on the bag right now.

    This was the first time Espurr had gotten to relax while inside the city's bounds. She still felt the urge to survey the crowds all around them and make sure that they weren't somehow being followed, but now that everything was going slower she could admire the exotic-looking buildings and all the color signs that lay below the ruby-red roofs.

    The portion of town they went to became periodically less and less crowded, until their only company were those that carried exploration bags similar to Bunnelby, and then none at all. Finally, they arrived at the bottom of the great big wall that separated the city from the rest of the continent, and saw the gate.

    The gate was massive. It was made of solid metal just like the rest of the wall was, and the doors were massive and thick. Espurr slightly blanched at the thought of what could have happened if she actually had reached that gate. There was no way she would have been able to blast her way through that.

    Two guards stepped forward as Espurr, Tricky, and Bunnelby approached the gate.

    "State your business!" one of them announced. Bunnelby dug in his bag, unzipping it was quickly as he could (which wasn't quick, considering it was full to bursting) and pulling out the necessary documentation.

    "We're registered explorers on a trip to Restricted Sector 16 of the Sand Continent," Bunnelby called back up to the guards. "The papers are here."

    He handed the papers to one of the guards, who flipped through it uninterestedly. It was handed back to Bunnelby a moment after.

    "You're clear", the guard said, as Bunnelby stuffed the paper back into his bag. It was not done easily. They walked back to their posts, and with a creak, the large metal gate in front of them began to open. It slid up slowly, revealing a path that lay ahead of them with nothing but dusty brown dunes. The wind blew through, ruffling the fur atop Espurr's head as the gate slid into its open position with a resounding boom.

    Bunnelby stepped forwards, lugging the bag as he went, and Espurr and Tricky followed.

    From then on, only dunes met them.


    ~\({O})/~

    The path beyond the wall was nearly barren. Sand dunes were the only thing as far as the eye could see, colored an orangish brown color. Behind them, the large metal wall extended into the distance, rising high up into the sky and ending far up where Espurr could barely see it. Every so often, the wind blew through, blowing in some sand on the breeze. It got into Espurr's fur and forced her to blast some of it out with concentrated psychic force. She shook her fur off and continued walking.

    The desert felt like an oven. The sun was beginning to rise high in the sky, and it brought the heat with it. Espurr's fur began to feel damp with sweat, and the sand felt scratchy against her skin. Bunnelby did his best to look upbeat, but she could sense faint tinges of tiredness from him too. Only Tricky was right at home, trotting through the sand like she was made to live there.

    "Why do they have the big wall anyway?" she asked, looking back at its faint outline in the distance as they trudged forward. It only looked an inch tall by now, but they still couldn't see either side. "What's in here that's so important they have to lock it away from the city?"

    "You'll see it in just a minute," Bunnelby panted, squinting at the map and trying not to look like he was in desperate need of shade. He took a turn, and Espurr and Tricky followed. Espurr spied in the distance what looked like a weathered old wooden sign with the faded words on it:


    Sector 16

    Bunnelby folded the map.

    "We're here," he said with a loud exhale of perspiration. Then he marched forward. Espurr and Tricky traded a look, then followed after him.

    As they walked, the sky seemed to change. It became cloudy and gloomy, and the temperature cooled down to something that suited Espurr better. In the distance, many things were becoming visible that weren't before. They looked like large cones and pillars sticking up out of the sand in the far distance, many colored grey, others colored a shiny reflective blue. Not all of them stood upright. Some were leaning against others, while others had toppled over halfway, and still others were laying on their sides completely. It didn't take Espurr long to realize what they were:

    Buildings.

    Lying ahead of them sideways between the sand dunes, was one of the large, pillar-like buildings itself. It must have only been a fragment, or perhaps the rest of it was buried by the sand. But even the little part of it that Espurr could see was massive and dwarfed them by a large amount.

    Stunned, Tricky took a step forward. Bunnelby held a paw and an ear out to block them.

    "Careful," he panted, still recovering himself. "It's not what it looks like."

    Now that Espurr was looking more carefully, she saw that Bunnelby was right. The space between them and the building shimmered and rippled almost like a mirage. If she focused on it, she could hear an intense wavering sound begin to invade her mental space. She had to distract herself just to keep her balance. She could tell: this was a mystery dungeon.

    "Trippy, right?" Bunnelby said, looking at all the buildings around them as the breeze blew grains of sand through the area. "It's called the Sands of Time. The ruins of this city are where the ancient Humans used to live."

    "And now it's a dungeon…" Tricky trailed off.

    As they entered the dungeon, the sky warped around them. The buildings in the background became little more than a tapestry, and the clouds above them blurred into a shapeless, featureless grey. There were more and more houses in the near distance as they went, and they even passed some they were right next to. Tricky wanted to open one of the doors as they walked by it. Espurr said that was a bad idea. Soon, they walked up to where the dungeon began to diverge into its little pathways. It was at this point that Espurr decided to speak up:

    "What are we doing here again?" Espurr finally asked, once she had gotten over the awe of seeing all the ruins around them. "I don't think you ever said."

    Bunnelby rummaged around in his exploration bag, pulling out his expedition gadget. Once he was sure he had it, he stuffed it back in his bag. Then he pulled out a large map.

    "We need to get to the center of the maze," he said.

    "Why have you got a map?" Espurr asked. "Don't the dungeons change too much for that?"

    "Ooh!" Tricky jumped up and down excitedly, hopping over to where the map was and trying to get a look. "I know this one!"

    She continued, too excited to wait for Bunnelby to explain it himself. "This dungeon isn't like the others! It doesn't have any floors, and it never changes. It's just a maze. But you can get lost in it if you can't find your way through! And the maze is always getting bigger. That's why it's restricted."

    Bunnelby was tracing their route through the map. He then looked up at the large maze doors in front of them.

    "And if this map is up to date…" he began. "This is where we should go in."

    "Then let's go!" Tricky sang, and the three of them continued into the dungeon.

    They took a left turn, then a right. Then they turned backwards into a hallway that was adjacent to the one they'd been in and turned left once more. Espurr was distinctly sure that the route they took intersected with the hallway they had entered from, but she never saw an entrance.

    As they travelled deeper into the maze, the trek began to get harsher. It got colder as they went, like the desert inside the dungeon had undergone a deep freeze of some kind. The individual grains of sand got stuck in Espurr's coat, and wouldn't come out. And more than anything, she could feel something in the dungeon. It was like the dungeon itself was alive and probing the boundaries of her mind, as if curious about who they were and what they were doing here. Or perhaps it wasn't the dungeon, but something in the dungeon. Something that lurked out of sight, just beyond the barriers of reality. Something waiting to rip and tear, to feel the taste of delicious meat once more, to kiLL

    —Espurr snapped herself out of it. She wasn't sure where that train of thought came from. It wasn't hers, that much she knew. She strode a little closer to Tricky and Bunnelby as they walked, eyeing the walls uneasily. Had either of them noticed? If they had, it didn't seem to affect them.

    The dust around them, slowly, began to flow. Espurr caught it from the corner of her eye.

    She looked down at their feet as the sand that lay in piles and dunes across the ground was slowly beginning to move. It picked up off the ground as if caught up in a slowly moving whirlwind, and that whirlwind was cycling around in the hall.

    Espurr stopped, then got Tricky and Bunnelby's attention. "Look at the ground," she said, pointing to the sand that was beginning to swirl around them quicker and quicker. "I think something's here."

    Bunnelby and Tricky followed her gaze, noticing the sand as well.

    "Is the sand supposed to do that?" Tricky asked, taking a few cautious jumps back as the swirling winds began to get a bit too close for comfort. As they got closer, Espurr was blasted in the face with the smell of something rotting. And that was when she knew this wasn't a normal wind.

    "Whatever it is," Bunnelby said, "we shouldn't be caught in the middle of it. L-let's get out of here while we still can!"

    They began to quickly jog forward, heading over the small sand dunes and veering away from the twisted wreckage of the many buildings that littered the middle of the route. The winds seemed to be picking up in power and strength, and they were only collecting more sand. Sand was beginning to fly from the dunes ahead as they ran, as if attracted to the growing winds. Espurr looked behind her as they picked up the pace, spying what the wind was becoming: a miniature sized sandstorm, which completely filled and obscured the hall of the maze behind it.

    The volume of the wind was getting louder too. Tricky yelled something to Espurr. Espurr only caught broken bits and pieces of it. After a while, she had to cover her nose with her paws, because the scent had gotten too strong.

    Then Espurr tripped and fell face-first into a sand dune. Tricky, who had been right ahead of Espurr, noticed and fell back. She quickly ran around Espurr as Espurr picked herself up.

    "Come on!" she yipped loudly. Espurr only heard it because it was right next to her. "The storm's about to catch up!"

    Espurr tried to pull herself up, but it felt like her leg was stuck in something that was buried deep under the sand. This must have been what tripped her. She tried to pull it out, but to no avail.

    "Come on!" Tricky's pleas were turning into whines as the storm gained more ground.

    "What are you two doing?" Bunnelby quickly hopped back, noticing once he got close enough that Espurr was stuck. Together with Tricky he tried to pull her out, but it was too late. The storm approached with it's raging wind, and engulfed them—

    Espurr hit the sand. So did Tricky and Bunnelby. That didn't matter, because the sand was everywhere. No matter where they turned and looked, it was everywhere and got in their eyes and noses and mouths.

    Then suddenly, the sand couldn't seem to get within three feet of them. Tricky and Bunnelby looked to Espurr, whose eyes and ears shone with a faint pink glow.

    "I should be able to hold it until the storm has passed," she said.

    Now it was time to focus on whatever her foot was stuck on in the sand. She tugged at it, digging a little underneath to see what it was. She didn't feel pain, so she couldn't have been cut or speared on anything…

    Tricky quickly joined, helping her dig. She dug much faster than Espurr did, and together with some help from Bunnelby's large ears, they were able to remove much of the sand and see what Espurr's foot was caught on.

    It was a claw. Her foot was caught on a claw.

    Espurr had the urge to yelp, but she stilled herself. At least it wasn't moving. She slowly bent over, and tried to un-pry one of the talons from around her foot. It suddenly twitched, the curled around her foot tighter.

    She yelped on instinct. She tried to scoot back from it, but then remembered her foot was caught. For just a moment, the psychic bubble imploded—

    And they were suddenly engulfed by sand again. Espurr felt the claws attached to her foot release her. She quickly stumbled back, finding Tricky and Bunelby again and raising the psychic barrier. As Tricky and Bunnelby coughed and tried to recover from the sand, Espurr cleared the grains from her face and what little she could from her coat, and tried to warn the other two about what was happening.

    "How did you get free?" Tricky asked, after a few seconds of coughing.

    "That's the thing," Espurr said. "It released me—"

    Something pierced the psychic barrier. Espurr flinched in pain. Her vision blurred. When it focused, she glanced along with Tricky anb Bunnelby at what was wrong: In the middle of the barrier, in the direction she had stumbled back from, were the claws that Espurr's foot had been stuck in. They were sharp and black, almost like a bird's talons. The barrier was eating away at it even as it extended further into the safe space, and they could all see the skin peeling away to reveal that it was made of sand underneath.

    Dungeon ferals.

    The claws suddenly twisted and plunged themselves again into the psyching barrier, and it was like a shot of pain into Espurr's mind. She had no choice but to drop it.

    That left the three of them open to attack. A braviary that was only half formed charged out of the sand, attempting to strike while they were blinded. Bunnelby didn't fall for it. He charged ghostly white energy around his left ear, sending it colliding into the breviary and sending it flying back into the distance. Tricky let out a celebratory whoop, only to get a bunch of sand in her throat in return. She spat it out, coughing and keeping her head down after that.

    Unluckily for them, the braviary wasn't the only one. All around them, they could hear the sounds of ferals screeches and screams. The sounds reverberated around them with the wind, and it was nearly impossible to tell where they were coming from or how far off they were. Espurr only hoped that made it harder for them to tell where they were.

    "How big is this storm?" Tricky asked despite herself, squinting as she looked up at the sand-infested skies. "They never last this long…"

    "Anything's fair game in here," Bunnelby said, his voice hoarse from the sand in his throat. He slowly soldiered forward, beckoning Tricky and Espurr with him. "We can't stay here and fight," he said, as they all uneasily listened to the shrieks of the ferals that were quickly approaching. "We can't stay and fight. We should find our way out before they catch up with us."

    "Which way did we go?" Tricky asked. Espurr realized she wasn't sure anymore. She tried to think of where the feral that had grabbed her foot came from. She remembered it being…

    "There," she said, pointing due ahead. "We were going that way."

    "Then we go the other way," Bunnelby said. "We need to get out of the storm's path and backtrack to where we were before those ferals get to us. Let's go!" He beckoned Espurr and Tricky on once more, leading them way back the way they had come. They quickly followed after him, keeping their eyes trained on his large ears just to make sure they didn't lose sight of him in all the sand.

    The ferals got to them quicker than they could get away. One jumped Tricky out of left field, sending her flying to the right with a yelp. She was nearly lost in the sandstorm. Espurr quickly sent a concentrated mental blast at the feral, blasting them away from Tricky and into the sandstorm. It was only half-formed, and the blast turned it to sand. Tricky quickly hopped up and got back to the party, shivering in fear from the attack.

    The light from Espurr's attack must have highlighted where they were in the sandstorm. And now it was drawing more and more ferals to their locations. Espurr, Tricky, and Bunnelby braced for battle as the screeches got close.

    The next once jumped on Bunnelby. It made a retching sound that sounded like claws scraping against metal, and when the sand finally cleared enough for them to see it clearly they saw that its jaw was only half formed. Tricky didn't waste any time, jumping up and spitting an ember into the air that arched around and hit the feral in the back it head. It let out a screech and exploded into dust. Espurr helped Bunnelby up.

    They came in batches of two, then three, then four, Soon there were too many to keep up with. Espurr was sending out blanket psychic blasts, trying her best to keep them at bay, but no matter how many exploded into dust, more always came. Tricky's embers weren't enough, and the only power bunnelby had was the punching power of his large ears.

    The ferals recognized Bunnelby's weakness. A bunch of them swarmed him, separating him from Espurr and Tricky.

    "No!" Espurr cried, charging another one of her blasts and sending it in that direction. It gave her a larger headache than it should—she'd used a lot of them. The blast hit where Bunnelby was, sending many ferals flying off into the sandstorm or collapsing into sand themselves. But by that time, it was too late. They had been separated, and neither of them could see or hear him anymore.

    Espurr ran through the storm, Tricky running after her. They looked around, but all they could see around them were the approaching ferals and the flowing sand. Bunnelby seemed to be gone.

    "Where did he go?" Tricky asked, worried. Espurr didn't know. She couldn't sense him through the storm.

    "Bunnelby!" They both called out, but the ferals they had temporarily fought off were getting to close for comfort again.

    "It's no use," Espurr yelled over the winds, flinching as the psychic blast she was preparing to charge gave her a headache. "We're just going to have to run for it, with or without him.'

    "But we can't leave him behind!" Tricky yelled back.

    "Maybe we'll find him on the way!" Espurr refuted. "But if we don't leave now, none of us will!"

    As much as Espurr could sense her intense want not to leave Bunnelby behind, she was beginning to see the sense in those words.

    "Umm… okay…" Tricky said. It sounded like the words hurt her. "Which way did he say to go?"

    Luckily, Espurr knew the direction this time.

    "That way!" she said, pointing out the way that lead due south. "We're getting out of the storm's path."

    With that, she and Tricky broke off into a run for it. And not a moment too soon, because a horde of the sand ferals soon devolved onto the spot they had been with a chorus of snarls, growls, and screeches. Espurr stole glances around them as they ran, looking for any sign of Bunnelby. She did not see any.

    But she seemed to be right, and the more that they ran the lighter the sand was beginning to become. They were run ragged, and the meager shield Espurr was able to conjure barely stopped the sand from getting in their lungs. And soon, at least, the storm began to pass. The dust swirling around them thinned, then dissipated, and they could see the cloudy skies of the dungeon and feel its chill again.

    Once everything was quiet, Espurr and Tricky collapsed on a small sand dune, breathing ragged breaths through hoarse throats.

    They still hadn't found Bunnelby. That thought hit Espurr even though how run ragged and completely filled with sand she was. Was he still somewhere in the storm, or was he just… g0ne?

    "Espurr?" Tricky asked.

    "Yeah?" Espurr croaked back. Her voice cracked because of the sand.

    "What do we do now?" Tricky asked. She sounded worried. Espurr couldn't blame her. Who wouldn't be worried in a situation like this?

    "I don't know," she said truthfully. She didn't know what to do. They didn't have a map. They didn't have any supplies. They needed water and they needed to find a way out and they needed so much rest and they needed to get the sand out of their bodies. And there was no way for them to get out.

    What were they going to do?

    "What took you two so long?"

    Espurr and Tricky suddenly perked up at the sound of a voice that they didn't expect to hear. They looked up at who it had come from. Bunnelby stared down at them, looking just as run down as they were.

    "Bunnelby!" Espurr and Tricky jumped up, wrapping him up in a big hug. Espurr noticed that he was missing his exploration bag. Which was odd. That bag had everything they needed for the mission in it, and yet Bunnelby didn't even seem to notice.

    "I tried to search for you two after you got lost in the storm", Bunnelby said, "

    "Bunnelby," Espurr asked. "What about your exploration bag?"

    Bunnelby suddenly looked down at his side, like he hadn't even noticed it was gone. He shrugged.

    "I must have lost it in the storm," he said.

    "You lost it?" Tricky's ears flopped down. "But doesn't that mean that we're lost now? You still have the map, right?"

    "Luckily, we don't need it, Bunnelby said. "I memorized it before we went in."

    Espurr tilted her head at that. If he'd memorized, it, then… why had he used it to begin with?

    But it didn't seem to matter, because the storm was gone now and the way was clear. The dust had completely disappeared, leaving only the chilly stand dunes and cloudy sky and wrecked buildings in its wake. It was like it had been formed for the sole purpose of taking them down. Bunnelby trudged on, waving Espurr and Tricky along with him as he went.

    As they trudged, no sandstorms arose to bury them, no dungeon ferals arose to grab them or pull them into the sand, and no grains got into their eyes or noses. It was like the desert parted for Bunnelby as they walked. But something was different. The scent of mystery dungeon seemed to hang around them stronger than ever.

    And as they walked, Espurr's suspicion grew. Something about the storm seemed to have changed Bunnelby. He walked with a much less hoppy and laid back demeanor now, quickly leading them ahead through all the sand and wreckage. He knew every twist and turn to take, rather than stopping to read the map at every corner like he had before. And he was completely silent.

    Espurr walked just a bit closer to Tricky than she did to Bunnelby. She didn't know what, but there was something very wrong about it all.

    Eventually, the maze ended. Bunnelby led them through a hall that led into a room, and even through the room had no building surrounding it, they walked into a submerged cavern.

    There were three things that were notable about the cavern. The first was that it didn't seem to have solid barriers. The walls stretched out and away into black darkness, cluttered by many large rocks and stalactites. The second was the large boulder-like mass of rock at the end that was cracked right down the middle. The third was the stairs.

    The stairs sat in the middle of the room, and they seemed to glow and shimmer with radiance. Espurr could feel the same wavering sound she had felt from the beginning of the dungeon emanate from it, and it disoriented her. She tried to pry her attention away from it, but that wasn't easy.

    "Ignore that," Bunnelby said as Espurr and Tricky slowly followed him through the room. "Did I tell you two what we were doing down here?" Espurr and Tricky shook their heads.

    "You didn't…" Tricky said.

    "Well, now's a good time," Bunnelby said. He pointed ahead at the large boulder in front of it. "We're going to crack that down the middle."

    "But why?" Tricky asked, before anymon else could. "We came here just to crack a boulder?"

    Espurr finally realized where that smell was coming from. It wasn't a product of the room or the dungeon… it was trailing right from Bunnelby.

    And that cemented Espurr's suspicions.

    "Yes," she said, following up Tricky. "That's a weird reason to lead us all the way down here. There must be something special in that rock, right?"

    "…Sure," Bunnelby said. He turned towards the rock, bracing his ears. "Now help me do it. I need all the power you can muster."

    "But that's not why you're down here," Espurr said. Bunnelby turned around, an annoyed look on his face.

    "What?" he said. "Of course it is. Why would you say that?"

    "Easy. I overheard your briefing the day I got here," Espurr said. "You're only here to take pictures. Why the sudden change of mind?"

    She subtly shifted her stance into an attack position. Tricky, who was near her, looked uncomfortable but did the same. But the subtlety didn't matter, because Bunnelby was reading their stance.

    Bunnelby snorted. "You must have heard wrong. Now help me here—"

    "Or maybe you didn't hear that briefing at all."

    Bunnelby stopped again. The look on his face darkened.

    "What kind of accusation are you making?" he asked. "I'm your teammate."

    "Unless you aren't," Espurr countered.

    "Espurr…" Tricky whined, looking between them. "What's happening?"

    "That's not Bunnelby…" Espurr said, charging up a psychic blast. "We're probably going to have to fight him."

    Bunnelby snorted in annoyance.

    "You're going to fight your own teammate?" he asked, his voice clearly annoyed. And was that a hint of disappointment in there?

    "You aren't our teammate," Espurr asserted.

    Bunnelby growled.

    Then he sprouted a large, black arm from his ear and lunged forward—


    ~\({O})/~

    Music of the Week!

    I See You In My Dreams – Hans Zimmer
     
    Last edited:
    Top Bottom